PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES AND COURSE ...

1

Brijlal Biyani Shiksha Samiti Amavati’s BRIJLAL BIYANI SCIENCE COLLEGE, AMRAVATI

Affiliated to Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati,

Maharashtra, India NAAC Accredited with CGPA 2.71 at B Grade & ISO 9001:2015 Certified

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES AND COURSE OUTCOMES

S. N. Name of Subject Page No PSO CO

From To From To From To

B. Sc.

01 Biotechnology 4 11 BPSO

1

BPSO

9

BCO

1

BCO

44

02 Botany 12 37 BPSO

10

BPSO

17

BCO

45

BCO

80

03 Chemistry 38 75 BPSO

18

BPSO

32

BCO

81

BCO

117

04 Computer Science 76 81 BPSO

33

BPSO

42

BCO

118

BCO

153

05 Electronics 82 115 BPSO

43

BPSO

48

BCO

154

BCO

188

06 English 116 117 BPSO

49

BPSO

53

BCO

189

BCO

193

07 Mathematics 118 155 BPSO

54

BPSO

61

BCO

194

BCO

253

08 Physics 156 169 BPSO

62

BPSO

69

BCO

254

BCO

288

09 Statistics 170 207 BPSO

70

BPSO

75

BCO

289

BCO

324

10 Zoology 208 231 BPSO

76

BPSO

86

BCO

325

BCO

360

11 Environmental

Studies 232 238

BPSO

87

BPSO

98

BCO

361

BCO

367

B.B.A.

12 B. B. A. 239 253 APSO

1

APSO

25

ACO

1

ACO

30

B.C.A.

13 B. C. A. 254 279 IPSO

1

IPSO

9

IPCO

1

IPCO

170

2

B. Com

14 B. Com 280 295 CPSO

1

CPSO

20

CCO

1

CCO

34

B.Voc

15

Certificate Course

in Medical

Equipment

Techniques

296 297 VPSO

1 -

VCO

1

VCO

5

16

Diploma in

Hospital Front

Desk Coordinator

298 302 VPSO

2 -

VCO

6

V CO

23

17

Advance Diploma

Patient Relations

Associate

303 309 VPSO

3 -

VCO

24

VCO

40

18

Assistant Duty

Manager – Patient

Relation Service

310 317 VPSO

4 -

VCO

41

VCO

56

M.Sc.

19 Botany 318 364 MPSO

1

MPSO

5

MCO

1

MCO

80

20 Chemistry 365 448 MPSO

6

MPSO

20

MCO

81

MCO

160

21 Computer Science 449 461 MPSO

21

MPSO

24

MCO

161

MCO

256

22 Electronics 462 521 MPSO

25

MPSO

28

MCO

257

MCO

336

23 Mathematics 522 571 MPSO

29

MPSO

37

MCO

337

MCO

436

M.Com

24 M. Com 572 582 EPSO

1

EPSO

17

ECO

1

ECO

16

P.G.D.M.

25 P.G.D.M. 583 615 DMPSO

1

DMPSO

8

DMCO

1

DMCO

40

P.G.D.B.M.E.

26 P.G.D.B.M.E. 616 650 DBPSO

1

DBPSO

8

DBCO

1

DBCO

39

Add-On-Certificate Courses

27

Certificate Course

in Analytical

Chemistry

651 655 AOCPSO

1

AOCPSO

5

AOCCO

1

AOCCO

5

28 Certificate Course

in Biotechnology 656 658

AOCPSO

6

AOCPSO

10

AOCCO

6

AOCCO

10

3

29

Certificate Course

in Information &

Computer

Technology

659 660 AOCPSO

11

AOCPSO

15

AOCCO

11

AOCCO

15


in Tally 661 662

AOCPSO

16

AOCPSO

20

AOCCO

16

AOCCO

20


in GST 663 664

AOCPSO

21

AOCPSO

30

AOCCO

21

AOCCO

26

Add -On-Diploma Courses

32

Diploma Course in

Analytical

Chemistry

665 668 AODPSO

1

AODPSO

5

AODCO

1

AODCO

5

33 Diploma Course in

Biotechnology 669 672

AODPSO

6

AODPSO

10

AODCO

6

AODCO

10

34

Diploma Course in

Information &

Computer

Technology

673 674 AODPSO

11

AODPSO

15

AODCO

11

AODCO

15

35

Advanced Diploma

Course in

Analytical

Chemistry

675 678 AODPSO

16

AODPSO

20

AODCO

16

AODCO

20

36

Advanced Diploma

Course in

Biotechnology

679 682 AODPSO

21

AODPSO

25

AODCO

21

AODCO

25

37

Advanced Diploma

Course in

Information &

Computer

Technology

683 684 AODPSO

26

AODPSO

30

AODCO

26

AODCO

30

38 Diploma in Event

Management 685 688

AODPSO

31

AODPSO

40

AODCO

31

AODCO

38

Pre Ph.D. Course Work

39 Science and

Technology 689 694

CWPSO

1

CWPSO

6

CWCO

1

CWCO

4

Ph.D.

40

Botany,

Chemistry,

Electronics,

Zoology

695 -

PHDPSO

1

PHDPSO

5 - -

Dr (Ms) S. N. Gupta Dr D. S. Dhote IQAC Coordinator Principal

4

Program Specific Outcomes - Biotechnology

Name of the Program: B.Sc

Name of the subject: Biotechnology

Course Outcomes - Biotechnology

Name of the Programme: B.Sc. Class: Part-I

Semester: I


Name of the Course (Paper): Cell Biology and Biomolecules

Course Outcome Code: CO

Name of Module(Unit No. & Name):

Unit No.1: Evolution of cell and Introduction to Biotechnology

Sr.

No.

Program

Specific

Outcome

Code

What the students will be able to do at the end of program

1. BPSO 1 Demonstrate proficiency in basic science and foundation engineering

courses.

2. BPSO 2 Demonstrate a working knowledge of advanced biological science.

3. BPSO 3 Developed an ability to appear for national level examination (JNU,

JAM, NET, SET, etc) to pursue higher studies. Get practical &

theoretical knowledge essential for pursuing higher studies.

4. BPSO 4 Demonstrate ability to indentified courses in biotechnology, domain like

pharmaceutical, food industry etc & skills required to work in

biotechnology laboratory.

5. BPSO 5 Understand the applications of biotechnology & advances in the

different are as like medical microbial environmental, bioremediation,

agricultural, plant, animal & forensic sciences.

6. BPSO 6 Demonstrate hands on experience of basic techniques like agarose &

polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and also learn how to use

mammalian cells for production of pharmaceutical products.

7. BPSO 7 Understand the principles and the application of molecular biology

methods with an emphasis on the application of recombinant DNA

technology to animals, plants and microbial organisms.

8. BPSO 8 Students acquire knowledge required for the production of Antibiotics,

Vitamins, Hormones, enzymes, proteins, and manufacturing industrially

important secondary metabolites through fermentation process.

9. BPSO 9 Department will carry out active research with illustrations from

different spectrums in the field of Biotech we also organize guest

lectures regularly with eminent resource persons from industry &

academia.

5

Unit No.2: Biomolecules-I

Unit No.3: Biomolecules-II Nucleic Acids & Protein Nucleic Acids

Unit No.4: Structure and Function of Cell Organelles

Unit No.5: Cytoskeleton

Course Outcomes


Semester: II


Name of the Course (Paper): Microbiology

Course Outcome Code: CO

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):

Unit No.1: Scope and importance of Microbiology

Unit No.2: Microbial cell Structure

Unit No.3: Microbial Metabolism

Unit No.4: Industrially useful Microorganisms: Fermentation industry

Unit No.5: Pathogenic microorganisms

Unit No.6: Basic techniques in Microbiology

Sr.

No.

Topic What the students will be able to do at the end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge / Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge / Skill to

do what)

1. BCO 1 Students will learn how life (first cell) evolved on earth & its different

theory.

2. BCO 2 Students will learn various application of biomolecules pesticide.

3. BCO 3 In detailed structure of DNA, RNA & protein.

4. BCO 4 Structure & function of different cell Organelles and different model of

membrane.

5. BCO 5 Cell transport food material across membrane by active, passive, diffusion

& Osmosis, & join channels.

6. BCO 6 Learn different stages of cell division Mitosis & Meiosis cytoskeleton

structure of cell & cell communication and its signaling properties of

cancer cell

6

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: B.Sc. Class: Part-II

Semester: III


Name of the Course (Paper): Essential Mathematics, Biostatics, Bioinformatics &

Biophysical Methods

Course Outcome Code: Co


Unit No.1: Essential Maths

Unit No.2: Introduction to statistics

Unit No.3: Measures of central Tendencies

Sr.

No

.



do what)

1. BCO 7 Students will learn typical bacterial ultra structure and its different shape

of bacteria.

2. BCO 8 Staining techniques of bacteria, simple staining, Gram staining, Negative

staining.

3. BCO 9 Sterilization methods by using autoclave hot air oven.

( chemical and physical method )

4. BCO 10 Ultra structure of cell wall of Gram positive and negative

Bacteria, different flageller arrangement of bacteria.

5. BCO 11 Different types of microorganism like Autotrops , Heterotrops,

Chemotrops , Phototrops, Classification of bacteria by using Bergey’s

manual.

6. BCO 12 Will learn how microorganisms such as ( Rhizobium , Azatobactor ,

Cyanobacteria), increase soil fertility and crop

Yield in agriculture.

7. BCO 13 Microorganisms useful in wine industry , antibiotic industry,

& in cheese production.

8. BCO 14 Learn pathogenic structure of AIDS, Polio, Hepatitis, Tuberculosis,

Cholera and how it cause

Infection to the human.

9. BCO 15 Different technique and instruments like UV- transilluminator,

Electrophoresis, Colorimeter and their practical application.

Various applications of radioisotopes in Biotechnology.

DNA / RNA isolation technique.

7

Unit No.4: General Biophysics Methods

Unit No.5: Thermodynamics

Unit No.6: Bioinformatics

Course Outcomes


Semester: IV


Name of the Course (Paper): Genetic Engineering & Microbial Biotechnology


Sr.

No.



do what)

1. BCO 16 Learn about Sets, Logarithms, Bionomial therom, Limits, Derivatives,

Integration and Differentiation. This will help them in entrance exams to

solve problems or MCQ’S

2. BCO 17 Introduction to Statistics, learn how to Select the Sample by using

different techniques. Able to classify the Samples & Select the

representative one

3. BCO 18 Understand Probability & its axioms. Learn about Events of probability,

Sample Space.

4. BCO 19 Learn measures of Central tendencies. Able to calculate Mean, Mode,

Median. By learning this Students will able to apply Statistical methods

for the design of biomedical research and analysis of biomedical research

data.

5. BCO 20 Students will learn the use of mathematical and Statistical theory and

application of biostatastical methods use & interpret results from

specialized computer software for the management and statistical analysis

of research data.

6. BCO 21 By learning this Students train in the biophysics techniques essential for

the understanding of Biotechnology for which basic knowledge in

biophysics at graduate level is expected. Students learn difference

between acid & base and its theory. Get knowledge about Radioactivity

and its model. Also learn about role of radioactivity in biology.

7. BCO 22

Students know about the Interaction of Computer and Biology. They

understand the different databases, get knowledge about proteins. They

understand about the Data Retrieval tools and its utilization. After

learning all this they get to know application of bioinformatics in drug

designing and Drug Discovery.

8


Unit No.1: Molecular basic of life

Unit No.2: Protein synthesis

Unit No.3: Gene cloning

Unit No.4: Microbial Biotechnology I

Unit No.5: Microbial Biotechnology II

Unit No.6: Microbial Biotechnology III

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: B.Sc. Class: Part-III

Semester: V


Sr.

No.



do what)

1. BCO 23 Students will learn DNA Replication, Recombination and Repair,

transcription and translation.

2. BCO 24 Students will be aware of the modern tools and techniques of genomics

and isolation and identification of genes.

3. BCO 25 Students will learn the structure and function of DNA and RNA in the

Cell.

4. BCO 26 Students will able to differentiate between eukaryotic & prokaryotic

chromosomal structure and explain how this difference impacts gene

regulation in the two cell types.

5. BCO 27 Students get knowledge about different techniques like gel

electrophoresis, Southern boltting, PCR, etc & know how the

characteristics of nucleic acid affect their migration through a gel

6. BCO 28 Cut detail knowledge & function of drugs & how they may be created

with Recombination Technology.

7. BCO 29

By this students understand the fermentation technology basics in Dairy

technology. Get knowledge of the various aspects of fermentation &

bioreactors

8. BCO 30 Students learn about domestic waste water treatment & its Classification

concept of Biodegradation, Bioremediation, Xenobiotics compounds & its

Metabolism. All this technique is Used for the cleaning & maintaining the

Environment

9

Name of the Course (Paper): Animal Cell Biotechnology



Unit No.1: Major types of tissues

Unit No.2: Design and Layout of the laboratory, functioning of Equipments

Unit No.3: Introduction to the balanced salt solutions

Unit No.4: Type of tissue culture

Unit No.5: Application of animal cell culture

Unit No.6: Specialized Techniques

Course Outcomes


Semester: VI

Sr.

No.



do what)

1. BCO 31 Students acquire a basic knowledge about structure and function of tissue.

Students able to distinguish about the type of tissue students also know

the history & development of cells.

2. BCO 32 By learning this students know how animal cell culture is carried out and

which instrument is needed to carried out the research and how to design

the good animal tissue culture laboratory.

3. BCO 33 Students acquire the detailed knowledge about the media and medium

which is used for culturing the cells tissue. They get detail knowledge

about the PH and Osmolality of the medium and role of serum in medium

4. BCO 34 The students will gain an insight into the concepts and techniques used for

Disaggregation of tissues. It also gives the information about the cell lines

its origin and about commonly used cell lines, it give detail knowledge

about how to preserve the structurally infact living cells & tissues by

keeping it at low temperature ie. Cryopreservation

5. BCO 35 It describes the application of animal cell culture for production of

vaccine growth hormones etc. It gives introduction to the various

transfection techiniques employed in animal system.

6. BCO 36 It describe the various technique used for culturing the animal cells tissue.

It also gives the detail knowledge about the culturing of Amniocentesis.

7. BCO 37 By learning all this students will understand the structure of animal genes

and genomes and about various techniques used along with ethical issues.

10


Name of the Course (Paper): Plant Biotechnology



Unit No.1: Growth

Unit No.2: Plant Growth Substances

Unit No.3: Plant Tissue Culture

Unit No.4: In vitro techniques in tissue culture

Unit No.5: Single cell suspension culture

Unit No.6: Somatic hybridization

Sr.

No.



do what)

1. BCO 38 Students learn about effects of light photoperiod on plants growth

2. BCO 39 Various hormones of different types and physiological effect on plants &

its mechanism. Used of growth hormone in agriculture & horticulture to

improve corn yield students learn about tropism geotropism &

phototropism a tropism is a biological phenomenon indicating growth or

turning movement of a biological organism usually a plant in response to

an environmental stimulus.

3. BCO 40 Students will learn how growth regulator helpful to plant growth it

stimulate cell division Morphogenes stimulate the growth of lateral buds.

4. BCO 41 Students learn about history a Haberlandt German botanist in 1902

invented the term invitro culture of plants. Various media and techniques

for growth of plant in laboratory. How was the arrangement of tissue

culture laboratory and various instruments used for invitro plant growth.

5. BCO 42 Students will learn about invitro technique of plant development in

laboratory like clonal propagation Meristem culture Ovary & ovule

culture.

6 BCO43 Will learn about the technique of asexual reproduction by multiplication

of genetically identical copy of individual plants of better variety.

7. BCO 44

Students will learn about the hardening method in which the tissue culture

plants developed in artificial media are habituated to grow in natural

environment. Technique of invitro plant culture through ovary ovule

micropropogation and anther & pollen culture learn about protoplast

isolation to develop hybrids plants variety & How will cell transport

material across cell membrane through active & passive transport learn

about techniques development of hybrid plants through the fusion of

somatic protoplast of two different plant species various method of

genetic material transfer such as fusion induced by electrical stimulation

11

trans of gene for disease resistance abiotic stress resistance herbicide

resistance & many other quality characters.

12

Programme Specific Outcomes - Botany

Name of the program – B.Sc.

Name of the Subject- Botany

Sr.

No.

Progamme

Specific

outcome

code

What the students will be able to do at the end of Program

1

BPSO10

Core competency

The botany graduates will be able to know the fundamental concepts of

botany and plant science. These fundamental concepts would reflect the

latest understanding of the field

2.

BPSO11 Communication skills

Botany graduates will possess minimum standards of communication

skills expected of a science graduate in the country. They will be able to

read and understand documents with in-depth analyses and logical

arguments.

3.

BPSO12 Critical thinking

Botany graduates will be expected to know basics of cognitive

biases, mental models, logical fallacies, scientific methodology and

constructing cogent scientific arguments.

4.

BPSO13 Psychological skills

Graduates will possess basic psychological skills required to face the

world at large, as well as the skills to deal with individuals and students

of various socio-cultural, economic and educational levels.

5

BPSO14

Problem-solving approach

Graduates will be equipped with problem solving philosophical

approach.

6 BPSO15 Analytical reasoning

Graduates will develop analytical reasoning.

7 BPSO16 Digital Literacy

Graduates will develop Digital Literacy

8 BPSO17 Moral and ethical awareness: Graduates will be good citizens of

country with moral and ethical values.

13

Course Outcomes - Botany

Name of the program – B.Sc. Class : Part-I

Semester –I Name of the Subject- Botany

Name of the course (paper)- Diversity of Microbes and Cryptogams ,

Course Outcomes Code :BCO45 Name of the Module – ( Unit I- Diversity of Microbes)

S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of

Module /Unit

1 Introduction to Plant

Kingdom: Cryptogams

Develop understanding on the classification of

plant kingdom with specific reference to

Cryptogams

2 Diversity of plants with

respect to habitat, form,

nutrition and ecological status

Develop understanding on Diversity of plants with

respect to habitat ,forms, nutrition and ecological

status

3 General Account of Viruses

and structure of TMV and

HIV

Students can Classify viruses based on their

characteristics and structures develop

understanding on stuc

4 Bacteria: structure, Nutrition

and reproduction

Students can Examine the general characteristics of

bacteria and their cell reproduction/

recombination

5 Role of microbes in

Agriculture, Medicine and

Industries

Increase the awareness and appreciation of human

friendly viruses, bacteria,

Course Outcomes Code :BCO46, Name of the Module – ( Unit II- Algae)

S.N. Topic What the student will be

able to do at the end of

Module /Unit

1 Classification of Algae according to F. E. Fritsch

Develop understanding on

the classification of algae as

per F.E.Fristch

2 General characters of algae with reference to

Habitat, Thallus organization, Pigmentation, Reserve

Students develops

understanding about general

14

food and Reproduction characteristics of Alge

3 General characters of following classes with special

reference to examples mentioned –

2.3.1. Chlorophyta - Oedogonium

2.3.2. Charophyta – Chara (Thallus structure and

reproduction)

2.3.3. Phaeophyta – Sargassum (Thallus structure

and

reproduction)

2.3.4. Rhodophyta – Batrachospermum

Students will develop

understanding on life cycles

in some selected genera.

Students analyze and

compare the life cycle and

also develop understanding

on evolution of algae from

simple to complex

structures.

Name of the Module: Unit: III Fungi Course Outcome Code: BCO47

S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do

at the end of Module/Unit

3

3.1. Classification according to Ainsworth

(1973)

Able to identify the fungi and

classify them up to the class level

with the basis of systematic.

Understand the Biodiversity of

Fungi.

Know the Economic Importance of

Fungi.

3.2. General characteristics of following

classes with special

reference to examples mentioned –

3.2.1. Mastigomycotina : Albugo

(Cystopus)

3.2.2. Ascomycotina : Aspergillus

3.2.3. Basidiomycotina : Puccinia graminis-

tritici

3.2.4. Deuteromycotina : General characters

3.3 Lichen-Types & Economic importance

Student should be able to describe

unique characters of

Mastigomycotina : Albugo

(Cystopus)


the structure, and able to explain the

life cycle.

Know life cycle and the Economic

Importance

Understand the features of Lichens.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): IV. Bryophyte Course Outcome Code: BCO48

15

Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module? unit

Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill

to do what

01 General Characters ,

thallus organization

and life cycle of

Hepaticopsida

Students will be able to Understand the morphological

diversity of Bryophytes. They also able know the characters

of Marchantia

Students able to learned about the reproductive

characteristics of the Hepaticopsida

02

General Characters ,

thallus organization

and life cycle of

Bryopsida

Students will be able to Understand the morphological

diversity of Bryopsida.

The students will understand the character and life cycle of

Funaria

03

Affinities of

Bryophyte with algae

and pteridophyte

Students will be able to analyze the affinities of pteridophyte

and Bryophyte and algae and Bryophyte

--

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- V: Pteridophytes Course Outcome Code: BCO49

Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the endof Module?unit

Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of

Knowledge/Skill to do what

01 Pteridophytes as First

Vascular Plants.

Students will be able to understand about the characteristics

and evolutionary position of first vascular plant:

Pteridophytes.

02

Classification

according to G. M.

Smith

Students are expected to learn the Classification according

to G. M. Smith.

03

General characters of

the following classes

with special reference

to examples

To get students acquainted with the knowledge on general

characters of the Sphenopsida – Equisetum and Filicopsida

– Marsilea

04 Stele types in To introduce students with the concept ofsteler evolution

16

Pteridophytes

and types in Petridophytes.

05 Heterospory and Seed

Habit in

Pteridophytes

To provide thorough knowledge aboutHeterospory and Seed

Habit in Pteridophytes.

Name of the Module: Unit: VI Application of Microbes Cryptogams

Course Outcome Code: BCO50

S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at

the end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR

application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what)

6.1. Economic Importance of Algae with

special reference to Food,

Industries, Agriculture and Harmful

aspects

Student understands the diversity

among Algae.

Know the systematic, morphology

and structure, of Algae.

Understand the life cycle pattern of

Algae.

Understand the useful and harmful

activities of Algae.

6.2. Mycorrhiza – Types and Application Students are able to describe the

types and application of Mycorrhiza

6.3. Role of Fungi in Industries, Medicine,

Food & Agriculture

Become aware of applications of

different plants in various industries

6.4. Plant Diseases –

6.4.1. Viral – TMV

6.4.2. Bacteria – Black arm of cotton

(Xanthomonos malvacearum)

6.4.3. Fungal – Tikka disease of groundnut

(Cercospora sps)

Know the terminologies in plant

pathology.

Understand the scope and importance

of Plant Pathology.

Know the control measures of plant

diseases.

17

6.5. Economical and Ecological

Importance of Bryophytes

Understand the economic importance

of the Bryophytes and Pteridophytes.

Name of the program – B.Sc. Class : Part-I

Semester –II Name of the Subject- Botany

Name of the course (paper)- Gymnosperm, angiosperm morphology and Utilization of

plants

Course Outcomes Code :BCO51 Name of the Module – ( Unit I- Paleobotany)

S.N. Topic What the student will be


Module /Unit

1

Process of plant fossilization and types of fossils

Develop understanding

process of fossilization and

types of fossils

2 Geological Time Scale Develop understanding on

Different Eras of Geological

Time scale

3

Pteridospermales: Lyginopteris oldhamia

1.3.2. Bennettitales: Bennittites

Students will be able to

understand fossils

gymnosperms and gain the

knowledge of past life

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- II: Gymnosperms


Sr.

No




01 Classification

according to D. D.

Pant

Students will be able to understand Criteria of classification,

different groups of Gymnosperm according to D.D.Pant.

02 General account: To introduce students with the concept of Gymnosperm,

18

morphology,

anatomy, life

cycleand taxonomic

position of Pinus and

Gnetum

Students will be able to understand morphology, anatomy,

life cycleand taxonomic position of Pinus and Gnetum

03

Affinities with

Petridophytes and

angiosperms

Students will be able to understand evolutionary relationship

among plant group such as Petridophytes, Gymnosperm and

Angiosperm.

04 Economic importance

of Gymnosperms

They will understand the importance of gymnosperm in

revenue generation and commercial aspects of gymnosperms.

They can generate revenue from the same in future.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): III-Morphology


Sr.

No


Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill to

do what

01 Diversity of

plants habits –

Annual,

Biannual, and

Perennials.

The students will be able to Develop a basic knowledge of

taxonomic diversity and important families of useful plants.

Appreciate the diversity of plants and the plant products in

human use. Identify, classify and characterize the habitats of

major trees and shrubs. Understand the fundamental

requirements of trees and shrubs, their common associates,

wildlife and commercial uses. Develop understanding of the

concept and scope of plant biodiversity

02 Roots – type ,

Modification of

roots for food

storage,

respiration and

supports

The students will be able to know functions of root and its

importance for absorption of water and minerals. Students

should able to identify and classify the root system of plants. It

also able to describe the structure and morphology of the root

system. The students also able to know the how to modify the

root and what is the need of modification for food storage

respiration and support.

19

03 Stem- Types,

Branching and

modification of

underground and

aerial stem

The students will be able to know the types of stem, branching

and modification of underground and aerial stem, morphological

characters and functions of stem and its importance for

transportation of water and minerals from soil.

04 Leaf- parts of

leaf , Types of

leaves,

phyllotaxy,

venation, stipule,

modification of

leaves

The students should understand the leaf and different parts of

leaves. The students will be able to know the types of leaves,

arrangement of leaves

(phyllotaxy) alternate phyllotaxy, Opposite phyllotaxy , venation

types of venation ,stipules and its modification. The students

will be able to know structure, morphological characters,

functions of leaves and its importance for photosynthesis.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): IV- Morphology Course Outcome Code: BCO54

Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/

Unit

01 Inflorescences & its

types. Racemose,

Cymose and special.

The students should understand the inflorescence. To

identify the parts of an inflorescence. To differentiate

inflorescence from simple flower. To compare

determinate and indeterminate inflorescence and types of

inflorescence

02 Structure of flowers-

Calyx, Corolla,

Androecium and

Gynoecium Placentation

and types of pollination.

The students will be able to Evaluate the structural

organization of flower and the process of pollination and

fertilization. Students should understand the structure and

function of various parts of the flowers i.e. Calyx, Corolla,

Androecium and Gynoecium. The students will be able to

know the placentation and its types. Solve Self-

incompatibility in Pollination and fertilization

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): V. Morphology and Utilization of plants


Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module?

unit


20


01 Morphology of Fruits

Students will be able to understand structure and types of

fruits. Skill- students will able to classify the different types

of fruits.

02

Utilization of Plants Students will be able to understand utilization of food plant,

fiber plant and oil yielding plant. Develop critical

understanding on utilization of plants.

03

Pharmacology and

photochemistry of some

medicinal plants

Students will be able to understand Pharmacology and

photochemistry of some medicinal plants.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): VI. Utilization of plants


Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of

Module/Unit

01

Utilization of Plants Students will be able to understand utilization of Spices.

Develop critical understanding on utilization of plants.

02

Pharmacology and

photochemistry of

some medicinal plants

Students will be able to understand Pharmacology and

photochemistry of some medicinal plants. Skill- students

will able to use medicinal plants for different diseases.

Course Outcomes

Name of the program – B.Sc. Class : Part-II

Semester –III Name of the Subject- Botany

Name of the course (paper)- ANGIOSPERM SYSTEMATICS, ANATOMY &

EMBRYOLOGY

Course Outcomes Code :BCO57

Name of the Module – Unit I- Angiosperm systematics and biodiversity


Module /Unit

1 Angiosperms: Origin and

Evolution (Pteridospermean

Develop understanding about Origin of plants

specially angiosperms and can develop critical

21

and Bennititalean Theory) thinking on two theories of origin and evolution of

angiosperms

2 Botanical Nomenclature:

Principles of rules,

Taxonomic

Ranks, Type concept, Valid

publication.

Develop understanding on how the plants are

scientifically named, they will develop critical

thinking on different concept related to botanical

nomenclature.

3 Herbarium – Concept &

significance, Royal Botanical

Garden, Kolkata.

Students develop skills of herbarium development

and understand importance of Botanical gardens

4.

Concept of biodiversity, Ex

situ and In situ conservation

Students develop understanding on concept of

Biodiversity and will acquire knowledge how to

protect biodiversity

5. Concept & importance of

Biodiversity

Students will be able to understand concept and

importance of biodiversity.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): II- Angiosperm Systematic


Sr.

No


Unit



01 Systems of

Classification:

Bentham and

Hookers System,

Engler andPrantle’s

system.

Describe the Principles of classification, nomenclature viz.

Bentham & Hooker, Engler and prantle system of

classification.

Understand taxonomic study of different families and their

economic importance.

Describe the External morphology of vegetative and floral

parts.

Systematic studies &

economic importance

of following Families

Dicotyledons

Students should understand, Understand the diversity of

angiosperms. Understand the comparative account among the

families of angiosperms.

Know the economic importance of the angiosperm plants.

22

(Polypetalae) :

Malvaceae,

Brassicaceae,

Leguminosae,

Apiaceae

Understand the distinguishing features of angiosperm

families.

Study of Plant families, Systematic position, Morphological

characters, floral formula and floral diagram.

Preparation of artificial key.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): III- Angiosperm Systematic


Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/ unit

01 Systematic studies

& economic

importance of

following

Families

Dicotyledons

(Gamopetalae):

Aster aceae,

Asclepiadaceae,

Apocynaceae,

Solan aceae,

Verbenaceae,

Lamiaceae.

Dicotyledons

(Monoclamydeae):

Euphorbiaceae.

Monocotyledons:

Liliaceae, Poaceae

Students should understand the diversity of angiosperms.

Understand the comparative account among the families of

angiosperms.


Understand the distinguishing features of angiosperm families.

Study of Plant families, Systematic position, Morphological

characters, floral formula and floral diagram.

Preparation of artificial key.

Understand the status of angiosperms in plant kingdom.

Realize the origin of Angiosperms with respect to time, place,

origin and probable ancestors.

Know the Pre-Darwinian and Post- Darwinian systems of

Classification. Understand various angiosperm families

emphasizing their morphology, distinctive features and

biology.

Student should understand, Study of plant families

representing different groups of angiosperms, systematic

position, morphological characters, floral formula and floral

diagram.

Using local, regional, state and national flora.

Know the conceptual development of taxonomy & systematics.

Understand the general range of variations in the group of

angiosperms. Trace the history of development of systems of

23

classification emphasizing angiospermic taxa. Learn about the

characters of biologically important families of angiosperms.

Know the floral variations in angiospermic families, their

phylogeny and evolution.

Understand various rules, principles and recommendations of

plant nomenclature.

Know modern trends in taxonomy.Understand major

evolutionary trends in various parts of angiospermic plants.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- IV: Plant Anatomy


Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module? Unit


to do what

01 Types of Tissues:

To gain knowledge of plant cells, tissues and their functions.

Student will be able to understand the concept of Plant tissue,

and Its types and functions.

Meristematic – Types of meristems

Permanent – Simple and complex.

02 Characteristics of

growth rings,

Students can develop a critical thinking on Characteristics of

growth rings and type of wood

Sapwood and Heartwood

03 Anatomy of root:

To provide thorough knowledge about anatomical or internal

structure of

Primary roots in dicot and monocot.

To provide the basic understanding of Secondary growth in

dicot root.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- V: Plant Anatomy


Sr.

No


Module? Unit


24


01 Anatomy of stem: Primary

structure in monocot and dicot

stem, normal secondary growth

in dicot stem

Students will develop understanding of stem

anatomy of monocot and dicot along with the

secondary growth in dicot stem.

02 Anomalies in primary structure

in Boerhhavia stem,

secondary structure in

Bignonia and Dracaena stem.

Students can develop a critical thinking on primary

and secondary growth in stem along with anomalies

in

Boerhhavia

Bignonia

Draceana

03 Leaf Anatomy: Internal

structure in Nerium and Maize

leaf.

To provide thorough knowledge about anatomical or

internal structure of

Leaf of Nerium and Maize

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): VI Embryology


Sr.

No


Unit


to do what

01 Microsporangium,

development of male

gametophyte

The students will learn about the basic concepts in

embryology. Students will learn about developmental stages

of male gametophyte.

02 Megasporangium,

development of

female gametophyte

The students will learn about the basic concepts in

embryology. Students will understand the developmental

stages of female gametophyte. They understand the different

types of Ovules.

03 Double fertilization

and triple fusion

Students develop critical thinking on double fertilization and

observe it in different flower.

04 Endosperm types and

significanes

The students will learn about the types of endosperm and their

significance in plant evolution.

25

Name of the Programme: B.Sc.: Part-II Semester IV

Semester :IV Name of Subject : Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): Cell Biology, Genetics and Biochemistry

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I- Cell Biology


Sr.

No


Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what

01 1.Cell

concept

Prokaryotic

and

Eukaryotic

cell

Able to differentiate between prokaryotic cell and eukaryotic cell.

Students will able to know the structure and importance cell. Able to

understand different cell theories. Understanding of the structure of

cell and function of various sub cellular organelles. Students will learn

about cell theory, basic cell structure, cell fractionation and cell

visualization techniques. Besides, students will have an understanding

of the composition of cytoskeleton and extracellular matrix. Describe

the cell structure, components of cell, enzymes to emphasize the

importance of cell as the basic unit of an organism. The concept of

variation in structure between cells of one type of tissue and

between cells of different types of tissues.The relationship of

structure to function. Identify plant and animal cells from

drawings.

2.Cell wall

Structure and

Functions

The students will be able to know the structure and functions of cell

wall. Identify the concept that explains chemical composition and

structure of cell wall and membrane Compare the structure and

function of cells & explain the development of cells

3.Plasma

membrane

Structure

(models) and

Functions

The students will be able to know the structure and functions of the

Give an account of the structure and functions of the plasma

membrane and the major organelles that occur in eukaryotic cells.

plasma membrane and the major organelles that occur in eukaryotic

cells.

4.Ultra

structure

(nuclear

The students are able to understand structure and importance of

nucleus and its components. Students also know the strcture and

function of nucleolus and its components. Nucleus distinguishes

26

membrane,

nuclear

pore complex

and

nucleolus)

and functions

Nucleus

Eukaryotes from Prokaryotes Explain general structures of Nuclear

Envelope, Nuclear Lamina, Nuclear Pore Complex Explain movement

of proteins and RNA between Nucleus and Cytoplasm

5.Chloroplast

- Structure

and

Functions

The students will be able to know the morphological and anatomical

structure and functions of chloroplast. Also able to know the

importance of chloroplast in photosynthesis.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): II-

Cell Biology Structure and function of various organelles.


Sr.

No



what

01 Endoplasmic

Reticulum

Students will learn the handling of microscope. They will gain

knowledge about the structure and function of various cell organelles.

Identify the following organelles in cell drawings and state their

functions: cell or plasma membrane; cell wall; centriole;

cytoplasm; chloroplast; rough and smooth

endoplasmic reticulum; Golgi body; lysosome; mitochondrion;

nucleolus; nucleus; ribosome; vacuole and vesicle. They will gain

knowledge about the structure and function of various cell organelles.

An understanding about the role of various cellular organelles in

modifying the functions of the cells, especially, metabolism and

protein synthesis.

Golgi

complex

An understanding about the role of various cellular organelles in

modifying the functions of the cells, especially, metabolism and

protein synthesis.

Vacuole Students will acquire knowledge of structure and functions of vacuole

27

and students should make the diagramme of vacuole

Ribosome

Get a thorough knowledge on Cell organisation

Understand about structure and functions of cell organelles

Acquire knowledge on the internal structures of various groups of

plants

Perixysome

Students will acquire knowledge of structure and functions of

peroxysomes

Mitochondria

Students will acquired the knowdge about the morphological ans

anatomical structure of mitochondria ans their functions.

Cell cycle:

Mitosis and

Meiosis

Students will acquire knowledge of cell cycle, cell division and cell

death mechanisms. Students are able to discuss the cell cycle. Able to

understand cell cycle and different phases of mitosis and its

importance. Students should able to understand the process of cell

division in plant and different stages of meiosis.

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- III: Genetics


Sr.

No


Unit



01 Chromosome-

Morphology, Types,

Centromere & Telomere

Student will be able to understand the concept of

Chromosome, Its morphology and types.

02 Chromosomal

aberrations –

Students will be able to understand the Significance of

change in Morphology of chromosomes.

03 Numerical aberrations Students will be able to understand Significance of

Numerical change in chromosomes. They will got to know

about Syndromes and diseases associated with the

numerical abberations.

Name of the Module – Unit IV- Genetics


28


Module /Unit

1 Mendellism: Mendel’s law of

Dominance, Segregations and

Independent assortment,

Incomplete dominance

Students will be able to understand fundamental

laws of Genetics given by Mendel. Student will

be able to develop critical thinking on how the

characters are inherited from parents to progeny.

2 Interaction of genes-

Complimentary, Supplementary

and Epistasis.

Students will develop the understanding of how

the genes are interacted and expressed.

3 Problems based on Mendelism

and Interaction of Genes

Students develop skill of solving the problems in

genetics. They will develop critical thinking on

Mendellism and Interaction of Genes.

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- V: Genetics


Sr.

No


Unit


to do what

01 Linkage – Concept,

Types and theories

To introduce students with the concept of Linkage, its

theories and type. To teach the linkage mapping problem.

02 Crossing over:

Concept, Types and

theories

To introduce students with the concept of Crossing over its

types and theories. To understand significance of crossing

over.

03 Gene mutations-

Spontaneous and

Induced

Students will be able to understand the concept of Mutation

and its type. They will be understand the use of induced

mutations in breeding and crop improvements.

04 Extra-nuclear

Genome-

Mitchondrial DNA

Chloroplast DNA

To introduce students with the concept of extra nuclear DNA

and its evolution.

They will be able to understand the structure role of

Mitchondrial DNA and Chloroplast DNA

29

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): VI Biochemistry


Sr.

No



do what

01 Nomenclature and

characteristics of

Enzymes

Students will be able to understand Nomenclature and

characteristics of Enzymes. Students develop critical thinking

about the nature of Enzymes.

02 Theories for

mechanism of

action of Enzymes

Students will be able to understand mechanism of action of

Enzymes. Develop critical thinking on theories for action of

enzymes.

03 Structure and

function of

Carbohydrates

Students develop critical thinking on structure and function of

carbohydrates.

Name of the program – B.Sc. Class : Part-III

Semester –V Name of the Subject- Botany

Name of the course (paper)- Plant Physiology and Ecology

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I- Plant Water Relations


Sr.

No


unit



01 1.1 Importance of water to

plant life. Imbibition,

Diffusion, Osmosis,

Plasmolysis

Students will acquire knowledge of water, solute and

sugar transport processes in plants.

Different mechanisms in plants used for water transport.

Students will able to understand how plants achieve

water balance. and plant disorders occurred in mineral

deficiency.

Acquired the knowledge of Plant-water relations:

Different bio-physio-Chemical phenomenon: definition,

phenomenon and Importance of permeability, diffusion,

30

osmosis, Plasmolysis, imbibitions,

1.2 Active and passive

Absorption of water.

1.3 Ascent of sap - Root

Pressure and Transpiration

Pull Theory

1.4 Transpiration - Types

of transpiration, Stomatal

movements, Mechanism

of transpiration (Starch

sugar hypothesis),

Significance.

Antitranspirant, Guttation.

1.5 Mineral uptake -

Active uptake - Career

Concept, Passive uptake -

Ion Exchange.

An understanding about the role of absorption of water,

mechanism of water absorption (Active and passive

theories), Ascent of sap: Definition, mechanism- (root

pressure theory, capillarity, Imbibitional and

transpiration pull theories),

Students will able to understand Transpiration: types,

structure of stomata. Mechanism of opening and closing

of stomata (Starch- sugar, K+ (Potassium ion) pump

theory),Mineral.

Understand tha knowledge about Essential macro and

micro elements and their role in plants (deficiency,

symptoms, disease and functions), Translocation of

organic solutes,

To know knowldge about the movement of sap and

absorption of water in plant body. Understand the plant

movements.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): II- Metabolism.


Sr.

No


Module? unit



01 2.1 Photosynthesis -

Introduction, Role of Light,

Photosynthetic Apparatus

and Pigments, Two Pigment

Systems,

Photophosphorylation, C3

and C4 cycle, CAM

Pathway.

Students know the importance and scope of plant

physiology.

To understand the plants and plant cells in relation to

water. Understand the process of photosynthesis in

higher plants with particular emphasis on light and dark

reactions, C3 and C4 pathways.

Students will able understand the importance of

photosynthesis for plants.

Understand the light and dark reactions of

31

photosynthesis. They also compare the dark reactions

in C3, C4 and CAM plants.

Understand the photorespiration mechanism.

Will able the information about photolysis of water,

cyclic and non-cyclic photophosphorylation, electron

transport system, C3 cycle, photorespiration and

glycolytic metabolism (C2 cycle), CAM pathway, C4

cycle, chemosynthesis,

2.2 Respiration -

Introduction, Mitochondria

as a Respiratory centre,

Types of Respiration -

Aerobic and Anaerobic,

Mechanism of aerobic

respiration- Glycolysis,

Kreb cycle, Electron

transport system and

Chemiosmotic ATP

generation, Respiratory

Quotient

Students understand the respiration in higher plants

with particular emphasis on aerobic and anaerobic

respiration.

To know the knowledge about the process of

respiration and role in plant life respiration ,Aerobic

respiration, Glycolysis (EMP, PPP) and TCA cycles

and its regulation, anaerobic respiration mechanism

and factors, Translocation of organic solutes:

mechanism of translocation, diffusion, source and sink

relationships, phloem loading and unloading. Students

will acquire knowledge of Chemiosmotic ATP

generation and respiratory quotient.

Name of the Module – Unit - III: Metabolism and growth



Module /Unit

1 Nitrogen Metabolism- Sources of

nitrogen, Symbiotic nitrogen

fixation, Role of Nitrate reductase

Students will be able to understand sources of

N2 , and different methods of nitrogen fixation

and role of nitrate reducatse

2 Growth - Phases of growth,

Growth curve, Physiological role

of growth hormones ( Auxins,

Gibberellins, Cytokinins,

Abscisic acid, and Ethylene).

Students will understand different phases of

growth and critical understanding on the

physiological role of different hormones.

32

3 Physiology of Senescence and

Abscission.

Students can understand the senescence and

abscission and the physiological changes in

plants.

UNIT –IV : Plant responses


S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end

of Module /Unit

1 Photoperiodism -Concept of

Florigen, Role of Phytochrome

Students will be able to understand Concept

of Photoperiodism and florigen. They will

develop critical thinking on how

phytochrome play role in photoperiodism.

2 Vernalization- Concept and

Significance

Students will understand Vernilization

phenomenon and its significance.

3 . Plant movement- Tropic

(Phototropic and Geotropic) and

Nastic (Epinasty, Hyponasty and

Seismonasty)

Students will understand the different types

of plant movements,

4 Stress physiology- Concept, Types

of stress, Water and Salinity stress

Students will understand concept of stress

physiology with special reference to Water

and salinity stress.

Name of Module(Unit No. & Name): V Ecology and Environment


Sr.No Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/Unit

01 Concept of

Environment

The students will understand the basic concepts of general

environment.

02 Ecological

Factors

Students will be able to understand different ecological factors

that constitute the environment of organism

03 Atmosphere and

its composition

Students understand the composition of atmosphere. They also

able to understand different layers of atmosphere.

04 Adaphic factors Students will be able to understand process of soil formation as

well as soil composition. Students will able to identify different

33

soil mixture.

They will be able to relate the physical features of the

environment to the structure of populations, communities, and

ecosystems.

Name of Module(Unit No. & Name): Unit VI – ECOSYSTEM


Sr.

No


Unit



01 Population Ecology To impart students with the knowledge of various terms of

population ecology and Community characteristics such as

Natality and Mortality,

Frequency,

Density

Abundance

02 Ecological Succession

–

Hydrosere and

Xerosere

To introduce students with concept of Ecological Succession

with its example of succession in water called as Hydrosere

and succession in dry condition such as dry lands, desserts

called as Xerosere

03 Ecosystem To provide the basic understanding of Concept of ecosystem

along with the important concepts such as

Definition, Structure and Function, Food chain, Food web,

Energy flow model (Single channel model)

04

Types of Ecosystem To make the students aware of types of ecosystems including

Pond ecosystem and Desert ecosystem.

Name of the program – B.Sc. Class : Part-III

Semester –VI Name of the Subject- Botany Course Outcomes Code : BCO75

Name of the course (paper)- Molecular Biology and Biotechnology

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I- DNA the genetic material

34

Sr.

No


Unit



01 1.1 Historical account –

Giffith’s Expt, Hershy

and Chase Expt.,;

student will be able to know various experiment to prove

the DNA act as a genetic material like Griffith, Hershy and

Chase experiment

1.2 DNA– Chemical

composition and Double

Helical model

1.3 DNA replication in

Eukaryotes

Recall and relate the role of genes, genetic code,

recombinant methods in DNA technology.

Students will learn the handling of microscope.

They will gain knowledge about the structure and function

of DNA and different methods of replication of DNA

1.4 DNA Packaging -

Nucleosome and

Solenoid

1.5 Satellite, Repetitive

DNA and Transposable

element in plants (AC-

DS system)

The students will acquire basic knowledge related to

replication of DNA as the genetic material, how genes are

transcribed and translated in prokaryotes and eukaryotes,

Nucleosome and Solenoid model.

Students will also understand special features of genetic

code and the molecular mechanisms involved in RNA

processing and RNA splicing. Besides, students will learn

the regulation of biological processes and the significance

of such regulation in maintaining life.

Name of the Module – Unit-II : Gene Structure and Expression



Module /Unit

1 Concept of gene, Fine structure

of Gene

Students will be able to understand Historical

background how the concept of genes are evolve

and also able to understand fine structure of gene.

2 Gene Expression –

Central Dogma, Types of

RNA, Genetic code, Ribosome

Students will understand central dogma and

different types of RNA for protein synthesis.

Critical thinking will be develop on genetic code

35

as a translation machine

3 Transcription in Eukaryotes –

Mechanism of Transcription

and RNA Processing

Students can understand the process of protein

synthesis in particularly transcription in

eukaryotes.

4 Translation in Eukaryotes Students will be critically develop the thinking on

translation in Eukaryotes.

5 Endomembrane system Flow

of Peptide

Students can understand flow of peptide and

endomembrane system


Unit III - REGULATION OF GENE EXPRESSION


Sr.

No


Module? Unit



01 Regulation of Gene

Expression in Prokaryotes –

Operon concept with special

reference to Lac Operon

To introduce students with concept of Prokaryotic

gene regulation with its most peculiar example of Lac

operon.

How bacteria regulates its gene in presence and

absence of lactose.

02 Regulation of gene expression

of Eukaryotes – Britton

Davidson Model Regulation

of gene expression of

Eukaryotes

To introduce students with concept of Eukaryotic

gene regulation and the model proposed by Britton

and Davidson of gene regulation.

03 Protein Folding Mechanism

and Structure (Primary,

Secondary, Tertiary and

Quaternary)

Students will be able to understand the Various level

of structural organizations of proteins and bonding

pattern amongst them.

04

Protein Sorting – Targeting to

proteins to organelles

To introduce students with the concept of protein

sorting and localization to mitochondria and

chloroplast.

36

05 Protein Trafficking To introduce students with the concept of Protein

Trafficking.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit-IV : Genetic Engineering


Sr.

No


Module? Unit



01 Tools and techniques of

recombinant DNA technology

Students will understand tools and techniques of

rDNA technology

02 Restriction Enzymes –

Nomenclature and Types

Students will acquire Knowledge of restrication

Enzymes and nomenclature

03 Cloning vectors – Plasmids,

Phages, Cosmids

Students will understands cloning vectors,

Plasmids

Phages

Cosmids

04

Gene Source- Genomic and c-

DNA library

Students will be able to understand Genomic and c-

DNA library

05

Gene Transfer Techniques –

Direct - (1) Chemical method,

(2) Electroporation, (3) Gene

gun method

Indirect – Agrobacterium

mediated gene transfer

Students will be to understand Gene Transfer

Techniques –

Direct - (1) Chemical method, (2) Electroporation,

(3) Gene gun method

Indirect – Agrobacterium mediated gene transfere

06 Gene Amplification -

_Polymerase Chain Reaction

Student will develop conceptual ideas about

Polymerase Chain Reaction

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):UnitV- PLANT TISSUE CULTURE


Sr.

No


Module?/Unit

37

01 Basic aspects of plant tissue

culture

02 Laboratory Requirement –

To introduce students with components required for

the plant tissue culture such as Infrastructure,

Instruments (laminar air flow, autoclave, growth

chamber), Culture Media (MS Media), Growth

Hormone (Auxin, Cytokinin and Gibberellins)

Sterilization Techniques

03 Tissue Culture Technique – Students will understands the basic techniques of

plant tissue culture and the following concepts

Cellular totipotency, differentiation and

morphogenesis; Callus Culture; Micro propagation

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): VI Applications of Biotechnology


Sr.

No


Unit


to do what

01 Tools and techniques

of recombinant DNA

technology.

Students are aware with techniques of recombinant DNA

technology. Students will be able to understand different tools

used for recombinant DNA technology.

02 Gene transfer

techniques

Students will be able to understand different gene transfer

techniques.

Skill- students will be able to differentiate between various

gene transfer techniques

03 Gene Amplification

Technique

Students will be able to understand gene amplification

techniques.

Skill- students are skilled with different sophisticated

techniques.

38

Programme Specific Outcomes – Chemistry

Name of the programme: B.Sc.

Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcomes

Code

What the Student will be able to do at the end of

Programme

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge/Skill to

do what)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

BPSO 18

BPSO 19

BPSO 20

BPSO 21

BPSO 22

BPSO 23

BPSO 24

BPSO 25

BPSO 26

BPSO 27

BPSO 28

BPSO 29

BPSO 30

BPSO 31

BPSO 32

Explain the characteristics of three states of matter.

Calculate enthalpy change for various types of reaction.

Explain the principal involved in Quantitative analysis of

organic compounds.

Describe molecular structure and bonding in organic

compounds.

Recognize and explain the interaction of metal ions with

ligands.

Explain how the absorption of energy by the molecules

produces spectra which helps in structure determination.

Demonstrate up to date analytical skills required to deal with

the detection, Identification, Separation and Estimation of

molecular species.

To know the involvement of reactive intermediates and

understand their structure and reactivity through various

organic reactions

To know the mechanism of organic reactions involving

reactive intermediates and concerted processes

Explain the applications of heterocyclic compounds in

pharmaceutics/drugs and the mechanism of actions.

Describe the different levels of protein structure and their

interdependence and determine secondary structure in

polypeptides

Recognize the basic practical skills for the synthesis of

alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides

Describe name reactions, uses of various reagents and the

39

mechanism of their action.

Explain the use of reagents in various organic transformation

reactions.

Elucidating reaction mechanisms for organic reactions.

Course Outcomes - Chemistry

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part – I

Semester: I Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO81

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. Periodic

Proerties

It explains what is meant by periodic table, organization of elements

and it's trends. Various properties of elements like atomic radii,

metallic/ non metallic character, acidic/ basic nature, electronegativity

and ionisation potential. Detailed description of each property is given

so that students are able to co- relate the trends across the row and

column in the periodic table.

2. Effective

nucleus

charge of

atom

It explains the various factors that contribute to decide the exact nuclear

charge of an atom. Students will be able to find out exact nuclear charge

of atom with the help of Slater's rule.

3. Ionic

bonding

Students will be able to identify and distinguish ionic bonds. Lattice

energy, electron affinity and solvation energy are explained in this

section. With this, one can state whether an molecule is stable or not,

can dissolve or ionize,etc.



40


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. s - block

elements

It explains why the elements are called as s-block. Students can identify

1 and 2 group elements and know their various properties like ionisation

energy, oxidation state,etc

2. p- block

elements

It explains why the elements are called as p-block. Students can identify

13, 14 and 15 group elements and know their various properties like

ionisation energy, oxidation state,etc

3. Innert pair

effect

It explains the why some electrons remain inert during bonding and

what is the effect of inert pair of electrons on various periodic

properties.

4. Hydrides

of boranes

Method of preparation and properties of diboranes are given in this

topic, also it's structure and bonding is explained.

5. Carbides What are carbides and its types are given with an example of fullerene.

Name of the programme: B.Sc. Class: Part – I

Semester: I Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO383

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III- A] Electronic Displacements B]Reactive

Intermediates

C] Aliphatic Hydrocarbons

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at

the end of

Module / Unit


Application of

Knowledge/Skill to do what)

1. Unit III

A] Electronic Displacements:

Inductive effect, Electromer ic

After completion of the course, students

shall be able to understand:

Students learn about aliphatic

41

effect, Resonance and

Hyperconjugation (definition, and

applications of these effects).

B] Reactive Intermediates:

Carbocations, Carbanions and free

radicals:their generation stability and

reactions.

C] Aliphatic Hydrocarbons:

Alkanes: Methods of formation:

i)Wurtz reaction and ii) CoreyHouse

reaction,Reactoins: i)Halogenatiom

(With mechanism),

ii) Aromatisation. Alkenes: Methods

of formation (With mechanism):

i)Dehydrohalogenation of alkyl

halides (E1 & E2) ii) Dehydration of

alcohols, Reactions: Electrophilic and

free radical addition of HX and X2

(with mechanism).

Alkynes: Preparation from vicinal and

germinal dihalides,

ReactionHydrogenation.

Alkadienes: Classification,1,3-

Butadiene- Preparation from

cyclohexene, Reactions- Addition of

H2, Br2and HBr.

Hydrocarbon and various organic

transformation reactions.

To learn the involvement of reactive

intermediates and understand their

structure and reactivity through

various organic reactions.

To learn and understand the orbital

interactions (Woodward Hoffmann

rules) in concerted reactions.

Comprehend the structure-reactivity

pattern of reactive intermediates

involved in organic reactions

Write mechanism of organic reactions

involving reactive intermediates and

concerted processes Apply these

reactions in organic synthesis

How electronic displacement takes

place by Inductive, electromeric,

Resonance and hyperconjugation

effect

Understand different reaction

involved in alkane, alkene, alkyne and

alkadiene

Students learn about different bond

angle

Students learn about different types of

reaction involve in C-C, C=C etc

Preparation and uses of various

classes of organic compounds.


Semester: I Name of the Subject: --Chemistry


42

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV- Aromatic Hydrocarbon

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Unit IV-

Aromatic

Hydrocarbons

A] Nomenclature

and Isomerism of

Aromatic

Compounds.

Structure of

Benzene: Kekule

structure and

Molecular orbital

structure.

B] Aromaticity

and Huckel’s rule

Aromatic,

antiaromatic and

nonaromatic

systems.

C] Mechanism of

Electrophilic

Aromatic

Substitution:

Nitration, Friedal

Craft Alkylation

and Acylation.

Nuclear and Side

Chain

Halogination,

Birch Reduction.

After completion of the course, students shall be able to

understand:

Familiarization about classes of organic compounds

and their methods of preparation.

Basic uses of reaction mechanisms.

Name reactions, uses of various reagents and the


Preparation and uses of various classes of organic

compounds.

Organic chemistry reactions and reaction mechanisms.

Use of reagents in various organic transformation

reactions.

Elucidating reaction mechanisms for organic reactions.

Application of Huckel’s rule to different organic

compounds to find out aromatic /non aromatic/ anti

aromatic compounds.

Students learn about the effect of substituents on

orientation

Students learn about Activating and deactivating

groups with different examples

Students understand different electrophilic aromatic

substitution reaction

Understanding the structure and their mechanism of

reactions

Chemistry of Aromatic Compounds

What will I learn in this unit?

In this unit you will look at the criteria that are used to

classify a compound as ‘aromatic’ and

look at the reactions of aromatic compounds. You will

43

D] Orientation:

Effect of

substituent groups.

Activating and

deactivating

groups. Theory of

reactivity and

orientation on the

basis of inductive

and resonance

effects (-CH3, -

OH, -NO2 and –Cl

groups).

also have the opportunity to design

syntheses of compounds that contain benzene rings.

After reviewing the material covered in this section I should:

Know & understand the requirements for aromaticity, &

be able to apply them in

determining whether or not a molecule/ion is aromatic.

Explain the bonding in aromatic heterocyclic molecules

Give the general mechanism for electrophilic aromatic

substitution

Understand:

- The role played by delocalisation in stabilising the

intermediate carbocation

- Why electrophilic addition does not occur

Give the mechanism for generating each of the electrophiles

involved in the 5 electrophilic

aromatic substitution reactions

Understand why, & be able to predict, what

rearrangements will occur in a Friedel-Crafts

alkylation reaction, & know how to prevent this occurring,

using a combination of Friedel-

Crafts acylation & reduction reactions

Know the starting materials, reaction conditions &

products of the various substituent

interconversions:

- Reactions of alkyl substituents

- Catalytic hydrogenation of double & triple bond

substituents, & of benzene itself

- Oxidation of alkyl substituents to aldehydes & carboxylic

acids

Reduction of nitro groups to give amines on an aromatic

ring

Understand the concepts of induction and resonance & how

they (de)activate an aromatic

44

ring toward electrophilic aromatic substitution, & be able

to draw resonance structures

illustrating these concepts

Understand the classification of substituents into strong,

medium & weak activators &

deactivators & know into which group each of the substituents

in Table 16.1 fall

- Be able to draw resonance structures for each of these

substituents

Understand the principles behind the effect a substituent

already present on an aromatic

ring has on further substitution, the connection between

activation/deactivation and ortho

& para/meta directing groups, why the halogens are the

exceptions to this, and (of course…)

draw resonance structures illustrating the above

Understand the effect of substituents on reaction conditions

Understand the importance that the order in which

substituents are introduced onto an

aromatic ring plays in the design of a particular multi-

substituted aromatic ring, and how to

balance the opposing effects of more than one substituent to

predict the net effect

Know the uses of arenediazonium salts in the syntheses of

various substituted benzenes and

the mechanisms involved, and the use of these salts as

nucleophiles

Understand why nucleophilic aromatic substitution does

not readily occur, know the

conditions under which it does, and the reaction conditions

and mechanism involved

Understand why the benzyne intermediate is needed to

explain the experimental

45




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Thermodynamics It explains what is meant by adiabatic and isothermal process.

Students can co-relate it respect to pressure and temperature.

2. Laws of

thermodynamics

It explains first and second law of thermodynamics with

explaination of Carnot heat engine.

3. Entropy Concept of entropy and it's derivation is given so that students

can relate it with examples and solve numericals.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Gaseous

state

It explains postulates and derivation of kinetic to theory of gases.

Maxwell Boltzmann distribution law and Vanderwaal's equation of

state is explained.

2. Numericals Various numericals based on above derivations are given and

explained.

3. Phase Rule It gives the statement and explaination of phase Rule and shows how

it is applicable to water and sulfur system.


Semester: II Name of the Subject: Chemistry

observations, & how, although it cannot be isolated, its

existence is supported by trapping

its existence is supported by trappi

46



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Polarization Explains the distortion of geometry in molecule. Students can interpret

which types of bond are formed in the molecule.

2. Covalent

Bonding

It explains what type of forces exist which keeps the electron pairs in

contact between two atoms. It also explains the concept of

hybridization and hence geometry of any molecule.

3. Acids and

Bases

Students will be able to identify and distinguish compounds into acids

and bases depending upon various given theories.





Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. p - block

elements

It explains why the elements are called as p-block. Students can

identify 6th and 7th group elements and know their various properties

2. Interhalogen

compounds

It explains how interhalogen compounds are formed and their

structure, bonding and geometry.

3. Noble

Gases

It explains the properties of Noble gases. Students can identify

structure, bonding and geometry in the compounds of noble gases.

4. Non

aqueous

solvents

It explains various solvents other than water and its physical and

chemical properties and reactions.


Semester: II Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic Chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO589

47

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III- A] Alkyl Halides B] Aryl Halides

C] Alcohols

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the

end of

Module / Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of


1. Unit III 14L

A] Alkyl Halides: Synthesis of

vinyl chloride from acetylene and

allyl chloride from

propylene,Reactions of both with

aqueous and alcoholic KOH,

Comparison of reactivity of vinyl an

allyl chloride.

B] Aryl Halides: Synthesis

chlorobenzene from benzene,

phenol and benzene diazonium

chloride, Synthesis of benzyl

chloride from toluene and benzyl

alcohol, Reactions of both with

aqueous KOH, NH3 and sodium

ethoxide, Comparison of reactivity

of chlorobenzene and benzyl

chloride. Benzyne intermediate

mechanism.

C] Alcohols: Dihydric alcohols:

Ethylene glycol- Preparation from

ethylene, ethylene chloride and

ethylene oxide, Reactions- with Na,

PCl5, CH3COOH, ZnCl2, conc.

H2SO4 and dehydration with heat.

Trihydric alcohols: Glycerol-

After completion of the course, students shall

be able to understand:

Students learn about alkyl halides and

common alkyl halides in the world, how

they are formed, why they are important,

and what further reactions can be done

with an alkyl halide

Students briefly discuss their general

structure, then get a short survey of the

different reactions they participate in.

Students able to classify substances as

bases and/or nucleophiles, assessing the

basic or nucleophilic strength of

substances, and accurately describing the

steps that take place and reactive

intermediates that form during alkyl

halide reaction mechanisms. In addition,

implications for teaching and future

research are discussed.

Students learn about alcohols and

alkanols, how they are classified, and

what their functional groups are.

Recognize the basic practical skills for the

synthesis of alkenes, alkynes, alkyl

halides

Students learn about name reactions, uses

48

Preparation from propylene,

Reactions with Na, HCl, PCl5,

HNO3 and KHSO4. Pinacol-

pinacolone rearrangement

(mechanism).

of various reagents and the mechanism of

their action.

Students learn about use of reagents in

various organic transformation reactions.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic Chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO90

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV- A] Phenols B] Ethers C]

Epoxides

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Unit IV

A] Phenols: Methods of

formations a) from aniline b)

from cumene. Acidic

character, Reaction of

Phenols- a) Carboxylation

(Kolb’s reaction), b) Fries

Rearrangement, c) Claisen

Rearrengement and d)

Reimer – Tiemann reaction.

B]Ethers: Diethyl ether-

Preparation by Williamson’s

synthesis and continuous

etherification process,

Reactions-with cold and hot

HI.

C]Epoxides: Synthesis of

ethylene oxide from ethylene

and styrene oxide from

After completion of the course, students shall be

able to understand:

Familiarization about classes of organic

compounds and their methods of preparation.

Basic uses of reaction mechanisms.

Name reactions, uses of various reagents and the


Preparation and uses of various classes of

organic compounds.

Organic chemistry reactions and reaction

mechanisms.

Use of reagents in various organic

transformation reactions.

Elucidating reaction mechanisms for organic

reactions.

interpret the reactions and properties of ethers

and epoxides.

nomenclature ethers and epoxides.

write reasonable reactions for ethers and

49

styrene. Ring opening

reactions of both catalysed by

acid and alkali.

epoxides.

write mechanism for the preparation of ethers

and epoxides





Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Polar and

non polar

molecules

Students get to know about polarity of molecules. It also states the

equation and procedure to measure dipole moment. With the help of

its applications, students can find out the structure of molecules.

2. Magnetic

moment

It gives classification of molecules depending upon its magnetic

nature. Magnetic susceptibility application and uses are given, based

on which students can solve numericals.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI – Chemical Kinetics

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1.

Chemical

Kinetics

CO1-

Understand the concept of rate of change associated with

chemical change

Be able to identify the reaction order for a chemical change.

Understand the pseudo-first order Kinetics and when they

apply.

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part – II

50

Semester: III Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): -Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code:BCO 93

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 1) Covalent bonding ,metallic bonding and VSPER

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end

of

Module / Unit

Unit

1

A] Covalent Bonding: Molecular

Orbital Theory. Postulates of

MO theory. LCAO

approximation. Formation of

bonding and antibonding MOs.

Rules for LCAO. MO energy

level diagram. Concept of bond

order. MO structure of

homonuclear diatomic molecules

of namely He2, H2, N2 and O2.

Stability sequence of species of

O2 i.e. O2, O2 +, O22+, O2- and

O22-. Paramagnetic nature of

O2. MO structure of

heteronuclear diatomic

molecules viz. NO, HF and CO

(Coulson’s structure).

Explanation of important

properties of CO viz. - triple

bond, almost nonpolar nature,

electron donor and acceptor

behaviour. Comparison of VB

and MO theories.

B] Metallic Bonding: Free

electron theory and properties of

metals such as electrical and

thermal conduction, malleability,

1.Identify polar bonds (we will assume C-H

bonds are non-polar

2. Define dipole moment.

3. Apply the VSEPR model to determine a

molecule's electronic geometry and molecular

geometry based on its Lewis dot structure.

4. Interpret line drawings of chemical compounds

with implicit hydrogens, carbons, and lone pairs.

5. Apply the VB model to determine the orbital

hybridization for any atom in a given molecule.

6. Use the VB model to describe the type of bond

(sigma, pi) and the atomic orbitals that are

associated with the bond.

7. Recognize localized vs delocalized electrons

within a structure.

8. Determine if a molecule is polar based on

polar bonds and it molecular geometry.

9. Recognize that molecular orbital theory is a

method used by chemists to determine the energy

of the electron in a molecule as well as its

geometry.

10. Recognize that MO theory can be used to

determine the energy of light absorbed by a

compound by exciting electrons between MOs

(from the HOMO to the LUMO).

11. Should be able to interpret a given MO

diagram as well as fill in electrons into an MO

51

ductility and metallic lusture. VB

theory or Resonance theory of

metals. Band theory to explain

nature of conductors, insulators

and semiconductors (both

intrinsic and extrinsic).

C] VSEPR Theory: Various

rules under VSEPR theory to

explain molecular geometry

(following examples may be

taken to explain various rules-

BeCl2, BF3, CH4 , NH4+ , PCl5

, SF6, IF7, SnCl2 , NH3, H2O,

SF4, ClF3, BrF5, XeF6, SOF4,

COF2, PCl3, ). Limitations of

VSEPR theory.

diagram to predict bond order for a compound

and predict whether it is paramagnetic or

diamagnetic.

12. Recognize that based on MO theory

constructive interference of atomic orbitals yields

lower energy MO (bonding) while destructive

interference leads to higher energy MO (anti-

bonding).

13 Draw Lewis electron-dot structures of

simple compounds.

14. Predict and describe the hybridization of

bonds in simple compounds.

15. Predict bond angles and shapes of molecules.

16. Predict the direction of polarity of a chemical

bond, and predict the dipole moment of a simple

compound.



Name of the Course (Paper): -Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO 94

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 2)Theory of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be


Module / Unit

Unit 2 A] Volumetric Analysis: (a) Introduction:-

Volumetric analysis, titrant, titrate, end point,

equivalence point, indicator etc. Requirements of

volumetric analysis. Definition of standard solution,

primary standard substance. Requirements of primary

standard substance. Terms to express concentrations

namely- molarity, normality, molality, mole fraction

and percentage. (Simple numericals expected). (b)

Acid-Base titrations:- Types of acid base titrations.

1) Know the concept like

titrant, titrate, end point,

equivalence point,

indicator etc.

2) Know the difference

between primary standard

and secondary standard.

3)Able to Know about

type of Titrations

52

pH variations during acid base titration. Acid base

indicators. Modern theory (Quinoniod theory) of acid

base indicators. Choice of suitable indicators for

different acid base titrations. (c) Redox Titrations:-

General principles involved in redox titrations (redox

reactions, redox potentials, oxidant, reductant,

oxidation number). Brief idea about use of KMnO4,

K2Cr2O7as oxidants in acidic medium in redox

titrations. Use of I2 in iodometry and iodimetry.

Redox indicators-external and internal indicators.

Use of starch as an indicator. Iodometric estimation

of Cu (II).

B] Gravimetric Analysis: Definition. Theoretical

principles underlying various steps involved in

gravimetric analysis with reference to estimation of

barium as barium sulphate. Coprecipitation and post

precipitation. (Definition, types and factors

affecting).

4) Calculate molarity,

normality, molality, mole

fraction and percentage

5) Solve the problems

based on molarity,

normality, molality, mole

fraction and percentage

6) Knows difference

between Iodometric and

Iodimetric titration

7) practically Know about

Gravimetric analysis

8) Idea about Redox

Titration and oxidant and

reductant.

Name of the programme: B.Sc. Class: Part – II

Semester: III Name of the Subjet: Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO95


Unit III - A] Aldehydes and Ketones B] Carboxylic acids

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Unit III

A] Aldehydes and Ketones:

Preparation of acetaldehyde

from ethanol, ethylidene

chlorideand acetylene.

Preparation of benzaldehyde

from benzene (Gattermann-


able to understand:

Familiarization with carbonyl, carboxylic

groups and their reactions.

Understanding the structure and their

mechanism of reactions

To learn the involvement and understand

53

Koch reaction) and toluene.

Preparation of acetone from

isopropyl alcohol,

isopropylidene chloride and

propyne. Preparation of

acetophenone from benzene and

ethyl benzene. Structure of

carbonyl group, acidity of á-

hydrogen in carbonyl

compounds. Reactions of

aldehydes &/or ketones:

Cannizaro’s, Reformatsky,

Perkin with mechanism,

Mannich reaction, Benzoin

and Aldol condensations.

Clemmensen, Wolf-Kishner,

MPV and LiAlH4 reductions.

B] Carboxylic acids:

Structure and reactivity of

carboxylic groups. Acidity of

carboxylic acids, effects of

substituents on acids strength.

Oxalic acid: Preparation from

ethylene glycol and cyanogen.

Reactions: Reaction with ethyl

alcohol, ammonia, glycerol and

action of heat.

Lactic acid: Preparation from

acetaldehyde and pyruvic acid.

Reactions: Reaction with

ethanol,PCl5

, action of heat, oxidation and

their structure and reactivity through

various organic reactions.

Recognize and assign names to aldehydes

and ketones.

Write the mechanism for nucleophilic

addition and nucleophilic addition-

elimination reactions of aldehydes and

ketones, and be able to predict the products

of such reactions.

Able to explain the relative reactivity of

carbonyl compounds toward nucleophilic

addition.

Able to describe the concept of employing

protecting groups.

Predict the products of the reactions of

carbonyl compounds with Grignard

reagents, hydride ion donors, sulfur

nucleophiles, and with phosphonium ylides

(the Wittig reaction)

Able to recognize Re and Si faces of

carbonyl compounds, and the

stereochemistry outcomes from a

nucleophilic addition. 7.

Predict the products of addition reactions to

α,β-unsaturated carbonyl compounds.

To understand the structure of carboxylic

acid and their derivatives.

To understand the reactivity of different

carboxylic acid derivatives.

To understand how to name different

aldehydes and ketones.

To understand the reactivity of different

carbonyl compounds towards nucleophillic

54

reduction. Benzoic acid:

Preparation from toluene,

benzyl alcohol, phenyl cyanide

and benzamide. Reactions :

Reaction with ethanol, PCl5

and ammonia. Salicylic acid:

Preparation by Reimer-Tiemann

reaction. Reactions: Reaction

with CH3, COCl, CH3OH and

C6H5OH

reaction.

To understand how to write the products of

addition reaction to carbonyl compounds

Students are able to recognize mechanism

of different reactions related to carbonyl

compounds.

Able to write the order of reactivity of

different carboxylic acid derivatves

Students are able to recognize mechanism

of different reactions related to carbonyl

compounds.


Semester: III Name of the Subject: -

Chemistry


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV – Stereochemistry

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1. Unit IV

A] Optical

isomerism:

Element of

symmetry,

chirality,

asymetric carbon

atom,enantiomer

s, diaster

eoisomer s, r

elative and

absoluteconfigura


understand:

Understanding the reactions and mechanisms of

diazonium compounds.

the properties of a compounds not only by functional

groups but also by spatial arrangement of the atoms in the

molecules

Distinguish between different types of isomers

Assign cis/trans or E/Z configuration to an alkene

Draw the E or Z-isomer of a given alkene.

Distinguish between mirror images that are superimposab

55

tions, DL and

RS

nomenclature,

racemisation

andresolution (by

chemical

method).

B] Geometrical

isomerism:

Cis-trans & E-Z

nomenclature,

Methods of

structuredetermin

ation.

C]Conformation

al isomerism:

Bayer’s Strain

theory and its

limitations.

Stability

ofcycloalkanes,

conformational

isomers of ethane,

n-butane

andcyclohexane,

their energy level

diagrams.

Newman &

Sawhorseprojecti

on formulae.

le and mirror images that are

not superimposable

Decide whether an object is chiral or achiral

Locate asymmetric carbons (stereogenic centres) in

a molecule.

Define enantiomers

Draw chiral molecules in tetrahedral form.

Draw chiral molecules in Fischer projection.

Compare chiral molecules drawn in perspective formulas,

Newman projection or in Fischerprojection

Draw the enantiomer of a given chiral compound

Assign priorities to substituents around a stereogenic

carbon

Apply priority rules to assign R, S-configurations to

stereogenic centres

an optically-active compound

levorotatory or dextrorotatory

Understanding what is Plane polarized light,

polarimeter,specific rotation, racemic mixture,

Draw the different stereoisomers of a compound

with more than one stereogenic centre

Understand the relationship between the physical properti

es of pairs of enantiomers or diastereomers.

Understand the relationship between specific rotations of

pairs of enantiomers or diastereomers.


56

Semester: III Name of the Subject : Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Physical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO97

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V - A] Thermodynamics and Equillibrium

B] Phase Equillibrium

Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

1. Unit V

A] Thermodynamics and

Equillibrium:

(i) Gibb’s and Helmholtz’s free

energy function. Physical

significance of Gibb’s free

energy, Change in free energy as

a criteria of spontaneity and

equilibrium. Variation of free

energy G with P & T. Gibb’s-

Helmholtz’s equation in terms of

G and its application. (ii) Partial

molal function, chemical

potential, derivations of Gibb’s-

Duhem equation. Chemical

potential of an ideal gas in

gaseous mixture. Derivation of

vant Hoff’s isotherm and its

application to equilibrium state.

Derivation of vant Hoff’s

equation and its applications. (iii)

Numericals.

B] Phase Equillibrium:

(i) Immiscible liquids, Nerst

distribution law and its application

to association and dissociation of

1.To know units of pressure, temperature,

density, mass, and moles.

2. To know how to use thermodynamic

tables and diagrams and to apply the Ideal

Gas Law.

3. To exlain the differences between steady

state and transient processes.

4. To explain the differences between open

and closed systems.

5. To know the meaning of, and how to

obtain from thermodynamic tables and

diagrams, specific volume, enthalpy, and

internal energy.

6. To explain the meaning and differences of

heat and work, and adiabatic and isenthalpic

processes.

7. To know how to apply mass and energy

balances (First Law) to a variety of simple

processes and circumstances.

8. To know the meaning of isentropic

processes, to obtain entropy from

thermodynamic tables and diagrams.

9. To define the meaning of efficiencies in

turbines, compressors, and pumps, and use

them to solve problems.

57

solute in one of the solvent.

Process of extraction, derivation

of formula for the amount of

solute left unextracted after nth

extraction. (ii) Phase transition

Clausius-Clyperon equation (only

qualitative statement). (iii)

Partially miscible liquids - Phase

diagram of phenol-water, triethyl

amine - water and nicotine-water

systems.

10. To know how to obtain changes in

internal energy, enthalpy, and entropy,

usimng equations, tables, or diagrams (Cp's

and Cv's).

11. To know and be able to explain a Carnot

cycle.

12. To calculate efficiencies of simple

power and refrigeration cycles.



Name of the Course (Paper): Physical chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO98

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI– A] Liquid state B] Electrochemistry

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able

to do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. A] Liquid state:

(i) Surface tension, determination and its S.I.

Unit. Effect of temperature on surface

tension, derivation of expression for relative

surface tension by Drop number method.

Application of surface tension. (ii) Viscosity,

determination and its S.I. Unit. Effect of

temperature on viscosity, derivation of

expression for relative viscosity by Ostwald’s

viscometer method. Applications of viscosity.

B] Electrochemistry:

(i) Conductance of electrolyte solution.

Specific, equivalent and molar conductance.

1. To impart the idea of

intermolecular forces amongs

the liquid molecules.

2. Students able to understood

the various properties of liquid

such as surface tension ,

viscosity and their

measurement after studying this

topic.

3. Students can then understood

the effect of temperature on the

various properties of liquids.

4. After learning this unit

58

Determination of conductance of electrolyte

solution, variation of specific and equivalent

conductance with dilution for strong

electrolyte. Conductometric titrations.

Applications of conductometric titration.

(ii) Migration of ions under the influence of

electric field. Transport number of ions.

Determination of transport number by

Hottorf’s method and Moving boundary

method

(iii) Kohlrausch’s law of independent

migration of ions. Determination of l¥ and

degree of dissociation a of a weak electrolyte.

Determination of dissociation constant of weak

electrolyte. (iv) Numericals.

students can able to

differentiate between metallic

and electrolytic conductors.

5. Understood the meaning of

terms such as specific

conductance, equivalent

conductance, molar

conductance and effect of

temperature on them.

5. Gets the theoretical

understanding of

conductometric titration.

6. Know the importance of

Kohlrausch’s law.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: --Inorganic chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Course Outcome Code: BCO 99

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1 - Chemistry Of Elements Of Transition Series

And Extraction Of Elements .

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. A] Chemistry of elements of transition series:

Definition of transition elements. General

characteristics of

transition elements. Comparative study of first

transition series

elements (3d) with reference to following properties:

(i) Electronic

configuration (ii) Atomic and ionic size (iii) Ionization

energy (iv)

By the end of this

section, students will be

able to:

1) Outline the general

approach for the

isolation of transition

metals from natural

sources

2) able to describe

59

Metallic nature (v) Oxidation states (vi) Magnetic

properties (vii)

Color of salts (viii) Catalytic properties (ix) Complex

formation behaviour. Study of 4d and 5d series

elements-Electronicconfiguration. Comparison of 3d

series elements with 4d and 5d

series elements with respect to size, oxidation states,

magnetic

properties and color.

B] Extraction of elements:

Principles involved in extraction of elements. Major

methodsof extraction of elements. Factors affecting

choice of extraction

method. Thermodynamics of reduction processes-

Ellingham

diagrams for oxides and importance of this diagram

typical physical and

chemical properties of

the transition metals

3)Identify simple

compound classes for

transition metals and

describe their chemical

properties

4) Methods of

extraction of elements

able to find the reactivity

of elements and

Ellingham diagrams.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: Inorganic chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Course Outcome Code: BCO 100

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name) unit 2 Inner transition elements, General Principles

of Metallurgy:

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to

do at the end of

Module / Unit

1 Inner transition elements:

Definition, Lanthanides and Actinides.

Comparative study of

Lanthanides with respect to following

properties:(i) Electronic configuration (ii)

Atomic and ionic radii lanthanide contraction

definition,

cause and effect of lanthanide contraction (iii)

1) The students are encouraged to

know the lanthanide elements in

order of increasing atomic number.

2) During this class students will

appreciate the effect of the

4forbitals on the properties of the

lanthanides.

3)The students are encouraged to

60

Oxidation

states (iv) Magnetic properties (v) Color of

salts (vi) Complex

formation behavior. Occurrence of

lanthanides. Isolation of

lanthanides by ion exchange method.

Actinides- Electronic

configuration and oxidation states.

Comparison of lanthanides and actinides. [11]

B] General Principles of Metallurgy:

Definition of metallurgy, steps in metallurgy.

Ore dressing by

gravity separation, froath floatation and

electromagnetic

separation. Calcination, roasting, smelting and

refining of metals.

Meaning of terms hydrometallurgy and

pyrometallurgy.

know the actinide elements in

order of increasing atomic number

4) Know the chemistry of the

Lanthanides and the Actinides

understand the differences and

similarities of the two groups of

inorganic elements.

5) able to know the different

process of removing gangue

particle

6)Easy to know when to apply

calcination and roasting


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO101

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III - A] Polynuclear hydrocarbons B] Reactive

methylene compounds C] Carbohydrates

Sr.

No.


of

Module / Unit

1. Unit III

A] Polynuclear hydrocarbons:

Naphthalene - Haworth

synthesis,orbital picture,

Reactions – electrophilic


able to understand:

Familiarization with polynuclear

hydrocarbons and their reactions.

Understanding the structure and their

61

substitution (orientation)

Preparation of naphthols from

naphthalene sulphonic acids and

naphthylamines from naphthols.

B] Reactive methylene

compounds: Malonic Ester:

Synthesis from acetic acid,

Synthetic applications- Synthesis

of acetic acid , succinic acid,

glutaric acid, crotonic acid and

malonyl urea. Acetoacetic ester:

Synthesis from ethyl acetate,

Synthetic applications- Synthesis

of acetic acid, propionic acid,

isobutyric acid, succinic acid,

glutaric acid, crotonic acid,

acetyl acetone and 4-methyl

uracil.

C] Carbohydrates: Constitution

of glucose, cyclic structure,

Pyranose and Furanose structure,

Epimerization, conversion of

glucose to fructose and vice-

versa, Introduction to fructose,

ribose, 2- deoxyribose, maltose,

sucrose. (their structures

onlydetermination not needed).

mechanism of reactions of selected

polynuclear hydrocarbons.

To learn the involvement of reactive

intermediates and understand their structure

and reactivity through various organic

reactions.

To learn and understand the orbital

interactions (Woodward Hoffmann rules) in

concerted reactions.

Comprehend the structure-reactivity pattern

of reactive intermediates involved in organic

reactions

Write mechanism of organic reactions

involving reactive intermediates and

concerted processes Apply these reactions in

organic synthesis

Understand the different classes of

carbohydrates

Understand the different classes of

carbohydrates

Understand the digestion and absorption of

carbohydrates

Understand the digestion and absorption of

carbohydrates

Learn about the function of carbohydrates in

the diet, and how they relate to health issues

The students will be able to fully

comprehend the chemistry of many

heterocyclic products, carbohydrate, amino

acids, proteins and lipids in use such as drugs

and food.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: - Chemistry

62

Name of the Course (Paper): Organic Chemistry Course Outcome Code:

BCO102

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV – A] Aromatic nitro compounds B] Amino

Compounds C]Diazonium Salts D]Amino acids and Proteins:

Sr.

No.


of Module / Unit

1. Unit IV

A]Aromatic nitro

compounds: Nitrobenzene:

Synthesis from benzene,

Reduction of nitrobenzene in

acidic, neutral and alkaline

medium.

B] Amino Compounds:

Basicity and effect of

substituents. Methods of

preparation of aniline from

nitrobenzene, Reactions: with

acetyl and benzoyl chlorides,

Br2 (aq) and Br2 (CS2 ),

Carbylamine reaction,

alkylation, Hoffmann’s

exhaustive methylation and its

mechanism.

C]Diazonium Salts:

Preparation benzene

diazonium chloride, Synthetic

applications- Preparation of

benzene, phenol, halobenzene,

nitrobenzene, benzonitrile,

coupling with phenol and

aniline.

D]Amino acids and Proteins:


able to understand:

Understanding the reactions and mechanisms

of diazonium compounds

Nitrogen containing functional groups and

their reactions

Understanding reactions and reaction

mechanism of nitrogen containing functional

groups.

Understanding the reactions and mechanisms

of diazonium compounds.

Use of benzene diazonium salt in organic

synthesis.

Applications of heterocyclic compounds in

pharmaceutics/drugs and the mechanism of

actions.

Understand the concepts of induction and

resonance & how they (de)activate an aromatic

ring toward electrophilic aromatic substitution,

& be able to draw resonance structures


Understand the concepts of induction and

resonance & how they (de)activate an aromatic

ring toward electrophilic aromatic substitution,

& be able to draw resonance structures


Able to recognize the reactivity of substituted

63

Classification, Strecker and

Gabrial phthalimide synthesis,

Zwitterion structure,

Isoelectric point, peptide

synthesis, Structure

determination of polypeptides

by end group analysis.

aromatic amines.

Students are able to differentiate between

given different amines.

Draw or describe the structure of amino acids,

proteins, enzymes, chemical messengers,

carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids.

describe the different levels of protein

structure and their interdependence and

determine secondary structure in polypeptides


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: --Physical chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Course Outcome Code:

BCO103

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V –Colligative properties of dilute solutions

Sr.

No.


do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. Unit V - Colligative Properties of Dilute

Solutions

(i) Definition and examples of colligative

properties.(ii)Elevation of boiling point,

thermodynamic derivation of the

relationship between elevation of boiling

point and molar mass of a non-volatile

solute. Cotrell’s method for determination

of elevation of boiling point. (iii)

Depression of freezing point,

thermodynamic derivation of the

relationship between depression of freezing

point and molar mass of a non-volatile

solute. Rast’s

Students able to understand

why the vapor pressure of a

solution of a non-volatile

solute in a volatile solvent is

different than the vapor

pressure of the pure solvent.

Students able to explain the

term ideal solution.

Understand Raoult’s law for a

non-volatile solute.

Be able to illustrate Raoult’s

law graphically, by explaining

what two variables are

plotted and showing the

64

method for determination of depression of

freezing point. (iv) Abnormal behavior of

solution. Van’t Hoff’s factor ‘i.

Determination of degree of association and

dissociation from

Van’t Hoff’s factor. (v) Numericals.

overall form of the plot.

Be able to correctly interpret a

plot of solution that obeys

Raoult’s law


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: Physical chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Course Outcome Code:

BCO104

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI - Crystalline State

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. Unit VI- Crystalline state

Introduction, Classification of solids, comparison

of crystalline and amorphous solid,

Crystallography: Terms involve in

crystallography, Laws of Crystallography (Law

of constancy of interfacial angles. Laws of

symmetry. Law of rational indices), Symmetry &

Symmetry elements in cubic crystal (plane of

symmetry, axis of symmetry and point of

symmetry), Weiss and Miller indices of a lattice

planes,calculation of interplaner distance d(h,k,l)

from Miller indices in a cubic system. Crystal

systems and Bravais lattices,

Bravais lattices of cubic system. Simple cubic

system (S.C.C.), body centered cubic system

(B.C.C.) and face centered cubic system

(F.C.C.). Calculation of number of constituent

Describe the

principles concerning solid

state structures.

Describe specific crystal

structures by applying

basic

crystallographic concepts.

Give an account of the

generation of X-ray

radiation and its effects on

matter.

Use of Bragg’s equation in

determining the interplaner

spacing

Use powder diffraction

data for characterizing

cubic substances.

65

units in S.C.C., B.C.C. and F.C.C. Ratio of

interplaner distances for 100,110 and 111 lattice

plane in S.C.C., B.C.C. and F.C.C. Derivation of

Bragg’s equation for X-ray diffraction, Bragg’s

X-ray spectrometer method for the determination

of crystal structure of NaCl and KCl. Anomalous

behaviour of KCl towards X-ray. Numericals.

Relate diffraction

intensities mathematically

to structural parameters

and derive extinction

conditions

Use crystallographic data

for a validated phase

analysis

Name of the programme: B.Sc. Class: Part – III

Semester: V Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code:

BCO105

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I- A] Coordination Compounds B) Chelates.

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student

will be able to do at

the end of

Module / Unit

1. Unit I

A) Coordination Compounds-I: Important terms namely-

molecular or addition compounds, double salts, complex

ion, ligand, coordination number, central metal ion etc.

Werner’s theory of coordination and experimental

evidences on the basis of conduction data and formation

of AgCl precipitate in case of cobaltamines. Sidgwick’s

electronic interpretation and its drawbacks. Effective

atomic number rule. IUPAC rules for nomenclature of

coordination compounds. Structural isomerism-

ionization, linkage and coordination isomerism in

complexes. Geometrical isomerism in octahedral

complexes of type Ma4b2, Ma4bc, Ma3b3, M(AA)2b2.

Square planar complexes of type Ma2b2 and Ma2bc.

B) To understand the

difference

between double

salt and

complexes.

C) Historical

theories such as

Werner theory of

coordination

compounds,

Sidgwick theory,

VBT etc. for

understanding the

nature of

66

Optical isomerism in octahedral complexes of type

Ma2b2c2, Mabcdef, M(AA)3, M(AA)2b2 and

tetrahedral complexes of type Mabcd and M(AA)2.

Optical isomerism in square planar complexes. VB

theory as applied to structure and bonding in complexes

of 3d series elements (Only 4 and 6 coordinated

complexes). Inner and outer orbital complexes.

Magnetic properties of complexes of 3d series elements.

Limitations of VB theory.

B) Chelates: Definition, classification and applications

of chelates in analytical chemistry.

complexes along

with their

experimental

proof.

D) Isomerism in

coordination

compounds.

E) Magnetic

properties of

complexes.

F) Understanding

Chelates and their

applications.


Semester: V Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO106

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II- A] Coordination compounds II B) Electronic

spectra C) Stability of complexes.

Sr.

No.


of

Module / Unit

Unit II

A) Coordination compounds-

II: Crystal field theory-

postulates of CFT. Crystal

field splitting in octahedral

and tetrahedral complexes.

Factors affecting the

magnitude of crystal field

splitting in octahedral

complexes. Concept of CFSE.

Distribution of electrons in

1. To understand the key features of coordination

compounds, including:

- the variety of structures

- oxidation numbers and electronic configurations

- coordination numbers

- ligands, chelates

- bonding, stability of complexes

2. To be able to use Crystal Field Theory to

understand the magnetic properties (and in simple

terms the colour) of coordination compounds.

67

t2g and eg orbitals. High spin

and low spin complexes on

the basis of o and pairing

energy.

B) Electronic spectra of

transition metal complexes:

Introduction to spectra. Types

of electronic transitions.

Selection rules for d-d

transitions. Spectroscopic

ground terms. Term symbols.

Calculation of ground terms.

Spectra of octahedral d1 and

d9 complexes. Orgel diagram

for d1 and d9 octahedral

complexes. Discussion of

electronic spectrum of

[Ti(H2O)6]3+complex ion.

Spectrochemical series.

C) Stability of Complexes:

Factors affecting stability of

complexes. Stability of

chelates with special

reference to chelate effect.

Stability constants-stepwise

and overall. Thermodynamic

and kinetic stability.

3. To be able to describe the shapes and structures

of coordination complexes with coordination

numbers ranging from 2 to 6.

4. To be able to describe the stability of metal

complexes by the use of formation constants and

to calculate thermodynamic parameters from

them.

5. To be able to recognize the types of isomers in

coordination compounds.

6. To be able to name coordination compounds

and to be able to draw the structure based on it's

name.

7. To become familiar with some applications of

coordination compounds.

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part – III

Semester: V Name of the Subject: Chemistry


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III

Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

68

No.

1. Heterocyclic

compounds

Students get to know about the most important class of compounds

in synthetic chemistry.

2. Pyrrole It states the nomenclature of pyrrole, it's Synthesis, and chemical

properties involving reactions. With the help of this, the molecular

structure can be explained.

3. Pyridine It states the nomenclature of pyridine, it's Synthesis, and chemical

properties involving reactions. With the help of this, the molecular

structure can be explained. Also type of reaction mechanism is

explained.

4. Organometallic

compounds

Grignards reagent is explained with the help of chemical reactions

with other organic and inorganic compounds. Also nucleophilic

and electrophilic reaction mechanism is explained.

5. Methyl lithium It's synthesis and reaction are given and explained in this topic.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

1. Dyes Students acquire the concept of natural and synthetic dyes, there method

of preparation and uses

2. Drugs It explains the basis of drug action and it's classification. Synthesis and

uses of antipyretic and analgesic is described.

3. Pesticides It explains difference between insecticide, fungicide and herbicides and

method of synthesis of each with there uses.



Name of the Course (Paper): Physical Chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO109

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V – Photochemistry

69

Sr.

No. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

1 Photochemistry Upon successful completion, students will have the knowledge and

skill to:

1. Interpret Photochemical and thermal reactions

2. Explain Lambert’s law – Statement and derivation

3. Explain Beer’s law – Statement and derivation

4. Explain Laws of Photochemistry

5. Explain Quantum Yield

6. Explain Photosensitized reaction

7. Kinetics of photochemical decomposition of HI

8. Fluorescence and Phosphorescence

9. Understand Joblonski Diagram



Name of the Course (Paper): Physical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO110

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI – Molecular Spectroscopy

Sr.

No. Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module /

Unit

1 Molecular

Spectroscopy Upon successful completion, students will be able to:

1. Describe Electromagnetic radiation.

2. Describe Types of Spectra

3. Describe Translational, Vibrational, Rotational and

70

Electronic motion

4. Describe the Degree of freedom in each motion.

5. Understand Energy level diagram of a molecule.

6. Rotational Spectra, selection rule for rotational transition,

derivation of expression for moment of inertia of diatomic

rigid rotor.

7. Vibrational spectra, selection rule, vibrational energy levels

of a simple harmonic oscillator

8. Know Zero point energy and determination of Force

constant.

9. Raman Effect, Pure rotational spectrum of diatomic

molecule, Vibrational Raman spectrum of diatomic molecule


Semester: VI Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: BCO111

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I- A] Kinetic Aspects of Metal Complexes B]

Analytical Chemistry

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will

be able to do at the end

of Module / Unit

1. Unit I

A] Kinetic Aspects of Metal Complexes :

Thermodynamic and kinetic stability of the

complexes, factors affecting stability of complexes.

Brief idea about substitution reactions, SN1-

dissociative and SN2-associative mechanism. Labile

and inert complexes. Factors affecting lability of

complexes namely arrangement of d-electrons (on the

basis of VB theory), size of central metal ion, charge

of central metal ion, geometry of complexes.

This Leads to

students to

understand the

reactions of metal

complexes.

Students able to

differentiate

between

Thermodynamic

and Kinetic

71

Substitution reactions in square planar complexes

mechanism.

B] Analytical Chemistry :

1) Spectrophotometry and Colorimetry :

Concept of λmax, Beer-Lambert’s law (Only

statement and final equation, no derivation).

Calibration curve and its importance. Validity

and limitations of Beer-Lambert’s law. Verification of

Beer’s law. Block diagram of colorimeter and

spectrophotometer with brief description of each

component and its function. Difference between

colorimetric and

spectrophotometric technique for determination of

concentration of metal ion (Example of determination

of Cu(II).

2) Paper Chromatography :

Definition and classification of chromatographic

techniques. Principle of differential migration.

Principle and technique of paper chromatography

ascending, descending and circular, Rf value and

factors affecting Rf value.

stability of

complexes.

Students get

familiar with

Beer- Lamberts

law and its

condition of

validity &

limitation.

Students able to

determine the

concentration of

metal ion in given

solution using

spectrophotometr

y and colorimetry.

Students able to

understand the

principle of

separation using

chromatographic

methods.


Semester: VI Name of the Subject: --Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO112

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II- A] Organometallic Chemistry B] Inorganic

Polymers C] Bioinorganic Chemistry

Sr.

No.


do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. Unit II 14L This Leads to students to

72

A] Organometallic Chemistry :

Definition, nomenclature and classification of

organometallic compounds. Metal carbonyls-

definition and classification. Preparation,

properties, structure and bonding in Ni(CO)4,

Fe(CO)5, Cr(CO)6. Nature of M-C bond in

metal carbonyls.

B] Inorganic Polymers:

Definition and classification. Silicones:

preparation, properties structure and bonding

and applications. Phosphonitrile halides

polymers- preparation, properties, structure

and bonding in cyclic polymers.

C] Bio-inorganic Chemistry:

Essential and trace elements in biological

processes. Biological role of Na+, K+, Ca2+

and Mg2+ ions. Metalloporphyrins-

Haemoglobin and Myoglobin and their role

in oxygen transport

understand

Organometallic chemistry

Students able to

understand the anomalous

behavior of CO (most

important ligand in

organometallic

chemistry).

Students get familiar with

important synthetic

reaction organometallic

compounds.

Students gets the basic

idea of inorganic

polymers.

Students gets familiar

with essential and trace

element in biological

process.

Students get familiar with

the detail chemistry of

hemoglobin and

myoglobin.


Semester: VI Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Chemistry Course Outcome

Code: BCO113 &BCO114

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III & IV – Spectroscopy

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module /

Unit

73

1.

Unit III

- Electronic

Spectroscopy

- IR Spectroscopy

- NMR

Spectroscopy

Will be able to interpret UV-VIS, IR and NMR

Spectra.

Will be able to understand basic principal of UV-VIS,

IR and NMR spectroscopy.

Will be able to interpret elemental analysis technique.

Will be able to find structure of organic molecule.




Code: BCO115

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V – Elemental Quantum Mechanics

Sr.


1

Elemental

Quantum

Mechanics

Upon successful completion, students will have the knowledge and skill

to:

10. Interpret physicochemical properties of atoms and molecules, their

structures, spectral behavior, reactions in terms of the motion of the

micro particles like electrons and protons.

11. Explain photoelectric effect

12. Explain Compton Effect

13. Explain deBroglie’s hypothesis

14. Explain Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle

15. Explain Electron waves in Atoms and Molecules

16. Derive the Schrodinger’s wave equation

17. Solve the Schrodinger’s wave equation for particle in one

dimensional box and particle in three dimensional box

18. Understand concept of Atomic Orbital

74




Code: BCO116

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI (A) – Electrochemistry

Sr.

No. Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module /

Unit

1 Electrochemistry

Upon successful completion, students will be able to:

10. Describe the Standard Hydrogen Electrode and its advantage

and disadvantage.

11. Describe the Calomel Electrode and its advantage and

disadvantage.

12. Describe the Quinhydrone Electrode and its advantage and

disadvantage.

13. Describe the Glass Electrode and its advantage and

disadvantage.

14. Understand Acid – Base, Redox and Precipitation titration

potentiometrically.

15. Determination of pH of solution using Hydrogen,

Quinhydrone and Glass electrodes.

16. Determination of pKa of weak acid

17. Know the types of concentration cells and determination of its

emf.




Code: BCO117

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI (B) – Nuclear Chemistry

Sr.


75

1 Nuclear

Chemistry

Upon successful completion, students will be able to understand

1. Fundamental particles of Nucleus

2. Explain Isotopes, Isobars and Isotones

3. Shell model of nucleus its assumptions, evidences of magic

numbers.

4. Liquid drop model of an nucleus its assumption, similarities

between nucleus and liquid drop.

5. Explaination of Nuclear fission reaction.

6. Characteristics of Nuclear Fusion reaction

7. Explaination of Meson theory of Nuclear force

8. Characteristics of Nuclear reaction and its classification

9. Difference between Nuclear and Chemical reactions

10. Calculation of Q Value of a nuclear reaction.

11. Fission yield

12. Applications of Radioisotopes in Industry, Agriculture, Medicine

and Bio-Sciences.

13. Radiation Hazards

14. Management of Nuclear wastes

76

Program Specific Outcomes – Computer Science

Name of the program : B.Sc.

Name of the Subject: Computer Science

After successful completion of three year degree program in Computer Science a student

should be able to:

Sr.

No.

Program

Specific

Outcome

Code

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Program

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what)

1 BPSO 33 To develop problem solving abilities using a computer.

2 BPSO 34 To build the necessary skill set and analytical abilities for developing

computer based solutions for real life problems.

3 BPSO 35 To imbibe quality software development practices.

4 BPSO 36 To create awareness about process and product standards.

5 BPSO 37 To train students in professional skills related to Software Industry.

6 BPSO 38 To prepare necessary knowledge base for research and development in

Computer Science.

7 BPSO 39 To help students build-up a successful career in Computer Science

Program.

8 BPSO 40 Demonstrate understanding of the principles and working of the

hardware and software aspects of computer systems.

9 BPSO 41 Design, implements, test, and evaluate a computer system, component,

or algorithm to meet desired needs and to solve a computational

problem.

10 BPSO 42 To Enhance skills and adapt new computing technologies for attaining

professional excellence and carrying research.

Course Outcomes – Computer Science

Name of the program: B.Sc. Class: Part – I

Semester: I Name of the Subject: Computer Science

77

Name of the Course (Paper): Fundamentals of Information Technology and C

Programming

Course Outcome Code: BCO118 to BCO123

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I ,II,III,IV,V,VI

Sr.

No.



what)

1. BCO118 Understood a digital computer and fundamental architectures. Students

will be able to define the functional units of computer, Input and Output

peripheral devices and their communication with the rest of the computer

components

2. BCO119 Understood the generations of Computer, the definition and concept of

Operating systems, Evolution in Computer System, File system.

3. BCO120 Understood the basics of networking and Internet which includes Network

topologies types of internet connection Internet protocol and Web browser

like Internet explorer and students can use search engine effectively.

4. BCO121 Understood the Programming concepts, tools and know programming

languages, programming process like Algorithm, Flowcharting and Basic

concepts of programming language C.

5. BCO122 Understood the concept of Constants and Variables, Data types, Storage

class, Symbolic constant and their types, Operators, Expressions and

Precedence of operators, type conversion etc. so that student can easily

able to write simple C program.

6. BCO123 Understood programming logic and develop skill to write simple

Programs by using control statements, conditional simple if, if-else

nesting of if else, switch, Looping statement etc.

Name of the program: B.Sc. Class: Part – I

Semester: II Name of the Subject: Computer

Science

Name of the Course (Paper): Web Technology & Advanced C


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I ,II,III,IV,V,VI

78

Sr.

No.



what)

1. BCO124 Understanding the concept of arrays one and two dimensional arrays. All

the concepts of pointer to learn. The different string functions they can

understand with practically.

2. BCO125 Students can learn how function is useful in c. How to call by value and

call by reference work can understand by students. Combination of

function with arrays practically.

3. BCO126 How structures is useful in c language, uses of structure and union

practically. Importance of file handling with different file handling

functions. Practically implementation of all the file handling functions.

4. BCO127 Given an introduction to html documents so that student will be able to

design HTML documents based attractive web pages

5. BCO128 An introduction to XML documents so that student will be able to

design& develop XML documents based attractive interactive web pages

to develop dynamic website

6. BCO129 Advanced concept in web designing Style sheet, Cascading Style Sheet,

to manage and update web contents so that student will be able to

manage, control and update dynamic website with very little amount of

efforts.


Semester: III Name of the Subject: Data Structure and C++

Name of the Course (Paper): Computer Science

Course Outcome Code: BCO130 To BCO135

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I,II,III, IV, V, VI

Sr.

No.



do what)

1. BCO130 Understood the concept of Data Structure and Types. Different types

79

of operation on Data Structure. Definition, concept, representation and

operation of Linear Array and Stack. Able to differentiate Linear

array and stack and able to implement it in C and C++ Programs.

2. BCO131 Understood the concept of Queues, Linked List and Types of it.

Different types of operation on Queues, Linked List. Definition,

concept, representation and operation of Queues, Linked List. Able

to implement it in C and C++ Programs.

3. BCO132 Understood the concept of Tree and Types of it. Different types of

traversing operation on Trees. Definition, concept and techniques of

sorting and searching. Able to implement it in C and C++ Programs.

4. BCO133 Understood the features, Advantages and Applications of C++. Able

to apply classes and objects and manage console input/output

operations in C++

5. BCO134 Understood the concept basic concept of OOP. Such as, functions,

Function Overloading, Default Argument, Inline function, friend

function, constructor and destructor. Able to write programs using

basic concept in C++.

6. BCO135 Understood and able to apply Operator Overloading, inheritance. Also

able to write the program using all OOP concept.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: RDBMS & PL/SQL



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I,II,III, IV, V, VI

Sr.

No.



what)

1. BCO136 Able to handle exceptions. Using different techniques. Understood the

concept of multithreading and able to create and run threads and their

priorities.

2. BCO137 Able to create relational model using domains and attributes.

Understood the normalization for databases.

80

3. BCO138 Understood the SQL commands for create database and modify

database. Understood the clauses for modify databases.

4. BCO139 Able to apply all types of functions on database. Able to create

relations by joining multiple tables.

5. BCO140 Understood the concept of PL/SQL & cursor. Able to write programs

on Pl/SQL.

6. BCO141 Understood and able to apply securities on database. Also able to

control the transactions on database

Name of the program: B.Sc. Class: Part – III

Semester: V Name of the Subject: .Net technology and Java Programming



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I,II,III,IV,V,VI

Sr.

No.

Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit


what)

1. BCO142 Understood the .NET Framework and basic things of .NET framework.

Able to managed execution.

2. BCO143 Understood the visual programming such as concept of event driven

programming, VB.Net environment, .NET framework, and the common

language Runtime, Building VB.Net Applications, The VB Integrated

Development. Understood the console application and windows

application. Able to develop console application program and window

application program.

3. BCO144 Understood the use of decisions making and looping statements. Able to

handle array, strings and procedures and functions. Able write develop

their own functions and procedures.

4. BCO145 Understood the history and evolution of Java and features of Java.

Understood structure of Java, data types, keyword, variables, literals and

control of flow. Command line argument and array. Able to develop

simple programs in Java.

5. BCO146 Understood the Classes and Inheritance. Able to develop programs using

81

class, object, methods, constructors. Understood the Concept of

hierarchy, method overriding, and abstract class. Able to develop

programs using classes and Inheritance.

6. BCO147 Understood the concept of string, interface, and packages. Able to

develop inter faces and packages in the program and handle the strings.

Name of the program : B.Sc. Class: Part – III

Semester: VI Name of the Subject: Advanced Java and VB.NET




Sr. No. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

1. BCO148 Able to handle exceptions. Using different techniques. Understood the

concept of multithreading and able to create and run threads and their

priorities.

2. BCO149 Understood the concept of Applet and able to design with graphics

controls in Java.

3. BCO150 Understood the concept of event and AWT. Able to implement events

and AWT and controls in Java Programming.

4. BCO151 Understanding the concept of windows application such as Forms,

MDI Forms etc. to learn all the controls available in tool box

practically and its properties and methods.

5. BCO152 Learn the concepts of object oriented programming in VB.NET. How

to work exception classes in .NET Framework.

6. BCO153 Understanding the concept of database connectivity it is helpful to

student to create the project. Student can design front end and back

end. They also see the output in data Grid and in different controls.

82

Programme Specific Outcomes - Electronics

Name of the Programme :- B.Sc. Name of the subject :- Electronics

Sr.

No

.

Programme Specific Outcome code

BPSO 43

What the student will be able to do

at the end of programme

(Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR

Application of Knowledge /Skill

to do what)

1 Unit I : Passive Components and Network

theorems : Introduction to Resistors, Capacitors,

Inductors and Transformers, Concept of ideal dc

voltage and current source, KVL, KCL,

Thevenin’s, Norton’s, maximum power transfer,

Millman’s theorem (statement, proof, simple

numerical application for dc only).

UNIT II: Measuring Instruments : Principles

of voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, Multirange

DC voltmeter, ohm per volt rating, loading

effect, Multirange DC Ammeter, Series & shunt

type ohmmeter, Multimeter (uses & drawback).

CRO Block diagram & explanation, CRT

construction & working, uses of CRO

(measurement of frequency , amplitude& phase.)

Unit III : Semiconductor Diode and

Regulated power supply: Operation and

characteristics of PN junction diode, Avalanche

and Zener breakdown mechanism, Half wave

and full wave rectifiers (ripple factor, efficiency,

PIV ratings), C, L and filters, Concept of

unregulated and regulated power supply, Zener

diode voltage regulator, Three terminal IC

regulator.

Unit IV : Bipolar Transistors: NPN and PNP

transistor (construction and working) CB, CE &

At the end of this unit,

students will be able to know

● passive and active components,

analysis and verification of

network

theorems with numericals.

● how to select and identify

eletronic

components such as Resistors

capacitors etc. of required value.

● principle and working of

different

meters and CRO.

● how to handle and connect the

measuring instruments such as

Voltmeter, Ammeter etc. at

approprite place.

● function of diodes, rectifiers and

voltage regulators.

● how to design simple dc power

supply.

● types transistor and their

working in

different modes, biasing and

amplification, faults detection

in

83

CC configuration, leakage currents, Input

and output characteristics of CE mode, relation

between and Load line and operating point,

Amplification action of CE amplifier, biasing

and stability, Self and fixed bias circuit.

Unit V:Switching and Optoelectronic devices

:Construction, working and characteristics of

FET, MOSFET, UJT, SCR, relation of FET

parameters, Construction, working &

characteristics of LDR, LED, photodiode,

photovoltaic cell( Solar cell).

Unit VI : Integrated Circuits: Introduction to

IC technology, advantages and disadvantages,

Classification of ICs, Basic steps in fabrication

of monolithic ICs, Fabrication of diode, resistor

& transistor. Scale of integration upto V2LSI’.

eletronic circuits.

● how to design and construct

simple

amplifiers.

● charecteristics of switching and

optoelectronic devices and their

working and use of these active

devices in many applications.

● design and fabrication process of

ICs

and their scale of integration


Sr.

No

.


BPSO44

What the student will be able to do at

the end of programme (Knowledge/

Skill achieved OR Application of

Knowledge /Skill to do what)

84

1 Unit I : Binary Arithmetic & Logic gates :

Binary, Octal & Hexadecimal number system

and their interconversion, Binary arithmetic

(addition and subtraction using 1’s & 2’s

compliment), multiplication & division.

Binary codes : 8421 BCD, Excess-3 & Gray

code. NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR gates

(definition and truth table). EXNOR &

EXOR gates, Half adder, full adder , 4 bit

binary full adder.

Unit II : Boolean Algebra & Logic

families: Boolean laws, De-morgans theorem,

Simplification of Boolean equations using

Boolean algebra, Fundamental products &

sum terms, K-map (K-map upto 4 variable).

Classification of logic families,

characteristics (Fan-in, Fan- out,Noise

immunity, Propogation delay, Power

dissipation), DTL,TTL & CMOS logic.

Unit III : Multivibrators and Flip Flops:

Construction & working of Astable,

monostable and Bistable transistorised

multivibrators, RS, CK-RS, D, JK, JKMS

and T Flip Flops (Logic diagram, Truth

table, construction & working), Concept of

edge trigger Flip-Flop, Concept of preset &

clear terminal.

Unit IV : Counters and Shift registers:

Asynchronous & synchronous Counter, Up-

down counters (up to 4-bits), modified

asynchronous counter (Mod -7 ,Mod- 10,and

Mod-13).Types of shift registers, SISO, SIPO,

PISO & PIPO, IC version of Mod -10 shift

At the end of this unit, students will

be able to know

● number systems and binary codes,

their

interconvertion and arithmetic,

logic

gates, use of logic gates in adders.

● how to design and construct logic

circuits

using logic gates.

● Boolean algebra, De’Morgan’s

theorem, logic equations, K-map and

logic families like DTL, TTL

etc.

● how to minimise logic equation, to

design and construct logic circuits

using logic gates.

● contruction and working of

multivibrators

and flip-flops.


different

types of flip-flops using logic

gates.

● contruction and working of different

types of counters and shift

registers and their IC version.


different

types of counters and shift

registers

using flipflops and logic gates.

● contruction and working of

85

registers (Construction & working), IC

version of shift register – 7495, Application

of shift register. Ring counter, Johnson’s

counter.

UNIT V : Combinational logic circuit:

Encoder: Binary to BCD, Decimal to BCD,

IC 74147, Decoder: 2 to 4 line, BCD to

decimal, BCD to 7 segment, IC 7447,

Multiplexer: 4X1, 8X1, De multiplexer: 1X4,

1X8, (Definition, construction, operation and

application of above

Unit VI : Semiconductor Memories:

Concept of memory, primary and

secondary memory, classification of

memories, volatile and non volatile memories,

memory Hierarchy, semiconductor memory:

RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM,

flash memory.

different

types of encoders, decoders,

multiplexers

and demultiplexers and their IC

version.


different

types of encoders, decoders,

multiplexers

and demultiplexers using logic

gates.

● different types of memories and

their

working.

● how to access these memories in

serial

and parallel mode. (read and

write

oprations).


Sr.

No

.


BPSO 45





86

1 Unit I : Hybrid-parameters & Cascaded

amplifiers: Hybrid-parameters, transistor

equivalent circuit of CE.CB, Analysis of

small signal CE amplifiers. Concept of

cascaded amplifier. Types of coupling, RC

Coupled Amplifier, Single Tuned amplifier,

Unit II : Power Amplifier Classification of

power amplifier, Class A, Class B, Class C

and Class AB amplifier, Class A Coupled

amplifier , Class –B push-pull amplifier (

Construction, working and efficiency of each

). Distortion, complementary symmetry

Class-B Push-pull amplifier.

Unit III :Feedback amplifiers and

Oscillators:

Concept of feedback, feedback theory,

positive and negative feedback, advantage

of negative feedback, physical idea of

feedback ( Block diagram only), concept of

oscillator, basic elements of oscillator,

Barkhausen Criteria of oscillation, concept

of tank circuit. RC Oscillator-Phase shift and

Wein bridge oscillator, LC oscillator-

Colpitts and Hartley oscillator Crystal

Oscillator.

Unit IV: Operational amplifier and

applications:

Difference amplifier (concept, construction

and working), block diagram of operational

amplifier Characteristics of ideal op amp,

concept of virtual ground, parameter of op

amp (input impedance, output impedance,

open loop agin, close loop gain, CMRR ,


be able to know

● Hybrid-parameters, equivalent

circuit of

transistor in different configuration,

analysis,

cascading, coupling tuning of

amplifier.

● how to calculate h-parameters of

given

circuit.

● how to construct, verify opration,

calculate efficiency of various

power

amplifiers, such as Class B, Class

AB

Push-pull amplifiers etc.

● distortion produce by amplifier at

output.

● different types of feedback by

block

diagram.

● concept, criteria and elements of

oscillator

and tank circiut, fuction of

different

oscillators such as Colpitts,

Hartley,

Crystal, Wein bridge Oscillator

etc.

● functional diagram, parameters and

characteristics of Op-Amp.

87

Slew rate, input offset voltage and current

input bias current). Application: Op amp as

inverting and non inverting amplifier, adder

Subtractor,Differentiator and Integrator.

UnitV:Advance application of Op-Amp:

Solution to simultaneous equation,

differential equation for harmonic, damped

harmonic oscillator, regenerative

comparator, logarithmic amplifier, Astsble,

Monostable and Bistsble multivibrator and

its time period (construction and working).

Unit VI : A/D and D/A converter.

Need of A/D and D/A converter. D/A

converter: R2R ladder type, Weighted

resistor, sample and hold circuit, IC ADC,

DAC Specification. A/D converter: Single

and Dual slope, counter type, successive

approximation Type, specification Numerical

based on A/D and D/A converter.

● how to construct and verify

various

circuits using Op-Amp such as

adder,

subtractor, integrator etc.

● implementation of simultaneous

and

differential equation using Op-

Amp.

● how to construct and test various

Op-Amp

circuits such as multivibrators,

comparator,

amplifier etc.

● A/D and D/A converter using

various

circuits such as R2R ladder, single

and

dual slope, successive

approximation

etc.

● different ICs of A/D and D/A and

numericals.


Sr.

No

.


BPSO 46

What the student will be able

to do at the end of programme

(Knowledge/ Skill achieved

OR Application of Knowledge

/Skill to do what)

88

1 UNIT I:Architecture and timings of 8085

Evolution of microprocessor, microcomputer,(Block

diagram with function of each block),architecture of

Intel 8085 microprocessor, function of each block of

8085, Functional pin diagram and function of all

pins of 8085, instruction format. Instruction cycle,

fetch and execute operation, machine cycle and

state, timing diagram.

UNIT II:Instruction and programming of 8085

Addressing mode, classification of instruction set of

8085 with examples, concept of stack and stack

pointer, PUSH and POP instruction, Concept of

subroutine: CALL and RET instruction, Delay

subroutine (using one register and register pair).

Programming : Algorithm, Flowchart, Assembly

and machine language, assembly language program

for addition, subtraction, multiplication, division,

finding maximum and minimum numbers.

UNIT III : Interfacing Basic interfacing concept,

memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O

sFuncchemes, data transfer scheduling. 8255PPI:

block diagram, function of each block, Functional

pin diagram, , function of each pin, operating modes

of 8255, control word format in I/O and BSR mode,

illustrative example.

Unit IV : Modulation and Demodulation : Need

for modulation, AM theory, Power relation,

Numerical on AM, AM Systems :DSB-SC System,

SSB-SC System, Theory of FM, frequency spectrum

Numerical on FM ,Comparison of AM and FM,

Phase Modulation, Demodulation of AM and FM:

diode detector, slope detector.

UNIT V : Generation of AM and



● internal architecture,

function of

each block, and each pin of

IC

8085.

● instraction format and

cycles,

fetch, exective opration and

their

state and timing.

● types of instruction,

addressing

mode, stack and subroutine.

● how to prepare algorithm,

flowchart of programms such

as

addition division etc. in

assembly

language.

● interfacing of input output

devices in memory mapped

and

I\O mapped and data

transfer.

● function of IC8255PPI,

control

word format in I\O and SBR

mode.

● modulation theory, analysis

of

AM, FM, PM and their

89

FM,Transmitter and Receiver Generation of AM ,

FM: Direct FM ,Diode reactance modulator,The

Reactance Tube Modulator and Indirect FM, AM

and FM Transmitter and Receivers :Block diagram

and working, TRF receiver, Superhetrodyne

receiver, AGC, concept of External noise,

Atmospheric noise, Internal and Thermal noise.

UNITV I : Pulse Modulationand Digital

Communication Pulse Modulation, Sampling

Theorem, PAM, PWM, PPM and PCM (Bandwidth

of PCM, Quantizing Noise), Applications of PCM,

Multiplexing Principles,: TDM and FDM,

Comparison of FDM and TDM, Numerical. Digital

Communication: Data transmission: Bandwidth,

Serial and parallel transmission, Direction of data

transmission (Simplex, Half duplex, full duplex),

Mode of data transmission (Synchronous and

Asynchronous).

Comparison, demodulation

in

different way.

● transmitters using different

methods such as collector

modulator etc. different

receiver

circuits eg.superhetrodyne

receiver and types noise.

● digital modulation such as

PAM,

PCM etc., multiplexing

technique, serial, parallel

data

transmission in different way

and

mode such as asynchronous

full

duplex etc.


Sr.

No

.


BPSO 47


at the end of programme



to do what)

90

1 Unit I : Basic Instrumentation: Block diagram of

generalized instrumentation system, Concept of

transducers (Primary and secondary, active and

passive, analog and digital). Resistive transducer -

potentiometer, Inductive transducer - LVDT,

capacitive transducer (by changing distance),

measurement of displacement using capacitive

transducer (By changing dielectric).

UNIT II : Measurement of Temperature:

Thermocouple,Thermopile, Thermister, RTD,

Total Radiation Pyrometer, , Infrared Pyrometer ,

IC DS 1621 ,IC LM34 , IC LM35

UNIT III: Timer and PLL: IC 555 timer: Block

diagram and function of each block, application of

555 timer as astable, bistable and monostable

multivibrator (construction, working and

expression for time period). PLL : Block diagram

and function of each block, concept of capture

range, pull in time, lock in range, electrical

characteristics, applications of PLL as FM

demodulator, AM detector and frequency

synthesizer.

UNIT IV: Display, digital Instrument and

encorder:

Seven segment, 14 segment, dot matrix, 16x2

LCD display, advantage and disadvantage, Digital

instrument: Digital frequency meter, Digital

voltmeter (Ramp type), Digital capacitance meter

(Block diagram and function of each block).

Recorder: Classification, necessity of recorder, XY

recorder, magnetic tape recorder.

Unit V : Sensors and Actuators: Sensors:

Definition, Methods of fabrication of Sensors,

At the end of this unit, students

will be able to know

● generalized instrumentation

system,

types of transducers, woking

of

resistive, inductive, capacitive

transducers, and displacement

measurement using capacitive

transducer.

● function of thermocouple,

thermopile,

thermister, RTD, total

radiation,

infrared pyrometer, IC LM34,

LM35,

DS1621 and their use in

measurement of temperature

● functional diagram of IC555 and

PLL.

● characteristic and application of

IC555

and PLL such as

multivibrators, AM-

FM demodulators , frequency

synthesizer etc.

● display devices such as 7-

segment,

16x2 matrix etc.

● digital instruments and recorders

such

as digital frequency meter,

91

Types of sensors (Mechanical, Thermal, Optical,

magnetic, chemical)

Actuators: Definition, Working principles of

Electromechanical, Electro thermal, Electro-

optical and Electrochemical Actuators.

UNIT VI: Biomedical electronics:

Introduction, Type of electrode, EEG, EMG,

ECG-block diagram and function of each block, X

ray machine, instantaneous heart rate meter-

systolic and diastolic blood pressure meter, EAR

oximeter, pulse Oximeter, range gated pulse

Doppler blood flow meter, Laser Doppler blood

flow meter.

XY-

recorder etc.

● types of sensors and actuators,

their

working and use in

measurement of

physical quantities.

● biomedical electronic

instruments via

block diagram and circuit

diagram

such as ECG, X-ray EAR etc.


Sr.No. Programme Specific Outcome code

BPSO 48

What the student will be able to

do at the end of programme



to do what)

1 UNIT I : 8086 Architecture:

Block diagram of 8086 microprocessor, BIU

and EU, operating modes of 8086, register of

8086-G.P.R,pointer and index register, segment

register, concept of segmented memory,

instruction pointer, status flag, pin diagram of

8086 microprocessor, physical and effective

address.

UNIT II: Instructions and programming of

8086

Instructions: MOV, PUSH, POP, LEA, LDS,



● internal architecture and pins

of IC

8086, function of BIU and

EU, concept of different

registers,

addressing of regiter and

memory.

● instructions, addressing mode

and

92

LES, Arithmetic & Logic Instructions.

Addressing mode, 8086 instruction, Bus cycle,

Programming: programs of data transfer,

addition, subtraction, division, multiplication

using various addressing mode.

Unit-III : 8051 Microcontroller Architecture

:

Microcontroller Introduction, Difference

between Microprocessor and Microcontroller,

block diagram

of microcontroller, CPU, registers, flags, PSW,

PC, Data Pointer, SFR, SP, Internal

RAM/ROM, External memory, I/O ports,

counter & timers, interrupts.

Unit-IV: Instruction set of 8051 and

Programming:

Addressing mode, Instruction set: Data transfer,

arithmetic, logical operation, JUMP, Loop and

CALL instructions. Assembly language

programming examples: simple data transfer,

arithmetic, logical and single bit.

Unit-V : 8051 Interfacing & Application

Basics of serial communication, interfacing

with RS-232C, SCON and PCON registers,

interfacing a DAC / ADC and waveform

generation, interfacing to the 8255, interfacing

LED, power reduction mode.

Unit-VI: Advance microcontroller:

Introduction to AVR, Arithmetic and logic

Unit, program and data memories,

downloadable flash

program memory, SRAM data memory, general

purpose register file, I/O register, EEPROM

bus cycle of 8086.

● how to write 8086 assembly

programs such as addition

multiplication etc. in various

addressing mode.

● internal architecture and pins

of IC

8051, difference between

Microprocessor and

Microcontroller,

function of different registers,

internal RAM/ROM,

interfacing external

memory

● Addressing mode, data

transfer,

arithmetic, logical operation,

Assembly

programming such as data

transfer,

arithmetic, logical and single

bit.

● interfacing of RS-232C, DAC /

ADC

IC8255, LED etc.

● mode of power reduction,

generation

of waveform.

● know ALU, program and data

memories, flash programing,

register

file, I/O register, Timers, etc of

Advance

93

data

memory, peripherals, Timers/Counters.

microcontroller AVR

Course Outcomes - Electronics

Name of the Programme :- B.Sc. Class : Part - I

Semester :- I Name of the subject :- Electronics

Name of the course (Paper) : 1S Course outcomes code :- BCO - 154

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) :

Unit I : Passive Components and Network theorems

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do



Application of Knowledge /Skill to

do what)

1 Unit I : Passive Components and Network

theorems

Introduction to Resistors, Capacitors,

Inductors and Transformers, Concept of

ideal dc voltage and current source, KVL,

KCL, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, maximum

power transfer, Millman’s theorem

(statement, proof, simple numerical

application for dc only).


will be able to know passive and

active components, analysis and

verification of network theorems

with numericals.

Also students will be able to

select and identify eletronic

components such as resistors

capacitors etc. of required value.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Measuring Instruments

94

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do at

the end of dule/Unit (Knowledge/



1 UNIT II: Measuring Instruments :

Principles of voltmeter, ammeter,

ohmmeter, Multirange DC voltmeter, ohm

per volt rating, loading effect, Multirange

DC Ammeter, Series & shunt type

ohmmeter, Multimeter (uses & drawback).

CRO Block diagram & explanation, CRT

construction & working, uses of CRO

(measurement of frequency , amplitude&

phase.)

After this unit, students will be

able to understand principle and

working of different meters and CRO

.

They will be able to handle and

connect the measuring instruments

such as Voltmeter, Ammeter etc. at

approprite place





Unit III :Semiconductor Diode and Regulated power supply


the end of Module/Unit (Knowledge/



1 Unit III : Semiconductor Diode and

Regulated power supply:

Operation and characteristics of PN junction

diode, Avalanche and Zener breakdown

mechanism, Half wave and full wave

rectifiers (ripple factor, efficiency, PIV

ratings), C, L and filters, Concept of


will be able to know function of

diodes, rectifiers and voltage

regulators.

They will be able to design simple

dc power supply.

95

unregulated and regulated power supply,

Zener diode voltage regulator, Three

terminal IC regulator.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Bipolar Transistors





1 Unit IV : Bipolar Transistors:

NPN and PNP transistor (construction and

working) CB, CE & CC configuration,

leakage currents, Input and output

characteristics of CE mode, relation between

and Load line and operating point,

Amplification action of CE amplifier,

biasing and stability, Self and fixed bias

circuit.

After completion of this unit,

students will be able to know types

transistor and their working in

different modes, amplification and

biasing, faults detection in eletronic

circuits.

Also they will be able to design

and construct simple amplifiers.



Name of the course (Paper) : 1S Course outcomes code :- BCO – 158


Unit V : Switching and Optoelectronic devices




96


do what)

1 Unit V : Switching and Optoelectronic

devices :

Construction, working and characteristics of

FET, MOSFET, UJT, SCR, relation of FET

parameters, Construction, working &

characteristics of LDR, LED, photodiode,

photovoltaic cell( Solar cell).

concept of Embedded systems.


be able to know Switching and

Optoelectronic devices and their

working.

They will be able to use these

active devices for many

applications.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit VI : Integrated Circuits





1 Unit VI : Integrated Circuits :

Introduction to IC technology, advantages

and disadvantages, Classification of ICs,

Basic steps in fabrication of monolithic

ICs, Fabrication of diode, resistor &

transistor. Scale of integration upto

V2LSI’,Basic


students will be able to know design

and fabrication process of ICs and

their scale of integration


Semester :- II Name of the subject :- Electronics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Binary Arithmetic & Logic gates

97





do what)

1 Unit I : Binary Arithmetic & Logic gates :

Binary, Octal & Hexadecimal number

system and their interconversion, Binary

arithmetic (addition and subtraction using 1’s

& 2’s compliment), multiplication & division.

Binary codes : 8421 BCD, Excess-3 & Gray

code. NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR gates

(definition and truth table). EXNOR & EXOR

gates, Half adder, full adder , 4 bit binary full

adder.



number systems and binary codes,

their interconvertion and

arithmetic,logic gates,use of logic

gates in adders.

They will be able to design and

construct logic circuits using logic

gates.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Boolean Algebra & Logic families





1 Unit II : Boolean Algebra & Logic

families:

Boolean laws, De-morgans theorem,

Simplification of Boolean equations using

Boolean algebra, Fundamental products &

sum terms, K-map (K-map upto 4

variable). Classification of logic families,


will be able to understand Boolean

algebra, De’Morgan’s theorem, logic

equations,

K-map and logic families like

DTL,TTL etc.

They will be able to minimise

98

characteristics (Fan-in, Fan- out,Noise

immunity, Propogation delay, Power

dissipation), DTL,TTL & CMOS logic.

logic equation, design and construct

logic circuits using logic gates.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Multivibrators and Flip Flops





1 Unit III : Multivibrators and Flip Flops:

Construction & working of Astable,

monostable and Bistable transistorised

multivibrators, RS, CK-RS, D, JK, JKMS

and T Flip Flops (Logic diagram, Truth

table, construction & working), Concept of

edge trigger Flip-Flop, Concept of preset &

clear terminal.


will be able to know contruction and

working of multivibrators and flip-

flops.

Also they will be able to design

and construct different types of flip-

flops using logic gates.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Counters and Shift registers





1 Unit IV : Counters and Shift registers:

Asynchronous & synchronous Counter,

Up-down counters (up to 4-bits), modified


will be understand the contruction

and working of different types of

99

asynchronous counter (Mod -7 ,Mod-

10,and Mod-13).Types of shift registers,

SISO, SIPO, PISO & PIPO, IC version of

Mod -10 shift registers (Construction &

working), IC version of shift register –

7495, Application of shift register. Ring

counter, Johnson’s counter.

counters and shift registers and their

IC version.


construct different types of counters

and shift registers using flip-flops

and logic gates.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Combinational logic circuit





1 Unit V : Combinational logic circuit:

Encoder: Binary to BCD, Decimal to

BCD, IC 74147,

Decoder: 2 to 4 line, BCD to decimal,

BCD to 7 segment, IC 7447,

Multiplexer: 4X1, 8X1,

De multiplexer: 1X4, 1X8, (Definition,

construction, operation and application of

above) concept of Embedded systems.

After this unit, students will be

know the contruction and working of

different types of encoders, decoders,

multiplexers and demultiplexers and

their IC version.


construct different types of encoders,

decoders, multiplexers and

demultiplexers using logic gates.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit VI : : Semiconductor Memories


100




1 Unit VI : Semiconductor Memories:

Concept of memory, primary and

secondary memory, classification of

memories, volatile and non volatile

memories, memory Hierarchy,

semiconductor memory: RAM, ROM,

PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory.


will be able to know different types

of memories and their working.

They will be able to access these

memories in serial and parallel mode

(to read and write oprations).

Name of the Programme :- B.Sc. Class : Part - II

Semester :- III Name of the subject :- Electronics



Unit I : Hybrid-parameters & Cascaded amplifiers

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do at the

end of Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill

achieved OR Application of Knowledge

/Skill to do what)

1 Unit I : Hybrid-parameters &

Cascaded amplifiers:

Hybrid-parameters, transistor equivalent

circuit of CE.CB, Analysis of small

signal CE amplifiers. Concept of

cascaded amplifier.

Types of coupling, RC Coupled

Amplifier, Single Tuned amplifier,


be able to know Hybrid-parameters,

equivalent circuit of transistor in

different configuration, analysis,

cascading, coupling tuning of amplifier.

They will be able to calculate h-

parameters of given circuit.

101




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Power Amplifier





1 Unit II : Power Amplifier

Classification of power amplifier, Class

A, Class B, Class C and Class AB

amplifier, Class A Coupled amplifier ,

Class –B push-pull amplifier (

Construction, working and efficiency of

each ). Distortion, complementary

symmetry Class-B Push-pull amplifier.


will be able to construct, verify

opration, calculate efficiency of

various power amplifiers, such as

Class B, Class AB Push-pull amplifiers

etc.

They will be able to underatand

distortion produce by amplifier at

output.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Feedback amplifiers and

Oscillat





do what)

1 Unit III : Feedback amplifiers and

Oscillators:

Concept of feedback, feedback theory,

positive and negative feedback, advantage


will be able to know different types

of feedback by block diagram.

102

of negative feedback, physical idea of

feedback ( Block diagram only), concept of

oscillator,

basic elements of oscillator, Barkhausen

Criteria of oscillation, concept of tank

circuit. RC Oscillator-Phase shift and Wein

bridge oscillator, LC oscillator-Colpitts

and Hartley oscillator Crystal Oscillator.

They will be able understand

concept, criteria and elements of

oscillator and tank circiut, fuction of

different oscillators such as Colpitts,

Hartley, Crystal, Wein bridge

Oscillator etc.





Unit IV : Operational amplifier and applications

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be


Module/Unit (Knowledge/

Skill achieved OR

Application of Knowledge

/Skill to do what)

1 Unit IV : Operational amplifier and

applications:

Difference amplifier (concept, construction and

working), block diagram of operational amplifier

Characteristics of ideal op amp, concept of virtual

ground, parameter of op amp (input impedance,

output impedance, open loop agin, close loop gain,

CMRR , Slew rate, input offset voltage and current

input bias current). Application: Op amp as inverting

and non inverting amplifier, adder Subtractor,

Differentiator and Integrator.


students will be able to

know to understad

functional diagram,

parameters and

Characteristics of Op-Amp.

They will able to

construct and verify

various circuits using Op-

Amp such as adder,

subtractor, integrator etc.

103





Unit V : Advance application of Op-Amp





1 Unit V : Advance application of Op-

Amp:

Solution to simultaneous equation,

differential equation for harmonic,

damped harmonic oscillator,

regenerative comparator, logarithmic

amplifier, Astsble, Monostable and

Bistsble multivibrator and its time period

(construction and working).


will be able to know implementation of

simultaneous and differential equation

using Op-Amp.

They will be able to construct and

test various Op-Amp circuits such as

multivibrators, comparator, amplifier

etc.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit VI : A/D and D/A converter





1 Unit VI : A/D and D/A converter.

Need of A/D and D/A converter. D/A

converter: R2R ladder type, Weighted

resistor, sample and hold circuit, IC

ADC, DAC Specification. A/D


will be able to know A/D and D/A

converter using various circuits such as

R2R ladder, single and dual slope,

successive approximation etc.

104

converter: Single and Dual slope, counter

type, successive approximation Type,

specification Numerical based on A/D

and D/A converter.

They will be able to understand

different ICs of A/D and D/A and

Numericals.


Semester :- IV Name of the subject :- Electronics



Unit I : Architecture and timings of 8085





1 UNIT I:Architecture and timings of

8085

Evolution of microprocessor,

microcomputer,(Block diagram with

function of each block),architecture of

Intel 8085 microprocessor, function of

each block of 8085, Functional pin

diagram and function of all pins of 8085,

instruction format. Instruction cycle, fetch

and execute operation, machine cycle and

state, timing diagram.


be able to know internal architecture,

function of each block, and each pin

of IC 8085.


instraction format and cycles,

fetch,exective opration and their state

and timing.





Unit II : Instruction and programming of 8085

105





do what)

1 UNIT II:Instruction and programming

of 8085

Addressing mode, classification of

instruction set of 8085 with examples,

concept of stack and stack pointer, PUSH

and POP instruction, Concept of subroutine:

CALL and RET instruction, Delay

subroutine (using one register and register

pair).

Programming : Algorithm, Flowchart,

Assembly and machine language, assembly

language program for addition, subtraction,

multiplication, division, finding maximum

and minimum numbers.


will be able to know types of

instruction, addressing mode, stack

and subroutine.

They will be able to prepare

algorithm, flowchart of programms

such as addition division etc. in

assembly language.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : : Interfacing





1 UNIT III : Interfacing

Basic interfacing concept, memory


be able to know interfacing of input

106

mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O

sFuncchemes, data transfer scheduling.

8255PPI: block diagram, function of each

block, Functional pin diagram, , function

of each pin, operating modes of 8255,

control word format in I/O and BSR

mode, illustrative example.

output devices in memory mapped

and I\O mapped and data transfer.


function of IC8255PPI ,control word

format in I\O and SBR mode.





Unit IV : Modulation and Demodulation





to do what)

1 Unit IV : Modulation and Demodulation :

Need for modulation, AM theory, Power

relation, Numerical on AM, AM Systems

:DSB-SC System, SSB-SC System,

Theory of FM, frequency spectrum

Numerical on FM ,Comparison of AM

and FM, Phase Modulation,

Demodulation of AM and FM: diode

detector, slope detector.


will be able to know modulation

theory, analysis of AM,FM,PM

and their comparison.

They will be able to know

demodulation in different way.





107

Unit V : Generation of AM and FM, Transmitter and Receiver





do what)

1 UNIT V : Generation of AM and

FM, Transmitter and Receiver

Generation of AM (Collector

modulator), Generation of FM: Direct

FM ,Diode reactance modulator, The

Reactance Tube Modulator and Indirect

FM, AM and FM Transmitter and

Receivers :Block diagram and working,

TRF receiver, Superhetrodyne receiver,

AGC, Concept of External noise,

Atmospheric noise, Internal and Thermal

noise.


will be able to know transmitters

using different methods such as

collector modulator etc.

They will be able to understan

different receiver circuits

eg.superhetrodyne receiver and

types noise.





Unit VI : Pulse Modulation and Digital Communication




Skill achieved OR


/Skill to do what)

1 UNIT VI : Pulse Modulation and Digital At the end of this unit,

108

Communication

Pulse Modulation, Sampling Theorem, PAM, PWM,

PPM and PCM (Bandwidth of PCM, Quantizing

Noise), Applications of PCM, Multiplexing

Principles,: TDM and FDM, Comparison of FDM

and TDM, Numerical. Digital Communication: Data

transmission: Bandwidth, Serial and parallel

transmission, Direction of data transmission

(Simplex, Half duplex, full duplex), Mode of data

transmission (Synchronous and Asynchronous).

students will be able to

know digital modulation

such as PAM,PCM

etc.,multiplexing

technique,serial, parallel

data transmission in

different way and mode

such as asynchronous full

duplex etc.

Name of the Programme :- B.Sc. Class : Part - III

Semester :- V Name of the subject :- Electronics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Basic Instrumentation





do what)

1 Unit I : Basic Instrumentation:

Block diagram of generalized

instrumentation system, Concept of

transducers (Primary and secondary, active

and passive, analog and digital). Resistive

transducer - potentiometer, Inductive

transducer - LVDT, capacitive transducer

(by changing distance), measurement of

displacement using capacitive transducer

(By changing dielectric).


be able to know generalized

instrumentation system, types of

transducers, woking of resistive,

inductive, capacitive transducers,

and displacement measurement

using capacitive transducer.

109





Unit II : Measurement of Temperature





1 UNIT II : Measurement of

Temperature:

Thermocouple,Thermopile, Thermister,

RTD,

Total Radiation Pyrometer, , Infrared

Pyrometer ,

IC DS 1621 ,IC LM34 , IC LM35


be able to understand function of

thermocouple, thermopile, thermister ,

RTD, total radiation , infrared

pyrometer, IC LM34, LM35, DS1621

and their use in measurement of

temperature




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Timer and PLL

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able

to do at the end of


Skill achieved OR


/Skill to do what)

1 UNIT III: Timer and PLL:

IC 555 timer: Block diagram and function of each

block, application of 555 timer as astable,



functional diagram of IC555

110

bistable

and monostable multivibrator (construction,

working and expression for time period).

PLL : Block diagram and function of each block,

concept of capture range, pull in time, lock in

range,

electrical characteristics, applications of PLL as

FM demodulator, AM detector and frequency

synthesizer.

and PLL .

They also understand the

characteristic and application

of IC555 and PLL such as

multivibrators, AM-FM

demodulators ,frequency

synthesizer etc.





Unit IV : Display, digital Instrument and encorder

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to

do at the end of Module/Unit



/Skill to do what)

1 UNIT IV: Display, digital Instrument and

encorder:

Seven segment, 14 segment, dot matrix, 16x2

LCD display, advantage and disadvantage,

Digital

instrument: Digital frequency meter, Digital

voltmeter (Ramp type), Digital capacitance meter

(Block diagram and function of each block) .

Recorder: Classification, necessity of recorder,

XY recorder, magnetic tape recorder.



display devices such as 7-

segment, 16x2 matrix etc.

They will be able to

understand digital instruments

and recorders such as digital

frequency meter, XY-recorder

etc.

111




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Sensors and Actuators





to do what)

1 Unit V : Sensors and Actuators:

Sensors: Definition, Methods of fabrication of

Sensors, Types of sensors (Mechanical,

Thermal,

Optical, magnetic, chemical)

Actuators: Definition, Working principles of

Electromechanical, Electro thermal, Electro-

optical and Electrochemical Actuators.



types of sensors and actuators,

their working and use in

measurement of physical

quantities.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit VI : Biomedical electronics


to do at the end of


Skill achieved OR


/Skill to do what)

1 UNIT VI: Biomedical electronics:

Introduction, Type of electrode, EEG, EMG, ECG-



112

block diagram and function of each block, X ray

machine, instantaneous heart rate meter-systolic

and diastolic blood pressure meter, EAR oximeter,

pulse Oximeter, range gated pulse Doppler blood

flow meter, Laser Doppler blood flow meter.

biomedical electronic

instruments via block

diagram and circuit diagram

such as ECG, X-ray EAR

etc.


Semester :- VI Name of the subject :- Electronics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : 8086 Architecture


to do at the end of


Skill achieved OR


/Skill to do what)

1 UNIT I : 8086 Architecture:

Block diagram of 8086 microprocessor, BIU and

EU, operating modes of 8086, register of 8086-

G.P.R,pointer and index register, segment

register, concept of segmented memory,

instruction pointer,

status flag, pin diagram of 8086 microprocessor,

physical and effective address.



internal architecture and pins

of IC 8086, function of BIU

and EU, concept of different

registers, addressing of regiter

and memory.





Unit II : Instructions and programming of 8086

113





1 UNIT II: Instructions and

programming of 8086

Instructions: MOV, PUSH, POP, LEA,

LDS, LES, Arithmetic & Logic

Instructions. Addressing

mode, 8086 instruction, Bus cycle,

Programming: programs of data transfer,

addition, subtraction, division,

multiplication using various addressing

mode.


be able to understand instructions,

addressing mode and bus cycle of

8086.

They will be able to write 8086

assembly programs such as addition

multiplication etc. in various

addressing mode.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : 8051 Microcontroller

Architecture





1 Unit-III : 8051 Microcontroller

Architecture :

Microcontroller Introduction, Difference

between Microprocessor and

Microcontroller, block diagram

of microcontroller, CPU, registers, flags,

PSW, PC, Data Pointer, SFR, SP, Internal

RAM/ROM,


be able to know internal architecture

and pins of IC 8051, difference

between Microprocessor and

Microcontroller, function of different

registers, internal RAM/ROM,

interfacing external memory.

114

External memory, I/O ports, counter &

timers, interrupts.





Unit IV : Instruction set of 8051 and Programming





1 Unit-IV: Instruction set of 8051 and

Programming:

Addressing mode, Instruction set: Data

transfer, arithmetic, logical operation,

JUMP, Loop and CALL instructions.

Assembly language programming

examples: simple data transfer,

arithmetic, logical and single bit.


be able to know Addressing mode,data

transfer, arithmetic, logical operation,

Assembly programming such as data

transfer, arithmetic, logical and single

bit.





Unit V : 8051 Interfacing & Application





1 Unit-V : 8051 Interfacing & At the end of this unit, students will

115

Application

Basics of serial communication,

interfacing with RS-232C, SCON and

PCON registers, interfacing a

DAC / ADC and waveform generation,

interfacing to the 8255, interfacing LED,

power reduction

mode.

be able to know interfacing of RS-

232C, DAC / ADC IC8255,LED etc.

They will be able to know mode of

power reduction, generation of

waveform.




Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : UnitVI : Advance microcontroller





1 Unit-VI: Advance microcontroller:

Introduction to AVR, Arithmetic and

logic Unit, program and data memories,

downloadable flash

program memory, SRAM data memory,

general purpose register file, I/O register,

EEPROM data

memory, peripherals, Timers/Counters.


be able to know ALU, program and

data memories, flash programing,

register file, I/O register, Timers, etc of

Advance microcontroller AVR

116

Programme Specific Outcomes - English

Name of the programme : B.Sc.

Name of the Subject: English

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code

(PSO 1, PSO2, PSO3,

etc.)


Programme



1 BPSO 49 Students will enlarge their Vocabulary.

2 BPSO 50 Students will improve their reading fluency skills through

extensive reading.

3 BPSO 51 Students will heighten their awareness of correct usage of

English Grammar in writing and speaking.

4 BPSO 52 Students will improve their speaking ability in English

both in terms of fluency and comprehensibility.

5 BPSO 53 Students will increase their reading speed and

comprehension of academic articles.


Name of the Subject: English

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code

(PSO 1, PSO2, PSO3, etc.)


Programme



Poetry Outcome

1 A psalm of Life It will develop students critical thinking skills

2 A captain my captain

It will broaden their vocabularies and to develop an

appreciation of language and its connotations and

denotations

3 The quality of Mercy Students will recognize poetry from a a variety of

cultures, languages and historic periods.

4 Father returning Home

Students will able to analyze the various elements

of poetry such as diction, tone, form, genre,

imagery, figure of speech, symbolism etc

5 The world is too much with us

Students able to identify a variety of forms and

genres of poetry from diverse cultures and historic

periods such as sonnets, free

117

Course Outcomes - English

Name of the programme : B.Sc. I Class: Part – I

Semester: II Name of the Subject: English

Name of the Course (Paper): English Course Outcome Code: BCO 189 TO BCO 193

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): --

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Unit I

Course Outcome

1 What is Courage It will develop the language ability of the students.

2 The hazards of food

coloring

It will develop an ability to recognize main idea and

supporting details in order to improve comprehension.

3 The Kabuliwallah

It will improve students ability to read and spell words

through an analysis of the structure of the English

language

4 The Eyes are not here Students will analyze literary works for their structure

and meaning

5 My lost dollar Students will able to interpret tents with attention to

ambiguity, complexity

118

Programme Specific Outcomes - Mathematics

Name of the Programme: B.Sc.

Name of the subject: Mathematics BPSO 54 – BPSO 61

1. To enable the students to learn the basic structures of mathematics through unifying

concepts and to motivate these structures through applications.

2. Provide advanced knowledge on topics in pure mathematics, empowering the students

to pursue higher degrees at reputed academic institutions.

3. Formulate and develop mathematical arguments in a logical manner.

4. Inculcate mathematical reasoning.

5. Provide knowledge of a wide range of mathematical techniques and application of

mathematical methods/tools in other scientific domains.

6. Think in a critical manner.

7. Competence to qualify IIT-JAM, TIFR, NBHM, MPSC, UPSC etc.

8. To enable the students to study mathematics for themselves.

Course Outcomes - Mathematics


Semester: I Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Algebra and Trigonometry

Course Outcome Code: BCO 194

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : De Moivre’s Theorem and its applications

Sr.No.

Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end of the

Module/Unit



1. De Moivre’s Theorem Understand and be able to express a complex numbers

both in rectangular form and in terms of its modulus and

argument. Develop the concept that when numbers are

multiplied their moduli are multiplied and their

arguments are added together.

2. Hyperbolic Functions Explain how hyperbolic functions are defined

in terms of exponential functions

119

To obtain and use hyperbolic function identities

To evaluate expressions involving hyperbolic

functions

3. Circular Functions Obtain and identify circular function.

Manipulate expressions involving circular functions

4 Inverse Hyperbolic

and Circular Functions

Able to use inverse functions to solve equations.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Summation of Series

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Series To understand the concept of series.

To derive the expression for the series of numbers from

definition.

2. Type of Series To identify the type of series (Geometric, Gregory, Machin,

Euler, Rutherford etc.)

3. Summation of

Series

Use formulas of different series to determine the sum and

Develop series expansion by using given series.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Elements of Quaternion

120

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Quaternion Understand the unique representation of quaternion

2. Quaternion as a rotation

operator

Develop idea of rotation and orientation of objects in

three dimensional space

3 Geometric interpretation learn to analyse the geometry of quaternion

multiplication with special emphasis

4 Special quaternion

product

Abel to derive the formula for quaternion

multiplication from first principles of vector algebra

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Theory of equations

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Theory of equations To understand theoretical concepts and prove basic

theorem along useful corollaries.

2. Relations between the

roots and coefficients

To understand the concept of roots and coefficients.

To learn formulas regarding relations between roots

and coefficients.

3. Cubic equations

(Cardon method)

To understand Cubic equations.

To evaluate cubic equations by using Cardon’s method

4.

Descarte’s rule of signs,

biquadratic equations

To learn applications of basic theorems and evaluate

biquadratic equations

121

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Matrices

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1 Matrix Use algebraic skills essential for the study of systems

of linear equations and matrix algebra.

2 Normal form and Row

Canonical Form

Learn how to use elementary row operations to reduce

matrices to Normal and Canonical forms

Make use of Normal forms in finding the rank of

matrix

3 rank of Matrix Understand the concept of rank of matrix

Evaluate the rank by using Normal forms

4 Eigenvalues, eigenvectors

and the characteristic

equation of a matrix

Able to find characteristic equation of matrix.

Evaluate eigenvalues and eigenvectors by using

appropriate methods.

5 Cayley- Hamilton

theorem and its

application

Learn proof of Caley Hamilton theorem

Able to find inverse of matrix by its application

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Calculus and Differential Equation


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Limits and Continuity

122

Sr.No.

Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end of the Module/Unit


do what)

1. Limit of

function of

one variable

To understand the concept of 휀 − 𝛿 definition of limit.

To verify the value of the limit of a function at a point using the

휀 − 𝛿 definition.

To Calculate the limit of a function at a point numerically and

algebraically using appropriate techniques.

2. Continuity To determine if a function is continuous at a point, on an open or

on a closed interval using the 휀 − 𝛿 definition of the continuity.

3. Discontinuity To find points of discontinuity for functions and classify them.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Differentiation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Differentiation To understand the concept of differentiation.

To derive the expression for the derivative of elementary

functions from the (limit) definition.

2. Successive

Differentiation

To list nth derivative of given functions and solve relevant

problems.

3. Leibnitz Theorem Use Leibnitz Theorem to determine the nth derivative of

product of functions.

4. L’Hospital’s Rule Identify Indeterminate forms and evaluate wide range of

limits by L'Hospital's rule.

123

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Mean Value Theorems

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Mean Value

Theorems

Interpret both continuous and differentiable functions analytically

and apply Rolle's Theorem, Lagrange’s Mean Value Theorem and

Cauchy mean Value Theorem.

Verify the Mean Value theorems for given functions.

2. Series

Expansion

Develop series expansion by using Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Partial Differentiation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Partial Derivatives To understand the concept of partial differentiation.

To evaluate partial derivatives of real valued functions of

two variables.

2. Euler’s Theorem

for Homogenous

Function

To understand homogeneous function and prove Euler’s


To learn applications of Euler’s theorems for two and three

variables.

124

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Integral Calculus

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Integration of the form

∫𝑃𝑛(𝑥)

√𝑄𝑑𝑥

Solve integration of the form ∫𝑃𝑛(𝑥)

√𝑄𝑑𝑥

2. Reduction Formulae Develop reduction formulae.

Evaluate integral values by appropriate reduction

formula.

3. Quadrature and

Rectification

Find area of a given bounded region of a curve and to

find length of an arc of a curve between two given

points

Course Outcomes


Semester: II Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Differential Equation


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Introduction to differential equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Differential Equation Understand and be able to explain the concept of

differential equation.

125

2. Order and Degree of

Differential Equation

Classifies the differential equations according to their

order and linearity

3. Variable Separable Able to solve DE by variable separable method

4. Exact Differential

Equation

Explains the meaning of exact differential equation

Solves exact differential equations.

5. Integrating Factors Converts separable and homogeneous equations to exact

differential equations by integrating factors

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Second order DE with constant coefficient

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Complementary

Function

To classify the complementary function according to

differential equation.

To derive the expression complementary function.

2. Particular

Solution

To identify the type of function.

Able to apply appropriate method to find particular integral.

3. Second order

differential

equation

To understand the concept of general solution from

complementary function and particular integral

Will be able to find solution of second-order linear

differential equations.

4. Cauchy-Euler

equations

Solves the Cauchy-Euler equations

Course Outcomes



126



Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Second order differential equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Reduction of order Understand the new approach to solve differential

equation

2. By changing the

dependent variable

and independent

variable

Develop idea of transformation of the equation by

changing the dependent variable and independent

variable.

learn to apply method to find the solution of differential

equation.

3 Normal form learn to convert differential equation normal form

4 Method of variation of

parameters

Apply method to solve second order differential

equation.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Introduction to Partial Differential

Equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Formation of partial

differential equations

To understand concept of partial differential equation

and learn to form the partial differential equation

127

2. Partial differential

equations of the first

order

Able to identify PDE of first order

3. Lagrange’s method To learn method to solve PDE

To learn applications of Langrage’s method

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : PDE of second and higher order

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1 Compatible differential

equations

Learn to identify and understand type of PDE

2 Charpit’s general method of

solution

Learn how to apply method to evaluate the

solution.

3 Partial differential equations

of second and higher orders

Understand the concept PDE of second order

4 Homogeneous and non-

homogeneous equations with

constant coefficients.

Able to differentiate between Homogeneous and

Non Homogeneous PDE.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Vector Analysis And Geometry (Paper IV)


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Vector Differentiation & Integration

128

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Scalar Triple Product Understand scalar triple product and its properties.

Evaluate STP of given vectors.

2. Vector Triple Product Understand the concept of Vector Triple Product and

Evaluate the same for given vectors.

3. Product of Four

Vectors

Learns both scalar and vector product of product of four

vectors.

Solve problems based on vectors.

4 Vector Differentiation Understand vector functions.

Carry out differentiation of vector functions.

5 Vector Integration Carryout integration of vector functions.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Vector Analysis And Geometry (Paper IV)


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Space Curves

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Space Curves Understand the behaviour of curve in space.

Get introduced to the concept of a regular parameterized

curve.

2. t, n, b vectors Understand the concept of Orthogonal Triad, t, n, b

3. Fundamental Planes Understand the three fundamental planes.

Deduce the equation of fundamental planes.

4. Curvature, Torsion Understand the concept of Curvature and Torsion of a space

129

curve and signed Curvature and Torsion of a plane curve

5. Frenet-Serret

Formulae

Get introduced to the notion of Serret-Frenet formula for

space curves and solve examples.

Compute the curvature and torsion of space curves using

Serret-Frenet formula.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Vector Analysis And Geometry


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III :

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Gradient,

Divergence

and Curl

Recognize scalar point and vector point functions.

Understand Vector Differential Operator.

Compute Gradient, Divergence and Curl of a point function

depending upon its nature.

Identify Solenoidal and Irrotational Vector fields

2. Directional

Derivative

Calculate directional derivatives

3. Line

Integral

and Work

Done

Evaluate Line Integral along piecewise smooth paths and also find

the work done in moving a particle from one point to another in a

force field

4. Greens

Theorem

Prove Green's theorem and different forms of Green's theorem.

Use Green’s theorem to evaluate line integrals along simple closed

contours on the plane

Verify Green’s Theorem for given surfaces.

Course Outcomes


130




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Sphere

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Different forms of

sphere

Find radius and center of sphere from equation of sphere.

Identify different forms of sphere i.e, General Equation,

Sphere with given diameter and Sphere through four given

points.

2. Section of a

sphere by a plane

Find the equation of sphere cut by a plane.

Find equation of circle passing though intersection of

spheres.

3. Sphere through a

given circle

Identify equation of circle.

Find family of spheres Passing through a circle

4. Intersection of

sphere and a line

Find family of spheres passing through tangent line , tangent

plane and normal lines to sphere

5. Orthogonal sphere

and condition of

orthogonality

Understand the concept of orthogonal spheres.

Derive the condition for orthogonality.

Find the equation of sphere orthogonal to given sphere

Course Outcomes




Course Outcome Code: BCO 213.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Cone and Cylinder

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



131

1. The equation of a cone with a

guiding curve.

Derive the equation of cone with a guiding curve

2. Cone with vertex and origin Derive the equation of cone when vertex and

origin are given

3. Right Circular Cone Derive the equation of Right Circular Cone

4. Cylinder: equation of right

circular cylinder

Derive the Equation of Right Circular Cylinder

Course Outcomes


Semester: II I Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Advance Calculus (Paper V)


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Sequence

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Sequence: Definition

of sequence.

Identify different types of sequences.

Calculate terms in a sequence.

2. Uniqueness of limit

of sequence

Learn the 휀 − 𝛿 definition of limit of a sequence and

Understand the uniqueness of limit of sequence.

3. Algebra of limit of a

sequence

Prove theorems on Algebra of Limit of Sequence

4 Positivity theorem,

Sandwich theorem

Prove Positivity theorem and Sandwich Theorem.

Apply the theorems on given problems.

5 Monotonic and

bounded sequence

Understand Monotonic Increasing & Decreasing Sequence

and corresponding bounds and bounded functions.

Find whether the given sequence is monotonic increasing

or decreasing and determine the bounds of the given

sequence.

6 Cauchy sequence. Understand the concept of Cauchy Sequence.

Solve problems and prove theorems based on Cauchy

132

Sequence.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Series

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Series: Series of

nonnegative terms

Understand the concept of series, sequence of partial

sums.

Prove theorems based on series of non-negative terms.

2. Convergence of

geometric series

Prove theorems on convergence of Geometric series.

Determine the convergence or divergence.

3. Test for Convergence Prove theorems on Comparison tests, Cauchy’s integral

test, ratio test, root test, absolute convergent, conditional

convergent, Leibnitz rule, Abel’s test, Dirichilet test.

Apply the above test to examples.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III :

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



133

1. Limit and continuity of

functions of two variables.

Understand the concept of limit and continuity of

function of two variables

Apply theorems that guarantee limits exist

Understand the two path criterion to show that a

limit does not exist and apply it to solve problems

about limits.

Solve problems on continuity using 휀 − 𝛿

definition

2. Algebra of limit and

continuity.

Prove theorems on algebra of limit and continuity.

3. Intermediate value property,

fixed point property

Understand and prove theorems on Intermediate

value property and Fixed Point Property

4 Taylor’s theorem for

function of two variables.

Apply Taylor’s Theorem of function of two

variables to get series expansion of given

functions.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV :

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Maxima and minima of two

variables.

Examine the function for maxima and minima and

discover its extreme value

2. Lagrange’s multipliers

method

Apply Lagrange’s Multiplier Method

3. Jacobians Define Jacobians.

Solve problems based on Jacobians.

134

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V :

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Double integral (definition

and evaluation technique)

Evaluate double integral.

Evaluate Area of a surface, Surface integral as an

application of double integral.

2. Change of order of double

integral

Understand region of type I and type II.

Evaluate double integral by changing the order.

3. Triple integral Evaluate triple integral, volume integral.

4 Gauss and Stoke’s theorem Prove Gauss and Stoke's theorem and apply them

to find surface integral and line integral

Course Outcomes


Semester: III Name of the subject:Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Elements of Number Theory


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Theory of Divisibility

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Divisibility Define and interpret concept of divisibility

2. Division Algorithm Understand concept of division algorithm.

To obtain solution using division algorithm.

135

3. Greatest Common Divisor

and Least Common Multiple

Able to solve problems using GCD and LCM

Obtain relation between greatest common divisor

and least common multiple,

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Prime Numbers

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Prime and composite

numbers

Define and understand concept of prime and composite

numbers.

Learn proof of theorems on prime numbers.

2. Fermat Numbers To identify the Fermat numbers.

Able to generalize Fermat numbers by theoretical proofs.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Congruence

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Congruence Understand the definitions of congruence

Learn properties of congruence through theoretical proofs.

2. Linear Congruence Determine multiplicative inverses, modulo n and use to

136

solve linear congruences.

Formulate and prove conjectures about numeric equations.

3 Chinese Remainder

Theorem

Learn proof of Chinese Remainder Theorem

To learn applications of Chinese Remainder theorem and

find solution of system of equations.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Arithmetic Function

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Euler phi function Computing values of Euler’s phi function

To establish properties of Euler’s phi function

Apply Euler’s theorem to reduce large powers modulo n.

2. Tau function To understand the Tau function.

To develop formulas regarding Tau function.

3. Sigma function To compute values of the sigma function

Abel to perform numerical computations with the Sigma

function

Course Outcomes





137

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Quadratic Residue

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1 Quadratic

Residue

Understand the concept of Quadratic Residue

Learn how to apply quadratic residues to solve the problems

2.

Course Outcomes


Semester: IV Name of the subject:Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Modern Algebra


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Groups

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Group Understand the concept of group.

Demonstrate when a binary algebraic structure forms a group.

Verify group properties.

2. Abelian

Group

Learn to analyse the Abelian Group

3. Subgroup Understand tests to identify subgroup.

Determine possible subgroups of a group.

4. Langrage’s

Theorem

Explain group and subgroup orders using Lagrange’s theorem.

4 Cyclic

Group

Study cyclic groups

Identify cyclic subgroups and their generators.

Course Outcomes



138



Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Normal Subgroup and Quotient Group

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Normal

Subgroup

Identify normal subgroups of a group.

To derive the expression for the series of numbers from

definition.

2. Permutation Examine symmetric and permutation groups.

3. Quotient Group Enable to define quotient group using concept of Normal

subgroup.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Group Homomorphism

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Group

homomorphism

Understand the concept of homomorphism.

2. Properties of

homomorphism

Verify the properties of homomorphism

Learn to analyse the group homomorphism between two

groups.

3 Group Isomorphism Abel to derive the isomorphism between groups.

Learn proof of first, second , third isomorphism theorem.

Course Outcomes

139





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Rings

Sr.No.

Topic



what)

1. Rings To understand algebraic structure having two binary operation as Ring

2. Subring Able to understand tests for subring through theoretical proofs.

To learn properties of Subring

3. Field

Enable to define Field

Verify properties of subfield and study Prime field

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Ring Homomorphism

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Ideals To classify the ideals as left or right.

2. Quotient Ring To develop concept of quotient ring using ideals.

3 Ring

Homomorphism

Understand the concept of Ring homomorphism.

Establish homomorphism between two Rings.

140

Course Outcomes


Semester: IV Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Classical Mechanics (Paper VIII)


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Sequence

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Constraints, generalized

coordinates,

Define constraints – both holonomic and non-

holonomic.

Define Generalized co-ordinates and degree of

Freedom

2. D’Alembert’s principle Understand D’Alembert’s principle

3. Lagrange’s equations

of motion

Derive the Lagrange equations by using the d'Alambert

principle

establish the Lagrangian, and derive and solve the

equations of motions for many systems

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Series

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Central force motion,

central orbit

Understand the concept of Central Force Motion and

Central orbit.

141

2. Areal velocity Understand the concept of Areal Velocity and derive

the same

3. Equivalent one body

problem

Understand how two body problem can be reduced to

a one body problem.

4. Virial Theorem Understand Virial of the system

Derive Virial Theorem

5. Kepler’s Laws of Motion Learn Kepler’s Laws of Motion.

Derive the three Kepler’s Laws of Motion

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Calculus of Variation

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Functional, Extremals Apply calculus of variation to determine the

Extremals of Functional.

2. Euler’s Differential Equation Establish Euler’s Differential Equation

Apply it to find Extremals of Functional

3. Brachistochrone Problem Derive and Solve Brachistochrone Problem

4 Invariance of Euler’s

Equation

Learn Invarience of Euler’s Equation

5. Euler-Poisson equations for

a functional dependent on

higher derivatives

Derive Euler-Poisson equations for

a functional dependent on higher derivatives

6. Euler-Ostrogradsky

Equations

Derive and solve for Euler-Ostrogradsky

Equations

Course Outcomes

142





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV :

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Hamilton’s Principle Calculate the Hamiltonian

Establish the Hamilton equations

Apply Hamiltonian to Complex Motion Problems

2. Lagrange’s equations

for non-holonomic

system

Understand and Derive Lagrange’s equations for non-

holonomic system

3. Routh’s Procedure Understand Routh’s Procedure and Derive Hamiltonian

Using Routh’s Procedure

4. Least Action Principle Understand Least Action Principle

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Dynamics of Rigid Body

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Rigid body Understand kinematics of a Rigid Body

Establish General Equations of Rigid Body

2. Euler’s theorem Derive Euler’s theorem

143

3. Finite rotations,

infinitesimal rotations

Define Finite rotations, infinitesimal rotations

Sole problems for Finite rotations, infinitesimal

rotations

Course Outcomes


Semester: V Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper):Mathematical Analysis Course Outcome Code: BCO 234

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Riemann integral

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Integrability of Continuous

and Monotonic function

To calculate integration of continuous and

monotonic function.

2 Fundamental theorem of

integral calculus

Use the FTC to evaluate derivatives of functions

defined by integrals and to evaluate definite

integrals.

3 Mean Valued theorem of

integral Calculus

Understand the consequences of and the Mean

Value theorem for differentiable functions.

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Improper Integral

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Improper Integral Determine whether a given integral is an improper integral

(which either has infinite lower or upper

144

limits of integration, or has a integrand with infinite

discontinuities within or at the

boundary of the interval of integration) diverges or

converges, by evaluating the improper integral or by using

the comparison theorem

2. Comparison and

Limit Test

Test the Improper Integrals for convergence using

Comparison Test and Limit Test

3. Beta and Gamma

Functions

Use Beta Function and Gamma Function to evaluate

Integrals.

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Analytic Function

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Continuity and

Differentiability of

Complex Function.

Determine continuity/differentiability/analyticity of a

function and find the derivative of a function;

2 Analytic Function. Define analyticity of a function.

Determine whether a function is analytic/not analytic or

entire/not entire.

3 Cauchy Riemann

Equation.

Use the Cauchy-Riemann Equations to determine

whether/where a function is differentiable and find the

derivative of a function.

4 Harmonic and

Conjugate Function.

Use the two-dimensional Laplace’s equation in Cartesian

or polar coordinates to determine whether a real-valued

function is harmonic or not. Find the harmonic conjugate

of a harmonic function. Find a harmonic function

satisfying given boundary conditions.

145

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Conformal Mapping

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Elementary

Functions

Understand Elementary transformations – Stretching,

Rotation, Inversion

2. Mobius

Transformation

Understand the theory of Möbius transformations.

Construct Mobius transformation between many kinds of

domain.

3. Fixed Points Cross

ratio, Inverse and

Critical Points

Understand the concepts of Fixed Points Cross ratio,

Inverse and Critical Points.

4. Conformal Mappings Understand the theory of conformal mappings

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Metric Space

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



146

1. Metric space Understand the concept of Metric and Metric Space.

Analyze whether the given Space is a Metric Space.

Understand how to read and write proofs in Metric

Space.

Will know a variety of concepts like limit point,

interior point, open and closed sets and examples and

counterexamples in Metric Space.

2. Cauchy sequences,

completeness

Will understand Sequence, Cauchy Sequence, concept of

Completeness and theories related to them in Metric

Space.

Course Outcomes


Semester: V Name of the subject:Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Mathematical methods Course Outcome Code: BCO 239

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Legendre’s Equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Legendre's equation Identify and analyse Legendre’s equation

2. Legendre

Polynomial

Abel to determine properties of Legendre Polynomial which

may be solved by application of special functions.

Apply Legendre’s polynomials for tackling problems.

3. Rodrigue’s Formula Abel to derive Rodrigues formula.

Obtain and identify various forms of Rodriues formula.

4. Orthogonality of

Legendre

polynomials

Interpret the orthogonality of Legendre polynomials

Course Outcomes

147




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Bessel’s Equation and Strum Liouville’s

Problem

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Bessle’s Equation To derive the expression for Bessel’s equation.

2. Recurrence relations Abel to express recurrence formulae and recurrence

relation.

3. Sturm Liouville’s Problem

(SLP)

To identify the type of equation and convert it to

SLP.

To evaluate solution of second order differential

equation and to find eigenvalues and eigenfunctions.

4. Orthogonality of SLP To verify the orthogonality by using eigenvalues and

eigenfunction.

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Laplace Transformation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Elementary Laplace

Transformation

Understand purpose and functions of the gamma and beta

functions

Define and derive formulas for basic Laplace

Transformation

148

2. Properties of Laplace

Transformation

Understand first shifting, second shifting and convolution

property

Learn to solve LT for Derivatives and integration.

3 Inverse Laplace

Transformation

Develop idea of inverse Laplace Transformation.

Abel to verify properties of inverse LT

4 Simultaneous ODE To evaluate simultaneous ODE using LT

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Fourier Series

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Fourier Series To understand theoretical concepts and prove basic


Learn Fourier series term by term differentiation and

integration of Fourier series.

2. Fourier Sine and

Cosine Series

To develop and differentiate Fourier series into sine and

cosine.

Enable to express the unique representation of sine and

cosine series.

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Fourier Transform

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit


149


1 Fourier and inverse Fourier

transforms

Understand the concept of Fourier transform

Learn how to get solution of the series.

2 Fourier sine and cosine

transforms

Make use of fundamental series to develop sine and

cosine transform.

3 Inverse Fourier

sine and cosine transforms

Abel to derive expression for inverse Fourier

sine and cosine transforms

4 Relation between Fourier

and Laplace transforms

Competence to establish relation between Fourier

and Laplace transforms

Course Outcomes


Semester: VI Name of the subject:Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Linear Algebra Course Outcome Code: BCO 244

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Vectorspace

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Vectorspace Understand the basic ideas of vectorspace

Analyse vectors in n dimention geometrically and

algebraically

2. Subspace Explain how subspace is defined and identify all

subspace of vectorspace

3. Linear dependence and

independence, Span,

Basis

Recognize the concepts of the terms span, linear

independence, basis, and dimension, and apply these

concepts to various vector spaces and subspaces.

Course Outcomes

150




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Linear Transformation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Linear Transformation Learn about properties of linear transformation.

Characterize linear transformations as onto, one-to-one.

2. LT of Matrix Identify and construct linear transformations of a

matrix.

3. Rank and nullity of a

linear transformation and

matrix

Know how to find the row space, column space and null

space of a matrix, and be familiar with the concepts of

dimension of a subspace and the rank and nullity of a

matrix

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Inner Product Space

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Inner Product Space Learn to define Inner Product Space

2. Cauchy-Schwarz

inequality

Apply Cauchy-Schwarz inequality for deriving metric

on inner product spaces

3 Orthogonal and

orthonormal basis, Gram-

Schmidt

orthogonalisation

Learn to identify orthogonal and orthonormal basis.

Obtain orthonormal basis using Gram-Schmidt

orthogonalisation.

151

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Dual space

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Dual Space To understand theoretical concepts of dual space

and prove basic theorem along useful corollaries.

2. Bidual space To understand the concept of bidual space.

Course Outcomes




Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Module

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1 Module Learn an algebraic structure with two binary operation

Use algebraic to verify the properties of module

2 Submodule Learn how to submodules of given module.

3 Right Module and Left

Module

Enable to distinguish between Right and Left module.

4 Fundamental theorems on

module

Construct and manipulate homomorphisms and

isomorphisms between modules.

Course Outcomes

152


Semester: VI Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper): Special Theory of Relativity (Paper XII)


Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Review of Newtonian Mechanics

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Galilean Relativity Understand the concept of Inertial Frames,

Derive Galilean Transformations

2. Postulates of Special

Theory of

Relativity

Get Introduced to Special Theory of Relativity

3. Lorentz transformation Derive Lorentz Transformation, its Group Properties

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Relativistic Kinematics

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Length Contraction, Time

Dilation

Derive Length Contraction and time dilation.

2. Transformation equation for

components of velocities

and acceleration of a particle

Use Lorentz Transformation to derive

transformation equations for velocity and

acceleration.

3. Lorentz contraction factor Derive Lorentz Contraction Factor.

153

4. The thermodynamics of

moving systems

Understand the two laws of thermodynamics for a

moving system.

Derive the Lorentz transformation for

thermodynamics quantities a) volume and pressure

b) energy c) work d) heat e) entropy f) temperature

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III: Geometrical representation of space- time

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Four dimensional

Minkowskian space-

time of relativity

Define Four Dimensional Space-time

2. Time like and space

like intervals, proper

time

Distinguish between the intervals depending on the value

of ds2

3 Tensors Understand basic tensors, covariant, contravariant, mixed

, operations on tensors, outer product, inner product,

quotient law.

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Relativistic Mechanics

154

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Variation of mass velocity Understand how mass changes with speed and

derive the vibrational mass.

2. Equivalence of Mass and

Energy

Derive the relation between Mass and Energy

using Lorentz Transformation.

3. Transformation equation for

mass, momentum and energy,

relativistic force and

transformation equations for

its components

Derive the transformation equation for mass,

momentum and energy, relativistic force and

transformation equations for its components.

4. Relativistic Lagrangian and

Hamiltonian, the Energy

Momentum Tensor

Derive the Relativistic Lagrangian and the

Relativistic

Hamiltonian and the Energy Momentum Tensor

Course Outcomes





Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Electromagnetism

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Maxwell’s equations of

electromagnetic theory in

vacuum

Derive Maxwell’s equations of electromagnetic

theory in vacuum, Propagation of electric and

magnetic field strengths.

Understand scalar and vector potential

2. Transformation Equations Derive the transformation equations for

electromagnetic four potential vector, charged

155

density and current density.

3. Lagrangian Derive Lagangian for a charged particle in

electromagnetic field

4. Gauge transformation and

Maxwell’s equation

Derive Gauge transformation and Maxwell’s

equation in tensor form

5. Electric and Magnetic Field Derive transformation for electric and magnetic

field strength, energy momentum tensor of the

electromagnetic

Field and component of Tij in term of electric and

magnetic strength.

156

Programme Specific Outcomes - Physics


Name of the Subject: PHYSICS

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code

(PSO 1, PSO2,

PSO3, etc.)


Programme



1 BPSO 62

Define the physical principles underlying wide selection of

physical phenomenon.

2 BPSO 63

Students will demonstrate an understanding of core knowledge

in physics, including the major premises of classical mechanics,

E & M Modern Physics, Optics, Nuclear Physics, and Solid

State Physics.

3 BPSO 64

Demonstrate the ability to plan, undertake & Report on a

program of original work including the planning & execution of

experiments, the analysis & interpretation of experimental

results. Assess the errors involved in an experimental work &

make recommendations based on the results in an effective

manner.

4 BPSO 65

Students will demonstrate written & oral communication skills

in communicating physics related topics.

5 BPSO 66

Students will demonstrate an understanding of the impact of

physics & science on society.

6

BPSO 67

Graduates from this program will be eligible to continue

research at the higher degree (Ph.D.) they will be well qualified

to obtain employment in research & development, in the

scientific or engineering industries. Alternatively, graduates will

have the necessary numerical & transferable skills to allow them

to move into a range of more general career choices such as

157

Course Outcomes - Physics


Semester: I Name of the Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): PHYSIS

Course Outcome Code: BCO 254 to BCO 259

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):-Unit No. I, II, III, IV, V and VI.

Mechanics, Properties of Matter, Waves and Oscillation.

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



BCO

254

Kepler’s Law Students will understand the Kepler’s Law of Planetary

Motion.

Law of

Gravitation

Will be able to understand the Newton’s Law of Gravitation

and acceleration due to gravity and it’s variation with various

parameters.

Gauss Theorem Will Understand the Gauss Law and its use to calculate

electric Field due to various configurations.

BCO

255

Motion Of Rigid

body

Will understand about the motion of Rigid bodies.

Will understand the basic concept of mechanics like rotational

motion, moment of Inertia in various types of bodies, Radius

of Gyration, linear and angular momentum.

accounting or computing.

7 BPSO 68

Discover of physics concepts in other disciplines such as

mathematics, computer science, engineering & chemistry.

8 BPSO 69

Students will develop the proficiency in the actitation of data

using variety of laboratory instruments & analysis &

interpretation of such data.

158

BCO

256

Simple Harmonic

Motion

Understand simple harmonic motion (SHM), be able to derive

and solve the equations of motions for physical systems that

undergo SHM;

Types of

Pendulums

Understand the dynamics of different types of Pendulums to

determine 'g'.

Oscillation &

Resonance

Will understand the damped and Force Oscillation and

Resonance.

BCO

257

Superposition of

Two SHM

Will understand the Superposition of two SHM and formation

of Lissajous Pattern.

Velocity of waves Learn to determine velocity of sound waves by Newton’s

formula & Kundts method.

Ultrasonic waves Will learn about the Ultrasonic wave, its production and

application.

BCO

258

Elasticity

Understand the elastic properties of matter.

Expression of bending beam with its application as a

cantilever, vibrating beam and torsion for rigidity.

BCO

259

Fluid Dynamics

Understand the kinematics of moving fluid.

Learn about Bernoulli’s Theorem and it’s application and

Poiseuille’s equation.

To determine surface tension using Jagger's method.

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: B. Sc. Part-I

Semester: II Name of Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): 2S Physics Course Outcome code: BCO 260

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. I, Kinetic Theory of Gases

Sr. No Topic What the Students will be able to do at the end of the

Programme

1. Kinetic Theory

of Gases

Student can explain the nature of ideal and real gas.

He will be able to estimate RMS speeds of gas molucules,

mean free path & ratio of Cp/ Cv for different gases.

159




Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. II, Thermodynamics

Sr. No Topic What the Students will be able to do at the end

of the Programme

2.

Thermodynamics:

Laws of thermodynamics,

Carnot heat engine

Student will know relation between heat and work.

He/she can apply the knowledge of

thermodynamics to construct a heat engine.




Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. III

Liquefaction of Gases and Thermodynamic relation ship


Programme

3.

Liquefaction of

Gases

Thermodynamic

relation ship

Joule- Thomson effect

Liquefaction of hydrogen & helium

Thermodynamic variables

Maxwell’s General Relationship, thermodynamic

relationship

Joule Thomson-cooling, application to adiabatic cooling

Clausius Clapeyron equation, Thermodynamic Potentials

160

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: Part-I Semester: II

Name of Subject: Physics Course Outcome code: BCO 263

Name of the Course (Paper): Kinetic Theory, Thermodynamics and Electric Current

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): IV. Motion of charged particles in electric and

magnetic fields

Sr.

No Topic

What the Students will be able to do at the end of the

Programme

1.

Motion of

charged

particles in

electric and

magnetic field

Will understand about the concepts related to electric

and magnetic field.

Will understand the effect of Electric and Magnetic

field on motion of charge particle.

Will be able to understand its application in various

devices.

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: Part-I Semester: II

Name of Subject: Physics Course Outcome code: BCO 264

Name of the Course (Paper): Kinetic Theory, Thermodynamics and Electric Current

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): V.

Network Theorems; Ballistic Galvanometer, Varying Currents


Programme

1.

Network

Theorems;

Ballistic

Galvanometer,

Varying Currents

Will understand about various types of electronic

networks.

Will learn to verify the theoretical concepts through

laboratory experiments.

Understand the working of Galvanometer.

Understand about varying currents.




Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. VI, Alternating Currents

161


Programme

6. Alternating

Currents

Alternating Currents

j-Operator and complex number

Application of complex number in solving ac circuit

Resonance

Transformer

Name of the programme: B. Sc. Class/ part II

Semester: III Name of the Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): Physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 266 to BCO 271

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 1 Mathematical background and Electrostatics

2 Magneto static and Maxwell’s Equation

3 Solid State electronic devices I

4 Solid State electronic devices II `

5 Special Theory of Relativity

6 Atmosphere and Geophysics

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1 Mathematical

background and

Electrostatics

1. Computes surface distributions of charges and dipoles,

discontinuities in the electric field and potentials, and

other quantities of interest using the method of images.

2. Employs the variational approach to gauss’s theorem.

3. Uses Ampere’s law for electrostatic problems.

2 Magnetostatic

and Maxwell’s

Equation

1. derives Maxwell's equations as a consequence of

Coulombs law

2. Infers the existence of the vector potential from the

scalar potential.

3. Proves the Lorentz invariance of the Maxwell equations

and, by writing Lorentz-invariant Lagrangians, derives

generalizations of Maxwell's equations for massive

photons and for magnetic monopoles.

162

3 Solid State

electronic

devices I

1. explains conduction through semiconductors

2. calculate mobility

3. explains application of semiconductor

4 Solid State

electronic

devices II

1. Explains working of transistor

2. Explains operational amplifier

5 Special Theory

of Relativity

1. Derives the Lorentz group from the constancy of the

interval in Minkowiski space-time.

2. Computes the generators of the Lorentz group.

3. uses the light cone to explain the causal structure of flat

space-time

6 Atmosphere and

Geophysics

1. Understand the physics and geology that form the basis

for geophysical observation and measurement.

2. Understand Earth structure and evolution.

3. Identify the physical processes governing the behavior

of common geophysical systems.

4. Be able to explain the principles of applying

geophysical methods to societally relevant problems,

including natural hazards, resource exploration and

management, and environmental issues.

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: Part-III Semester: IV

Name of Subject: 4S Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): Physics Course Outcome code: BCO 272 & BCO 273

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): 1. Interference of Light

2. Diffraction of Light

Sr. No Topic What the Students will be able to do at the

end of the Programme

1. Interference of Light

Understand geometrical optics & theory of

Interference of light, Newton’s ring. Application

of Newton’s rings.

163

2. Diffraction of Light

Understand phenomenon of diffraction of Light,

Fresnel and Fraunhofer Diffraction,

Construction and Elementry theory of plane

diffraction grating, use the laboratory techniques

to determine the wavelength of monochromatic

light and resolving power of telescope.

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: Part-II Semester: IV

Name of Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): Optics, Laser and Renewable Energy Sources

Course Outcome code: BCO 274

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): III. Polarization of Light



1. Polarization of Light

Able to understand the concept of

Polarization.

Will understand the optical activity of

optical materials.

Analyze the different types of Polarized

Light.

Understand the application of

Polarization.


Semester: IV Name of the Subject Physics

Name of the Course (Paper) Physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 275

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV Laser

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Laser 1. Describes properties of laser

2. Explains principle of laser

3. Describes different types of laser

4. Explains applications of laser

164

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: B. Sc. Part-II

Semester: IV Name of Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): Physics IV Course Outcome code: BCO 276

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. 5, Fiber Optics

Sr. No Topic What the Students will be able to do at the end

of the Programme

1. Fiber Optics

Propogation of Light through optical fiber.

Total internal reflection conditions.

Types of optical fiber.

Advantages and disadvantages.

Applications of Optical fiber

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: B. Sc. Part-II

Semester: IV Name of Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): Physics IV Course Outcome code: BCO 277

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit No. 6, Renewable Energy sources


Programme

6.

Renewable

Energy

sources

Solar energy, wind energy, ocean energy, geothermal

energy, Hydrogen energy, Fuel cells

Solar radiation on earth, seasonal variations, solar

constant, spectral distribution

Measurement of solar radiation and sun shine

Storage materials, properties, solar water heater,

applications

Concept of Photovoltaic cells, power of solar cell, solar

PV panels; applications


Semester: V Name of the Subject: Physics

Name of the Course (Paper) Physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 278

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): unit 1. Quantum Mechanics

165

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Quantum

mechanics

1. To study the basic principles of quantum mechanics.

2. To study role of uncertainty in quantum physics.

3. Explains photoelectric effect

4. Explains Compton effect

5. Able to understand dual nature of light as well as matter

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part III


Name of the Course (Paper): physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 279

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): unit 2 Schrodinger’s Equation and its application

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Schrodinger’s

Equation and

its application

1. Explain the operator formulation of quantum mechanics.

2. Student learn the concept of wave function.

3. Student will learn Schrodinger equation and their applications



Name of the Course (Paper): Physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 280

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III , Atomic and Molecular spectroscopy

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Atomic and

Molecular

Spectroscopy

Students will have achieved the ability to

1.Describe the atomic spectra of one and two valance electrons

166

2.Explain atomic and molecular spectra

3.Explain the change in behavior of atoms in external applied

electric and magnetic field

4.Explains Raman spectra of molecule

5.Explains properties and applications of X – rays

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part –III



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 4 , Nuclear physics

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Nuclear

physics

1. able to determine the charge, mass of any nucleus.

2. able to understand the size of nucleus and all its properties. 3.

Knows various methods of accelerating various types of particles to

perform scattering experiments.

4. able to understand the detecting methods and instruments for

different types of charged and neutral particles.


Semester:V Name of the Subject Physics


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 5 Hybrid parametrs and transistor amplifiers

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Hybrid

parametrs and

transistor

amplifiers

1.Analyze different biasing circuits and low frequency response of

an amplifier using h parameters.

2. Develop an ability to analyse high frequency transistor model.

3. Explain various multistage and power amplifier configurations

167


Semester: v Name of the Subject:Physics

Name of the Course (Paper): physics Course Outcome Code: BCO 283

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): unit 6 Feedback in Amplifiers , Oscillators and

Multivibrators

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Feedback in

Amplifiers ,

Oscillators and

Multivibrators

1 .Explain the concept of feedback and its characteristics.

2. explain the principles of oscillation and design various

oscillator circuits.

3. Analyse various filters and multi-vibrators circuits.

Name of the Program: B. Sc. Class: Part-III Semester: VI

Name of Subject: 6S Physics Course Outcome code: BCO 284


Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): I & II. Statistical Mechanics


Programme

1.

Statistical

Mechanics

Understand the basic concepts of statistical mechanics, Principle

of equal prior probability and Boltzman - Entropy relation.

2.

Understand the basic concepts of Maxwell – Boltzman

Statistics, Bose – Einstein Statistics, Fermi – Dirac Statistics &

their applications.


Semester: VI Name of the Subject: Physics


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III crystallography

168

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Crystallography 1. Describe Theory of symmetry in crystals

2. Explains X- ray Diffraction

3. Compete crystallographic computation

4. Calculate miller indices and co-ordination

number

5. Explains defects in solids

Name of the programme : B.Sc. Class: Part III

Semester: VI Name of the Subject: Physics


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV, Electrical properties of material

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Electrical

properties of

material

Students can be able

1. To calculate mobility of electrons

2. To calculate conductivity of electrons

3. To calculate momentum , Energy for a given quantum

mechanical wave function

4. Explains Bloch Theorem

5. Distinguish between conductor , Insulator ,and

Semiconductor




Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): V. Magnetic properties of Materials



169


Knowledge/ Skill to do what)

1.

Magnetism: Origin

Atomic magnetic moment

Dia, Para & Ferromagnetism

Curie law, Currie-Weiss

law, Hysteresis

Students will be able to know the origin of

magnetism.

He/she can classify the materials as dia, para &

ferromagnetic materials.

Students can apply the knowledge to calculate

magnetic energy loss due to hysteresis.




Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): VI. Superconductivity & Nanotechnology



2. Superconductivity &

Nanotechnology

Students shall achieve knowledge of

superconductivity & its applications.

They will understand nanomaterials & their

applications in various fields.

170

Programme Specific Outcomes - Statistics

Name of the Programme; B.Sc. Name of the subject: Statistics

Sr.No. Programme Specific Outcome Code

BPSO 70

What the student will


of programme

01 UNIT I : Introduction to Statistics:

1.1 Meaning of statistics as Science, its importance and

limitations.1.2 Scope of Statistics : In the field of

Industry, Biological Sciences,Medical Sciences,

Agricultural Sciences, Management Sciences, Education

and Psychology.1.3 Statistical Organizations in India and

their functions : CSO, NSSO, IIPS, ISI. 1.4 Types of

Data : Qualitative and Quantitative data, nomial and

ordinal data, discrete and continuous data, frequency and

non-frequency data. 1.5 Primary and Secondary Data and

its major sources.1.6 Types of Scales : Nominal, ordinal,

ratio and interval.

UNIT II : Presentation of Data : 2.1 Classification :

Rules of Classification and its types. 2.2 Tabulation :

Meaning of Tabulation & its types, construction of tables

with one or more factors. 2.3 Frequency Distribution :

Discrete and continuous frequency distribution,

cumulative frequency distribution, ogive curves. 2.4

Central Tendancy : It's concept and its measures (A.M.,

weighted A.M., median, mode, G.M., H.M.) with its

merits and demerits. 2.5 Properties of A.M., relation

between mean, mode and median, relation between

A.M., H.M., G.M. 2.6 Partition values : Quartiles,

deciles and percentiles.

UNIT III : Measures of Dispersion, Skewness and

Kurtosis : 3.1 Range, Quartile deviation, mean deviation

and its coefficients. 3.2 Standard deviation, root mean

square deviation, variance and various formulae for

At the end of these six

units, students are able

to know-

*meaning of statistics

with its importance and

limitations.

*applications of

statistics in various

fields.

*statistical

organizations in India

like CSO, NSSO, IIPS,

ISI.

*discrete and

continuous data.

*primary and

secondary data.

*how to classify and

tabulate the data.

* how to obtain

171

calculating variance, C.V. 3.3 Moments : Raw moments

and central moments with its relationship, effect of

change of origin and scale on moments.

UNIT IV : Theory of Probability : 4.1 Permutation and

combination theory, Binomial theorem. 4.2 Algebra of

Events. 4.3 Concept of probability, Definitions of – (i)

Random experiment,

(ii) Trial and Events, (iii) Exhaustive event, (iv)

Favourable event, (v) Equally likely event, (vi) Mutually

exclusive event,(vii) Independent event &

complementary event. 4.4 Classical and Statistical

Probability with its limits, simple numerical problems on

probability. 4.5 Sample space, discrete sample space

(finite & countably infinite), Axiomatic probability,

simple theorems on probability with additive and

multiplicative law of probability. 4.6 Conditional

probability, Independent events and Bayes theorem.

UNIT V : Ramdom Variables and Mathematical

Expectations: 5.1 Concept of random variable & its

illustration by examples. Discrete and Continuous

random variables. 5.2 Probability distribution of a r.v.,

discrete and continuous distribution function, properties

of distribution functions, simple numerical problems on

probability distribution. 5.3 Mathematics expectations

and its properties. Numerical problems on expectations.

5.4 Expectation of discrete and continuous r.v.,

expectation of a linear combination of r.v., variance of a

r.v. covariance and its properties.

UNIT VI : Generating functions & Bivariate

Distributions : 6.1 Probability generating function,

moment generating function, relation between p.g.f. and

m.g.f., properties of m.g.f. 6.2 Cumulant generating

function and their properties. 6.3 Bivariate probability

frequency distribution

and its mean and

variance.

*different types of

measures of central

tendencies, dispersion,

and partition values.

*probability theory,

skill of solving

numerical problems on

probability.

*types of defining

probability introduced

by various statisticians

as mathematical

probability, statistical

probability and

axiomatic probability.

*skill of solving

problems on Bayes

theorem which includes

conditional probability.

172

distributions (discrete and continuous),

joint, marginal and conditional probability mass

functions. 6.4 Marginal distribution functions, joint

density function, marginal and conditional density

functions. 6.5 Stochastic Independence, numerical

problems on bivariate,marginal and conditional

functions. 6.6 Addition and multiplication theorem of

expectation.

Name of the Programme; B.Sc. Name of the subject: Statistics

Sr.

No

.

Programme Specific Outcome Code

BPSO 71



of programme

02 UNIT I : Correlation and Regression Analysis :

1.1 Concept of correlation, scatter diagram and positive and

negative correlation. 1.2 Karl Pearson's coefficient of

correlation and its derivation, properties of correlation

coefficient, coefficient of determination. 1.3 Rank

correlation – Spearman's and Kendall's rank correlation

coefficient. 1.4 Intraclass correlation coefficient.

UNIT II : Regression Theory : 2.1 Concept of regression,

lines of regression, two lines of regressions. 2.2 Coefficient

of regression and its derivation, properties of regression

coefficients. 2.3 Principle of least square, fitting of linear

regression, polynomial and exponential curve. 2.4 Concept

of Multiple regression, equation of plane of regression of

three variables. 2.5 Definition of Partial regression.

UNIT III : Theory of Attributes : 3.1 Definition of

attribute, notations, classes and class frequencies, order of

class and class frequencies. 3.2 Consistency of data,

conditions for consistency of data, simple numerical

problems. 3.3 Independence of attributes, criteria for

On completion of these

six units students get

knowledge about ,

*Concept of

correlation, Regression,

Attributes, Discrete

and Continuous

probability

distributions.

*They become able to

identify the linear and

non-linear relationship

between 2 or more

variables.

*They will understand

173

independence. 3.4 Association of attributes, Yule's

coefficient of association, coefficient of colligation, relation

between coefficient of association and colligation.

UNIT IV : Discrete Probability Distributions-I :

4.1 Discrete uniform distribution – its definition, mean,

variance. 4.2 Bernoulli distribution – its definition, mean

variance. 4.3 Binomial Distribution - its definition and

derivation, mean variance, coefficient of skewness and

kurtosis, moments and m.g.f., fitting of binomial

distribution. 4.4 Negative Binomial Distribution – Its

definition, derivation, mean, variance, moments and m.g.f.

UNIT V: Discrete, Probability Distributions-II :

5.1 Poisson Distribution - its definition and derivation,

mean variance, coefficient of skewness and kurtosis,

moments and m.g.f., fitting Poisson distribution. 5.2 Hyper

geometric Distribution - its definition and derivation, mean

variance. 5.3 Geometric Deistribution - its definition, mean

variance, coefficient of skewness and kurtosis, moments

and m.g.f.

UNIT VI: Continuous Probability Distribution :

6.1 Continuous Uniform Distribution - its definition, mean

variance, moments and moment generating function.

6.2 Exponential Distribution - its definition, mean &

variance through moment generating function.

6.3 Normal Distribution - its definition, mean, variance,

median, mode & m.g.f., area property, chief characteristics

and importance of normal distribution. 6.4 Beta & Gamma

Distributions :- Definition, mean, variance.

the applications of

coefficient of

association and

coefficient of

colligation.


solve numerical

problems of

correlation, Regression

, Theory of Attributes,

Discrete and

Continuous probability

distributions.

*They acquire practical

skills in application of

discrete uniform,

Bernoulli and Binomial

distributions.

Students are able to

apply negative

binomial distribution.

Name of the Programme; B.Sc. Name of the subject:

Statistics

Sr.

No


BPSO 72

What the student


174

. the end of

programme

03 Unit – I : Indian Applied Statistical System

1.1 Present official statistical system in India 1.2 Methods of

collection of official statistics, its reliability and limitations 1.3

De-Jure and De-Facto methods of census, it's merits and

demerits 1.4 Principal publications on Statistics such as -

Population, Agriculture, Industry, Trade, Labour &

Employment, Prices, Transportation and Communication,

Banking & Finance.

Unit – II : Demographic Methods

2.1 Definition of vital statistics and vital events 2.2 Sources of

demographic data: - Registration method

with its shortcomings, census, adhoc survey, hospital records

and demographic profiles of Indian census

2.3 Measurement of Mortality: - 2.3.1 Crude death rate (CDR)

with merits & demerits 2.3.2 (SDR) specific death rate, Age –

SDR with merits and demerits 2.3.3 Infant mortality rate with

limitations

2.4 Standardized death rate: Direct & Indirect methods

Unit–III : Fertility and Life Table

3.1 Life table: Assumption, Description & main features 3.2

Relations between various elements of life table 3.3

Construction of life table, uses of life table 3.4 Definition of

stable & stationary population

3.5 Measurement of Fertility: - 3. 5.1 Crude birth rate (CBR)

with merits & demerits 3. 5.2 General and total fertility rate

(GFR & TFR) 3.5..3 Specific fertility rate, Age – Specific

fertility rate with merits & demerits 3.6 Measurement of

Population Growth: -

3.6.1 Crude rate of natural increase & vital index

3.7 Gross and net reproduction rate (GRR & NRR) with its

merits and demerits.

On completion of

these six units

students get

knowledge about,

* Present official

statistical system in

India And the

Principal

publications on

Statistics in India.

*They become able

to compute various

indices of

Mortality, Fertility

and Reproduction

rate of population.

*Sudents are able to

know the concept

of estimation.

*Students develop

the ability to draw a

random sample.

*Students get well

acquainted with the

175

Unit IV : Estimation and Testing of Hypothesis

4.1 Point and Interval estimation & estimate of a

Parameter 4.2 Properties of estimator: - Unbiased ness,

Consistency, efficiency and sufficiency. 4.3 Concept of bias &

standard errors of an estimate, standard errors of sample mean

and proportion. 4.4 Concept of Hypothesis: - Null and

Alternative hypothesis 4.5 Types of Errors: - Type – I and Type

– II , critical region 4.6 Level of significance, p – values, power

of test.

Unit –V : Sampling from a Distribution 5.1 Definition of a

random sample 52 Drawing random samples from standard

distribution as Binomial, Poisson, Normal distribution. 5.3

Concept of statistics and its sampling distribution 5.4

Independence of sample mean and variance in random sampling

from normal distribution (without

derivation) 5.5 Sampling distribution of sum of Binomial,

Poisson and mean of Normal Distribution.

Unit – VI : Sampling Distributions 6.1 Chi-square

distribution & derivation of p.d.f.6.2 MGF of chi-square

distribution & cumulant generating function

6.3 Limiting from of chi-square distribution for large

degrees of freedom 6.4 Additive property of χ2 variates 6.5

Conditions for the validity of χ2 test 6.6 Applications of

χ2distribution: - Assumptions of χ2 6.6.1 Chi-square test for

population variance. 6.6.2 Chi-square test for Goodness of fit

6.6.3 Chi-square test for Independence of Attributes 6.7 2X 2

contingency table and Yate's correction

various

applications of chi-

square distribution

like goodness of fit

and independence

of attributes.


Statistics

Sr.

No.


BPSO 73

What the student

will be able to do

at the end of

176

programme

04 Unit – I : Sampling Distributions [t and F)

1.1 Student’s t-distribution: definition, derivation its

p.d.f. 1.2 Importance of student’s t-distribution and

confidence limits for μ 1.3 Limiting form of t-distribution 1.4

Applications of t-distribution: Assumptions for t test. 1.4.1 test

for single mean 1.4.2 t-test for difference of means 1.4.3 Paired

t-test for difference of means 1.5 Snedecor’s F-statistics:

definition, derivation of p.d.f. 1.6 Applications of F-distribution:

Assumption 1.6.1 F-test for equality of population variance 1.7

Relation between t and F distribution and F & χ2

Unit –II Large Sample Tests 2.1 Statement of central limit

theorem and its uses 2.2 Fishers z-transformation and its uses 2.3

Large sample test for single mean and single proportion 2.4

Large sample test for difference of two means and two

proportions

2.5 Sampling from Bivariate normal distribution: concept &

definition 2.5.1 Test for significance of sample correlation

coefficients 2.5.2 Test for equality of means and equality of

variances.

Unit – III Non-Parametric Tests 3.1 Definition: Non-

Parametric Tests & its assumptions, order statistics 3.2 Sign test

for Univariate and Bivariate distribution 3.3. Wilcoxon – Mann

– Whitney test

3.4 Run test and Median Test 3.5 Spearman’s Rank Correlation

test 3.6 Kolmogorov – Smirnov one sample & two sample Tests

Unit – IV : Economic Statistics (Index Number)

4.1 Definition of Index number and problems in

construction of index numbers 4.2 Simple aggregate and

weighted average methods 4.3 Price and Quality index number:

Laspeyre’s, Paasche’s Walsh, Marshal – Edworth, Dorbish –

Bowley’s and Fisher's 4.4 Value Index, Uses of index numbers

4.5 Price Relatives, Quantity Relatives and values relatives 4.6

At the end of this

course students

are able to apply-

* Students t test

and F test with

its significance.

*One sample t

test and its

significance.

* Two sample t

test and its

significance.

* F test for

population

variance.

*They will

understand

methods of

construction of

index numbers.

*They learn how

to apply Time and

Factor reversal

tests

177

Time and Factor reversal tests 4.7 Consumer Price Index (cost of

living index): its concept, methods of construction; Limitations

and its uses

Unit – V : Time Series Analysis 5.1 Concept of time series, its

components and uses 5.2 Illustration of Trend, Seasonal and

cyclic variations, random components (Fluctuations) 5.3

Additive and Multiplication models of time series 5.4

Measurement of Trend 5.4.1 Graphical and semi – average

method 5.4.2 Least square and moving average method 5.5

Measurement of Seasonal variations 5.5.1 Meaning of

deseasonalisation 5.5.2 Simple average and link relatie method

5.5.3 Ratio – to – trend and Ratio – to – Moving average method

Unit – VI : Demand Analysis 6.1 Concept of demand and

supply, Neccessities and luxuries 6.2 Law of demand and

supply, Equilibrium price 6.3 Price elasticity of demand 6.4

Price elasticity of supply 6.5 Income elasticity 6.6 Cross

elasticities of demand 6.7 Types of data required for estimating

elasticities. 6.8 Pareto’s law of income distribution.

*Time series, its

components,

Additive,

Multiplicative

models of time

series and

various

methods of

analyzing the

time series.

* Concepts, Laws

and elasticities

of demand and

supply


Statistics

Sr.

No.


BPSO 74



of programme

05 Unit I : Statistical Quality Control 1.1: Importance of

statistical methods in industrial research and practice. 1.2:

Determination of tolerance limits. 1.3: General theory of

control charts, causes of variation

in quality, control limits, summary of out of control

criteria. 1.4: Control charts for variables - X bar and R

Chart. 1.5: Control charts for attributes-np charts, p-chart

and c-chart.

Unit II : Acceptance Sampling Plan 2.1: Problem of lot

On successful

completion of this

course, students are

acquiring the

knowledge of

* Sample survey with

meaning of population

178

acceptance, stipulation of good and bad lots, producer’s

risk and consumer’s risk. 2.2: Single sampling plans and

their OC functions. 2.3: Double sampling plans and their

OC functions. 2.4: Concept of AQL, LTPD, AOQL,

average amount of inspection and ASN function.

Unit III : Basic Econometrics 3.1: Theory of consumer

behaviour. 3.2: Utility functions. 3.3: Indifference curves.

3.3.1 Cardinal approach 3.3.2 Ordinal approach 3.4: Partial

elasticities of demand.

3.5: Income distribution Pareto Curve 3.6: Concept of Auto

regressive models.

Unit IV : Sample Surveys 4.1: Sample surveys-Concept

of population and sample, need for sampling, sampling unit

and sampling frame. 4.2: Principal steps in sample surveys,

census survey, advantages of sample survey over census

survey. 4.3: Sampling and non sampling errors. 4.4: Types

of sampling and limitations of sampling. 4.5: Simple

random sampling, properties of SRS, methods of selecting

a random sample, merits and limitations of SRS. 4.6:

Concept of srswor and srswr, theorems on sample mean,

sample variance and sample mean square, comparison of

srswor and srswr.

Unit V : Stratified Random Sampling 5.1: Concept of

stratified random sampling and its advantages. 5.2: Mean

and variance of stratified sample mean. 5.3: Various

allocations in stratified sampling and their corresponding

sample sizes. 5.4: Comparison of various allocations with

SRSWOR.

Unit VI : Systematic sampling and Cluster Sampling

6.1: Concept of systematic sampling with examples. 6.2:

Mean and variance of systematic sample mean. 6.3:

Comparison of systematic sampling with srswor and

stratified random sampling.

and sample.

*SRS, Stratified and

Systematic sampling.

* They understand the

General theory of

control charts,

Statistical Quality

Control, tolerance

limits.

* They become able to

construct various

control charts.

*They get familiar with

the concepts of

AQL, LTPD,

AOQL, average

amount of

inspection and ASN

function.

* They get knowledge

of Basic

Econometrics, Utility

functions, Concept of

Auto regressive

models, Indifference

curves,

Cardinal approach,

Ordinal approach,

179

6.4: Comparison of systematic sampling with srswor and

stratified random sampling for a population with linear

trend. 6.5: Concept of cluster sampling. 6.6: Mean and

variance of cluster sample mean with equal

cluster size.

Partial elasticity of

demand, Income

distribution Pareto

Curve.


Statistics

Sr.

No.


BPSO 75

What the student will be


programme

06 Unit-I : Linear Programming 1.1: Convex sets and

their properties. 1.2: Definition of general LPP,

mathematical formulation of LPP with examples. 1.3:

Examples of LPP, problems occurring in various fields.

1.4: Slack, surplus and artificial variables. 1.5: Graphical

and simplex method of solving LPP. 1.6: Concept of

duality of LPP with examples.

Unit-II : Transportation Problem (T.P.) 2.1:

Definition and example of a T.P., mathematical

formulation of a T.P. 2.2: Existence of feasible solution

to a T.P., matrix form of a T.P., the transportation table,

loops in a T.P. 2.3: The initial basic feasible solution,

transportation problems with non degenerate and

balanced cases only. 2.4: Methods to find initial basic

feasible solution to a T.P. 2.4.1: The North-West corner

rule 2.4.2: The Row Minima method 2.4.3: The Column

Minima method 2.4.4: Matrix Minima method 2.4.5:

Vogel’s Approximation method.

Unit III : Assignment Problem (A.P.) and Sequencing

Problem and theory of games. 3.1: Definition and

example of a A.P., mathematical formulation of a A.P.

3.2: Hungarian assignment algorithm. 3.3: Sequencing

On completion of these

six units students get

knowledge about,

*Linear Programming

problem,

Transportation

Problem, Assignment

Problem (A.P.) and

Sequencing Problem

and theory of games


formulate LPP

mathematically and

learn various methods

to solve LPP .

*They get familiar with

the concepts of

feasible solution,

180

problem with n jobs and 2 machines. 3.4: Introduction to

theory of games, two person zero sum games, the

maximin - minimax principle. 3.5: Definition of a saddle

point, games with saddle points.

Unit-IV : Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) 4.1

Introduction to ANOVA. 4.2: One way classification and

its analysis. 4.3: Two way classification with one

observation per cell. 4.4: Two way classification with

multiple but equal number of entries per cell.

Unit –V : Design of Experiments 5.1: Introduction to

design of experiments, need for design of experiments.

5.2: Fundamental principles of design of experiments:

5.2.1: Replication 5.2.2: Randomisation 5.2.3: Local

Control 5.3: Uniformity trials. 5.4: Analysis of

Completely Randomised Design (C.R.D.). 5.5: Analysis

of a Randomised Block Design (R.B.D.). 5.6:

Comparison of C.R.D. with R.B.D. in terms of

efficiency.

Unit –VI: Latin Square Design (L.S.D.) and Factorial

Experiments 6.1: Concept and complete analysis of

L.S.D. 6.2: Efficiency of LSD as compared with CRD

and RBD. 6.3: Introduction of Factorial Experiments, it’s

purpose, need and advantage. 6.4: Definition of contrast

and orthogonal contrast . 6.5: Analysis of 22 and 23

factorial experiments, computation of main effects and

interaction effects, Yate’s method ( up to three factors).

initial basic feasible

solution of a T.P. by

applying different

methods to solve T.P.


solve Assignment

Problem (A.P.) and

Sequencing Problem

and theory of games.

*They will achieve the

skill to carry out

analysis of variance.

*Students will develop a

clear understanding of

fundamental concepts

of design of

experiments and how

to plan and execute

various designs and

carry out factorial

experiments.

Course Outcomes - Statistics

Name of the Program: B.Sc. Class: Part I

Semester: I Name of the subject: STATISTICS

Name of the course (Paper) : 1S Course outcome code: BCO-289

Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Introduction to Statistics

181



module/unit

01

UNIT I : Introduction to Statistics:

1.1 Meaning of statistics as Science, its importance

and limitations.

1.2 Scope of Statistics : In the field of Industry,

Biological Sciences,

Medical Sciences, Agricultural Sciences,

Management

Sciences, Education and Psychology.

1.3 Statistical Organizations in India and their

functions : CSO,

NSSO, IIPS, ISI.

1.4 Types of Data : Qualitative and Quantitative

data, nomial

and ordinal data, discrete and continuous data,

frequency

and non-frequency data.

1.5 Primary and Secondary Data and its major

sources.

1.6 Types of Scales : Nominal, ordinal, ratio and

interval.

On completion of this

unit students get

knowledge about ,

1 Meaning, importance

limitations and Scope of

Statistics in various

fields.

2 They get information

about Statistical

Organizations in India

and their functions.

3 They acquire knowledge

about types of data and

types of scales of

measurement in

Statistics.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Presentation of Data

Sr.No.

Topic

What the student will be able to do at the

end of module/unit

UNIT II : Presentation of Data :

182

01

2.1 Classification : Rules of

Classification and its types.

2.2 Tabulation : Meaning of

Tabulation & its types, construction

of tables with one or more factors.

2.3 Frequency Distribution : Discrete

and continuous frequency

distribution, cumulative frequency

distribution, ogive curves.

2.4 Central Tendency : It's concept

and its measures (A.M.,

weighted A.M., median, mode,

G.M., H.M.) with its merits

and demerits.

2.5 Properties of A.M., relation

between mean, mode and median,

relation between A.M., H.M., G.M.

2.6 Partition values : Quartiles,

deciles and percentiles.

On completion of this unit students get

knowledge about ,

1 Classification, Tabulation and Frequency

Distribution of data.

2 They understand the concept and

applications of Central Tendency.

3 They get familiar with the concept of

Partition values.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name):

Unit III : Measures of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

UNIT III : Measures of Dispersion,

Skewness and Kurtosis :

3.1 Range, Quartile deviation, mean


knowledge about ,

183

deviation and its coefficients.

3.2 Standard deviation, root mean

square deviation, variance

and various formulae for calculating

variance, C.V.

3.3 Moments : Raw moments and

central moments with its relationship,

effect of change of origin and scale on

moments.

1 Measures of Dispersion and their

applications.


Raw moments and central moments.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV : Theory of Probability

Sr.

No

.

Topic


to do at the end of

module/unit

01

Unit IV: Theory of Probability

4.1 Permutation and combination theory, Binomial

theorem.

4.2 Algebra of Events

4.3 Concept of probability, Definitions of-(i) Random

experiment, ii) Trial and Events, (iii) Exhaustive

event, (iv) Favorable event, (v) Equally likely

Events,(vi) Mutually exclusive event, (vii)

Independent event & complementary event.

4.4 Classical and Statistical Probability with its limits ,

simple numerical problems on probability.

4.5 Sample space, discrete sample space(finite &

count ably infinite), Axiomatic probability, simple

theorems on probability with additive and

After completion of this

unit, students will be able

to solve-

1. The numerical

problems on

probability.

2. They also get well

acquainted with the

applications of

permutations and

combinations.

3. They know various

types of probability.

184

multiplicative law of probability.

4.6 Conditional probability, Independent events and

Bayes theorem.





Unit V : Random Variables and Mathematical Expectations

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

UNIT V : Random Variables and Mathematical

Expectations:

5.1 Concept of random variable & its illustration by

examples.

Discrete and Continuous random variables.

5.2 Probability distribution of a r.v., discrete and

continuous

distribution function, properties of distribution

functions,

simple numerical problems on probability

distribution .

5.3 Mathematics expectations and its properties.

Numerical

problems on expectations.

5.4 Expectation of discrete and continuous r.v.,

expectation of

a linear combination of r.v., variance of a r.v.

covariance

and its properties.


unit, students will be able-

1. To know the concept

of random variables

and its probability

distributions.

2. They are familiar

with studying the

mean and variance

of probability

distributions.

3. To get the skill of

solving numerical

problems on

expectations and

variance.

185





Unit VI : Generating functions & Bivariate Distributions

Sr.

No.

Topic


do at the end of module/unit

01

UNIT VI : Generating functions & Bivariate

Distributions :

6.1 Probability generating function, moment

generating function,

relation between p.g.f. and m.g.f., properties of

m.g.f.

6.2 Cumulant generating function and their

properties.

6.3 Bivariate probability distributions (discrete

and continuous),

joint, marginal and conditional probability mass

functions.

6.4 Marginal distribution functions, joint density

function, marginal

and conditional density functions.

6.5 Stochastic Independence, numerical problems

on bivariate,

marginal and conditional functions.

6.6 Addition and multiplication theorem of

expectation.


students get knowledge

1.About generating functions

like pgf ,mgf and cgf.

2.They are implemented addition

theorem of expectation.

3.Students are know the concept

of bivariate distributions and its

applications.

4.They can obtain joint ,

marginal and conditional

probabilities from bivariate

distributions.


Semester: II Name of the subject: STATISTICS


186


Unit I : Correlation and Regression Analysis

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

UNIT I : Correlation and

Regression Analysis :

1.1 Concept of correlation, scatter

diagram and positive and

negative correlation.

1.2 Karl Pearson's coefficient of

correlation and its derivation,

properties of correlation coefficient,

coefficient of determination.

1.3 Rank correlation – Spearman's

and Kendall's rank correlation

coefficient.

1.4 Intra class correlation

coefficient.


knowledge about ,

1 Concept of correlation and its types.

2 They become able to identify the linear

relationship between 2 or more

variables.

3 They learn how to apply the various

formulas of correlation.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Regression Theory

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit(Knowledge/Skill

achieved OR Application of


UNIT II : Regression Theory :

187

01

2.1 Concept of regression, lines of

regression, two lines of regressions.

2.2 Coefficient of regression and its

derivation, properties of

regression coefficients.

2.3 Principle of least square, fitting

of linear regression, polynomial

and exponential curve.

2.4 Concept of Multiple regression,

equation of plane of regression

of three variables.

2.5 Definition of Partial regression.


knowledge about ,

1 Concept of regression and lines of

regression.

2 They become able to apply Principle of

least square to fit linear, polynomial

and exponential curve.


Multiple and Partial regression.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III : Theory of Attributes

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

UNIT III : Theory of Attributes :

3.1 Definition of attribute, notations,

classes and class frequencies,

order of class and class frequencies.

3.2 Consistency of data, conditions

for consistency of data,

simple numerical problems.

3.3 Independence of attributes,

criteria for independence.

3.4 Association of attributes, Yule's

coefficient of association,

coefficient of colligation, relation


knowledge about,

1 Theory of Attributes, Consistency of data

and Association of attributes.

2 They become able to solve numerical

problems of attributes.

3 They will understand the applications of

coefficient of association and coefficient

188

between coefficient of

association and colligation.

of colligation.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV : Discrete Probability

Distributions-I

Sr.No.

Topic



01

UNIT IV : Discrete Probability

Distributions-I :

4.1 Discrete uniform distribution – its

definition, mean, variance.

4.2 Bernoulli distribution – its definition,

mean variance.

4.3 Binomial Distribution - its definition and

derivation, mean

variance, coefficient of skewness and

kurtosis, moments

and m.g.f., fitting of binomial distribution.

4.4 Negative Binomial Distribution – Its

definition, derivation,

mean, variance, moments and m.g.f.


students will be able

1.To know the basic concept for

applications of various discrete

probability distributions.

2.They acquire practical skills in

application of discrete uniform,

Bernoulli and Binomial

distributions.

3.Students are able to apply

negative binomial distribution.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V : Discrete, Probability

Distributions-II

189

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

UNIT V: Discrete, Probability Distributions-II :

5.1 Poisson Distribution - its definition and

derivation, mean

variance, coefficient of skewness and kurtosis,

moments

and m.g.f., fitting Poisson distribution.

5.2 Hyper geometric Distribution - its definition

and derivation,

mean variance.

5.3 Geometric Distribution - its definition, mean

variance, coefficient

of skewness and kurtosis, moments and m.g.f.



1.To apply Poisson

distribution.

2.To apply Hypergeometric

distribution and Geometric

distribution in various

fields.

3.To obtain skewness and

kurtosis coefficients.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI : Continuous Probability

Distribution

Sr.No.

Topic


to do at the end of

module/unit(Knowledge/Skill



01

UNIT VI: Continuous Probability Distribution

:

6.1 Continuous Uniform Distribution - its

definition, mean variance,


students will get knowledge

about

1.The concept of continuous

190

moments and moment generating function.

6.2 Exponential Distribution - its definition, mean

& variance

through moment generating function.

6.3 Normal Distribution - its definition, mean,

variance, median,

mode & m.g.f., area property, chief characteristics

and importance of normal distribution.

6.4 Beta & Gamma Distributions :- Definition,

mean, variance.

probability distributions like

continuous uniform,

exponential, and normal

distribution.

2. They understand the

meaning of beta and gamma

distribution.

3.To obtain mean and variance

of the distributions.

Name of the Program: B.Sc. Class: Part II

Semester: III Name of the subject: STATISTICS


Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Indian Applied Statistical System

Sr.No.

Topic


the end of module/unit

01

Unit – I : Indian Applied Statistical

System

1.1 Present official statistical system in

India

1.2 Methods of collection of official

statistics, its reliability and limitations

1.3 De-Jure and De-Facto methods of

census, it's merits and demerits

1.4 Principal publications on Statistics

such as -Population, Agriculture,

Industry, Trade, Labour & Employment,

Prices, Transportation and

Communication, Banking & Finance

On completion of this unit students

get knowledge about,

1 Present official statistical system in

India.

2 They get the knowledge of methods

of population census- De-Jure and

De-Facto methods.

3 They get familiar with the Principal

publications on Statistics in India.

191




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Demographic Methods

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit – II : Demographic Methods

2.1 Definition of vital statistics and vital events

2.2 Sources of demographic data: - Registration

method with its shortcomings, census, ad-hoc

survey, hospital records and demographic

profiles of Indian census

2.3 Measurement of Mortality: -

2.3.1 Crude death rate (CDR) with merits &

demerits

2.3.2 (SDR) specific death rate, Age – SDR

with

merits and demerits

2.3.3 Infant mortality rate with limitations

2.4 Standardized death rate: Direct & Indirect

methods.

On completion of this unit

students get knowledge about,

1 Vital statistics, demographic

data and vital events.

2 They get familiar with the

Sources of demographic data.

3 They become able to compute

various indices of Mortality-

CDR, SDR, Infant mortality

rate




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III : Fertility and Life Table

Sr.No.

Topic


to do at the end of

module/unit(Knowledge/Skill

192



01

Unit–III : Fertility and Life Table

3.1 Life table: Assumption, Description & main

features

3.2 Relations between various elements of life

table

3.3 Construction of life table, uses of life table

3.4 Definition of stable & stationary population

3.5 Measurement of Fertility: -

3. 5.1 Crude birth rate (CBR) with merits &

demerits

3. 5.2 General and total fertility rate (GFR & TFR)

3.5..3 Specific fertility rate, Age – Specific fertility

rate with merits & demerits

3.6 Measurement of Population Growth: -

3.6.1 Crude rate of natural increase & vital index

3.7 Gross and net reproduction rate (GRR & NRR)

with its merits and demerits.

On completion of this unit

students get knowledge

about,

1 Life table, Measurement of

Fertility and Measurement

of Population Growth.

2 They get familiar with the

Construction of life table,

stable & stationary

population

3 They become able to

compute various indices of

Fertility – CBR, GFR ,

TFR, GRR & NRR.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Estimation and Testing of Hypothesis

Sr.No.

Topic


to do at the end of

module/unit

01

Unit IV : Estimation and Testing of Hypothesis

4.1 Point and Interval estimation & estimate of a

parameter


students are able to know

1The concept of estimation

193

4.2 Properties of estimator: - Unbiased ness,

Consistency, efficiency and sufficiency.

4.3 Concept of bias & standard errors of an

estimate, standard errors of sample mean and

proportion.

4.4 Concept of Hypothesis: - Null and Alternative

hypothesis

4.5 Types of Errors: - Type – I and Type – II ,

critical region

4.6 Level of significance, p – values, power of test.

and its characteristics.

2.They are used to test the

hypothesis and its

significance.

3.They understand the

concept of null hypothesis

and alternative hypothesis.

4.They acquire the skill for

power of a test.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V : Sampling from a Distribution

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

Unit –V : Sampling from a Distribution

5.1 Definition of a random sample

52 Drawing random samples from standard

distribution

as Binomial, Poisson, Normal distribution.

5.3 Concept of statistics and its sampling

distribution

5.4 Independence of sample mean and variance in

random sampling from normal distribution (without

derivation)

5.5 Sampling distribution of sum of Binomial,

Poisson

and mean of Normal Distribution.



1. To draw a random sample

from the population.

2.They acquire the skill of

drawing a random sample

from Binomial, Poisson and

Normal distributions.

3. Students get knowledge

about sampling distributions

of sum of binomial and

Poisson distributions.

194


Semester:III Name of the subject: STATISTICS


Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI : Sampling Distributions

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

Unit – VI : Sampling Distributions

6.1 Chi-square distribution & derivation of p.d.f.

6.2 MGF of chi-square distribution & cumulant

generating function

6.3 Limiting from of chi-square distribution for large

degrees of freedom

6.4 Additive property of χ2 variates

6.5 Conditions for the validity of χ2 test

6.6 Applications of χ2distribution: - Assumptions of

χ2

6.6.1 Chi-square test for population variance.

6.6.2 Chi-square test for Goodness of fit

6.6.3 Chi-square test for Independence of Attributes

6.7 2X 2 contingency table and Yate's correction.



1.To know the concept of

sampling distributions.

2.Students get well

acquainted with the various

applications of chisquare

distribution like goodness

of fit and independence of

attributes.

3.To apply 2x2

contingency table.

Name of the Program : B.Sc. Class: Part II

Semester: IV Name of the subject: STATISTICS


Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Sampling Distributions [t and F)

Sr.No.

Topic



195

module/unit

01

Unit – I : Sampling Distributions [t and F)

1.1 Student’s t-distribution: definition, derivation its

p.d.f.

1.2 Importance of student’s t-distribution and

confidence limits for μ

1.3 Limiting form of t-distribution

1.4 Applications of t-distribution: Assumptions for t

test.

1.4.1 test for single mean

1.4.2 t-test for difference of means

1.4.3 Paired t-test for difference of means

1.5 Snedecor’s F-statistics: definition, derivation of

p.d.f.

1.6 Applications of F-distribution: Assumption

1.6.1 F-test for equality of population variance

1.7 Relation between t and F distribution and F & χ2


unit,

1.Students will be able to

apply Students t test and F

test.

2.They are well known

with the importance of

Students t distribution.

3.Students are get

acquainted with various

applications of t and F

distributions.

4.They can use t test and F

test in business, medicine

,marketing, social sciences

etc.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Large Sample Tests

Sr.No.

Topic



196

01

Unit –II Large Sample Tests

2.1 Statement of central limit theorem and its

uses

2.2 Fishers z-transformation and its uses

2.3 Large sample test for single mean and single

proportion

2.4 Large sample test for difference of two means

and

two proportions

2.5 Sampling from Bivariate normal distribution:

concept & definition

2.5.1 Test for significance of sample correlation

coefficients

2.5.2 Test for equality of means and equality of

variances.


students will be able

1.To developing the skill of

applying various types of

applications of large samples.

2.To use of central limit

theorem.

3.Students are carry out large

sample tests for means and

proportions.

4.They are able to know the test

of significance for sample

correlation from Bivariate

normal distribution.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III : Non-Parametric Tests

Sr.No.

Topic


at the end of module/unit

01

Unit – III Non-Parametric Tests

3.1 Definition: Non-Parametric Tests & its

assumptions, order statistics

3.2 Sign test for Univariate and Bivariate

distribution

3.3. Wilcoxon – Mann – Whitney test

3.4 Run test and Median Test

3.5 Spearman’s Rank Correlation test

3.6 Kolmogorov – Smirnov one sample &

two sample tests


get knowledge,

1.To know the concept of

nonparametric tests and its

significance.

2.They are getting skill of applying

various nonparametric tests like

sign test, median test, run test, K-S

test , Spearman’s rank correlation

test.

197

Name of the Program : B.Sc. Class: Part II



Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV : Economic Statistics (Index Number)

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit – IV : Economic Statistics (Index

Number)

4.1 Definition of Index number and

problems in

construction of index numbers

4.2 Simple aggregate and weighted

average methods

4.3 Price and Quality index number:

Laspeyre’s,

Paasche’s Walsh, Marshal – Edworth,

Dorbish – Bowley’s and Fisher's

4.4 Value Index, Uses of index numbers

4.5 Price Relatives, Quantity Relatives

and values

relatives

4.6 Time and Factor reversal tests

4.7 Consumer Price Index (cost of living

index): its

concept, methods of construction;

Limitations and its uses.



1 Price, Quality, Value index and

Cost of living index number.

2 They will understand methods of

construction of index numbers-

Simple aggregate and weighted

average methods.

3 They become able to compute

various indices such as Laspeyre’s,

Paasche’s Walsh, Marshal –

Edworth, Dorbish – Bowley’s and

Fisher's index number.

4 They learn how to apply Time and

Factor reversal tests.




198

Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V : Time Series Analysis

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit – V : Time Series Analysis

5.1 Concept of time series, its components

and uses

5.2 Illustration of Trend, Seasonal and

cyclic variations, random components

(Fluctuations)

5.3 Additive and Multiplication models of

time series

5.4 Measurement of Trend

5.4.1 Graphical and semi – average

method

5.4.2 Least square and moving average

method

5.5 Measurement of Seasonal variations

5.5.1 Meaning of de-seasonalisation

5.5.2 Simple average and link relative

method

5.5.3 Ratio – to – trend and Ratio – to –

Moving average method.



1 Time series and its components

2 They will understand Additive and

Multiplication models of time

series.

3 They will learn the various methods

of analyzing the time series -

Graphical, semi average, Least

square moving average, Simple

average, link relative, Ratio – to –

trend and Ratio – to – Moving

average method.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit VI : Demand Analysis

Sr.No.

Topic


199

end of module/unit

01

Unit – VI : Demand Analysis

6.1 Concept of demand and supply,

Necessities and luxuries

6.2 Law of demand and supply,

Equilibrium price

6.3 Price elasticity of demand

6.4 Price elasticity of supply

6.5 Income elasticity

6.6 Cross elasticities of demand

6.7 Types of data required for

estimating elasticities.

6.8 Pareto’s law of income

distribution.


knowledge about,

1 Concept, Law and elasticity of demand

and supply.

2 They get familiar with the concepts of

Income and Cross elasticity.

3 They get knowledge about Pareto’s law

of income distribution.

Name of the Program: B.Sc. Class: Part III

Semester: V Name of the subject: STATISTICS


Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Statistical Quality Control

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

Unit I : Statistical Quality Control

1.1: Importance of statistical

methods in industrial research and

practice.

1.2: Determination of tolerance

limits.

1.3: General theory of control charts,

causes of variation in quality, control

limits, summary of out of control

criteria.


knowledge about,

1 Statistical Quality Control, tolerance

limits.

2 They understand the General theory of

control charts.

3 They become able to construct various

200

1.4: Control charts for variables - X

bar and R Chart.

1.5: Control charts for attributes-np

charts, p-chart and c-chart.

control charts.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Acceptance Sampling Plan

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit II : Acceptance Sampling Plan

2.1: Problem of lot acceptance,

stipulation of good and bad lots,

producer’s risk and consumer’s risk.

2.2: Single sampling plans and their OC

functions.

2.3: Double sampling plans and their

OC functions.

2.4: Concept of AQL, LTPD, AOQL,

average amount of

inspection and ASN function.



1 Acceptance Sampling Plan - Single

and Double sampling plans.


AQL, LTPD, AOQL, average

amount of

inspection and ASN function.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III : Basic Econometrics

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

201

01

Unit III : Basic Econometrics

3.1: Theory of consumer

behaviour.

3.2: Utility functions.

3.3: Indifference curves.

3.3.1 Cardinal approach

3.3.2 Ordinal approach

3.4: Partial elasticities of demand.

3.5: Income distribution Pareto

Curve

3.6: Concept of Auto regressive

models.


knowledge about,

1 Basic Econometrics, Utility functions,

Concept of Auto regressive models.

2 They get knowledge of Indifference

curves,

Cardinal approach, Ordinal approach,

Partial elasticity of demand, Income

distribution Pareto Curve.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV : Sample Surveys

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

Unit IV : Sample Surveys

4.1: Sample surveys-Concept of population and

sample, need for sampling, sampling unit and

sampling frame.

4.2: Principal steps in sample surveys, census survey,

advantages of sample survey over census survey.

4.3: Sampling and non sampling errors.

4.4: Types of sampling and limitations of sampling.

4.5: Simple random sampling, properties of SRS,

methods of selecting a random sample, merits and

limitations of SRS.

4.6: Concept of srswor and srswr, theorems on

At the end of this unit ,

students are able to know

1.The concept of sample

survey.

2.To acquire technique for

selecting a sample units

from a target population.

3.They get familiar with

simple random sampling

with and without

replacement.

4. They compare srswr and

202

sample mean, sample variance and sample mean

square, comparison of srswor and srswr.

srswor with respect to

variance.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V : Stratified Random Sampling

Sr.No.

Topic


at the end of module/unit

01

Unit V : Stratified Random Sampling

5.1: Concept of stratified random sampling

and its advantages.

5.2: Mean and variance of stratified sample

mean.

5.3: Various allocations in stratified

sampling and their corresponding sample

sizes.

5.4: Comparison of various allocations with

SRSWOR.


1.Students have skill regarding

heterogeneous population and how

to stratify such population into

homogeneous populations.

2.They are able to know the

comparison between simple

random sampling and stratified

random sampling.





Unit VI : Systematic sampling and Cluster Sampling

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

Unit VI : Systematic sampling and Cluster

Sampling


unit, 1.Students are able to

203

6.1: Concept of systematic sampling with examples.

6.2: Mean and variance of systematic sample mean.

6.3: Comparison of systematic sampling with srswor

and stratified random sampling.

6.4: Comparison of systematic sampling with srswor

and stratified random sampling for a population with

linear trend.

6.5: Concept of cluster sampling.

6.6: Mean and variance of cluster sample mean with

equal cluster size.

know the systematic

sampling and cluster

sampling.

2. They are to compare

systematic sampling with

SRS and stratified random

sampling.

3.They get knowledge about

mean and variance of these

sampling.


Semester: VI Name of the subject: STATISTICS


Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I : Linear Programming

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

Unit-I : Linear Programming

1.1: Convex sets and their properties.

1.2: Definition of general LPP,

mathematical formulation

of LPP with examples.

1.3: Examples of LPP, problems

occurring in various fields.

1.4: Slack, surplus and artificial

variables.

1.5: Graphical and simplex method

of solving LPP.

1.6: Concept of duality of LPP with

examples.


knowledge about,

1 Linear Programming problem, Concept

of duality of LPP.

2 They become able to formulate LPP

mathematically.

3 They learn various methods to solve LPP

-Graphical and simplex method

204




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II : Transportation Problem

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit-II : Transportation Problem (T.P.)

2.1: Definition and example of a T.P.,

mathematical formulation of a T.P.

2.2: Existence of feasible solution to a

T.P., matrix form of a T.P., the

transportation table, loops in a T.P.

2.3: The initial basic feasible solution,

transportation problems with non

degenerate and balanced cases only.

2.4: Methods to find initial basic feasible

solution to a T.P.

2.4.1: The North-West corner rule

2.4.2: The Row Minima method

2.4.3: The Column Minima method

2.4.4: Matrix Minima method

2.4.5: Vogel’s Approximation method.



1 Transportation Problem, the

transportation table, loops in a T.P.

2 They become able to solve T.P.

using various methods- The North-

West corner rule, The Row Minima

method, The Column Minima

method, Matrix Minima method,

Vogel’s Approximation method.

3 They get familiar with the concepts

of feasible solution, initial basic

feasible solution of a T.P.





Unit III : Assignment Problem (A.P.) and Sequencing Problem and theory of games

205

Sr.No.

Topic


end of module/unit

01

Unit III : Assignment Problem

(A.P.) and Sequencing Problem

and theory of games.

3.1: Definition and example of a

A.P., mathematical formulation of a

A.P.

3.2: Hungarian assignment

algorithm.

3.3: Sequencing problem with n jobs

and 2 machines.

3.4: Introduction to theory of games,

two person zero sum games, the

maximin - minimax principle.

3.5: Definition of a saddle point,

games with saddle points.


knowledge about,

1 Assignment Problem (A.P.) and

Sequencing Problem and theory of

games.

2 They become able to solve A.P. and

Sequencing problem.


theory of games, two person zero sum

games, the maximin - minimax principle

saddle point, games with saddle points.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV : Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit-IV : Analysis of Variance (ANOVA)

4.1 Introduction to ANOVA.

4.2: One way classification and its analysis.

4.3: Two way classification with one

observation per cell.


1.Students are able to carry out

analysis of variance.

2.They have the skill of analyzing

one way classification and two way

classification.

206

4.4: Two way classification with multiple

but equal number

of entries per cell.




Name of module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V : Design of Experiments

Sr.No.

Topic



01

Unit –V : Design of Experiments

5.1: Introduction to design of experiments, need

for design

of experiments.

5.2: Fundamental principles of design of

experiments:

5.2.1: Replication

5.2.2: Randomisation

5.2.3: Local Control

5.3: Uniformity trials.

5.4: Analysis of Completely Randomised

Design (C.R.D.).

5.5: Analysis of a Randomised Block Design

(R.B.D.).

5.6: Comparison of C.R.D. with R.B.D. in terms

of efficiency.


1.Students are using design of

experiments in widely used fields

namely Biostatistics, Agriculture,

Marketing, Software engineering.

Industry etc.

2.Students have developed a clear

understanding of fundamental

concepts of design of

experiments.

3.They have to plan and execute

completely randomized design

and randomized block design.

4.They get knowledge about how

to analyse CRD and RBD.





207

Unit VI : Latin Square Design (L.S.D.) and Factorial Experiments

Sr.No.

Topic



module/unit

01

Unit –VI: Latin Square Design (L.S.D.) and Factorial

Experiments

6.1: Concept and complete analysis of L.S.D.

6.2: Efficiency of LSD as compared with CRD and RBD.

6.3: Introduction of Factorial Experiments, it’s

purpose,need and advantage.

6.4: Definition of contrast and orthogonal contrast .

6.5: Analysis of 22 and 23 factorial experiments,

computation of main effects and interaction effects,

Yate’s method ( up to three factors).


unit,

1.Students are able to

know the concept of

latin square design.

2.They make comparison

between CRD and RBD.

3.They also have skill to

organize and execute

factorial experiments.

208

Programme Specific Outcomes - Zoology

Name of the Programme: B.Sc

Name of Subject: Zoology

Sr.

No.

Programme

Spefici

Outcome

Code (PSO

1, PSO 2,

PSO 3, etc.)

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Programme

(Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR Application of Knowledge/ Skill to

do what)

1. BPSO76 Students gain knowledge and skill in the fundamentals of animal

sciences, understands the complex interaction among various living

organisms.

2. BPSO77 Analyze complex interactions among the various animals of different

phyla, their distribution and their relationship with the environment.

3. BPSO78 Apply the knowledge of internal structure of cell, its function in

control of various metabolic functions of organisms.

4. BPSO79 Understand the complex evolutionary process and behavior of

animals.

5. BPSO80 Correlates the physiological process of animals and relationship of

organ systems.

6. BPSO81 Understanding of environmental conservation processes and its

importance, pollution control and biodiversity and protection of

endangered species.

7. BPSO82 Gain knowledge of agro based small scale industries like sericulture,

fish farming, butterfly farming and vermicompost preparation.

8. BPSO83 Understands about various concepts of genetics and its importance in

human health.

9. BPSO84 Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities in delivering his duties.

10. BPSO85 Apply the knowledge and understanding of zoology to one’s own life

and work.

11. BPSO86 Develops empathy and love towards the animals.

209

Course Outcomes - Zoology


Semester: I Subject: Zoology

Name of the Course (Paper): Life and diversity of Animals (Non-chordata)



Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR application of


UNIT 1

1. Classification of

Non-Chordata.

Able to identify the invertebrates and classify them up

to the class level with the basis of systematic.

2. Phylum

Protozoa: General

characters

Student should be able to describe unique characters of

protozoa.

3.Type study:

Plasmodium vivax:

Structure, Life-

cycle.

Student should be able to describe the structure, and

able to explain the life cycle.

4. Parasitic

protozoan and

human diseases:

Malaria,

Amoebiasis,

Trypanosomiasis,

Leishmaniasis .

Students should able to understand the protozon

diseases.

Student will get knowledge to control the protozon

diseases. They also know how to prevent these

diseases.

Develop awareness about the causative agents and

control measures of many

commonly occurring protozon diseases.



210



S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at the

end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR application

of Knowledge/Skill to do what)

UNIT 2

Phylum Porifera: General

Characters.

Student should be able to describe unique

characters of Porifera.

Type study: Scypha: Habits and

habitat, External features, cell

types, spicules & Structure and

significances of canal system.

Student should be able to describe the

structure.

Understand the Canal system in sponges.

Phylum Coelenterata: General

Characters


characters of Coelenterata.

Type study: Metridium: Habits

and habitat, External features,

Gastro-vascular cavity,

Mesenteries, Reproduction.


structure, and able to explain the life

cycle.





Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module/

Unit (Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR Application of


UNIT

3

Phylum

Platyhelminthes.

Type Fasciola

hepatica

Student will be able to clarify Platyhelminthes till

order using various examples.

They will be able to know the life cycle of Fasciola

hepatica.

They will understand pathogenicity of Fasciola

211

hepatica.

Phylum

Aschelminthes -

Ascaris

Student will be able to clarify Aschelminthes till order

using various examples.

They will be able to understand the morphology, life

cycle and pathogenicity of Ascaris.





S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR application of Knowledge/Skill to

do what)

UNIT 4 Phylum

Annelida :

Type Study-

Leech

The students will be able to understand Annelids and various

animals belonging to this phylum. And also will become familiar

with the morphological characters and various systems like

Digestive , excretory and Reproductive Systems of Leech.

Phylum

Arthropoda:

Type Study-

Cockroach

The students will be able to understand Arthropodas and various

animals belonging to this phylum. And also will become familiar

with the morphological characters and various systems like

Digestive, Respiratory and Reproductive Systems of Cockroach.





s. n. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of

Module/Unit

Unit 5 Phylum Mollusca – Pila 1.Student will be able to clarify Mollusca till order

using various examples. 2.They will be able to

understand the morphology, life cycle and

pathogenicity of Pila.

212

Phylum Echinodermata-

Asterias

1.Student will be able to clarify Echinodermata till

order using various examples. 2.They will be able to

understand the morphology, life cycle of Asterias






Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR application of Knowledge/Skill

to do what)

UNIT 6 Phylum:

Hemichordata:

Type Study-

Balanoglosus

The students will be able to understand Hemichordatas and

animal Balanoglossus belonging to this phylum. And also will

become familiar with the affinities of Balanoglossus with

Chordates and Non Chordates.

Coral Reefs ,

Parasitic

Adaptations in

Helmimthes

and Larval

Forms and their

significans

The students will be able to understand types of Corals and

Formation of different coral Reefs and their Economic

importance.

They can also understand how Morphologically and

Physiologically the parasites adapt themselves to live a

successful parasitic life.

The students will be able to know the various larval forms of

some Phylums and their importance with respect to

diversification.


Semester: II Subject: Zoology

Name of the Course (Paper): Cell and developmental biology



Module/Unit


213


UNIT

1

Prokaryotic and

Eukaryotic cell ,

Plasma Membrane and

Endoplasmic reticulum

The students will be able to understand the basic structure

of cell and detail information about Bacterial and animal

cell. As well as the Ultrastructure and Functions of

Plasma Membrane and Endoplasmic reticulum.






Module/Unit



UNIT 2 Golgi Complex,

Ribosomes,

Mitochondria and

Lysosomes.

The students will be able to understand different types of

cell organelles and also the Ultrastructure and Functions of

Golgi Complex, Ribosomes, Mitochondria and Lysosomes

in detail.






Module/Unit



UNIT 3

1. Ultra structure

and functions of

Nucleus and

nucleolus.

Able to differentiate between prokaryotes and eukaryotes.

Able to understand the structure and importance of the

nucleus and its components.

Able to understand the structure and importance of the

214

nucleolous and its components.

2. Chromosome and

its general

organization.

Students are able to describe the role and functions of

chromosomes.

3. Structure of

Polytene and

Lampbrush

Chromosome.

Student should be able to describe the structure, and

functions of giant chromosomes.






Module/Unit



UNIT 4

1. Mitosis and its

significance

Students are able to discuss the cell cycle.

Able to understand the Cell cycle and Mitosis

(different phases and significance)

Students should understand the process of cell

division in both somatic and germ cell.

2. Meiosis and its

significance.

Able to understand the Cell cycle and Meiosis

(different phases and significance)

3. Gametogenesis:

Spermatogenesis and

oogenesis

Student should be able to explain and contrast the

processes of spermatogenesis and oogenesis.

4. Fertilization: Types of

fertilization, Mechanism

of fertilization,

Student should be able to explain fertilization, its

types and Mechanism.



215



Sr.

No.




UNIT

5

Development of

Amphioxus

1.Students will be able to understand cleavage, blastulation,

gastrulation and tubulation in amphioxus.

Development of

Frog

1.They will achieve the knowledge of cleavage, blastulation,

gastrulation and fate nap of frog gastrula.

Development of

Chick

1.Students will be able to understand cleavage, blastulation,

gastrulation and fate nap of chick. 2. They will gain knowledge

of extra embryonic membrane of chick.





Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module/ Unit

(Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR Application of Knowledge/ Skill

to do what)

UNIT

6

Placentation 1.Students will understand the different types of placenta and

functions of placenta. 2. They will understand the important role

of placenta in human pregnancy.

Regeneration 1.Students will gain the knowledge of regeneration in

invertebrates and vertebrates. 2. They will understand the

mechanism and physiology of regeneration.

Stem cells 1.Students will gain the knowledge of character, sources and types

of stem cells. 2. They will understand the importance of stem cells

and various method to preserve stem cells.


Semester: III Subject: Zoology

216

Name of the Course (Paper): Life and diversity of Chordates and concept of Evolution


Sr.

No.



do what)

UNIT

1

Chordata 1.Students able to clarify chordate form protectorates Mammalia.

Amphioxus 1.Able to understand the morphology, anatomy and physiology of

Branch stoma. 2. They will be able to understand its affinities to

Agnathan

Pisces 1.Students will gain the knowledge of series Pisces till orders.

Scoliodon 1.They will achieve the knowledge of morphology, anatomy and

physiology of scoliodon with respect to digestive, respiration and

circulation system.

Migration

on fishes

1.Students will gain the knowledge of anadromous and

catadromous migration, the developmental, changes, hormones

changes and environmental factors and breeding in strict for

migration.





Sr.

No.




UNIT

2

Class Amphibia 1.Students will achieve the knowledge classification of class

amphibia till orders.

Ranatigrina 1.They will be able to understand external morphology, internal

anatomy and working of Respiratory system, circulatory system

and urinogenital system.

Parental care in

Amphibia

1.Students will be able to understand different parental care

methods in amphibia like nest, bags, pouches.

Class Reptilia This topic enables students to clarify class reptilia into different

orders.

217

Calotes 1.They will be able to understand






of Module/Unit



UNIT

3

1. Class Aves:

Type study: Pigeon-Columba livia

Habits and habitat, External

characters, Respiratory system,

urinogenital system. Flight

adaptations, Migration in birds.


characters of class aves.


structure, and able to explain Respiratory

system, urinogenital system. Flight

adaptations, Migration in birds.

2. Class Mammalia:

Primitive mammals: salient

features of Prototheria and

Metatheria, Morphology of

mammalian endocrine glands.

Aquatic mammals


characters of class Mammalia.

Student should be able to describe primitive

mammals, and able to explain the difference

between prototheria and metatheria


structure, and able to explain mammalian

endocrine glands.

Able to describe the morphology of endocrine

glands and to define normal and abnormal

functions.






218

of Module/Unit



UNIT 4

1. Adaptive radiations in

mammals.

.

Student should be able to describe adaptive

radiation in mammals.

Understand Adaptations in animals.

2. Evolution of Man- brief

accounts of Parapithecus,

Dryopithecus, Ramapithicus,

Australopithecus,

Homocreatus Neanderthal

man,

Cro-Magnon man and modern

man.

Student should be able to describe evolutionary

history of man.

Understand Races in Man

Student should be able to describe primitive

mammals, and able to explain the difference

between prototheria and metatheria

Student should be able to describe the structure,

and able to explain mammalian endocrine

glands.

3. Evolution of heart, aortic

arches, and urinogenital

systems of vertebrates

Understand Comparative account of aortic

arches and heart in Pisces, Amphibians,

Reptiles, Birds and Mammals

4. Animal Adaptation: Desert

aquatic and terrestrial







Module/Unit



UNIT 5 Evolution:

Indirect and Direct

Evidences.

The students will be able to understand evolution through

various Evidences and what are fossils and process of

fossilization and their importance.

219







do what)

UNIT 6 Evolutionary

Process.

Darwins and lamarcks theory of Evolution, Species formation

Understand the expression of gene in a population through

population genetics and their role with respect to evolution and

different patterns of Evolution.


Semester: IV Subject: Zoology

Name of the Course (Paper): Advance genetics and Animal Ecology


Sr.

No.


(Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR Application of Knowledge/ Skill

to do what)

UNIT

1

Mendelism 1.Students will understand the mendel and non mendel

inheritance. 2. They will achieve the knowledge of different

hypothesis put forward by mendel. 3.They will also be agented

with seasons to objection to mendel hypothesis.

Interaction of

genes

1.They will be equipped with the reasons for the variable

monohybrid and dihybrid ratios. 2.They will understand how the

non alletic genes supplement, compliment duplicate and inhibit

the other gene thus donating the ratio’s . 3.They will also gain the

knowledge of lethal combinations of gene in dominant or

recessive forms.



220




Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achived OR application of


UNIT 2 Linkage and

Crossing Over,

Multiple Alleles and

Erythroblastosis

Foetalis.

a. The students will be able to understand the types of

Linkages ,Mechanism of Crossing over and their

significance.

b. Which are multiple alleles involved in inheritance of

eye colour in Drosophila and also their role in Blood

group determination in man.

c. Cause of hemolytic disease of the new born due to

difference between the blood groups of mother and

father.






Module/Unit



UNIT 3 Sex

Determination,

Genetic

Disorders,

Biochemical

genetics and Sex

Linked genetic

disorders and

their inheritance.

a. The students will be able to understand how sex is

determined on the basis number and type of Chromosomes

present in animal and How Hormonally and Environmentally

Sex is determination is some animal.

b. Reasons of various Genetic Disorders due to non-

disjunction and their Symptoms

and also about various Biochemical genetics disorders.

c. How Sex Linked genetic disorders like haemophilia and

colorblindness and inheritance in a family.

221






Module/Unit



UNIT

4

Genetic screening

and parental

diagnotis

1.Students will come to know the different screeing tests for

diagonosis of foetus for genetic disorders at prenatal stage.

Amniocentesis 1.They will be able to know the procedure, advantages and

side effects of amniocentesis.

Inheritance of eye

and skin color

1.Students will be able to gain the knowledge of various

multiple allets involved in the inheritance of skin and eye

color.

Recessive genes

and consanguious

marriages

1.They will come to know the various combination of gene

which will be resulting into genetic defects due to

consangious marriage. 2.They will realise this and take a

cosunellos part to prevent the consoangious marriages.

Genetic

counselling

1.They will know the probabilities of genetic disorder in

affected families. 2.Thus, they would themselves avoid this

and pan on manages within their families and society.

Birth control

measures

1.Students will come to know the various family planning

methods for males and females. 2.They will also come to

know different sterilization methods for men and women i.e.

vasectomy and tubectomy. 3.Students will get disseminate

their knowledge to their others person and the society thus

helping the government in population control policy.

Twins 1.Students will understand the various causes of twins

development. 2.They will gain the knowledge of different

222

kinds of twins. 3.They will also know about the significance

of twin study in relation to gene expression and effect of

various other environmental factors. 4.They will attain the

insight for research work in relation to expression of gene.






of Module/Unit



UNIT

5

1. Ecology: concept and scope:

Student should be able to describe ecology

2. Abiotic factors:

Water: Properties, water problem in

terrestrial and aquatic habitat.

Temperature: Temperature range,

Temperature tolerance, Effects of

temperature on animals. Homeotherms,

poikilotherms. Dormancy, hibernation,

aestivation & diapauses.

Light: Spectral distribution, Biological

effects of light on aquatic and terrestrial

animals: Reproduction, Metamorphosis,

pigmentation, vision, photo kinesis,

phototropism, photoperiodism,

migration.

Students are able to describe the relation

between abiotic and biotic factors.

Students are able to describe various biological

interactions.

Students are able to understand how change in

population affect the ecosystem.

Able to describe origin of species on earth.

3. Biotic factors:

Intra specific and interspecific

associations, Predation, parasitism,

Antagonism. , commensalisms,

Students should able to describe the interaction

between organisms and enviorment.

Students should able to understand the

exchange of nutrients within the ecosystem.

223

mutualism, competition, (Gauze’s

Principle).

Understand Comparative account of Intra

specific and interspecific associations






end of Module/Unit



UNIT

6

Ecosystem: Relationship between

habitat and ecological niche -

Autotrophic and heterotrophic

producer, consumer

- trophic level - energy flow in an

ecosystem - food chain -

food web - pyramids - Ecotypes.

Homeostasis of ecosystem.


Relationship between habitat and ecological

niche.

Understand food chain -food web

Terrestrial ecosystem: Classification

and Biomes, Aquatic ecosystem:

Fresh water ecosystem-Lentic and

lotic ecosystem, Marine ecosystem:

Characteristics, salinity, temperature

pressure, zonation and stratification

Estuarine ecology:

Characteristics types, fauna and their

adaptations.


Terrestrial ecosystem: Aquatic ecosystem:

Student should be able to describe Fresh

water ecosystem-Lentic and lotic

ecosystem,

Student should be able to describe Marine

ecosystem:

Student should be able to describe Estuarine

ecology:



Semester: V Subject: Zoology

Name of the Course (Paper): Animal Physiology and Economic Zoology

224



end of Module/Unit



UNIT

1

Respiration:

Structure of respiratory organs: Gills

and Lungs Mechanism of respiration:

regulation of ventilation in lungs,

exchange of gases at respiratory

surface, Respiratory pigments in

animals: Haemoglobin,

Haemocyanin,

Haemerythrin, chlorocruorin.

Transport of gases: O2 and CO2

transport, Neurophysiologic control

of respiration,

Students are able to understand the

physiology at cellular and system levels.

Students are able to describe the role and

functions of different systems.

Able to describe the physiology of

respiratory systems to define normal and

abnormal functions.

Students are able to understand how

physiological parameters are measured in

mammals.

Circulation:

Blood : Definition and its

constituents, functions of blood.

Heart: Structure of human heart,

pace maker, Cardiac cycle.

Blood coagulation factors, blood

groups A, B, O system and Rh-

factor.

Student should be able to describe blood

and its components.


anatomical structure and physiology of

human heart.


coagulation.


groups.






end of Module/Unit

225



UNIT

2

Muscle Physiology:

Types of Muscles: striated, non-

striated and cardiac muscles

E.M. Structure and Chemical

Composition of striated muscle,

Neuromuscular junction.

Mechanism of muscle contraction by

Sliding filament theory

Physical and Chemical changes

during muscle contraction: muscle

twitch, tetanus, isometric and

isotonic contraction, summation of

Stimuli, all or none law, fatigue,

rigor mortis.

Students are able to understand the

physiology at cellular and system levels.

Students are able to describe the role and

functions of different systems.

Able to describe the physiology of

muscular system systems to define the

types of muscles.

Students are able to understand how

physical and chemical properties of

muscles.






Module/Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achived OR application of Knowledge/Skill

to do what)

UNIT 3 Nerve

Physiology and

Chemical co-

ordination

The students will be able to understand the two major and

important communication systems within an animal body.

The conduction of nervous system and various

neurotransmitters and their role.

Different types of endocrine glands and their important role in

maintaining the physiological balance of body.


226




Sr.

No.




UNIT

4

Reproductive

Physiology

Homeostasis and

Conservative

regulation

Estrous and

menstrual cycle

1.Students will be able to understand the cyclic reproductive

physiology in mammals.

Hormonal control

of reproduction

1.They will gain the knowledge of role of endocrine system

in reproduction in m male and female. 2.They will be able to

understand their own body physiology of reproduction.

Placentation 1.Students will gain the knowledge of different type of

placenta in different mammals. 2.They will come to know the

histology and functions of placenta

Homeostasis and

Conservative

regulation

1.They will know the concept of homeostasis. 2.They will

gain the knowledge of osmoregulation and ionic regulation in

aquatic and terrestrial animals. 3.They will understand the

thermoregulatory mechanism in poikilothmes and

homeotherms.

Ammoniotelic,

Ureotelism and

Uricotelism

1.Students will gain the knowledge of different nitrogenous

waste in different animals.





Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module/ Unit

227

No. (Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR Application of Knowledge/ Skill to

do what)

UNIT

5

Agricultural

Zoology

Beneficial

insects

1.Students will gain the knowledge of various beneficial insects

which are farmers friends. 2.They will also come to know to about

the various pest and predators which help the farmers to control the

pest of various and increase their yield. 3.They will be skilled to

identify them.

Harmful

insects

1.They will be able to gain the knowledge of various pest of stored

food grains. 2.They will be able to apply the knowledge to assess

the injurious done by pest and will be able to control them by

applying various doses of pesticides. 3.They will be able to identify

the various pests of cotton, sugarcane and jowar, assess the

damage, apply control measure to prevent the crop loss.

Economic

importance

of Rodents

and Snake

1.Students will be aguanted with the huge loses done by rodent to

the agricultural produce. 2.They will come to know the importance

of snakes in controlling the rodents population. 3.They will also be

knowing the importance of snake in production of antivenom.

Economic

importance

of Owl and

Bats

1.Students will understand the importance of owl and bat in

ecosystem. 2.They will gain the knowledge about the role of these

animals in pollination of plants.

Apiculture 1.They will gain knowledge of types of bees, life cycle, diseases

and control and language of honey bee. 2.Students will come to

know about the importance of honey bee in honey production,

pollination different bee wax article production etc. 2. They will be

gain the ideas to become entrepreneur in honey production, honey

processing, branding, marketing and export business.

Sericulture 1.Students will gain the knowledge of types of silk worm, life

cycle, silk rearing, mulberry plantation, pest and diseases and

various process involved in silk production. 2They will know the

commercial value of silk in textile industry. 3.They will come to

know the scope for research in developing good strains of silk

worms.

228





Sr.

No.



do what)

UNIT

6

Aquaculture. The students get an idea of necessary requirements for designing and

constructing a fresh water fish farm.

What is induced breeding in fishes. Knowledge about Polyculture

and fish Products and their use.


Semester: VI Subject: Zoology

Name of the Course (Paper): Molecular Biology and biotechnology


S.N. Topic What the student will be able to do at



application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what)

UNIT 1

Genetic material-definition,

Experiments to prove DNA

as genetic material: Griffiths

transformation experiments

with bacteriophage infections, Avery

and co-workers experiments, and

Hershey and Chase experiment.

Chemistry and types

DNA(A,B,Z)Mitochondrial DNA;

Chemistry, types and function of

RNA: mRNA, tRNA and rRNA and

Comprehensive and detailed

understanding of the chemical basis of

heredity.

Understanding about the role of genetics

in evolution.

The ability to evaluate conclusions that

are based on genetic materials.

The ability to understand results of

genetic experimentation in animals.

Students are able to describe the DNA

229

Non Genetic RNA. and RNA.






end of Module/Unit



UNIT

2

DNA replication: semi conservative

method; experiment by Messelson

and Stahl. Concept of genes, one

gene one enzyme hypothesis, one

gene one Polypeptide theory.; A

brief account of Concept and action

of cistron, split genes, overlapping

genes, jumping genes, Genetic

diseases: Spinocerebellar ataxia.

Students are able to explain the DNA

replication.

Understanding the concept of genes.

The ability to evaluate conclusions that are

based on genetic materials.

The ability to understand the genetic

diseases





Sr.

No.


of Module/ Unit (Knowledge/Skill/ achieved

OR Application of Knowledge/ Skill to do what)

UNIT

3

Genetic Code 1.Students will be able to understand the genetic

code and its features.

Protein Synthesis 1.They will gain the knowledge of transcription,

processing of RNA and Translation.

Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes 1.Students will gain the knowledge of Operon

models 2. They will come to know the Lac

230

Operon Model of E.coli

Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes 1.They will know the concept of Gene

regulation in Eukaryotes through Britten

Davidson Model.





Sr.

No.


Module/ Unit (Knowledge/Skill/ achieved OR

Application of Knowledge/ Skill to do what)

UNIT

4

Mutation

DeVries Theory of

Mutation

1.Students will be able to understand the DeVries

Theory of Mutation.

Molecular Basis of

Mutation

1.They will gain the knowledge of Molecular Basis of

Mutation through substitution and frame shift

mutation.

Chromosomal

Aberrations

1.Students will gain the knowledge of deletion,

addition, inversion and translocation type of structural

mutation.

Numerical Mutation 1.They will know the concept of Numerical Mutation

with euploidy and aneuploidy.

Natural and Induced

Mutation

1.Students will gain the knowledge of natural and

artificial mutagenic agents.






Module/Unit


231

to do what)

UNIT

5

Biotechnologyand

Genetic

engineering.

The students will be able to understand the steps involved in

constructing of a Recombinant DNA and detail knowledge of

various enzymes and vectors used in recombinant DNA

technology. Use of Hybridoma technology for production of

Monoclonal antibodies and its applications.

The Practical applications and suspected hazards of

biotechnology and genetic engineering in animals.







do what)

UNIT 6 Immunology The students gets the knowledge of working of Immune system:

Organs and different cells of immune system.

Structure of Antibodies and their functions.

Working of Immunological techniques like ELIZA and RIA and

their applications.

232

Programme Specific Outcomes - Environmental Studies

Name of the programme : B.Sc. II

Name of the Subject: Environmental Studies

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Programme

1 BPSO87 Master core concepts and methods from ecological and physical

sciences and their application in environmental problem solving.

2 BPSO88 Master core concepts and methods from economic, political, and

social analysis as they pertain to the design and evaluation of

environmental policies and institutions.

3 BPSO89 Appreciate the ethical, cross-cultural, and historical context of

environmental issues and the links between human and natural

systems.

4 BPSO90 Understand the transnational character of environmental problems

and ways of addressing them, including interactions across local to

global scales.

5 BPSO91 Apply systems concepts and methodologies to analyze and

understand interactions between social and environmental processes

6 BPSO92 Reflect critically about their roles and identities as citizens,

consumers and environmental actors in a complex, interconnected

world

7 BPSO93 Demonstrate proficiency in quantitative methods, qualitative

analysis, critical thinking, and written and oral communication

needed to conduct high-level work as interdisciplinary scholars

8 BPSO94 The Environmental Studies minor supplements other majors to

facilitate students’ understanding of complex environmental issues

from a problem-oriented, interdisciplinary perspective. Students

233

9 BPSO95 Understand key concepts from economic, political, and social

analysis as they pertain to the design and evaluation of

environmental policies and institutions

10 BPSO96 Appreciate concepts and methods from ecological and physical

sciences and their application in environmental problem solving

11 BPSO97 Appreciate the ethical, cross-cultural, and historical context of


systems.

12 BPSO98 Reflect critically about their roles and identities as citizens,

consumers and environmental actors in a complex, interconnected

world

Course Outcomes - Environmental Science


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: Environmental Science

Name of the Course (Paper): Environmental studies Course Outcome Code: BCO361

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):1) The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental

studies

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit

1

1. The

Multidisciplinary

nature of

environmental

studies .

Definition, scope

and importance. .

Need for public

awareness.

o 1)Master core concepts and methods from ecological and

physical sciences and their application in environmental problem

solving.

o 2)Master core concepts and methods from economic, political,

and social analysis as they pertain to the design and evaluation of

environmental policies and institutions.

o 3)Appreciate the ethical, cross-cultural, and historical context of


systems.

o 4)Understand the transnational character of environmental

problems and ways of addressing them, including interactions

across local to global scales.

234

o 5)Apply systems concepts and methodologies to analyze and

understand interactions between social and environmental

processes.

o 6)Reflect critically about their roles and identities as citizens,

consumers and environmental actors in a complex,

interconnected world.



Name of the Course (Paper): Environmental studies Course Outcome Code: BCO 362

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):2) Social Issues and the Environment

Sr.

No.


do at the end of Module / Unit

Unit

2

Social Issues and the Environment . From

Unsustainable to Sustainable development .

Urban problems related to energy . Water

conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed

management . Resettlement and rehabilitation

of people; its problems and concerns. Case

studies. . Envionmental ethics : Issues and

possible solutions. . Climate change, global

warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,

nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies. .

Wasteland reclamation. . Consumerism and

waste products. . Environment Protection Act. .

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. .

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act. . Wildlife Protection Act forest

Conservation Act. . Issues involved in

enforcement of environmental lesislation. .

Public awareness

1)Articulate the

interdisciplinary context of

environmental issues.

2)Identify and justify key

stakeholders in humanities and

social sciences that need to be a

part of sustainable solutions.

3)Formulate an action plan for

sustainable alternatives that

integrate science, humanist, and

social perspectives

4)An Environmental Studies

major will be able to recognize

the physical, chemical, and

biological components of the

earth’s systems and show how

they function.


235



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):3) Human Population and the Environment

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit

3

3. Human Population and the

Environment . Population

growth, variation among

nations. . Population

explosion - Family Welfare

Programme. . Environment

and human health. . Human

Rights. . Value Education. .

HIV / AIDS. . Women and

Child Welfare. . Role of

Information Technology in

Environment and human

health. . Case Studies.

1. 1)Demonstrate an understanding of how population

dynamics contribute to the causes and consequences

of anthropogenic climate change, and to a

population's capacity to respond;

2. 2)Explain the strengths and weaknesses of different

ways in which the links between population

dynamics and climate change—and more generally

between population and environment—can be

conceptualised and studied empirically;

3. 3) Identify and use key relevant (open-access) data

sets; and identify opportunities for incorporating

population-based policies in a country's mitigation

and adaptation strategies.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):4) Natural resources

Sr.

No.


end of Module / Unit

Unit

4

Natural resources : . Renewable

and non-renewable resources : .

Natural resources and associated

problems. - Forest resources : Use

and over exploitation,

deforestation, case studies. Timber

extraction, mining, dams and their

effects on forests and tribal

1)Students will understand the factors

affecting the need to find sustainable practices

for production of food, feed and fiber crops

and how to implement and evaluate them.

2)Students will understand how the

environment influences plant growth and crop

yields, and ways to modify the environment to

improve plant growth and yields.

236

people. - Water resources : Use

and over-utilization of surface and

ground water, floods, drought,

conflicts over water, damsbenefits

and problems. - Mineral resources

: Use and exploitation,

environmental effects of

extracting and using mineral

resources, case studies. - Food

resources : World food problems,

changes caused by agriculture and

overgrazing, effects of modern

agriculture, fertilizer - pesticide

problems, water logging, salinity,

case studies Energy resources :

Growing energy needs, renewable

and non renewable energy

sources, use of alternate energy

sources, Case studies. - Land

resources : Land as a resource,

land degradation, man induced

landslides, soil erosion and

desertification. . Role of an

individual in conservation of

natural resources. . Equitable use

of resources for sustainable

lifestyles.

3)Students will understand how to propagate,

plant, and sustainably grow, manage and

harvest fruit, vegetable, grain and/or forage

crops within various environmental, marketing

and financial conditions.

4)Students will be able to identify soil types

and how they are formed and ways to modify

soil structure and drainage to reduce erosion

and improve water quality and water

availability to plants.

5)Students will understand how soil fertility is

determined and how plant nutrient deficiencies

are identified, and means of improving soil

fertility and adding nutrients for plant growth.

6)Students will be able to recognize how soil

type and topography affects recommended

agricultural, commercial and residential use

and water quality at varying locations.

7)Students will understand how to identify and

sustainably manage plant diseases in various

production systems.

8)Students will understand how to identify and

sustainably manage insects in various plant

production systems.

9)Students will understand how to identify

weeds and sustainably manage them in various

plant production systems.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):5) Ecosystems

Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do

237

No. at the end ofModule / Unit

Unit

5

Ecosystems . Concept of an ecosystem. .

Structure and function of an ecosystem. .

Producers, consumers and decomposers. .

Energy flow in the ecosystem. .

Ecological succession. . Food chains,

food webs and ecological pyramids. .

Introduction, types, characteristic

features, structure and function of the

following ecosystem :- Forest ecosystem

- Grassland ecosystem - Desert

ecosystem - Aquatic ecosystems (ponds,

streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries)

1)Apply knowledge on ecosystems and

environmental issues based on current

research in a future profession inside or

outside academia

2)Independently and in groups, plan

and carry out field studies and

laboratory experiments as well as

compile, critically analyse and evaluate

results critically evaluate and present

various types of results

3)Identify and in a structured way

discuss aspects related to research

ethics.




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):6) Biodiversity and its conservation

Sr.

No.



Unit

6

Biodiversity and its conservation .

Introduction - Definition : genetic,

species and ecosystem diversity. .

Biogeographical classification of

India. . Value of biodiversity :

consumptive use, productive use,

social, ethical, aesthetic and option

values. . Biodiversity at global,

National and local levels. . India as

a mega-diversity nation. . Hot-spots

of biodiversity. . Threats to

1)- Ecological and evolutionary processes

that are important for conservation of

biodiversity

2) Important approaches and practices in

biodiversity conservation and management.

Describe the global biodiversity crisis

3)Write a review article on a topical aspect

biodiversity and/or conservation

4)Outline the main reasons for decline and

threats to biodiversity worldwide

5)Argue the case for and against conserving

238

biodiversity : habitat loss, poaching

of wildlife, manwildlife conflicts.

endangered endemic species of

India. . Conservation of

biodiversity : In-situ and Ex-situ

conservation of biodiversity.

biodiversity

Evaluate the pros and cons of species

introductions and reintroductions

6)Make critical judgments on the conflict

between conservation and development

7)Appreciate common issues in practical

conservation of aquatic systems




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):7) Environmental Pollution .

Sr.

No.



Unit

7

Environmental Pollution .

Definition . Causes, effects and

control measures of :- Air

pollution - Water pollution - Soil

pollution - Marine pollution -

Noise pollution - Thermal

pollution - Nuclear hazards . Solid

Waste Management : Causes,

effects and control measures of .

Role of an individual in

prevention of pollution. . Pollution

case studies. . Diaster management

: floods, earthquake, cyclone and

landslides.

1)Students will be able to get basic knowledge

of environment, pollution and various

principles.

2. Students will be able to get the knowledge

about Constitutional provisions for the

protection of environment.

3. Students will learn about the legal

provisions of the water pollution.

4. Students will also learn about the air

pollution.

5. Students will get the knowledge about the

Environment (protection) Act, powers of

central government and state government to

make laws and Environment Tribunals.

239

Programme Specific Outcomes

Bachelor of Business Administration

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code



what)

Semester I

1. APSO 1 Understand of the Corporate world

2. APSO 2 Analyze the theoretical knowledge with the practical aspects

organizational setting and techniques or management.

3. APSO 3 Understand the type of Business communication and business letters

4. APSO 4 Understand the Forms of business organization.

Semester II

5. APSO 5 Understand the rapid changes of financial services include banking and

insurance sectors

6. APSO 6 To make the student aware of the Company Laws prevalent in the

country

7. APSO 7 Analyze the various financial and accounting concept including

Balance sheet, trail balance, etc.

8. APSO 8 Develop managerial skill

Semester III

9. APSO 9 Understand the dynamic and complex working environment of

Business

10. APSO 10 Student will aware about functioning of the Direct Tax Laws

prevalent in the country

11. APSO 11 Determine the functional areas of management such as Production,

purchasing, marketing, sale, advertising, finance, human resources

system

12. APSO 12 Determine the organizational behavior and its conflicts

Semester IV

240

13. APSO 13 Understand the micro and macro marketing environment

14. APSO 14 Analyze the various aspect of business research in the area of

marketing, human resources and finance.

15. APSO 15 Understand the factors influence the consumer buying behavior..

16. APSO 16 To make the student aware of the Income Tax Laws

Semester V

17. APSO 17 Determine the various PEST ( Political, Economic, and Social

Technological) factors influence on changes of business environment

18. APSO 18 Determine conceptual and analytical abilities required for effective

decision making.

19. APSO 19 Analyse the ups and downs of the stock market.

20. APSO 20 Students will get knowledge about health administration and health

care delivery system and National Health Policy and Services offered

by hospitality industry

Semester VI

21. APSO 21 Understand the international trade procedure and documentation.

22. APSO 22 Understand the SERQUAL of the various service industries.

23. APSO 23 Students will able to understand process and important of investment in

various sources and its benefits.

24. APSO 24 Student will able to enhance various entrepreneur skills and

knowledge.

25. APSO 25 Students will able to know Mechanisms of various Act amended

related to industries

Course Outcomes

Bachelor of Business Administration

CO Subject Topic

What the Student will be able to do at

the end of

Module / Unit

SEMESTER I

241

ACO 1 Creativity and

Innovation

Idea How idea is generated, implementation of

idea, difficulties in idea implementation

and it’s solutions

Incubation Functions of business incubation, working

of incubators

Creativity Importance of creativity, developing and

retaining creativity in organization

Innovation Need and importance of innovation

Renovation Difference between innovation and

renovation. Various leaders of innovation

and renovation in India

ACO 2 Business

Environment

Introduction To Know the concept, nature and scope

of business environment

Indian Business

Environment

To know the overview of national income

with consumption and effect of parallel

economy and balance of payment

Trends in

Indian

Economy

To know the impact of LPG, FDI And

foreign trade policy concept

Role of

Government

To know the role of finance in business

and contribution of foreign trade and

economic growth.

Foreign

Institution

To know the function of WTO,IMF,SEZ

etc their role in economic development

ACO 3

Business

Communicatio

n

Meaning of

Business

Communication

Students will get to know about principles

of effective communication and barriers to

communication.

Business

Correspondence

Students will learn about drafting of

different business letters.

Employment

Related

Correspondence

Students will be able to draft official

letter, application and resume.

Soft Skill Soft skill and grooming manners of

242

students will be developed.

Modern

Technology In

Communication

Students will get information about

different technologies in communication.

ACO 4.

Business

Mathematics

And

Statistics

Basic Ratio

Math’s

To know the basic concept of

mathematics

Integration To know the concept integration

Basic Statistics To know the basic concept of statistic and

central tendency of measure

Depression And

Skewness

To know the basic concept of dispersion

and skewness with index number

Correlation To know the concept of correlation

analysis with its simple method

ACO 5

Basics

of

Accounting

Theory of

Basics of

Accounting

To know meaning, Nature, Function, and

Usefulness of Accounting

Journal Entries

– Ledger

Posting –

Trial Balance

To understand the concept of various

steps of Accounting.

Final Accounts

of Sole Traders

To learn how to prepare Final Accounts

of Sole Traders with adjustments

a) Accounts of

Joint Venture

b) Bills of

Exchange

To understand the concept of joint

Venture.

To Develop the concept of Bill of

Exchange.

Depreciation To know the different methods of

depreciation

SEMESTER II

ACO 6 Business Law

Law of Contract Acquire basic concepts of law related to

contract, it’s essentials, enforceability and

remedies in case of breach of contract

243

Sale of Goods

Act

Students will be able to distinguish

between sale and agreement to sale,

understand implied conditions and

warranties and their rights as buyers and

sellers.

Negotiate

Instruments Act

Students will acquire knowledge related to

various negotiable instruments,

endorsement and dishonor and discharge

of negotiable instruments and various

types of crossings of cheque

Consumer

Protection Act

The rights of consumers and remedies in

case of violation of consumer rights

Goods and

Service Tax

Students will be able to understand the

registration process

And GST network.

ACO 7 Principles Of

Economics

Introduction To know the concept of economics law

and basic problems of Indian economy.

Utility

Approach

To understand the concept of utility

demand and elasticity of demand with its

importance.

Cost And

Revenue

To understand the various types of cost

and revenue curves with the effect law of

supply

Production To understand the factors of production

and concept of market structure.

Large

Distribution

To analysis the distribution theory concept

of rent wages, interest and profit.

ACO 8 Financial

Services

Finance Students will get an overview of financial

sector in India.

Financial

System

Students will know the concept of Indian

money market & Indian Capital Market.

Financial

Services

Students will get an overview of different

Financial services.

244

Banking

Financial

Services

Students will get the information about

Banking Sector.

Other Financial

Services

Students will understand the different risk

factors in finance & different

intermediaries.

ACO 9

Fundamental

of

Accounting

Accounts for

Non-Trading

Institution

To develop the concepts of Non-Trading

institution accounting procedure

(a)Self

Balancing

Ledger System

(b)Single

Country System

a)To develop the concept of self balancing

ledger system

b)To develop the concept of single entry

system

Hire Purchase

system &

installment

purchase system

To develop the concept of Hire purchase

and installment accounting

Branch

Accounting

To develop the knowledge of Branch

accounting

Insolvency of

Individuals

To Analysis the accounts of insolvency

with laws insolvency and procedure

accordingly

ACO 10

Principal of

Business

Management

Management

Concept

To know the concept and contribution of

various management thoughts

Planning To know the concept of planning & its

implementation in management

Organizing To know the concept of organizing and its

significance in management

Directing To know the concept of directing and

importance of motivation in management

Controlling To develop the various techniques and

tool of controlling

245

SEMESTER III

ACO 11

Direct Tax

Laws

Basic Concepts Awareness of basic concepts related to

previous year, assessment year, Person,

Assessee, Gross total income, Total

Income

Income from

salary

Computation of income from Salary

Income from

House Property

and Business

and Profession

Computation of Income from HP and

Profits and Gains from Business and

Profession

Capital Gains

and Income

from other

sources

Computation of Capital gains and income

from other sources

Deductions and

Computation of

Total Income of

Individuals

Understanding of deductions from GTI

and computation of Total income of

individuals

ACO 12

Human

Recourse

Management

Business &

Managerial

Economics

To know the different between Business

economic & ME. Study about the

relationship of business with the Subject.

Market

Structure

To understand the types of market &

features & price discrimination under

different market structure.

Market

structure

To understand the monopplistics,

oligopoly, market structure & perfect

competition.

Factors pricing To understand marginal productivity

theory, Wages types and determination of

wages and rent theory.

Cost &

Revenue

To understand interest’s liquidity

preference theory. To understand profit

246

dynamic & risk Bearing theory.

ACO 13 Company

Accounting

Issue of Shares To understand the concept of Issue,

Forfeiture and Re-issue of Shares.

Issue &

Redemption of

Debenture

To understand the concept of Issue &

Redemption of Debenture

Final Accounts

of Company

To learn how to prepare Final Accounts of

Company with adjustments

Amalgamation

of Companies

To Develop the concept of

Amalgamation of Companies

Absorption of

Companies

To Develop the concept of Absorption of

Companies

ACO 14

Sales and

Distribution

Management

Sales

Management

To know the concept of sales management

& salesmanship. To understand How

personal selling works.

Sales

Organization

To understand the structures &

departments of sales organization. To

learn about Sales Force Management

Sales

Forecasting

To learn, how sales forecasting works. To

understand the concepts of Sales

Territories, Sales Quotas & Sales Budget.

Selling Skills To learn various skills like Selling Skill,

Communication Skill, and Negotiation

Skill. To know about Advertising Medias

& Promotion Mix in the Market.

Sales

Distribution

To understand the object of sales

distribution. To know about Channel

&Intermediaries that how it works.

ACO 15 Secretarial Introduction of Understand Formation of company as per

247

Practice &

Company

Management

Company company Act-2013

Fundamentals

of Documents

Describe the fundamental document like

memorandum & Article of association.

Company

Shares

Understand the concept of share capital &

its type of share.

Company

Secretary

Understand How to appoint the company

secretary and his power, duty.

Secretarial

Duties

Identify the responsibility and his

remuneration bill.

Company

Meeting

Understand about company meeting and

its type for company meeting.

SEMESTER IV

ACO 16 Indirect Tax

Laws

Introduction to

GST

Basic concepts, benefits, features of GST,

function and Constitution of GST

Council

Administration Registration and cancellation of GST.

Working of GST network

Liability, levy

and exemption

Liability, levy and exemption of GST

Payment and

RCM

Challan generation, payment of GST and

reverse charge mechanism and refund

Custom Duty Basic knowledge of custom duty

ACO 17

Managerial

Skill

Skill To know to concept of managerial &

different types of skills

To understand learning style

Skill

development &

Entrepreneurs

To learn, how to develop skill & skill

techniques

To understand entrepreneurial behaviors

Business

Driving Skill

To understand type of business driver

248

Problem solving

& Negotiation

skill

To understand how to solve business &

management problem

To know the concepts of negotiation skill

Relationship

Development

Skills

To understand benefits of relationship in

business management

ACO 18 Corporate

Accounting

Final Accounts

of Banking

To develop the concept of final accounts

of Banking

Final Accounts

of Insurance

company


of Insurance company

Final Accounts

of electricity

company


of electricity company

Valuation of

Goodwill

To develop the concept of valuation of

goodwill

Valuation of

Shares

To develop the concept of valuation of

shares

ACO 19

Marketing

Management

Basics of

Marketing

Management

Student enable to understand nature,

function of marketing & Marketing

Management. Also role and importance of

marketing environment and services

Marketing

Planning &

Organizations

Students will understand the objectives

and scope of marketing planning and

research. Also know importance of market

segmentation and organization.

Consumer

Behavior

Students will understand the nature,

determinants and models of consumer

behavior.

Product

Management

Students will able to develop all the

aspects related to product management.

Online

Marketing

Student will understand direct marketing,

growth and strategies of online marketing.

249

ACO 20

Management

of Small

Entrepreneurs

Introduction To develop the student with knowledge of

entrepreneur way of thinking that will

allow them to identify and create business

opportunities. To understand types,

functions of entrepreneur. To understand

small & large units.

Project

Identification &

selection

To get knowledge of project identification

& selection

Financing of

Enterprises

A report on survey of SSI in the region

where the college is located. To get

knowledge of source of finance and type

of loan.

Institutional

support of

management of

small

Entrepreneurs

Chart showing financial assistance

available to SSI, get acquaint with DIC,

SISI & other institute. To get knowledge

about government support to small scale

enterprises.

Setting up a

small Industry.

To motivate students to make mind set for

taking up entrepreneurship as career. To

get understand steps for starting SSI. To

know about marketing channels for

business.

SEMESTER V

ACO 21

Health Care

and

Hospitality

Management

Health

administration

in India

Knowledge about health administration

and health care delivery system and

National Health Policy

Health care

planning and

National health

programmes

Understanding and working about DOTS

and NACO

Personal

attributes in

Importance of personal attributes like

dedication, honesty, intelligence, presence

250

hospitality

industry

of mind, body language, punctuality,

positive attitude, appearance,

communication skills, personal touch,

hard work, ambition and talent etc. in

hospitality industry

Services in

hospitality

industries

Services offered by hospitality industry

Health tourism Competitive Advantages to India in health

tourism

ACO 22 Event

Management

Concept of

event

management

To known the overview of event

management event marketing and event

designing

Facts of event

management

To understand the objectives of event

infrastructure and the key element of

event of organizers.

Marketing of

event

To know the various categories of event

and their characteristics and understand

the local registration and tax laws.

Activities in

event

management

To develop the various activities in event

management and their functions.

Event

production and

stage

management

To know how to manage the back stage

management, security and risk

management

ACO 23

Personal

Financial

Planning

Personal

Financial

Planning

To know the concept of personal financial

planning with its need and significance.

Insurance

Planning

To under the risk analysis and insurance

planning among students

Retirement To know the provisions related to

251

Planning retirement planning

Investment

Planning

To develop the various sources of

investment with investment strategies and

portfolio concept

Tax Planning

To develop the concept of tax planning

with various provision related to capital

gain, house property etc.

ACO 24 Cost

Accounting

Theory of Cost

Accounting

To know basic theory of Cost Accounting

Cost Sheet To learn how to prepare Cost Sheet

(Statement of Cost)

Tenders To learn how to prepare Tenders

Reconciliation

of Statement

To Know the difference between Cost

Accounting and Financial Accounting.

Process Costing To Learn how to prepare Process

Accounts in Various conditions

ACO 25 Indian

Economics

Overview of

Indian

Economy

To understand the pre & past history of

Economic scenario. To understand the

concept & impact of LPG on Indian

Economy and to expose the student to

impact of Demonetization.

Economic

Indicator

To understand Economic indicators. To

clear the concept of GDP, NDP, GNP,

NNP. To understand Human Development

Index. To get knowledge of Balance of

Trade & Balance of Payment.

Role of

Government

To acquaint students with monetary policy

and Fiscal policy.

Parallel

Economy

To Expose students with the concept &

Impact of Parallel Economy. To invite the

student to find out the remedies over

parallel Economy.

Co-Operative To enable Students to understand the

252

Legislation process of E-Governance. To expose

students to new approach of make in

India. To help the students in analyzing

NITI Aayog. To acquaint student with

Skill development.

SEMESTER VI

ACO 26

Industrial

Laws

Industrial

Disputes Act

Mechanisms for Settlement of industrial

disputes

The Trade

Unions Act

Rights and liabilities of trade union and

working of trade union

The Factories

Act

Health, safety and welfare provisions to

be provided in factory

The Workmen's

Compensation

Act

Employer’s liability for compensation and

rules as to compensation

The Payment of

Gratuity Act

Working knowledge of gratuity act,

recovery of gratuity

ACO 27 Service

Management

Overview Of

Services

Understand the overview of series.

Classification

Of Services

Demonstrate the classification and role of

service in economics

Designing Of

Service

Operation

Understand the concept of service

designing and technology with its impact

on service.

Service Quality

And Managing

Human

Resources

Understand the complexities associated

with managing human resource with

service quality handling.

Managing

Waiting Lines

And Service

Inventory-I

Analysis the effective application of

waiting lines and service inventory

management system.

ACO 28 Management Theory of To develop the knowledge to understand

253

Accounting Management

accounting

the concept of management accounting

(a)Breakeven

point

(b)Ratio

Analysis

(a)To develop the concept of BEP

(b)To develop the concept of Ratio

Analysis

Fund flow

statement

To develop the concept of fund flow

statement

Cash Budget To develop the concept of cash budget

Flexible Budget To develop the concept of flexible budget

ACO 29 Investment

Management

Sources Of

Investment

To know the concept of investment in

various sources and its return relationship

Financial

System In India

To and understand the concept and

treatment of tax on investment

Role Of Capital

Market

To know and develop the concept and

structure of capital market

Role Of SEBI To know the role of various investment

institutions and their contribution towards

nation

Role Of Stock

Exchange

To know the concept of stock market and

know the function of various securities

ACO 30 Auditing

Introduction Meaning, advantages and types of audit

Internal Check

etc.

Audit Program, vouching, valuation and

verification

Company

Auditor

Appointment, powers, duties and

liabilities of company auditor

Dividend and

audit report

Rules related to divisible profit and

requirements of audit report

Auditing of

various

institutions

Knowledge of auditing of various

institutions like Banking, insurance and

educational institutions

254

Programme Specific Outcomes - BCA

Name of the programme : B.C.A. Name of the Subject:

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code

(PSO 1,

PSO2, PSO3,

etc.)


Programme



1 IPSO1 focuses on preparing student for roles pertaining

to computer

applications and IT industry

2 IPSO2 Start from the basics and in every semester learns each and

everything about computers.

3 IPSO3 develop programming skills, networking skills, learn

applications, packages, programming languages and modern

techniques of IT

4 IPSO4 get skill and info not only about computer and in

formation technology

but also in common, organization and management

5 IPSO 5 Learn programming language such as Java, c++, HTML,

SQL, etc...

6 IPSO6 Information about various computer applications and latest

development in IT and communication system is also

provided.

7 IPSO7 Gives overview of the topics in IT like networking, computer

graphics, web development, trouble shooting, and hardware

and software skills.

255

8 IPSO8 Bachelor in computer applications (BCA) gives a number of

opportunities to individuals to go ahead and shine in their

lives.

9 IPSO9 A few of them being like software programmer, system,

database and network administrator, web designer,

Application developer, faculty for computer science and

computer applications

Course Outcomes- BCA

Name of the programme :B.C.A. Class: Part – I

Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Computer Fundamentals

Name of the Course (Paper): Computer Fundamentals

Course Outcome Code: ICO1 to ICO5

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I,II,III,IV & V

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO1 Understand about generations and history of Computer

2 ICO2 Understand input and output devices of computer

3 ICO3 Understand about which type of primary memory and secondary

memory used in computer

4 ICO4 Different types of Number System and learn their conversations

5 ICO5 How to make documentation, testing of program and derive the

algorithm, flowchart developing programs.


Semester: I

Name of the Subject: C programming

Name of the Course (Paper):C programming

Course Outcome Code:

256


Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO6 Students will aware to programming language C, structure of C program,

C tokens like Character set, keywords, Identifiers, constant, variables and

their use in C programming.

2 ICO7 Students will learn Operators and Expressions in C & Precedence and the

associativity they learn Type conversion and type cast operator also. So

that they can use it in implementing the different Numerical methods.

3 ICO 8 Students will get the knowledge of Formatted & Unformatted Input &

Output functions to handle data in C programs.

4 ICO 9 Students will get the knowledge of Controlled structures in C to control

& direct the flow of logic in the program.

5 ICO 10 Here Students will get the knowledge of advanced concepts of C

programming language to arrays & pointers which will be useful to them

for implementing different types of data structures like Linked list, Queue

and also useful in implementing Different Numerical Methods also .


Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Digital Techniques -I

Name of the Course (Paper): Digital Techniques -I



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO11 Learn different types of number systems and their conversion with each

257

other.ie, binary, octal, decimal and hexadecimal.

Learn different types of logic gates like basic and derived gates.

2 ICO12 Learn the concept of logic families and their characteristics like that of

TTL,DTL etc.

3 ICO13 Learn concept of boolean algebra, boolean laws and theorems, boolean

identities, POS and SOP conversions.

4 ICO14 Learn the concept of adder and subtractor, like full adder, full

subtractor, half adder and half subtract or. Also learnt IC ALU 74181

5 ICO15 Learn the working and applications of decoders, multiplexers and

demultiplexers.


Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Numerical Methods

Name of the Course (Paper): Numerical Methods



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO16 To Learn basic concept of numerical methods, mathematical model and new

trends in numerical computing.

2 ICO17 To understand and study rounding of errors, numerical errors and modeling

errors.

3 ICO18 Understand routs of equation and various types of Bracketing methods,

4 ICO19 To study open methods such as Simple fixed point method, Newton-

Raphson Method and the secant method.

5 ICO20 Able to use the Solution of Linear Equations methods which includes

Existence of solution and solution by elimination.


258

Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Discrete Mathematics l

Name of the Course (Paper): Discrete mathematics

Course Outcome Code: CO1 to CO5


Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO21 In this unit students get to familiar with the elementary counting

principles, functions, sets and countability.

2 ICO22 In this unit students familiar with the generating functions and

application to solving recurrence relations.

3 ICO23 In this unit introduction to the recurrence relations and homogeneous

solutions of the function.

4 ICO24 This unit covers the Boolean algebra with partial order relations and

duality principal.

5 ICO25 In this unit next part of the Boolean algebra with distributive and

complemented lattices, types of the Boolean algebra, expression.


Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Communication Skills

Name of the Course (Paper): Communication Skills



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO26-Comphrension Develop the knowledge of prose and poetry.

259

and Analytical ability.

2 ICO27- Grammar,

vocabulary and

language, proficiency

Understand the logic and concept of handling situation.

3 ICO28- Forms of

Return Communication

Able to use and Know the Importance While working In

any Profession.

4 ICO29- Creative

Writing

Analysis the creative and Imaginative capabilities.

5 ICO30- Communication

Skills Theoretical

background

Included the Active controls and others potential to

perform particular task.


Semester: II

Name of the Subject: Operating System

Name of the Course (Paper): Operating System



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO31 Understand about How Softwares are used & Different types of

operating System.

2 ICO32 Learn about DOS & how to internal and external commands in DOS

3 ICO33 Understand about operating system function & Process Concept and its

transitions.

4 ICO34 Understand how to manage system file and manage the space between

files using different files technique.

5 ICO35 how to manage the memory using paging , segmentations & understand

the concept about paging , page release size algorithm

260

Name of the programme : B.C.A. Class: Part – I

Semester: II

Name of the Subject: Advanced c programming

Name of the Course (Paper): Advanced c programming



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO36 Learn the Advanced concepts of c scope & type of variables array of

pointers, string handling functions structure, union etc.

2 ICO37 Understand user defined functions, categories of function and recursion

pointers to functions.

3 ICO38 Understand user defined data type structures and unions , pointers to

structures.

4 ICO39 Know the concept of file pointers, file handling, input output operations.

5 ICO40 Able to use the classification of data structure about abstract data type,

stack and queue


Semester: II

Name of the Subject: Digital Techniques-II

Name of the Course (Paper): Digital Techniques-II



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



261

1 ICO41 Learn different types of flip-flops and Multivibrators.

2 ICO42 Learn the concept of synchronous and asynchronous counters, their

working and construction. Learn the working of IC 7490 and 7493.

3 ICO43 Become familiar with different types of shift registers and also IC 7493.

4 ICO44 Learn different types of memories and memory hierarchy.

5 ICO45 Learn the working and applications of analog to digital and digital to

analog converter.


Semester: II

Name of the Subject: Numerical Methods

Name of the Course (Paper): Numerical Methods Course Outcome Code: CO1 to CO5


Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO46 To study and implement Curve Fitting Least Square Regression methods

2 ICO47 To learn General Linear Least Squares, non-linear regression and fitting

of transcendental equations methods

3 ICO48 To analyze and implement various types of Interpolation methods

4 ICO49 To learn and implement Inverse interpolation, spline interpolation and

Chebysher methods.

5 ICO50 To study and implement Numerical Integration, Meaning of numerical

integration, trapezoidal rule and Simpson’s rule.


Semester: II

262

Name of the Subject: Discrete mathematics ll

Name of the Course (Paper): Discrete mathematics ll



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 ICO51 In this unit students should be know the introduction to the graph, sub

graph, complement of a graph.

2 ICO52 In this unit students get familiar to the path And elementary results of the

graph , vertex and edge connectivity and Dijkstra's algorithm for finding

shortest path of the graph.

3 ICO53 In this chapter students get familiar with the Eulerian graph and Hamilton

graph and it's sufficient conditions.

4 ICO54 In this unit binary tree, elementary tree results and shortest spanning tree

are covered.

5 ICO55 Kruskal's algorithm for weighted spanning tree, different types of

directed graph, introduction to the network and flow.


Semester: II

Name of the Subject: Communication Skills

Name of the Course (Paper): Communication Skills

Course Outcome Code: ICO 56 to ICO 60


Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1-Comprehension and

Analytical ability

Gain Knowledge about literacies and Poems.

263

2. CO2- Grammar

Vocabulary, Language

proficiency

Learn the Technic of Logic concept solving trick

3 CO3- Forms of written

communication

Helpful in Presenting Your Official and Unofficial

expressions.

4 CO4- Creative Writing Enhances Imaginative Abilities to be presentable

Professional area.

5 CO5- Communication

skills and Paragraph

writing

Improves Your Language and Teaches a Person to

Build his Public facing ability.

Name of the programme :B.C.A. Class: Part – II

Semester: III

Name of the Subject: Data Structure

Name of the Course (Paper): Data Structure



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Understands the basics of algorithm ,basic operation performs on

algorithm. came to know types of data structures. Understands the

concept and operations performed on Array and Stack,

Implementation of stacks and arrays.

2 CO2 Understands concept of recursion, translation of prefix to postfix

simulation.

3 CO3 Understands queue and linked list data structure, various kinds of

queues and linked lists and various operation performed on queues

and linked list data structures.

4 CO4 Understand tree data structure, family of tree, representation of tree

using arrays and linked list

264

5 CO5 Understands the concept of sorting the data structure using various

sorting techniques. Understands the searching the data using

various searching techniques


Semester: III

Name of the Subject: Object Oriented Programming

Name of the Course (Paper): Object Oriented Programming



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Introduction to Object Oriented Programming covers paradigm object

oriented Programming, its features, advantages and applications using

C++ programming, I/0 functions, preprocessors, directives, Constants

and variables, variable declaration and initialization, Type conversion,

operators

2 CO2 Gains the knowledge of Control Structure & looping statement. Also

handling the Functions specialties overloaded functions.

3 CO3 After completion of this unit students Interesting feature of Object

Oriented Programming Classes and objects, Constructors & destructors,

which are use to implement Object Oriented Programming feature like

data Encapsulation and data abstraction

4 CO4 After completion of this unit students will be able to use Arrays and

pointers using C ++ arrays & pointers to implement Inheritance

5 CO5 After completion of this unit students will be able to handle Files and

can perform basic operations on files.


Semester: III

265

Name of the Subject: Database Management system

Name of the Course (Paper): Database Management system



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Students can understand what is Database & its uses in different fields.

Also can define role of DBA & it's functions.

2 CO2 Understand different data models it's advantages & disadvantages.

3 CO3 Get knowledge about SQL and DDL ,DML statements

4 CO4 Understand use of Arithmetic, Logical functions, conversion functions

& how retrieve data from database by using queries.

5 CO5 Get knowledge about cursor, implicit & explicit cursor. Transaction

and use of commit, Savepoint & Rollback statements.


Semester: III

Name of the Subject: Advanced Operating System

Name of the Course (Paper): Advanced Operating System



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Learn about Process Concept and its transitions.

2 CO2 Understand implementing the process and how the process run in critical

regions

3 CO3 Understand about how deadlock occurs and to avoid deadlock how to use

266

deadlock algorithm

4 CO4 Learn about storage Organization and understand the concept about

paging , page release size algorithm

5 CO5 Understand about scheduling level implementations


Semester: III

Name of the Subject: Electronics

Name of the Course (Paper): Electronics



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Learn the concept of Evolution, History & Architecture of

microprocessor 8085, Also Pin & Block diagram, instruction cycle,

machine cycle and its instructions of 8085 microprocessor

2 CO2 Learn the concept of Addressing modes of 8085, also stack pointer,

PUSP & POP instruction and concept of Subroutine and Programming

algorithm, flowcharts of Assembly and Machine Language

3 CO3 Learn the concept of Interfacing and Block diagram, Pin diagram of

8255 PPI. Also the concept of control word format

4 CO4 Learn the concept of Block & Pin diagram of 8086 Microprocessor

with its all types of instruction set and Flag registers

5 CO5 Learn the concept of PUSH & POP instruction set of 8086

Microprocessor. Also know the concept of its Arithmetic and Logical

instructions and BUS Cycle with Addressing modes


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: System analysis design & MIS.

267

Name of the Course (Paper): System analysis design & MIS.



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1

Get the understanding of what is actual system, its various approaches and

introduction to various phases of system development life cycle. Also gets

knowledge about communication with people and concept of quality in

structured life.

2 CO2

Understands the actual project management which includes the concept of

project planning, monitoring and control. Also learn various data collection

methods and data analysis.

3 CO3 Understand the concept of system design including designing of input,

output, system interface, logical data, files and databases.

4 CO4

Students come to know about management of information system, its

framework, various decision making concepts, planning and organizing

information.

5 CO5

Understands actual information system planning, mission, policies,

objectives, strategies, resource allocation. Able to get knowledge about

implementing Management information system through case studies

included in syllabus.


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: Visual Basics

Name of the Course (Paper): Visual Basics



Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of

268

No

.

Module / Unit



1 CO1 Know the working environment of visual basics using a control structure

2 CO2 Understand the module, components and menu editor and its concept in a

simple manner

3 CO3 Analyze a controls such text box, rich text box and etc...Write coding

easily

4 CO4 develop the project with database using ODBC, DAO, ADO and visual

data manager

5 CO5 Include the active controls and other control to Perform particular task


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: Web Designing and Office Automation

Name of the Course (Paper): Web Designing and Office Automation



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Understand about how the IT field are growing day by day and its uses

2 CO2 Student able to use MS Excel to creating a different types of worksheets

and perform different types of commands.

3 CO3 Student able to use MS Access to creating database and their commands.

4 CO4 Learn How to publish our website on internet, register n search engine

and learn about e commerce technology use in this generations.

5 CO5 Learn about HTML basic tags & various types of tools to design website.

269


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: Networking

Name of the Course (Paper): Networking



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 In this unit learn the concept, exact purpose of Networking and multiple

types of Network Topology

2 CO2 In this unit learn the concept of Data transmission and communication

and OSI model standards with the concept of Error controlling in

Network

3 CO3 In this unit learn the concept that how to Rout or provide the Network to

the users with basic Network standards and Network Protocols

4 CO4 Learn the concept of LAN, WAN, MAN and Fast Ethernet, Switched

Networking

5 CO5 Learn the concept of Dialed and Dedicated Circuit switching and Packet

Switching in Networking with Network security threats and risk

assessment


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: Advance microprocessor and microcontroller.

Name of the Course (Paper): Advance microprocessor and microcontroller.



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

270



1 CO1 Learn the concept of 80286 microprocessor, their internal

architecture and working,instructions and addressing modes.

2 CO2 Learn the concept of 80386,80486 and 80586 microprocessor,

Register organization of 80386 and 80486, paging and

segmentation.

3 CO3 Become familiar with what is microcontroller, difference between

microcontroller and microprocessor, block diagram of 8051

microcontroller and their working.

4 CO4 Learn all types of instructions to perform ALP programs

5 CO5 Learn interfacing of 8051 microcontroller and their applications


Semester: IV

Name of the Subject: Environmental Studies

Name of the Course (Paper): Environmental Studies


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I,II,III,IV,V,VI,VII & VIII

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 After end of this unit students will aware about The Multidisciplinary

nature of environmental studies

2 CO2 They will be familiar with the Social Issues and the Environment

From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems

related to energy Water conservation, rain water harvesting,

watershed management. Resettlement and rehabilitation of people

3 CO3 Students understand the Human Population and the Environment

Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion

4 CO4 Students get the knowledge of Natural resources :Renewable and

271

non-renewable resources :Natural resources and associated problems

5 CO5 What is Ecosystems .Concept of an ecosystem. .Structure and

function of an ecosystem. Will be understand by the students

6 CO6 In this unit students get Introduction of Biodiversity and its

conservation

7 CO7 Students understands Environmental Pollution Causes, effects and

control measures of :-

- Air pollution - Water pollution - Soil pollution -

Marine pollution - Noise pollution

- Thermal pollution - Nuclear hazards and they try to avoid all

the above mentioned pollution and contribute to pull the pollution

level down

8 CO8 Actual site work .Visit to a local area to document environmental

assets - river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain. Visit to a local

polluted site - Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural .Study of

common plants, insects, birds Study of simple ecosystems - pond,

river, hill slopes, etc. any one among above give the students the real

experience which help to develop a strong bond with Environment.

Name of the programme :B.C.A. Class: Part – III

Semester: V

Name of the Subject: Core Java .

Name of the Course (Paper): Core Java



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Learn the concept of java & tokens in java ,selection statement , Iterations

& command line arguments

2 CO2 Understand the concept of inheritances & its types and how to define the

272

class in java and object

3 CO3 Learn about define interface in java and predefined package , user define

package

4 CO4 Know the how to handle the error in program and run time exceptions

5 CO5 How to make graphics programming using applet and event handling

programming in java


Semester: V

Name of the Subject: Network Security .

Name of the Course (Paper): Network Security



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge/Skill to do what)

1 CO1 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept, scope and

perspective of Network Security Trends, Security Services Security attacks,

Security mechanisms, A Module for Network security. Classical encryption

techniques : Symmetric cipher model, substitution techniques and

Transposition techniques

2 CO2 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Block

ciphers and Data Encryption standard -Block cipher principles, Data

Encryption standard, AES Evaluation criteria of AES, The AES cipher of

Network Security .

3 CO3 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Finite

fields: Groups, Rings and Fields, Modular Arithmetic, Euclidean Algorithm,

Introduction to numbers theory – Prime numbers, Formats & Euler’s theorem,

Testing for primarily.

4 CO4 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept Public key

cryptography & RSA: Principles of Public key crypto Systems, RSA algorithm

Message authentication &Hash functions- Authentication requirements,

273

Authentication, Functions, Message authentication codes, Hash function

Digital Signatures & Authentication Applications- Digital signatures, Kerberos

5 CO5 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Security:

E-mail Security- Pretty good privacy, S/MIME, IP Security &Web Security-

IP security over view, IP Security architecture, Web Security, Considerations,

Secure Socket layer & Transport layer Security, System Security- Intruders,

Viruses & related Threats, Firewall. Which can use in implementing secure

electronic payment.


Semester: V

Name of the Subject: Software Engineering .

Name of the Course (Paper): Software Engineering



Sr.

No.

Topi

c


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Students will be familiar with Software Processes & Characteristics, and

studies Software life cycle models, Waterfall and Spiral Models Software

Requirements analysis & specifications: Requirement engineering,

requirement, requirements analysis.

2 CO2 For proper software project management students will understand the

management spectrum, the people what the problem arises during

handling the project, what are the process & the project Software project

planning: size estimation like lines of code& function count, cost

estimation using cost estimation models, like constructive cost model,

what is risk how to handle & management.

3 CO3 Students will be able what is Problem Partitioning, and problem analysis

using Top-Down and Bottom-Up design approach and solving them using

techniques like Decision tree, decision table. Students will also learn

274

Software design:-Abstraction - Modularity – Software Architecture.

4 CO4 Gains the knowledge of Programming methods like Structured

Programming, Object Oriented Programming, Information Hiding,

Reuse, and need, use and importance of System Documentation, For

better Software Project Management why optimum Resource utilization

by proper Resource Management according to Requirements.

5 CO5 Students will get the knowledge of Software Quality Management,

Quality Control and Quality Assurance , Verification & Validity

Planning, tools and Techniques, Software Quality parameters with their

definitions, role & importance of International Standard Organization for

quality improvement.


Semester: V

Name of the Subject: Computer Graphics .

Name of the Course (Paper): Computer Graphics



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Gain knowledge about technologies related to computer graphics,

characteristics, components, advantages, disadvantages and Computer

graphics applications in different fields.

2 CO2 Learn CRT functioning, raster and random scan techniques,

coordinate systems, Homogenous co-ordinate systems, Different 2D

transformations such as rotation, scaling, sharing, also Window-to-

Viewport Transformation

3 CO3 Learn line and circle drawing algorithms, clipping algorithms,

Difference in Parallel and Perspective Projection in 2D , Bazier and

B-spline curves properties and shadowing

275

4 CO4 Knowledge about types of Animation, hardware and software tools

used in animation, Tweeking, Morphing and its parts functionality in

animation and animation applications in different fields.

5 CO5 Learn implementation in C programming language for drawing 2 D

objects such as – line rectangle, arc., circle and ellipse. Also C

Programming for 2–D and 3–D transformations which include

translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear.


Semester: V

Name of the Subject: Electronics Commerce .

Name of the Course (Paper): Electronics Commerce



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit


1 CO1 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept, scope and

perspective of Electronic Commerce, the Trade Cycle and concepts of

Electronic Data Interchange.

2 CO2 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Business

Strategy in an Electronic Age with Supply Chains, Inter Organizational Value

Chains, Porter’s Model and Advantages of E-Commerce.

3 CO3 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Strategic

Implications of IT and Technology, Environment of Business and its

Capability, according to the Existing Business Strategy how the Strategy is

Formulated, Implemented and Evaluated.

4 CO4 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of Business-

to-Business Electronic Commerce, Procurement Management Using different

types of marketplace, the concept of Just-in-Time Delivery, the Auctions and

Services from Traditional to Internet-Based EDI, how Back-end Information

Systems are Integrated, The Role of Software Agents for B2B EC, the concept

of EDI with its Nuts and Bolts.

276

5 CO5 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of

Electronic payment system with its Protocols, Security Schemes, the working

and Prospect of Electronic Card System on the Internet, the concept of Public

Policy: From Legal Issues to Privacy: EC-Related Legal Incidents, Protecting

Privacy and Property.


Semester: VI

Name of the Subject: (dot).NET Using ASP .

Name of the Course (Paper): (dot).NET Using ASP



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Learn .Net framework, .Net Languages and their basic syntaxes for

writing programming code, IIS server setting for ASP.NET

2 CO2 Knowledge about Asp.Net Application, use of different web controls

for designing web forms, know differences between Web based and

Windows based Application

3 CO3 Learn C# language characteristics, use of Validation and Rich

Control, State Management options, and error Handling

4 CO4 Learn ADO.NET objects used for data access, data controls to display

database data. Learn File stream IO operations and sending e-mail

from .NET platform. Able to write database operational code and

display them in data controls.

5 CO5 Understanding about developing components and user controls,

implementation of Caching, and knowledge about Implementing

Security. Case Studies understanding provides actual implementation

of .NET features in project development .

277


Semester: VI

Name of the Subject: Client Server Technology.

Name of the Course (Paper): Client Server Technology



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Understand about Client Server Technology & its uses

2 CO2 Learn about Client Sever designing and its structure & Client

Server Technology perform multitasking operations

3 CO3 Understand about Client Server Technology maintain the

schedule and its implementations

4 CO4 Understand the Semaphore implementations in different types

of operating system

5 CO5 Understand about database use with client Server about various

tools of database applications


Semester: VI

Name of the Subject: Multimedia and Its Applications

Name of the Course (Paper): Multimedia and Its Applications



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Introductory concepts of Multimedia in which students able to

understand the application of Multimedia what are software & Hardware

requirements for Multimedia.

278

2 CO2 Multimedia Software: Basic tools, painting and drawingtools, OCR

software, Sound editing programs, office suites animation devices and

Authoring tools

3 CO3 Students will be able to understand What are the production building

blocks like Text, Audio so that it can be uses in multimedia projects.

4 CO4 Students will be able to understand What are the, Image & Video basics

so that it can be use in Multimedia Project

5 CO5 Student will get the knowledge of Multimedia Project Development

,Estimating, RPFs and Bid proposals, Designing, Producing acquiring

and using contents, Testing,& distribution on different platforms like

Internet, High definition television, Mobile phones etc.


Semester: VI

Name of the Subject: Software Testing.

Name of the Course (Paper): Software Testing.



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



1 CO1 Understand different phases of software Project.Quality control &

Quality assurance.

2 CO2 Understand & can differentiate between White box testing & Black

box testing also the different subtypes of it.

3 CO3 Able to differentiate between functional & non functional testing &

can explain integration, beta & stress testing.

4 CO4 Include Acceptance testing & it's criteria & Performance testing,

factors affecting Performance testing, it's methodology.

5 CO5 Understand regression testing & methodology for selecting test

cases in regression testing .Preparing test plan & test case

specification.

279


Semester: VI

Name of the Subject: Advance Database Management System.

Name of the Course (Paper): Advance Database Management System



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit


1 CO1 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concepts of DBMS,

file organization, normal forms for relations, physical database design and

tuning, access control mechanism, aspects of security.

2 CO2 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of

transaction management like concurrency control and locking protocol, crash

recovery.

3 CO3 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of parallel

database, data partitioning, distributed database, issues of replication.

4 CO4 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of object

database system, objects, identity, inheritance, database design for an

ORDBMS, storage and access methods, query processing and optimization,

differences between RDBMS with OODBMS and ORDBMS.

5 CO5 At the end of this unit students will able to understand the concept of data

warehousing, DSS and OLTP, Metadata management, OLAP, Data mining.

280

Programme Specific Outcomes - Bachelor of Commerce

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code



what)

Semester I

1. CPso1 The student will be ready for employment in functional areas like

accounting, taxation, banking and business management. An attitude

for working effectively and efficiently in a business environment.

2. CPso2 Students will learn the skill like effective communication, decision

making, problem solving in day to day business affaires

3. CPso3 Students will learn to prepare a text document with complete

formatting.

Semester II

4. CPso4 Students are able to play role of businessmen, entrepreneur, managers,

consultant, which will help learner to possess knowledge and other

soft skill

5. CPso5 Students will demonstrate progressive affective domain development

of the role of accounting in society and business

6. CPso6 Develop managerial skill

Semester III

7. CPso7 Learners will gain knowledge of various disciplines of commerce,

business, accounting, economics, and finance auditing and marketing.

8. CPso8 Learners will gain knowledge of various disciplines of stock market

and able to trade in market

9. CPso9 Student will involve in various co- curricular activities to demonstrate

practical experience of work with academic syllabus

Semester IV

10. CPso10 Students acquire skill to work as tax consultant, audit assistant and

other financial supporting services.

11. CPso11 Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge in setting up a

computerized set of accounting books

281

12. CPso12 Student will aware of banking business and practices.

13. CPso13 To make the student aware of the Income Tax Laws prevalent in the

country

Semester V

14. CPso14 Student will learn relevant financial accounting career skill and

managerial accounting career skill, applying both quantitative and

qualitative knowledge to their future careers in business

15. CPso15 To establish link between commerce/ business and marketing.

16. CPso16 Student will get acquainted with the application of internet and E-

Commerce.

Semester VI

17. CPso17 Student will attain eligibility for higher studies

18. CPso18 Student willable to apply economic reasoning to solve the problems of

business.

19. CPso 19 To make the student aware of the Company Laws prevalent in the

country related to Corporate Sector.

20. CPso20 Student will able to enhance various entrepreneur skills and

knowledge.

Course Outcomes - Bachelor of Commerce

CO

Subject Topic What the Student will be able to do at the

end of

Module / Unit

SEMESTER I

1 Principles of

Economic

Introduction To Expose student of commerce to basic micro

economic concept and inculcate an analytical

approach to the subject matter.

Utility Approach Familiarize the students the basic concept of

utility demand & law of demand and its

282

application in life

Elasticity of

demand

To study the concept of Elasticity of demand,

its type and measurement & its importance.

Production

Functions

To analysis the law of variable. To know the

merits & demerits and benefits of internet &

External economics and diseconomies.

Cost & Revenue To study the types of cost & curves.

2 Advanced

Accountancy

Advanced

Accounting

To know the concept and scope of book

keeping

Sub-sidiary Book To understand the concept of various

subsidiary books

Final Accounts To learn how to prepare final accounts with

adjustment

Depreciation To know the different methods of depreciation

Reconciliation

Statements

TO know how to prepare all type of bank

reconciliation statement.

3

Principles of

Business

Organization

Commerce &

Industry

Student will understand the scope of

commerce and industry & recent trends of

business world and MNC

Business Students will know the different forms of

business sector and various transactions.

Merge and

Acquisition

Student will able to understand the concepts of

merger and different mergers of India. Also

they how business networking works.

New Enterprises Student will know how to take various steps

and decision in setting up new enterprises.

Trade in India Students will know the various categories of

trade and their functions.

4.

Computer

Fundamental

and

Operating

system I

Fundamental of

computer

Students will get information about evolution

of computer & its development.

Computer

organization

Students will know about different elements of

computer system

Memory Student will be aware about different types of

283

organization memory

Input & Output

Devices

Student will get to know about different input

devices and output devices

Word Processing Students will learn to prepare a text document

with complete formatting.

5. English

Prose & Poem Students will increase their reading speed and


Grammar

Students will heighten their awareness of

correct usage of English Grammar in writing

and speaking.

Communication

Skill

Students will improve their reading fluency

skills through extensive reading.

Students will enlarge their vocabulary

SEMESTER II

6. Business

Economic

Business &

Managerial

Economics

To know the different between Business

economic & ME. Study about the relationship

of business with the Subject.

Market Structure To understand the types of market & features

& price discrimination under different market

structure.

Market structure To understand the monopolistic, oligopoly,

market structure & perfect competition.

Factors pricing To understand marginal productivity theory,

Wages types and determination of wages and

rent theory.

Cost & Revenue To understand interest’s liquidity preference

theory. To understand profit dynamic & risk

Bearing theory.

7. Financial

Accounting

Non- trading

Institution

To develop the concept of non-trading

institution accounting procedures.

Co-operative

societies

To develop accounting areas related to

cooperative societies.

284

Agriculture

Farms

To develop the accounting for agriculture farm

Hire purchases &

Installment

To develop the concept of hire purchase and

installment accounting

Insolvency To analysis the accounts of insolvency with

laws of insolvency and procedure accordingly.

8

Principle of

Business

Management

Management

Concept

Student will known the concept of

management and principles of management

through various management thoughts

Planning Students will understand the objectives and

importance of good planning and how

forecasting help in planning process.

Organizing Student will able to know the key element of

organizing and objectives of

departmentalization.

Directing Student will understand the concept of

directing. And how motivation and good

direction create coordination.

Controlling Students will understand the importance of

techniques and tools of controlling.

9

Computer

Fundamental

and

Operating

system II

Operating

System

Students will get basic introduction of

operating system.

Operating

System

(Program)

Students will get understand the procedure of

Installing and uninstalling programs.

Modern

Communication

System

Students will be able to determine the various

means of modern communication.

Word Processing Students will be practiced in preparing word

document and table wizard.

Power Point

Presentation

Students will get to develop the skill of

preparing power point presentation.

10 Compulsory Prose It will develop an ability to recognize main

285

English idea and supporting details in order to improve

comprehension.

Poem Students will analyze literary works for their

structure and meaning.

Composition It will develop the language ability of the

students.

Communication

Skill

It will improve students ability to read and

spell words through an analysis of the structure

of the English language.

SEMESTER III

11

Company

Account

Issue of shares Students will get to learn about the accounting

entries for primary issue of shares.

Final Account of

company

Students will learn to prepare financial

statements of the companies.

Profit prior to

incorporation

Students will get to learn about proper

distribution of profit i.e. before and after

incorporation of companies.

Amalgamation of

companies

Students will get knowledge about purchase &

merger of companies and its accounting

effects.

Absorption of

companies

Students will gain the knowledge for

Accounting effect of absorption of companies.

12 Business

Mathematics

Natural Number

,Integers,H.C.F&

L.C.M , Linear

Equation

To understand the nature of the natural

numbers, Integers. Students come to know how

to calculate the highest common factor & least

common factor from the given example To

understand the linear equation & its

calculation.

Percentage To understand that how the percentage is

calculated. To understand the concept of the

discount,Commission & Brokerage with the

example.

Average To understand that how the Average of the

286

Profit & Loss given number is calculate. To understand

concept of the profit & Loss with suitable

example.

Mathematics of

Finance

To know about how to calculate the simple

Interest from the given problem. To understand

the concept of the compound interest with the

suitable example.

Ratio &

Proportion

To understand the concept of the Ratio &

percentage concept of the proportion. To know

about the simple & compound Proportion. To

know about the Direct & inverse proportion

with the suitable example.

13 Auditing

Introduction Meaning, advantages and types of audit

Internal Check

etc.

Audit Program, vouching, valuation and

verification

Company

Auditor

Appointment, powers, duties and liabilities of

company auditor

Dividend and

audit report

Rules related to divisible profit and

requirements of audit report

Auditing of

various

institutions

Knowledge of auditing of various institutions

like Banking, insurance and educational

institutions

14 Monetary

System

Money To Understand Barter System and Its Problem

Demonstrate and understand History, Meaning,

definition, Nature, Functions, Importance of

Money and Kinds of Money. To understand

Merit and Demerit of Demonetization

Value OF Money To understand Demand and Supply of Money

Define Demand and supply equilibrium -value

of money. To understand fisher quantity theory

of Money and its Criticism

Price Fluctuation Demonstrate an Understand Meaning,

definition and Casus effect ,measures of

287

Inflation and Deflation

To understand concept and meaning of Trade

cycle

Money Market Demonstrate an understand meaning,definition,

nature, feature ,Objection, Function and

Importance of Money Market. To know about

Institution and Instruments of Money market.

To understand of Impact of Demonization on

Indian Money Market

Capital Market To understand concept ,functions of capital

market. To know about structure and

components of Indian Capital Market. To

know about Powers and Functions Of SEBI.

To understand Role of SEBI In Capital market

and Money Market

15

Information

Technology

& Business

Data

Processing - I

Data and Data

Processing

Student will understand the concept of data and

data processing and also get aware about uses

of it

Database and

data warehouse

Student enable to understand the concept,

objectives and needs of database and the key

element of data warehouse &data mining..

Database

Management

System

Students will know concept of DBMS and

various DBMS Module and understand their

characteristics.

Spreadsheet

Package

Students will learn to work on MS-Excel

Formulas,

Functions and

Charts in Excel.

Students will able use multiple calculations in

Excel by using various formulas and functions.

Also able to make impressive graphical

presentations by using charts in excel.

16 English

Poem It will develop the language ability of the

students.

Prose Students will improve their speaking ability in

288

English both in terms of fluency and

comprehensibility.

Communication

Skill & writing

Skill



It will improve student’s ability to read and

spell words through an analysis of the structure

of the English language.

SEMESTER IV

17 Corporate

Accounting

Banking

Company

Students will get knowledge of accounting of

banking companies

Insurance

Company

Students will get information about accounting

of fire insurance company and accident

insurance company.

Liquidation Of

Company

Students will get details information about

liquidator’s final statement of account and

calculation of remuneration to liquidator by

applying different methods

Good will

Valuation

Students will get information about different

method of valuation of goodwill of company

Valuation of

share

Students will get to learn the different methods

of valuation of shares.

18 Business

Statistics

Introduction to

Statistics

To understand concept of the statistics. To

know about the descriptive statistics . To

Understand the types of data ,collection, &

how the tabulation & presentation of the

statistical data is done.

Index Number

To know what is Index number. To know

practically the construction of the Index

Numbers.

Analysis of

Universal Data

To know how to make the construction of the

frequency of distribution is made .

Analyze the concept of the central tendency &

their measures. To understand the calculation

289

of the Mean ,Median ,Mode

Concept of

Dispersion

Demonstrate the concept of the Dispersion.

To understand the concept of the Absolute &

relative measure of Dispersion Skewness.

Co-efficient of

Correlation

Demonstrate the correlation with the help of

the Karl Pearson’s Formula

Also To calculate the Co-efficient of

correlation of correlation in grouped &

Ungrouped data with probable error

19 Income Tax

Introduction Basics concepts

Income from

Salary and House

Property

Computation of income from salary and house

property

Income from

other sources and

deductions

Computation of income from other sources and

deductions available to individuals from total

income

Income tax

authorities

Assessment procedure and power of various

income tax authorities

Filing of returns Filing of e return, form no 10 E, form no 16,

tax planning, knowledge of PAN and TDS

20

Indian

Financial

System

Indian Financial

Market

To understand meaning , definition, and kinds

of Finance

To know about Structure and organization

financial market

To Understand function of Indian financial

market and problem, Importance of Financial

system in Indian Economy

Indian Bank

Demonstrate an understanding of History ,

Nature & Classification & Importance of

Banks

To know about Baking services (ATM, CDM,

Debit Card, Credit Card, E- banking, BHIM)

To know concept and importance of CORE

290

banking

Commercial

Banks

To know about Meaning , definition &

function of Commercial bank

Analyze process of Credit creation of

commercial bank

To understand limitation ,Role and importance

commercial Bank in India

Reserve Bank of

India

Demonstrate an understanding about History ,

meaning , importance and function of RBI

To understand quantitative tools and

qualitative tools of Credit control

To Understand the Roles of RBI in Indian

Economy

Stock Exchange

Demonstrate an Understanding History,

meaning and features of Stock Exchange

To know about Structure , components and

Function of Indian Stock Exchange

To understand Define Roles and Importance of

Stock Exchange and Concept of Sensex and

Nifty

21

Information

Technology

& Business

Data

Processing - I

Information Students will known the overview of

information and uses of Information &

Information Technology

Computer

Accounting

Package

Students will understand the concept of

computerized accounting and how it is useful

than manual accounting.

Accounting

software Tally

9.0/ Higher

Students will introduce with the feature and

functions of Tally

Working in Tally Students will able to perform transactions in

Tally

Reports and

Advanced

Students will known the overview of report

display, printing and Data Export- Import.

291

Features in Tally Also get introduction of Indian Tax system .

22 Compulsory

English

Prose It will develop an ability to recognize main

idea and supporting details in order to improve

comprehension.

Writing Skill It will develop the language ability of the

students.



Communication

Skill



SEMESTER V

23 Internet &

WWW - I

Network Students will know the concept of network and

types of network and how network models

different from each other.

Internet Student able to understand the objectives of

internet, essential component , internet enable

services and the mechanism of internet

Electronic Mail Students will know the various elements of E-

Mails and their characteristics and understand

practically different procedure related to E-

Mail.

The World Wide

Web Consortium

Students will enable to understand the World

Wide Web Consortium, the Architecture of

WWW and meaning of website & webpage.

Designing

Website/Webpag

e

Students will know the concept of HTML and

how to create webpage with HTML, using of

tags.

24

Business

Regulatroy

Frame Work

Indian contract

Act, 1872

To know the overview of these Act

Special Contract To understand the various special contract and

their rights and duties

Sales of Goods

Act,1930 and

To know the general principle of contract of

sale and objectives of consumers protection act

292

Consumes

protection

act,1936

Negotiable

Instrument

act,1831

To know the concept and characteristics of

negotiable instruments

Goods and

services tax

act,2017

To know the overview of goods and services

tax.

25 E-Commerce

I

Basic of

Ecommerce

Students will learn about essential of

Ecommerce and How ecommerce is different

from traditional commerce.

Ecommerce in

India

Students will get the information about the

basic of internet in India

Retail

Ecommerce

Students will get information for

B2B,C2B,C2C ecommerce

B2B Ecommerce Student will get to learn about B2B supplier

oriented market place and buyer oriented

market place.

E-Payment & E-

Banking

Student will get to learn about different

payment model for ecommerce

26 Cost

Accounting

Theory of Cost

Accounting

To know basic theory of Cost Accounting

Cost Sheet To learn how to prepare Cost Sheet (Statement

of Cost)

Tenders To learn how to prepare Tenders

Reconciliation of

Statement

To Know the difference between Cost

Accounting and Financial Accounting.

Process Costing To Learn how to prepare Process Accounts in

Various conditions

27 Business

Environment

Indian Business

Environment

To know the nature & concept of Business

Environment. To understand the new trends in

Business Environment.

293

Indian

Agricultural

Environment

To understand, how Agricultural marketing

works. To learn about Indian farmers, current

trends in Agricultural Environment.

Indian Industrial

Environment

To learn, Industrializations their role & pattern.

To understand the current trends in Industrial

Environment.

Indian Service

Environment

To learn various coverage & contribution of

Indian Service Sector. To know about New

trends in Service Environment.

Indian & Foreign

Trade

Environment

To understand the Importance of Foreign Trade

for Developing Economy. To know about

Current trends in Foreign trade environment

like FDI & FII.

28 Compulsory

English





comprehension.

Compositions &

Business

Communication

Students will enlarge their vocabulary and

improve formal & informal writing Skill.

SEMESTER VI

29 Internet &

WWW - II

Web Browsing Students will known the overview of web

browser, functions and features of various

types of browsers.

Web directory &

search Engines

Students will understand about the functions of

web directory and search engines.

Social

Networking

Websites &

mobile

Applications

Students will know the objectives of social

networking website and mobile application and

their functions.

294

Google drive Students will understand features and functions

of Google Drive, Google Class Room &

Google form also they will able to create the

various Google forms and Google classroom.

MS Front Page

Express

Students will understand the Concept &

important of MS Front page and practically

understand how to use it for creating webpage.

30 Company

Law

Introduction To understand the feature formation of

company act 2013

Incorporation Of

Company

To known the concept of incorporation of

company with MOA & AOA concept.

Share capital of

company

To understand the overview of share related to

application, allotment, forfeiture transfer with

share certificate and share warrant.

Securities Market To know about stock exchange and capital

market with its importance.

Company

Secretary

To know the duties and responsibilities of

company secretary.

31

Economics

OF

Development

Economic

Development

To learn Indian Economics, economic growth

To understand underdevelopment &

development economics

Economic

Growth Models

To learn different theories of economic models

Economic

Growth Models

To understand why countries are under

development

To know the different concept of development

Growth balanced

& Unbalanced

To understand the various theories of economic

growth

To understand the economic balanced &

unbalanced system

Development of

capital Human &

Financial

To understand human resources for economic

growth

To know capital formation & Saving

295

32 Management

Accounting

Theory of

Management

accounting

To develop the knowledge to understand the

concept of management accounting

Break even point To develop the concept of BEP

Ratio Analysis To develop the concept of Ratio Analysis

Cash Budget To develop the concept of cash budget

Flexible Budget To develop the concept of flexible budget

33 E-Commerce

II

Internet E-

Commerce

Business Model

Students will get information about different

business model for Ecommerce

B2C Internet

Marketing

Students will get information for online

marketing

B2B Online

Marketing

Students will be able to Analyze the B2B

Marketing Concept

E- Governance Students will understand the concept of E-

Governance

E- Governance

Model

Students will get the knowledge of E-

Governance Model

34 Compulsory

English

Comprehensions Students will improve their reading fluency


Writing Skill Students will analyze literary works for their


Business

Communication

Students will increase their reading speed and




comprehension.

296

Programme Specific Outcomes – B. Voc

Name of the Programme :- B.Voc. Name of the subject :- Componant Skills

Name of the course (Paper) : Medical Equpment Techniquecs & Management

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome code

VPSO 1

What the student will be able to do at the end of

programme (Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application

of Knowledge /Skill to do what)

Medical Equipment

Techniqus

Knowledge about all basic Medical Equipments and Skill

About Lab Technician

Course Outcomes – B. Voc.

Name of the Programme :- B.Voc Class : Part – I

Semester :- I Name of the subject :- Medical Equipment Techniqus

Name of the course (Paper) : Course outcomes code :-VCO 1 TO VCO 5

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Medical Equipment Techniqus

Sr.

No. Topic


Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR

Application of Knowledge /Skill to do what)

1

Fundamentals of

Biomedical

Instrumentation

After completion of this unit, students will be able to know

basic concepts of measurement Biomedical system in

detailed.

2 Bioelectric Signals

and Electrodes

After completion of this unit, students will be able to learn all

the biomedical signal and electrodes of their use in biomedical

system in detailed.

3 Biomedical

Recorders


bomedical recorders used in biomedical system in detailed.

4 Magnetic

Resonance


the concept of Magnetic Resonance Imaging System and its

297

Imaging System application in detailed.

5 Radio-therapy

Equipment

After completion of this unit, students will be able to know all

the radiation sources and equipment in detailed.

298




Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

code

VPSO2

What the student will be able to do at the end of programme

(Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge

/Skill to do what)

Hispital

Front Desk

Co-ordinator

enhance their skill and capacities in counsel and manage personnel who visits Healthcare Organization, enhance their knowledge in resource management, advocacy as a Hospital Front Desk Coordina

or enhance Customer Se, vice Excellence and Patient Satisfaction demonstrate billing activities enhance skills to work out on edical software for maintain Hospital Information System demonstrate professional behaviour, personal qualities and characteristics

of a Hospital Front Desk Coordinator

direct patients/carer’s/visitors to concerned department or authorities demonstrate correct method of bio-medical waste

management demonstrate basic life support, cardio pulmonary resuscitation and other actions in the event of medical and facility emergencies demonstrate good communication, communicate

accurately and appropriately. get along with, working with and co-operating with others report concerns/issues/challenges to higher authorities as per timelines

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme :- B.Voc Class : Part - I

Semester :- II Name of the subject :- Hospital Front Desk Coordinator

Name of the course (Paper) : Course outcomes code :- VCO 6 to VCO 23

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Hospital Front Desk Co Ordinator

Sr.

No. Topic

What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge

/Skill to do what)

299

1

Introduction to

functions of

Hospital Front

Desk Coordinator

Theory Duration

Describe the functions of Hospital Front Desk Coordinator such

as:- Help desk management, Call centre / appointment , andling/

front office data management, Describe about preventive health

program management, Describe report delivery process,

Describe employees responsibilities e.g. punctuality, discipline,

integrity, grievance redressal process, Discuss handling different

categories of patients - paid / non- paid, emergency, VIPs etc.,

Describe handling of irate customers and patient attendees

Ensuring patient satisfaction - contribution of the front office,

Understand the basic components required for comfort of,

patient/carer’s/visitors at healthcare organization, Present a

positive personal image., Define quality improvement process,

Discuss OPD Management: OPD timings, schedule, registration,

billing etc.

2

Consent,

Reporting &

Documentation

Define the scope of practice for hospital front desk coordinator,

Define consent and discuss the methods of obtaining consent.,

Understand importance of maintaining various records & how to

obtain them..Explain various types of records to be maintained

by hospital front desk coordinator,Demonstrate essential

components of various records and method of documentation and

their retrieval

3

Basic Structure

and Function of

the Human Body

Describe anatomy and functions human body system, Describe

special needs of vulnerable clients in the hospitals Describe

visible symptoms of ill patients or patients who need immediate

ttention by medical team

4

Introduction to

Medical

Terminology

required related to

front desk

functioning

Understand appropriate use of related medical terminology in

daily activities with colleagues, patients and family, Understand

about hospital, departments/diagnostic’s available with

HCO/services available and direct patient to accurate unit, Able

to identify medical terms and related

tariffs/discounts/promotions which can be advised to relevant

patients/carer’s

5 Infection Control

& Prevention

Identify deviation from normal health, Understand management

of different types of spillage and their anagement

Understanding of hand hygiene: infection control/exposure

control/ PPE, Understand hospital/ emergency borne infections,

Understand prevention and treatment of needle stick injury

Understand about incident reporting

6 Personal Hygiene

Develop understanding of the concept of Healthy Living,

Develop understanding & procedures of Hand Hygiene, Develop

techniques of self- grooming and maintenance,Equip with

techniques of use of PPE: the need for and types,Vaccinate

against common infectious diseases: immunisation to reduce the

health risks for self, patients., Understand mandated, highly

300

7

Professional

Behavior at work

settings

Describe the factors to establish and maintain peaceful

environment, Learn general and specific etiquettes to be

observed while working, Understand need for compliance of

organizational hierarchy and reporting, Understand the legal and

ethical issues, Understand importance of conservation of

resources, Understand your boundaries, roles and

responsibilities, Understand how to use relevant research based

protocols and guidelines as evidence to inform one’s practice,

Understand how to promote and demonstrate good practice as an

individual and as a team member and the reason for doing this.

Understand the risks to quality and safety if you do not keep up

to date with best practice, Understand how you have to manage

potential risks to the quality and safety of practice, Understand

how to evaluate and reflect on the quality of your work and

made continual improvements, Understand the importance of

using the best practice guidelines at all times, and the importance

of evaluating oneself to see if any improvement needs to be

done, Understand the importance of individuals or team

compliance with legislation, protocols and guidelines and

organisational systems and requirements, Understand how to

report and minimise risk Understand when to seek support from

others

8

Rights &

Responsibilities

of Patient’s

Describe various patient rights and responsibilities applicable to

work, area Describe self-role in maintaining patient's rights

Escalate to competent authority in case of any deviation or non-

conformance as per organizational policies and procedures

9

Maintain

conducive

Environment

Describe things necessary to make the patient feel safe and

comfortable, Describe impact of comfort on one’s

health,Describe importance and methodology of cleanliness, and

hygiene environment Describe variation of patients environment

according to settings: road, home, ambulance, hospital, etc.

10

Hospital

Information

System (HIS) –

Medical Software

Applications

Describe various modalities for Patient Registration in HIS,

Describe various characteristics of HIS, Describe about

important information and credentials to be captured by

patient/attenders for HIS, Describe basic functioning of HIS,

Describe escalation matrix in case of non-compliances, Assess

working status of HIS as and when required, Maintain database

of visitors/patients etc., Describe the importance of Electronic

Health Records/Medical Records/Computerized patient record

systems

11 Payment and

Billing

Describe different modes of Payment utilized in healthcare

industry, Handle payment received from carers and submit to

authorities asper organizational protocol and process, Check

authenticity of currency notes Provide bill to carers as and when

required as per organizational protocol and process Describe

various TPA/Insurance services available in the country,

Describe about various National Health Insurance Scheme and

beneficiaries Describe about receiving foreign currency as a part

of payment process Describe about various international

301

currencies and their values in terms of INR

12

Customer Service

Excellence and

Patient

Satisfaction

Identify needs of the patients/carers to find resolution,Have

adequate knowledge about internal process, / promotions /

tariffs/schemes/benef its which can be provided to patients,

Build empathetic relationship with the patient’s/ visitors,Use

appropriate language and tone and listen carefully to the queries,

Show sensitivity and adequate support for all irrespective to

gender/culture/age/social difference/language etc., Maintain

proper body language and dress code,Seek feedback from

visitors,Ensuring management of foreign clients with differences

in culture and language.

13 Safety & First

Aid

Describe common emergency conditions and what to do in

medical emergencies, Describe basics of first aid,To develop

understanding and precautions to ensure self- safety, Provide

care to the patients while moving & transferring is required,

Demonstrate the use of protective devices (restraints, safety

devices) To seek forassistance from appropriate authority in

a timely manner

14 Basic Life

Support

Describe identification of cardiac arrest, Understand Principles

of basic life support ( Adult chain of survival, ,CABDs of giving

CPR),Describe the correct protocol of chest compression,

ventilation and assessment steps,Differentiate the single rescuer

and two rescuer CPR,Describe the conditions when choking

occurs, Describe the protocol of giving life support during

choking

15

Bio Medical

Waste

Management

To gain understanding of importance of proper and safe disposal

of bio-medical waste & treatment,To gain understanding of

categories of bio-medical waste,To learn about disposal of bio-

medical waste – colour coding, types of containers,

transportation of waste, etc.,To gain broad understanding of

standards for bio-medical waste disposal, To gain broad

understanding of means of bio-medical waste treatment

16

Institutional

Emergencie, Fire

safety and &

security

Learn actions to be initiated in case of fire or any institutional

emergency, Describe how to use fire extinguisher Understand

suspicious behaviour of individuals and tracking the same

17

Basic Computer

Knowledge

To gain understanding about application of computers,

Introduction to Computers:, −Block diagram,−Input and Output

devices−Storage devices,Introduction to operating systems,

−Need of Operating systems (OS), −Function of OS, −Windows

2000 – Utilities and basic operations, −Microsoft office 2000 –

MS Word, MS Excel

18 Soft Skills &

Communication

Understand Art of Effective Communication, Able to handle

Patients & Family through effective and empathetic

Communication, Able to handle effective Communication with

Peers/ colleagues using medical terminology in communication,

Learn basic reading and writing skills, Learn sentence formation,

302

Learn grammar and composition, Learn how to enhance

vocabulary, Learn Goal setting, team building, team work, time

management, thinking and reasoning & communicating with

others, Learn problem solving, Understand need for customer

service and service excellence in Medical service, Learn

objection handling, Learn Telephone and Email etiquettes, Learn

to analyse, evaluate and apply the information gathered from

observation, experience, reasoning, or communication to act

efficiently, Learn identification of rapidly changing situations

and adapt accordingly, Learn decision making ability Learn

planning and rganization of work

303




Sr.

No.

Program

me

Specific

Outcome

code

PSO 3


(Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge /Skill to

do what)

Patient

Relations

Associate

Enhance their skill and capacities in counsel and assist visitors/patients

who visits Healthcare Organization and provide with solutions, Enhance

skills for coordinating activities at hospital front desk, registration

services & coordination with healthcare team., Perform certain

administrative task such as maintenance of records, paperwork, billing,

coordination during patient referrals, administrative & basic

management,Enhance their knowledge in resource management,

advocacy as a Patient Relations Associate, Facilitate customer service

excellence and patient satisfaction,coordinate with hospital front desk

coordinators and other billing staff for billing activities, Develop skills

to work out on medical software to maintain Hospital Information

System, Demonstrate professional behaviour, personal qualities and

characteristics of a hospital front desk coordinator, Demonstrate correct

method of bio-medical waste management, Demonstrate Basic Life

Support, Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation and other actions in the event

of medical and facility emergencies, Demonstrate good communication,

communicate accurately and appropriately., Employ group cohesiveness

Report concerns/ issues/ challenges to higher authorities as per

escalation matrix

Course Outcomes

304

Name of the Programme :- B.Voc Class : Part - II

Semester :- III & IV Name of the subject :- Patient Relation Associate

Name of the course (Paper) : Course outcomes code :- VCO 24 to vco 40

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Patient Relation Associate

Sr.

No. Topic


Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application


1

Orientation to

Patient Relations

Associate

Describe the functions of patient relations associate, Assess

needs of patient and act accordingly, Describe report delivery

process and escalation matrix, Describe employees

responsibilities e.g. punctuality, discipline, integrity, grievance

redressal process, Describe process involved during admission

and discharge of patients, Manage and handle visitors of

different categories such as Patients - Paid / Non-Paid,

Emergency, VIPs etc.,Ensure patient satisfaction contribution

of the front office,Understand the basic components required

for comfort of,patient/carer’s/visitors at healthcare

organization, Present a positive personal image.,Define

quality improvement process, Patient flow management in

hospital area for availing services such as OPD/ IPD/

Diagnostics etc in coordination with Healthcare team

2

Consent,

Reporting &

Documentation-

advanced level

Define the scope of practice for patient relations associate,

Define consent and discuss the methods of obtaining consent.,

Understand importance of maintaining various records & how

to obtain them from related resources, Explain various types

of records to be maintained by patient relations associate,

Demonstrate essential components of various records and

method of documentation and their retrieval, Understand the

legal implications of electronic medical records/electronic

health records

305

3

Orientation to

Structure and

Function of the

Human Body

Describe anatomy and functions human body system,Describe

special needs of vulnerable clients in the hospitals,Describe

visible symptoms of ill patients or patients who need

immediate attention by medical team

4

Introduction to

Hospital

Policies and

Procedures

Understand about hospital policies and procedures of

healthcare organization, Understand about hospital

departments/diagnostic available with HCO/services available

and direct patient to accurate unit. Discuss about schemes/

tariffs/discounts/promotions which can be advised to

relevant,patients/carer’s or visitors in accordance with

healthcare team, Understand appropriate use of related

medical terminology in daily activities with colleagues,

patients and family,Understand about leaving policies of

patient such as LAMA (Leave against medical advice etc.)

Learn techniques to deal with cases such as thefts,

misappropriation, report mix-ups, damage to property, abuse

etc.

5 Infection Control

& Prevention

Understand the importance of infection control and prevention

and guiding hospital front desk coordinator about it in

accordance with healthcare team,Understand management of

different types of spillage and their management,Understand

the principles of hand hygiene, infection control/exposure

control and use of PPE, Understand hospital/ emergency borne

infections, Understand prevention and treatment of needle

stick injuryUnderstand about incident

6 Collaborative

Team Work


environment in work area with all,Apply etiquettes while

working with team,Develop skills to assist supervisors for duty

roaster creation,Develop skills to explain policies and

procedures to others including patients,Learn from feedbacks

about process improvement,Describe about service recovery

matrix,Understand need for compliance of organizational

hierarchy and escalation matric, Understand the legal and

306

ethical issues and criticality of Medico Legal Cases,

Understand importance of best utilization and conservation of

resources, Understand the limits of one’s and others’, roles

and responsibilities,Understand how to use relevant research

based protocols and guidelines as evidence to inform one’s

practice,Understand of team work and how to facilitate

it,Understand the risks to quality and safety if you do not keep

up to date with best practice,Understand how you have to

manage potential risks to the quality and safety of

practice,Understand to evaluate and reflect on the quality of

your work andmade continual improvements, Describe the

importance of using the best practice guidelines at all times,

and the importance of evaluating oneself to see if any

improvement needs to be done,Explain the importance of

individuals or team compliance with legislation, protocols and

guidelines and organizational systems and requirements

7

Quality in

Healthcare –

Service and

Medical Quality

Describe about various accreditation agencies for Healthcare

organizations nationally and internationally, Describe about

various standards of NABH and their implications for quality

control and quality assurance,Describe about quality assurance

and quality control,Describe about quality control and

assurance tools which can be utilized for effective

functioning,Describe about risk assessment ,rocess,Describe

about patient behaviour and psychology,Describe about

patient’s rights and responsibilities applicable to work

area,Describe self-role in maintaining patient's rights, Escalate

to competent authority in case of any deviation or non-

conformance as per organizational policies and procedures

Liaison with healthcare team for effective care for patients

8

Maintain

conducive

environment in

Emergency

Describe things necessary to make the patient feel safe and

comfortable,Describe impact of comfort on one’s

health,Describe importance and methodology of cleanliness,

and hygiene environment,Describe variation of patient’s

307

Situations environment according to settings: road, home, ambulance,

hospital, etc.,Prepare patient for admission, discharge and

referral services Direct patients/visitors to accurate unit and

assist till satisfactory results

9

Hospital

Information

System (HIS) –

Medical

Software

Applications

Describe various modalities for Patient Registration in

HIS,Describe various characteristics of HIS,Describe about


patient/attenders for HIS,Describe basic functioning of

HIS,Describe escalation matrix in case of non-compliances,

Assess working status of HIS as and when required,Maintain

database of visitors/patients etc.,Describe the importance of

Electronic Health Records/Medical Records/Computerized

Patient Record Systems

10

TPA operations

and Cash

Management

Describe fundamentals of accounting,Describe about finance

and credit management applicable to healthcare

industry,Describe different modes of Payment utilized in

healthcare industry and process flow of cash/payment

modes,Check and coordinate to determine authenticity of

payment received,Describe various TPA/Insurance services

available in the country/ National Health Insurance Scheme

and applicable beneficiaries,Describe about regulatory bodies/

process and compliance to receive foreign currency as a part

of payment process Describe about various international

currencies and their values in terms of INR

11

Customer

Service

Excellence and

Patient

Satisfaction

Identify needs of the patients/carers to find resolution,Acquire

adequate knowledge about internal process,/ promotions/

tariffs/ schemes/benefits which can be provided to patients,

Build empathetic relationship with the patient’s/ visitors and

others,Employ appropriate language and tone and listen

carefully to the queries and provide solutions accordingly,

Display sensitivity and adequate support for all irrespective to

gender/culture/age/social difference/language etc. Obtain

308

feedback from visitors and suggest for amendment’s in

protocol & polices accordingly

12 Safety & First

Aid

Describe common emergency conditions and how to deal with

it as per limits and competency,Describe basics of first aid,

Develop understanding and precautions to ensure self- safety,

Provide care to the patients while moving & transferring is

required, Demonstrate the use of protective devices (restraints,

safety devices) Seek assistance from appropriate authority in a

timely manner

13 Basic Life

Support

Describe symptoms to identify cardiac arrest,Comprehend

principles of basic life support (for adults and

infants),Describe the correct protocol of chest compression,

ventilation and assessment steps,Differentiate the single

rescuer to two rescuer CPR,Describe the conditions when

choking occurs Describe the protocol of giving life support

during choking

14

Bio Medical

Waste

Management

Describe importance of proper and safe disposal of bio-

medical waste & treatment,Explain categories of bio-medical

waste,Explain disposal of bio-medical waste – colour coding,

types of containers, transportation of waste, etc.,Explain

standards for bio-medical waste disposal Understand means of

bio-medical waste treatment

15

Institutional

Emergencies,

Fire safety and

& security

Comprehend actions to be initiated in case of fire or any

institutional emergency,Describe how to use fire extinguisher

Understand suspicious behaviour of individuals and tracking

the same

16

Basic

Computer

Knowledge

Discuss about application of computers,Discuss the

introduction to Computers,Discuss the foundation concept of

operating systems,Describe the need of Operating systems

(OS),Explain the functions of OS,Describe the updated

309

versions of Windows like 2008 or 2010 – Utilities and basic

operations, Discuss the updated versions of Microsoft office

like 2010, 2013 or 2016., Describe the basic concepts of

computer Hardware & Software,Explain the commonly used

hospital softwares, Apply operations of Computer in hospitals,

Comprehend various concepts like Data Based Concept (ER

diagram ), SQL, V.B., ERP system with all

modules,Understand the importance of effective health

information system Discuss the foundation of digital

maintenance of Medical Records Explain EHR

17 Soft Skills &

Communication

Define art of effective communication,Handle patients &

family through effective and empathetic

communication,Handle effective communication with peers/

colleagues using,medical terminology incommunication,Learn

basic reading and writing skills,Learn sentence

formation,Learn grammar and composition,Learn how to

enhance vocabulary,Learn goal setting, team building, team

work, time management, thinking and reasoning &

communicating with others,Learn problem

solving,Understand need for customer service and service

excellence in medical service Learn objection handling Learn

telephone and e-mail etiquettes Learn to analyse, evaluate and

apply the information gathered from observation, experience,

reasoning, or communication to act efficiently Learn

identification of rapidly changing situations and adapt

accordingly Learn decision making ability Learn planning and

organization of work

310




Sr.

No.

Programm

e Specific

Outcome

code

VPSO 4


(Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge /Skill

to do what)

Assistant

Duty

Manager –

Patient

Relation

Service

Core skills or generic skills are a group of skills that are the key to

learning and working in today’s world. These skills are typically

needed in any

work environment in today’s world. In the context of the OS, these

include communication related skills that are applicable to most job

roles. Organisational context includes the way the organisation is

structured and how it operates, including the extent of operative

knowledge

managers have of their relevant areas of responsibility. Technical

knowledge is the specific knowledge needed to accomplish specific

designated responsibilities.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme :- B.Voc Class : Part -

Semester :-V & VI Name of the subject :- Assistant Duty Manager

Name of the course (Paper) : Course outcomes code :- VCO 41 to VCO 56

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Assistant Duty Manager – Patient Relation Service

Sr.No Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of

311

. Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill achieved OR Application


1

Orientation

about Healthcare

Scenario and

Industry

Explain and comprehend about health disease and wellbeing.

Describe about healthcare incidence and prevalence specific to

India and other countries with similar demographic and

epidemiologic pattern as India. Explain the referral system of

India Describe about healthcare organization prevalent at

primary/secondary & tertiary level and levels of services

available. Describe about different types of services available at

different type of healthcare organizations Define concepts of

health indicator Determine the National Health Program and

National Health Policy Describe about legal and ethical issues

pertaining to healthcare industry specific to country Define

general policies and procedures observed by healthcare

organization Learn about organizational behavior

2

Orientation

about Human

Body and

Structure

Comprehend the basics of human anatomy and physiology,

Explain various systems of the human body. Describe about

different disciplines of healthcare organization/specializations

with reference to human bodym Comprehend the human

behaviour and human psychology, Describe special needs of

vulnerable clients in the hospitals, Describe visible symptoms of

ill patients or patients who need immediate attention by medical

tea

3

Hospital Front

Desk

Management

Describe the functions of all related professionals at hospital

front desk, Identify and aid in development and fulfilment of

goal/mission/vision of organization. Discuss the management,

planning and scheduling of work requirementat front desk

Describe report delivery process and escalation matrix Describe

about personnel management and identifying appropriate

resources Describe about basic financial management and basic

statistics and probability Establish parameters for monitoring

and quality of services Describe about TPA operations and cash

management Define quality improvement and tools Define

312

patient flow management in hospital area for availing services

such as PD/IPD/Diagnostics etc in coordination with healthcare

team Comprehend about hospital departments/diagnostic

available with HCO/services available and direct patient to

accurate unit. discuss about schemes/

tariffs/discounts/promotions which can be advised to relevant

patients/carer’s or visitors in accordance with healthcare team

Manage foreign clients with differences in culture and language.

4

Liaise with

interdepartmenta

l and

intradepartment

al for smooth

functioning

Define the scope of practice for assistant duty manager – patient

relation services to liaise with different departments in the HCO,

Describe how to interview & assess patients/staff or their

representatives to identify problems relating to care, Explain

policies, procedures, or services to patients in accordance with

organizational process, Define how to liaise & coordinate with

healthcare team for effective patient management starting from

entry to exit (admission to discharge or for referral

services),Describe how to oversee floor & facility management

including ward management, Describe how to design, review ,

develop & implement quality process, Create work schedules for

employees Describe how to set performance standards to

monitor the performance of employees Describe how to track

the progress made on request for service improvement

intradepartmental and interdepartmental and escalate as per

escalation matrix

5 Personnel

Management


environment in work area with all Learn general and specific

etiquettes to be observed while working for self and guide others

for the same Develop skills to guide and mentor supporting staff

at hospital front desk Support for creating duty roaster, Learn for

best utilization of available resources, Describe how to obtain

feedback from stakeholders to improve functioning of the

organization/ process improvement, Oversee the staff’s

behaviour and their level of communication with the

313

patient/attenders, Describe the service recovery matrix,

Understand need for compliance of organizational hierarchy and

escalation matrix, Understand self-boundaries, roles and ,

esponsibilities and other’s roles and responsibilities as well,

Identify periodically training needs and schedule training for

team, Comprehend and apply the concepts of team work and

group dynamics. Monitor policies, processes and procedures and

identify best practice, risks and areas for improvement,

Determine the risks involved in quality in absence of best and

up-to-date practices. Determine the management of potential

risks Ensure interim retrospection and evaluation of work and its

subsequent management. Understand the importance of

individuals or team compliance with legislation, protocols and

guidelines and organisational systems and requirements

6

Hospital

administration

and work

rules

Identify mechanism for addressing complaints, Monitor the

services being rendered to patients using sample data and quality

metrics; publish dash board, MIS reports, feedback forms etc.

Describe how to analyse for deviations from set protocols and

causes for the same Define about Turn Around Time (TAT),

Describe about internal and external audit process with respect

to various disciplines such as NABH/ISO/NABL etc.

Describe how to initiate service recovery tools for

issues/complaints encountered as per organizational policies

7

Promotion &

Branding of

Healthcare

Organization

Explain the importance and scope of marketing, core marketing

concepts, Describe about promotional activities which can be

taken up for branding about healthcare organization,Promote

self-organization in the vicinity, Describe how to create

professional development opportunities for employees, Explain

the development of various methods of promotion like

newsletters, leaflets, flyers, Discuss the process of coordination

for various promotional events and programs Describe how to

showcase the healthcare organization using various modes of

media.

314

8

Fundamentals

of

Accounting

Describe about nature and scope, limitations of financial

accounting. basic concepts and conventions of accounting,

Describe how to conduct analysis of financial statements,

common size, ratio analysis, Describe about basic principles of

accounting, Understand cost lassifications encompassing fixed

and variable costs, Comprehend the methods and approaches for

cost allocation including activity based costing Assist for

developing operating Performa statements and budgets for

department/ healthcare organizations. Prepare effective written

business cases or presentations, Describe about strategic

budgeting methods and operational planning principles.

Describe about balance sheet & cash flow

9

Infection

Control &

Prevention

Understand the importance of infection control and prevention

and guiding others about it in accordance with healthcare

team,Identify the factors which influence the outcome of an

exposure to infection,List strategies for preventing transmission

of pathogenic organisms,Understand about spillage

management,Understanding of hand hygiene: infection

control/exposure control/ PPE,Understand about nosocomial

infection,Understand importance about incident

reporting,Develop understanding of the concept of Healthy

Living,Develop techniques of self-grooming and maintenance

Vaccinate against common infectious diseases: immunisation to

reduce the health risks for self, patients.

10

Quality in

Healthcare –

Service and

Medical Quality

Describe about various accreditation agencies for healthcare

organizations nationally and internationally, Describe about

various standards of NABH and their , mplications for quality

control and quality assurance, Describe about quality assurance

and quality control, Describe about quality control and

assurance tools which can be utilized for effective

functioning,Describe about risk assessment process,Describe

about patient behaviour and psychologyDescribe about patient

rights and responsibilities applicable to work area,Describe self-

315

role in maintaining patient's rights,Escalate to competent

authority in case of any deviation or non- conformance as per

organizational policies and procedures Liaise with healthcare

team for effective care for patients

11

Hospital

Management

Information

System

Describe various modalities for Patient Registration in HMIS,

Describe various characteristics of HMIS, Describe about


patient/attenders for HMIS, Describe basic functioning of MIS

Describe escalation matrix in case of non-compliances,Assess

working status of HMIS as and when required Maintain

database of visitors/patients etc. Describe the importance of

Electronic Health Records/Medical Records/Computerized

patient record systems

12 Safety & First

Aid

Describe common emergency conditions and how to deal with it

as per limits and competency,,Describe basics of first aid,

Develop understanding and precautions to ensure self- safety,

Provide care to the patients while moving & transferring is

required, Demonstrate the use of protective devices (restraints,

safety devices) Seek for assistance from appropriate authority in

a timely manner, Describe symptoms to identify cardiac arrest,

Understand Principles of basic life support ( Adult chain of

survival ,CABDs of giving CPR), Describe the correct protocol

of chest compression, ventilation and assessment steps

Differentiate the single rescuer and two rescuer CPR

13

Bio Medical

Waste

Management

Apply the principles of proper and safe disposal of bio-medical

waste & treatment,Understand the categories of biomedical

waste,Learn about disposal of bio-medical waste – colour

coding, types of containers, transportation of waste,

etc.Understand the standards and means for bio-medical waste

disposalBMW Management & methods of disinfection,Explain

modern technology for handling BMW,Monitoring &

controlling of cross infection (Protective devices)Describe

BMW from Administrative point (Budget, Health check-up,

316

Insurance)

14

Institutional

Emergencies,

Fire safety and

& security

Learn actions to be initiated in case of fire or any institutional

emergency,Describe how to use fire extinguisher,Understand

suspicious behaviour of individuals and tracking the same Liaise

with security guards on regular basis to assess their competency

with respect to institutional emergencies, fire safety and &

security

15

Advanced

Computer

Knowledge

Discuss about application of computers,Discuss the introduction

to Computers, Discuss the foundation concept of operating

systems, Describe the need of Operating systems (OS),Explain

the functions of OS,Describe the updated versions of Windows

like 2008 or 2010 – Utilities and basic operations,Discuss the

updated versions of Microsoft office like 2010, 2013

or2016.Describe the basic concepts of computer Hardware &

Software,Explain the commonly used hospital

softwares,Application of Computer in hospitals,Discuss various

concepts like Data Based Concept (ER diagram ), SQL, V.B.,

ERP system with all modules,Understand the importance of

effective health information system, Discuss the digital

maintenance of Medical Records

Explain and apply the functioning of HER

16 Soft Skills &

Communication

Understand IEC activities in health sector, Describe basic

concepts & principles of good communication,Explain and

describe effective and non-effective communication

techniques,Identify behaviours that interfere with effective

communication,Types & process of

communication,Communication process with internal and

external clients,Demonstrate knowledge of various ethnic

groups and discuss communication between cultures.Able to

handle effective Communication with Peers/ colleagues using

medical terminology in communication,Learn basic reading and

writing skills,Learn sentence formation,Learn grammar and

composition,Learn how to enhance vocabulary,Learn goal

317

setting, team building, team work, time management, thinking

and reasoning & communicating with others,Learn problem

solving,Understand need for customer service and service

excellence in Medical service,Learn objection handling,Learn

telephone and email etiquettes Learn to analyse, evaluate and

apply the information gathered from observation, experience,

reasoning, or communication to act efficiently,Learn

identification of rapidly changing situations and adapt

accordingly,Learn decision making ability

Learn planning and organization of work

318

Program Specific outcomes – M.Sc. Botany

Name of the Program –M.Sc. Name of the Subject- Botany

Sr.No. Program

Specific

Outcomes


1

MPSO1 Core competency – Students will acquire core competency in the

subject Botany and allied subject areas.

2. MPSO2 Analytical Ability – the students will be able to demonstrate the

knowledge in understanding research and addressing practical

problems.

3. MPSO3

Critical thinking and problem solving ability-Students will

understand fundamental concepts in Botany and acquire problem

solving capability.

4. MPSO4

Teaching ability- Students will be able to teach subject Botany

from primary level to graduate and post graduate

5. MPSO4

Research Aptitude- Students will develop interest in research

problems.

6.

MPSO5 Ethical and Psychological Strengthen- Students will be able to

strengthen their ethical and Psychological and moral values.

Course Outcomes- M.Sc. Botany – MCO 1 to MCO 80

Name of the Programme: M.Sc: Part-I

Semester:I Name of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER- I:

CELL BIOLOGY, CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS

Course Outcome Code: MC01

319

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- I

Sr.No Topic What the student will be able to do at the endof Module?unit

Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill to do what

01 1.1 To introduce students with the concept of Cell wall and Plasma

membrane: Structural organization and function.

02

1.2 Students will be able to understandStructural organization and functions

of Cell organelles: Golgi bodies, Lysosomes, Endoplasmic Reticulum and

Ribosomes.

03

1.3 Students are trained to learn the Principle and working of theTechniques

in Cell Biology: Confocal microscopy, PhaseContrast microscopy, Flow

Cytometry:

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name): Unit- II

Sr.

No



01 2.1 To impart students with the knowledge of Cell Cycle and Apoptosis

including topic such as Mechanism of Cell division;Regulation, Roles of

Cyclins and Cyclin dependent kinases, Cell Plate formation.

02

2.2 To teach students significance of Cell to cell Interaction and Signal

transduction and to cover topic such as Intercellular junctures, Harmones

and neurotransmitter signalling, receptors, G-proteins, kinases and

messengers.

03

2.3 Students are expected to learn the concept of Protein sorting: Targeting of

proteins to nucleus, chloroplasts and secretary pathways of leader

polypeptides.

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- III

Sr.

No



01 3.1 To get students acquainted with the concepts ofChromosomal Organization :

320

Eukaryotic chromosomestructure and DNA packaging, Nucleoproteins,

Organisation of centromeres and telomeres, nucleolus and r-RNA Genes,

Euchromatin and heterochromatin..

02

3.2 To study the detailed aspects ofSpecialised Chromosomes:

PolyteneChromosomes, LampbrushChromosomes, B-Chromosomes, Sex

Chromosomes.

03

3.3 To introduce students with the concept ofStructural aberrations of

Chromosomes: Origin, Meiosis and breeding behaviour of duplication,

deficiency, inversions and translocation- Heterozygosity.

04 3.4 To provide the basic principles of Karyotype and Banding Patterns: its types,

Evolution of Karyotype, Analysis and its significance.

To understand the Application of banding techniques.

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- IV

Sr.

No



01 4.1 To understand the concepts of Genetics of Mitochondria and Chloroplast,

With concept includingSemi-autonomous organelles, Genome character, size

and regulation, cytoplasmic male sterility.

02

4.2 To impart the knowledge of Mutations: with its Origin, Physical and

Chemical mutagenic agents,Molecular basis and mutational breeding.

03

4.3 To learn the concept of Transposable elements in Prokaryotes: IS elements,

Composite transposons, transposition mechanisms and their effect on

phenotype and genotype

04 4.4 To make the students aware ofthe concept ofPhysiology of Cancer; Genetics

of Cancer: C-Oncogenes,V-Oncogenes, Tumor Suppressor genes.

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- V

Sr.

No



01 5.1 Students will be able to know the concepts of Genetic Code: Triplet nature of

321

code, Breaking of code,Wobble Hypothesis, Properties, Evolution

To provide thorough knowledge aboutCentral dogma - transcription, types of

RNAs, Initiation and termination signals, differences between eukaryotic and

prokaryotic transcription (promoters, caps and tails, Introns, RNA editing).

02

5.2 To introduce students with the concept ofRegulation of gene expression in

Prokaryotes: Gene structure, Lac - operon, Trp-operon, Phage operon,

transcriptional-control systems, translational control and post translational

control.

03

5.3 To teach students significance of Genetics of Nitrogen fixation: Organization,

function and regulation of nitrogen fixing genes in klebsiella, hup genes.


Semester:IName of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper):PAPER- II:

RESOURCE UTILIZATION AND CONSERVATION

Course Outcome Code: C02

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- 1

Sr.

No

Topi

c

What the student will be able to do at the endof Module?unit


01 1.1 To introduce students with the Concept of Biodiversity; Species diversity;

Geneticdiversity; Ecosystem diversity.

02

1.2 To introduce students with the Origin of Biodiversity; values of Biodiversity;

loss of Biodiversity.

03

1.3 To impart students with the knowledge ofBiodiversity and agriculture;

Biodiversity and food diversity; Bioprospecting; commercial values of

Biodiversity.

04 1.4 To study the different aspects ofConservation of Biodiversity; Implementation

process in India CBD.

322

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- II

Sr.

No



01 2.1 To learn about the World centers of primary diversity of domesticated

plants;and Indo Burmese centers.

02

2.2 To make the students aware aboutPlant introduction and secondary centers.

03

2.3 To make the students aware aboutOrigin, evolution, botany, cultivation and

uses of:

i. Food, Forage and Fodder crops.

ii. Fibre crops.

iii. Medicinal and Aromatic plants.

iv. Vegetable and Oil yielding plants.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- III

Sr.

No



01 3.1 To provide thorough knowledge aboutImportant fire wood and timber

yielding plants and non-wood forest products (NWFPS) such as Bamboo,

Rattam raw materials for paper making, gums, resins, tannins, dyes, fruits

02

3.2 Students will be able to understandaboutGreen revolution: its Benefits and

adverse consequences, sustainable agriculture, agroecosystem approach.

03

3.3 Innnovative approaches for meeting world food demands; modern agricultural

approach.

04 3.4 To impart students with the knowledge ofPlants used as Avenue trees’ for

shade, pollution control and aesthetics.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- IV

Sr. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module? unit

323

No Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill to do what

01 4.1 To expose students to a new approach to the study of theStrategies for

conservation of Biodiversity, global scenario, decline of bioresources.

02

4.2 To study the aspects ofProtected areas concept: Sanctuaries, National parks,

Biosphere reserves (Tiger reserves with reference to Melghat Tiger Project)

Wildlife Management and Sacred groves.

03

4.3 Students will be able to understandthe idea ofConservation of wild

germplasm with reference to threatened species.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- V

Sr.

No



01 5.1 To make students learn about Principles and practices for Ex- situ

conservation, Botanical gardens, Field Gene Banks and Seed Banks.

02

5.2 To make students aware about In-vitro repositories, Cryobanks, Legal aspects

of conservation of Biodiversity in India.

03

5.3 To provide thorough knowledge aboutGeneral accounts and activities of

national institutes like Botanical Survey of India (BSI), National Bureau of

Plant Genetic Resources (NBPGR), Indian Council of AgriculturalResearch

(ICAR), Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), Department of

Biotechnology (DBT), Non formal efforts, Medicinal Plant Board, Ministry

of Environment and Forests.



Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER – III: BIOLOGY AND DIVERSITY OF ALGAE AND

BRYOPHYTES

Course Outcome Code: Co-----


324

Sr.

No



01 1.1 Students will be able to understandRange of habitat and thallus organization

in Algae.

02

1.2 To provide thorough knowledge aboutCell structure and following

components such as

i) Ultrastructure

ii) Pigments in Algae

iii) Reserve food material

iv) Flagella.

03

1.3 Students will gain understanding ofClassification by F.E. Fritsch (1935),

G.M. Smith; Chapman (1938); Round (1965)

04 1.4 Students will be able to understand the concept ofCyanophyta- its

Ultrastructure of cell,heterocyst, reproduction and affinities.

05 1.5 Students will be able to understandReproduction in Algae and alternation of

generations.


Sr.

No



01 2.1 To provide thorough knowledge aboutChlorophyta: Volvocales,

Chlorococcales, Ulotricales,Cladophorales,Cheatophorales,Oedogoniales,

Conjugales,Siphonales, Charales.

02

2.2 To provide thorough knowledge aboutChrysophyta: Chrysophyceae,

Xanthophyceae, Bacillariophyceae.

03

2.3 To provide thorough knowledge aboutCryptophyta:Cryptophyceae.

325

04 2.4 To provide thorough knowledge aboutDinophyta: Dinophyceae.


Sr.

No



01 3.1 To provide thorough knowledge aboutRange of thallus , reproduction and

life-cycle in Phaeophyta&Rhodophyta

02

3.2 Students will gain understanding about Economic importance of Algae as

biofertilizer; food; feed; and use in industry.

03

3.3 Students would be benefited with knowledge ofAlgae in Symbiotic

association, as pollution indicator; phytoplanktons and water blooms.

04 3.4 To introduce students with the concept of Fossil Algae.


Sr.

No



01 4.1 To provide thorough knowledge aboutClassification and distribution of

Bryophytes.

02

4.2 To study the different aspects ofVegetative propagation in Bryophytes.

03

4.3 To provide the basic concept of Fossil Bryophytes

04 4.4 To make the students aware ofEconomic and ecological importance of

Bryophytes.


Sr.

No



326

01 5.1 To provide thorough knowledge aboutThallus Organization; internal

structure and reproduction in i) Sphaerocarpales, ii)Marchantiales,

iii)Anthocerotales, iv) Jungermanniales.

02

5.2 Students will gain understanding ofThallus organization; internal structure

and reproductionin i) Sphagnales, ii)Andreales, iii) Bryales

03

5.3 Students will be able to understandProgressive and retrogressive evolution

in Gametophytes and Sporophytes.



Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER – IV:

PLANT DEVELOPMENT AND REPRODUCTION


Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- I

Sr.

No



01 1.1 To develop a conceptual understanding ofUnique features of plant

development, differences betweenplant and animal development.

02

1.2 Students will be able to understand the Structure of seed, germination of

seed and seedling growth and control.

03

1.3 Students will be able to understandMetabolism of nucleic acids, proteins

and mobilization of reserve food.

04 1.4 To impart students with the knowledge ofSeed dormancy: its types,

importance and means to break the seed dormancy.


Sr.

No



327

01 2.1 Students will be able to understandorganisations of shoot apical meristem

(SAM). Cytologicaland molecular analysis of SAM, Root apical meristem.

02

2.2 To make the students aware ofTypes of meristem, tissue differentiation,

structures, development and importance of tissue differentiation: Vascular

cambium and cork cambium, evolution of Xylem.

03

2.3 To develop a conceptual understanding ofWood development in relation to

environmental factors, secondary growth: stem and root.

04 2.4 To develop a conceptual understanding ofLeaf development and structure,

differentiation of epidermis and mesophyll. Structure and function of

secretary ducts and laticifers.


Sr.

No



01 3.1 To develop a conceptual understanding ofPlant reproduction: Means of

reproduction, flowerdevelopment, homeotic mutants in Arabidopsis and

Antirrhinum, sex determination.

02

3.2 To develop a conceptual understanding ofStructure of anther,

microsporogenesis, and pollen development, pollen viability, male sterility,

pollen germination, pollen storage, pollen embryo.

03

3.3 Students will come to know about,Types of ovules, ovule development and

structure, megasporogenesis, embryo sac development and structure.


Sr.

No



01 4.1 Students will come to know about,Flower structure and floral characteristics,

mechanism ofpollination, flower vectors.

02

4.2 To get students acquainted with the concept ofBreeding system, structure,

pollen pistil - interaction, sporophytic and gametophytic self-incompatibility.

03 4.3 To get students acquainted with the concept of Double fertilization,

328

development of embryo, endosperm and seed development.

04 4.4 To develop a conceptual understanding ofDynamics of fruit growth, biology

of fruit maturation.


Sr.

No



01 5.1 To get students acquainted with the concept ofPolyembryony, apomixis, In-

vitro plant regeneration through embryo, pollen and anther culture.

02

5.2 To teach students significance of Metabolic changes associated with

senescence and its regulation

03

5.3 To introduce students with the basic understanding ofInfluence of hormones

and environmental factors on senescence.

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part-I

Semester: II Name of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): V CYTOGENETICS AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I.

Sr.

No



to do what

01 Cytogenetics of

polyploids

Students will be able to Understand the importance of

production of polyploids. They also able know the role of

polyploids in crop improvement and study their significance.

03

Plant breeding Students will be able to Know in detail about breeding

system.s

Learn the techniques of Hybridization.

Learn about the selection methods for self pollinated, cross

329

pollinated plants.

Understand the role of mutations in plant breeding in this unit.

Name of Module(Unit No. & Name): II

Sr.

No



to do what

01 Molecular

cytogenetics

The students will understand the concepts of Nuclear DNA

content, C-value paradox; cot curve and in-situ hybridization..

02 Physical mapping of

genes

Introduce students with the single nucleotide polymorphism

(SNP). Students are able to solve problems based on linkage

and crossing over

03 Multigene family Students understand the types of multigene families. Students

develop critical thinking on chaperon

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): III

Sr.

No



to do what

01 Gene expression in

Eukaryotes

Students will understand about fine structure of Eukaryotic

gene. They will also understand machinery involved in gene

expression.

02 Genetic

recombination

The students will learn about the basic concepts of genetic

recombination. They understand the independent assortment

and crossing over in this unit.

03 Genetics of Yeast

The students will learn about the yeast artificial chromosome

and yeast genome

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): IV

Sr. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module? Unit

330

No Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill

to do what

01 Genetic and

Restriction Mapping

Students will understand Molecular mechanism of crossing

over, role of Rec- A, B, C, D enzymes.

02 Molecular markers The students will learn about Markers and gain knowledge

about RAPD and AFLP

03 Techniques in

genetic engineering

The students will learn about DNA finger printing, Southern

blotting and Electrophoresis.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): V

Sr.

No


Unit


to do what

01 Methods of DNA

sequencing

Students will understand about fine structure of Eukaryotic

gene. They will also understand machinery involved in gene

expression.

02 Biostatistics The students will learn about the basic concepts of Mean,

mode, central tendency, standard deviation, variance,

covariance, correlation, regression;

sampling, chi-square test

03 Bioinformatics

The students will learn about the bioinformatics and their

application in life science.



Name of the Course (Paper): VI Biology and Diversity of Microbes and Fungi

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I

Sr.

No



331

do what

01 Archaebacteria

and Eubacteria

Students will learn about nutrition and reproduction of

Archaebacteria and Eubacteria.

Students gain the knowledge about ultra structure of Eubacteria.

02

Important bacterial

disease

Students will be able to understand different bacterial disease of

crop plants of region. Students will gain understanding of the

plant diseases, causal organism, host and their relationship and

control measure for plant diseases,

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): II

Sr.

No



what

01

Viruses Students will be able to understand characteristics and minute structure

of virions.

Study and impart the knowledge about replication and transmission of

viruses.

02

Viral disease

of regional

crop

Students will gain understanding of the plant diseases, causal organism,

host and their relationship and control measure for plant diseases,

Understanding use of chemical physical and biological controlling of

diseases mentioned in the unit.

03 Phytoplasma Learn about plant diseases cause by the phytoplasma and their

controlling measures in the unit


Sr.

No



what

01 Fungal

classification

by Ainsworth

Students gain adequate knowledge on comparative account of various

fungal divisions. Student will also know and learn classification and

evolutionary trends in fungi.

332

02 Economic

importance

of fungi

Students will be able to understand various importances of fungi.

Students will gain understanding of the classification, structure of

mycelium reproduction of fungal species. They will know about the

hazardous and useful fungi.

03 Myxomycoti

na

Students will be able to understand that myxomycotina have two sub

classes. Students will gain understanding of general account of fungi

belonging to these two classes


Sr.

No



what

01 Ascomycotin

a

Students are aware with class ascomycotina. Students will be able to

understand the vegetative and reproductive characters of sub classes.

02 Basidioamyc

otina

Students will be able to understand the vegetative and reproductive

characters of Teliomycetes, Hymenomycetes and Gastromycetes

03 Deuteromyco

tina

Students will be able to understand characteristics of fungi belong to

his group. Gain knowledge about their commercial importance

.


Sr.

No



what

01 Mycorrhiza Students will be able to understand the differing characters of endo

and ecto mycorrhiza. Students develop critical thinking on structure of

VAM fungi.

02 Fungi as

biological

Students will be able to understand importance of fungi as biological

agent in this unit.

333

agent



Name of the Course (Paper): VII PLANT PHYSIOLOGY



Sr.

No



what

01 Energy flow Students will be able to Understand the Principle of thermodynamics,

kinetics, dissociation and association constants; Gibb’s free energy as

well as redox reactions.

03

Enzymology Students will be able to Know Allosteric mechanisms, regulatory and

active sites of enzyme, isozymes; Michaelis- Menton Equation and its

significance


Sr.

No



what

01 plant water

relations

The students will understand transport of water through xylem.

02 Translocation

of solutes

Introduce students with Translocation of solutes in phloem transport,

passive & active transport; nutrient uptake through root microbe

interaction. Students also learn membrane transport proteins

03 Stress

physiology

Students understand the types of stresses and plant responses,

mechanism for tolerance of biotic and abiotic stresses.

334


Sr.

No



do what

01 Photochemistry Students will understand about light energy, components of

electromagnetic radiation, photons, absorption spectrum, action

spectrum, light harvesting complexes.

02 Photosynthesis The students will learn about the Evolution of photosynthetic

apparatus,

photoxidation of water, Hills reaction, two-pigment

system,mechanism of electron and proton H+ transport, carbon

assimilation pathways in C3, C4 and CAM plants.

03 Photobiology

The students will get information about properties of

photochromes and cryptochromes, photomorphogenesis, G-

proteins and signaling.


Sr.

No



do what

01 Respiration Students will understand Mitochondrial electron transport,

Glycolysis;respiratory pathways and regulation of respiration..

02 Photorespiration The students will learn about Glyoxylate pathway, biochemical

basis of photorespiration, photorespiration and crop productivity

and significance.

03 Senescence The students will learn about Mechanism, physiology of

senescence; role of hormones, biochemical aspects, significance in

fruit ripening


335

Sr.

No



do what

01 Growth

Regulators

Students will understand about mechanism of action of Auxins

Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Ethylene, Abscissic acid,

Brassinosteriods, Jasmonic acids, Polyamines, salicylic acid.

02 Flowering

Process

The students will learn about the basic concepts :

Photoperiodism and significance of Florigen in floral induction,

development as well as

vernalization and its role in flowering.

03 Plant Movement The students will learn about the classifications of plant

movements,

physiological basis of plant movements



Name of the Course (Paper): VIII PLANT METABOLISM



Sr.

No



what

01 Carbohydrate

s

Students will be able to Understand the properties, functions and

importance of carbohydrates.

03

Carbohydrate

Metabolism

Students will be able to - Biosynthesis of starch and sugars, catabolic

pathways, interaction between Hexose Pentose Phosphate and Triose

phosphate pools in this unit


336

Sr.

No



what

01 Amino Acid

Metabolism

The students will understand the assimilation of inorganic nitrogen in

amino acids, Biosynthesis of amino acids in plants.

02 Protein Introduce students with Regulation of cystolic protein biosynthesis in

eukaryotes.

post-translational modification of proteins; storage proteins,

degradation of proteins.


Sr.

No



what

01 Lipid

Metabolism

Students will understand about classification, structure and function of

lipids.

They understand biosynthesis of fatty acids, membrane lipids,

structural lipids and storage lipids.

Students gain knowledge about classification, structure and function

of lipids, biosynthesis of fatty acids, membrane lipids, structural lipids

and storage lipids.


Sr.

No



what

01 Nitrogen

Metabolism

Students will understand the overview of nitrogen fixation, ammonia

uptake and reduction, nitrite reduction

02 Sulphur

Metabolism

The students will learn about sulphur chemistry and fixation, uptake

and transport, reductive sulphate assimilation pathways, synthesis and

function of glutathione and its derivatives

337


Sr.

No



what

01 Metabolism

Biochemistry

Students will understand about Primary and secondary metabolites

in plants as important natural products; types of alkaloids, phenols,

flavonoids, glycosides, and their applications

02 Phytochemic

al

Techniques:

The students will learn about the TLC, HPLC, HPTLC principle and

techniques

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part-II

Semester: III Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): IX Biology Diversity of Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: I General account of pteridopytes

Course Outcome Code: CO___


Module/Unit



3

1.1Geological Time

Scale &

Fossilization

process.

1.2 Steler

organization and

evolution.

Know the scope of Paleobotany, types of fossils and

geological time scale

Understand the various fossil genera representing different

fossil groups.

Able to identify the fossil and classify them up to the class

level with the basis of systematic.

Understand the stele and its organization and it’s important.

338

Know the Economic Importance of Fossil.

1.3Origin of leaf

and telome concept.

1.4Heterospory and

seed habit.

Student should be able to describe teolme theory and origin

of the leaf and understand the structure of leaves and its

morphology.

Student should be able to describe the heterospory , and able

to explain the seed habit.

Know the Economic Importance heterospory.

Understand the features of seeds and its types.

1.5Classification of

Pteridophyta –

G.M. Smith

Student should be able to describe the classification of

Pteridophytes

.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: II Morphology Anatomy and

Reproduction



Module/Unit



2.1 Psilopsida :

Psilophytales and

Psilotales.

2.2Lycopsida :

Lycopodiales,

Selaginellales, Isoetales.

2.3 Sphenopsida :

Calamitales, Equisetales.

2.4 Pteropsida : Filicales.

Student understands the diversity among the various

classes.

Know the systematic, morphology and structure, of

plants belonging to the different classes .

Understand the life cycle pattern of Psilotales,

Lycopodiales, Equisetales and Filicales..

Understand the useful and harmful activities of all

these classes.

2.5 Evolutionary trends

among Pteridophytes.

Students are able to describe the Evolutionary theories.

339

Become aware of applications of different types of

evolution in pteridophyta.

Understand the morphological diversity of Bryophytes

and Pteridophytes. Understand the economic

importance of the Pteridophytes.

Know the evolution of Pteridophytes Understand the

scope and importance of evolution.

Understand the economic importance of the

Bryophytes and Pteridophytes.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: III General Account of Gymnosperms



Module/Unit



3.1Characteristic features

of gymnosperms.

Distribution and

economic importance of

gymnosperms.

Understand Gymnosperms with respect to Paleobotany

distinguishing characters, comparison with

Angiosperms, economic importance and

classification.Understand the life cycles of Pinus and

Gnetum.

Student understands the diversity among gymnosperm.

Know the systematic, morphology and structure, of

gymnospermic plants.

Understand the life cycle pattern of gymnosperms.

Understand the useful and harmful activities an

economic importance of gymnosperms.

3.2Variations in structure

of pollen grains, pollen

germination.

Students are able to describe the structure and types of

pollen grains.

Students are also understand the process of

germination and its application in pollination.

340

3.3Evolutionary trends in

female gametophyte.

Become aware of evolution of female gametophytes of

gymnospermic plants.

3.4Classification of

gymnosperms: D.D.Pant

and S.V.Meyen

Students should Know the what is Gymnospermic

plants and its silent features. Understand the scope and

importance of classification system in Gymnosperms.

Know the difference between classification system of

D.D.Pant and S.V.Meyen.

3.5 Contributions of

Professors Birbal Sahni,

D.D. Pant, K.R. Surange

etc..

Understand the importance of the Contributions of

Professors Birbal Sahni, D.D. Pant, K.R. Surange in

gymnosperms.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: IV Morphology, Anatomy, Reproduction

and Evolutionary tendencies



of Module/Unit



4.1 Pteridospermales:

Lyginopteridaceae,

Medullosaceac,

Glossopteridales, Caytoniales.

4.2 Bennittitales:Cycadeoidaceae

and Williamsoniaceae.

4.3 Cycadales: Nilssoniaceae

and Cycadaceae.

4.4 Pentoxylales: Pentoxylaceae.

4.5 Cordaitales: Cordaitaceae.

Student understands the diversity of all these

orders .

Know the systematic, morphology and

structure of Pteridospermales, Bennittitales

,Cycadales, Pentoxylaes and Cordaitales.

Understand the life cycle pattern of all these

classes.

Understand the useful and economic

imporatnace and different evolutionary

methods

Students are able to describe the anatomical

341

features of all these classes.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: V Morphology, Anatomy, Reproduction

and Affinities


Module/Unit


to do what)

5.1 Ginkgoales:

Ginkgoaceae.

5.2 Coniferales:

Araucariaceae,

Podocarpaceae,

Cupressaceae and

Cephalotaxaceae.

5.3 Taxales:

Taxaceae.

5.4 Ephedrales;

Gnetales;

Welwitschiales

Know the evolutionary trends and affinities of living

gymnosperms with respect to external and internal features.

Student understands the diversity of different orders of

gymnosperms.

Know the systematic, morphology and structure

Ginkgoales,Coniferales, Taxales and Epidrales.

Understand the life cycle pattern of all the above orders of

gymnosperms.

Understand the useful and economic importance of

gymnosperms.

Students are able to describe the anatomical characters of

gymnosperms and also know its affinities.

Know the terminologies in gymnosperms plant.

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part-IL


Name of the Course (Paper): X Taxonomy of Angiosperms (Paper-X)

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: I Systems of Angiosperm classification:



Module/Unit

342



3

Phenetic verses

phylogenetic

systems. Relative

merits andDemerits

of following

systems of

classification.

Engler and

Prantls system:

Hutchinsons

system; Bessey’s

system; Cronquist’s

system.

Understand the habit of the angiosperm plant body.

Know the vegetative characteristics of the plant.

Learn about the reproductive characteristics of the plant.

Understand the plant morphology.

Able to identify the Angiospermic plant and classify them

up to the species level with the basis of various classification

systems.

Understand the different system of classification.

Know the Economic Importance of system of classification

system of angiosperms.


plants.

Students should able know the merits and demerits of

Engler andPrantls system: Hutchinsons system; Bessey’s

system;Cronquist’s system of classification.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: II


Module/Unit



3

Origin of intrapopulation

variation. Population and

Environment.

Ecads & Ecotypes.

Evolution and

differentiation of

species.

Different models.

Able to know intrapopulation variation.

Understand the Population and environment.

Know the Economic Importance of Fungi.

Student should be able to describe ecads and ecotypes.

Know the knowledge about the evolution and species

differentiation.

Understand the different model of evolution.

343

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: III



do what)

3

Taxonomic

hierarchy,

concept of

species,

genus,

families and

other

categories

(above the

family and

below the

species

rank).

Principles

used in

assessing

relationship.

Salient

features of

international

code of

Botanical

nomenclature.

Understand the diversity of angiosperms and understand the

comparative account among the families of angiosperms.


Understand the distinguishing features of angiosperm families.

Understand the status of angiosperms in plant kingdom. Realize

the origin of Angiosperms with respect to time, place, origin and

probable ancestors.

Know the Pre-Darwinian and Post- Darwinian systems of

Classification.

Understand various angiosperm families emphasizing their

morphology, distinctive features and biology.

Know the conceptual development of taxonomy & systematic and

understand the general range of variations in the group of

angiosperms and trace the history of development of systems of

classification emphasizing angiospermic taxa.

Learn about the characters of biologically important families of

angiosperms.

Know the floral variations in angiospermic families, their

phylogeny and evolution. And Understand various rules,

principles and recommendations of plant nomenclature.

Know modern trends in taxonomy and Understand major

evolutionary trends in various parts of angiospermic plants.

Able to know the important features of international code of

botanical nomenclature.

344

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: IV


Module/Unit



3

Evolutionary trends in

Angiosperms with special

reference to vegetative

floral anatomical and

chemical characters.

Study of Flower morphology, Inflorescence and its

types of Inflorescence and study fruit Morphology and

types.

Able to describe evolutionary trend in angiosperms

and know the evolution on the basis of vegetative,

floral, anatomical and chemical characters of the

plants.

Systematic studies of

following families with

emphasis on origin,

evolution and

interrelationship.

Magnoliaceae,

Ranunculaceae;

Papaveraceae;

Capparidaceae;

Meliaceae;Leguminoceae,

Myrtaceae;

Cucurbitaceae;Cactaceae.

Understand major evolutionary trends in various parts

of angiospermic plants.

Know modern trends in taxonomy.

Know the floral variations in angiospermic families,

their phylogeny and evolution and students should

learn about the characters of biologically important

families of angiosperms.

Students should able to study the families with respect

to morphological characters using botanical terms,

floral formula, floral diagram and classification giving.

Identification of genus and species with the help of

flora of the plant materials and student should be able

to describe unique characters of t families giving in

course.

Know life cycle and the Economic Importance

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: V


345

of Module/Unit



3

Gentianaceae; Rubiaceae;

Asteraceae; Apocynaceae;

Asclepiadaceae;

Convolvulaceae, Boraginaceae.

Scrophulariaceae, Acanthaceae,

Lamiaceae, Polygonaceae;

Nyctaginaceae;

Caryophyllaceae; Loranthaceae

Podostemonaceae; Poaceae;

Cyperaceae Cannaceae;

Orchidaceae, Arecaceae.


characters of t families giving in course.

Able to identify the fungi and classify them up

to the species level.

Study of the families with respect to

morphological characters using botanical terms,

floral formula, floral diagram and classification

giving. Identification of genus and species with

the help of flora of the plant materials.

Understand the floral diagramme and floral

formula.

Know the Economic Importance of.important

angiospermic families.

Study of Morphological and biological

peculiarities of plants.

Student should be able to describe the structure,

and able to explain the life cycle of the plants.

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part-IL


Name of the Course (Paper): XI Applied Mycology-I (Elective) - XI

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: I Fungal Symbiosis



Module/Unit



346

3

1.1: Mycorrhizae

Ectotrophic,

endotrophic and

Ectendotrophic

mycorrhizae.

1.2: Morphology and

structure of Arbuscular

mycorrhizal fungi.


Mycorrhiza.

Able to identify the Mycorrhizal fungi and classify them

up to the species level.

Students also able to know the knowledge about types

of mycorrhiza.

Understand the morphological and anatomical structure

of mycorrhizal fungi .

Know the Economic Importance of. Mycorrhiza.

1.3 : Phosphorus uptake

of AM fungi.

1.4 : Role and

importance of AM

fungi in agriculture.

Students should understand absorption of phosphate by

the Arbuscular Mycorrhizal fungi.

To study of Morphological characters of VAM fungi.

To know the knowledge about positive role of phosphate

in agriculture.

Students should be able to describe the structure of AM

fungi and there role in agriculture.

1.5: Rhizosphere and

phyllosphere General

account and importance

of rhizosphere and

phyllosphere mycoflora

Students should understand rhizosphere and phyllosphere

and their importance.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: II Medical mycology



do what)

3

2.1 : General

account of

dermatophytic

fungi.


dermatophytic fungi

Able to identify the various deseases caused by dermatophytic

fungi.

Students also able to know the knowledge about types of

347

2.2 : Human

diseases caused

by

dermatophytes

viz. Tinea pedis,

Tinea capitis,

Tinea barbae,

Tinea corporis

and Tinea

manum.

2.3: Birds and

Animal

dermatophytic

fungi and the

diseases

caused by them.

dermatophytic fungi.

Understand the Biodiversity of Fungi.

Know the Economic Importance of Fungi and know the

terminologies in plant pathology.

Understand the scope and importance of Pathology and know the

control measures of diseases.

Understand the morphological and anatomical structure of birds

and animal dermatophytic fungi .Students are also able to

identify deseases cause by dermatophytic fungi

Know the Economic Importance of Birds and Animal

dermatophytes. Mycorrhiza. Course learning outcomes: By the

conclusion of this course, the studentsOutcome 1. Has acquired a

fairly good understanding of normal microflora of human body,

common diseases caused by bacteria, viruses and other

microbes. Outcome 2. Understood the basic components of the

immune system and how this system serve to protect the host

against disease-causing microbes. Outcome 3. Has acquired

skills of handling microorganisms in the laboratory and study

their characteristics.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: III Industrial mycology



do what)

3

3.1:

Antibiotics -

Penicillium,

Cephalosposin

&

Griseofulvin.

After completing this Course student will be able to:

1. Describe the importance of effective antibiotic stewardship.

2. Classify common clinically important bacteria, describe what

organisms are usually found where and select appropriate

antibiotics.

3. Are capable of describing a large number of substrate that are

used for the industrial fermentation processes.

4. The students will get acquainted with the contributions of Louis

348

Pasteur, Edward Jenner and Robert Koch in microbiology.

Discovery of antibiotics and their targets, drug/antibiotic resistance,

preventive and therapeutic approaches of infectious diseases,

hospital acquired infections will be studied.

10.Students also able to know the knowledge about types of

antibiotics

3.2: Industrial

production of

Penicillin.

3.3: Organic

acids - Citric

acid, Gluconic

acid, Lactic

acid.

5.Have developed an understanding of different types of reactors or

fomenters which are used for laboratory, pilot and industrial scale

fermentations and their processes parameters

6. Have acquired a detailed knowledge of number of products which

are produced by industrial fermentation processes.

7. Developed practical skills for testing pharmaceutical products for

sterility testing and pyrogenicity testing using different methods.

8. Has acquired a fairly good knowledge of how microbes are used

in the fermentative production of organic acids, alcohols, enzymes,

antibiotics and various foods in the industry.

9. Has developed laboratory skills in producing alcohol and

enzymes by fermentative process using bacteria/yeast; Laboratory

skills of testing microbial load in milk.

10. Understand the discovery of antibiotics and its significance in

human diseases.

11. Understand the scope and importance of organic acids.

12. Understand the process of industrial production of penicillin.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name):

Unit: IV Industrial and Nonindustrial fungal metabolites


Module/Unit


to do what)

3 4.1: Enzymes - Student should be able to describe unique characters of

349

Amylases,

Proteases,

Lipases,

Pectinases,

Cellulases.

.

enzyme.

Able to identify the different types of enzymes and classify

them on the basis of their function.

Students also able to know the knowledge about types of

Amylases, Proteases, Lipases, Pectinases, Cellulases.

Understand action of the enzymes.

Know the Importance of enzymes in different metabolic

reactions. Classify the enzymes and explain mechanism of

action and structure.

4.2: Phytoalexins:

General account,

types and

importance.

Students should understand Phytoalexins.

To study of characters of Phytoalexins:.

To know the knowledge about positive role of Phytoalexins

and its importance.

Apply the usage of microorganisms in industry

14.3: Mycotoxins

_ General acount,

types and

importance.

4.4: Aflatoxins -

General account,

types &

Importance

Students should understand Mycotoxins and Aflatoxins and

their importance.

Develop conceptual understanding of cell wall degradation

enzymes and cell fractionation. Understand the concept and

role of microbes in industry and environment.

Name of the Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit: V Fungi in Human Welfare



do what)

3

5.1: Role of

microorganisms

in

Biodegradation


microbes.

Apply the skills for environmental protection

Develop understanding on the microbiology diversity, processes

350

of organic

wastes.

and applications in the environment.

Develop understanding on the concept and issues of global

environmental change. Examine the microbiology of waste water

treatment and its various schemes.

Understand the characteristic of wastes and the systems, and

processes of waste management.

Make appropriate decisions through application of waste

management principles.

Are able to explain the useful and harmful activities of the

microorganisms. Are also able to identify the important role

microorganisms play in maintaining healthy environment by

degradation of solid/liquid wastes; how these activities of

microorganisms are used in sewage treatment plants, production

of activated sludge and functioning of septic tanks

Able to identify the different types of enzymes and classify them

on the basis of their function.

Know the Importance of microorganisms in different metabolic

reactions.

5.2:

Biodeterioration

of noncellulosic

and cellulosic

materials.

Students should understand non cellulosic and cellulosic

materials.

To study of characters of non cellulosic and cellulosic materials.To

know the knowledge about positive role of non cellulosic and

cellulosic materials in Biodeterioration and its importance.

5.3: Fungi in

medicine-

Mycoproteins

& Food

processing-

Fungus

fermented

foods, fungi in

cheese

Develop understanding of the significance of intrinsic and

extrinsic factors on growth of micro-organism.

Identify ways to control microbial spoilage of foods.

Identify commonly available fungi their characteristics.

Differentiating concepts of aerobic and anaerobic respiration and

how these are manifested in the form of different metabolic

pathways in microorganisms.

Developed a clear understanding of the multifarious roles of

microorganisms in soil, in association with plants and thus in the

351

production.

field of agriculture.

Are able to describe the role of microorganisms in the

production of food, its spoilage, including their role in

homemade fermented foods.

Are able to identify the role of microorganisms in the causation

of the diseases and how to protect against food-borne pathogens.

Developed experimental skills for testing the milk and different

foods for the presence of microorganisms.

Students should understand Mycoproteins & Food processing-

Fungus and their importance.

5.4: Edible

mushrooms and

their cultivation

practices.

On completion of this course,

The students will be able to: Recall various types and

categories of mushrooms.

Demonstrate various types of mushroom cultivating

technologies.

Examine various types of food technologies associated with

mushroom industry.

Value the economic factors associated with mushroom

cultivation.

Device new methods and strategies to contribute to mushroom

production.

Grow mushroom in the laboratory.

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part-II


Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER XII: PLANT PATHOLOGY-II (Elective )

Name of the Module: Unit-I: Principles and Mechanism of Plant diseases



Module/Unit

352



1

1.1 :History, Classification

and importance of

plant pathology.

Understand the scope and importance of Plant

Pathology.

Know the terminologies in plant pathology

Know about organisms and causal factor responsible

for plant diseases & methods of studying plant

diseases.

1.2 Host parasite

relationship,

interaction and

mechanism of

infection

Gain knowledge on Host parasite interaction process

1.3 Defense mechanism in

plants - Biochemical

defense mechanism of

phenolic compounds,

enzymes and toxins.

Know the control measures of plant diseases.

Understand Biochemical defense mechanism.

Study pathogenecity, defense mechanism of host

plants and pathogen.

1.4:Koch’s Postulate -

Principles and method.

Understand Koch’s Postulate - Principles and method.

Name of the Module: Unit-II: Disease management and Forecasting.


Module/Unit



2

2.1 Chemical and

Biological

management of Plant

disease control

Understand the scope and importance of Plant

Pathology.

Know the terminologies in plant pathology

Know about organisms and causal factor responsible for

353

plant diseases & methods of studying plant diseases.

2.2 Integrated Pest

management (IPM)

Gain knowledge on Host parasite interaction process

Know the control measures of plant diseases.

2.3 The Forms of

epidemic conditions

for decline of

epidemics.

Study epidemiology of plant diseases and epidemic

plant diseases.

2.4 Methods used in

disease Forecasting

Study and collect the specimens of plant pathology.

2.5 Forest Pathology and

it’s impact (General

account)

Identify the common plant diseases according to

geographical locations and device control measures

Name of the Module: Unit-III: Fungal diseases of cereals and oil seed crops.


Module/Unit



3

3.1 Diseases of cereals - Rust

and smuts of wheat, Blast

and blight of rice, smuts

and leaf spot of Jowar.

Ergot, Green ear and

downy mildew of Bajra.

Identify the common plant diseases e.g Rust and

smuts, Blast and blight, Green ear and downy

mildew and control measures.


for plant diseases & methods of studying plant

diseases.

3.2 Important diseases of oil

seed crops -Soyabean,

Groundnut, Sunflower,

Gain knowledge of disease e.g. Soyabean,

Groundnut, Sunflower, Safflower and Mustard

354

Safflower and Mustard

3.3 General knowledge and

importance of seed

pathology.

The students will understand the fundamental

aspects of seed pathology involving the principles,

achievements, few diseases and their casual agents.

Name of the Module: Unit-IV: Important fungal diseases of vegetables & Fruits


Module/Unit



4

4.1 Diseases of vegetables -

Brinjal, Tomato, Potato,

Chilli, Bhindi, Cabbage

and cucurbits

Identify the common plant diseases e.g Brinjal,

Tomato, Potato, Chilli, Bhindi, Cabbage and

cucurbits and control measures.

4.2 Diseases of Fruit crops -

Citrus, Papaya, Banana,

Mango and grapes

Gain knowledge of disease e.g. Citrus, Papaya,

Banana, Mango and grapes

4.3 General account of post

harvest diseases of

vegetables and fruits and

it’s control.

Understand the post harvest diseases of vegetables

and fruits.


for plant diseases & its control.

Name of the Module: Unit-V: Bacterial and Viral disease


Module/Unit



355

5

5.1 Bacterial diseases, Blight of

rice, Tundu disease of wheat,

Angular leaf spot of cotton,

soft rot of fruits and

vegetables

Identify the common Bacterial diseases e.g

Blight of rice, Tundu disease of wheat, Angular

leaf spot of cotton, soft rot of fruits and

vegetables and control measures.

5.2 Viral diseases - Mosaic and

leaf curl of Papaya, Yellow

vein mosaic of Bhindi, Viral

diseases of Tomato and

Potato.

Gain knowledge of viral disease e.g. Papaya,

Bhindi, Viral diseases of Tomato and Potato.

5.3 Phytoplasmal diseases - little

leaf of Brinjal, Grassy shoot

of sugarcane, & Sesamum

Phyllody.

Understand the Phytoplasmal diseases - little

leaf of Brinjal, Grassy shoot of sugarcane, &

Sesamum Phyllody.

Know about organisms and causal factor

responsible for plant diseases & its control.

Name of the Programme: M.Sc: Part-II

Semester: IV Name of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER- XIII: Plant Ecology

Course Outcome Code: CO4

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- I Basic concepts and scope

Sr.

No



do what

01 Concept and

scope of

ecology;

Students will be able to understand concept and scope of ecology

and Holocoenotic Environment.

02

Ecological

factors:

Students will be able to different ecological factors such as

Climatic, Edaphic, Biotic; Law of limiting factors.

03 El -Nino and Students will be trained to understand El -nino and Global

356

global warming warming and its effect.

04 Ozone layer Students understand the various concept of Ozone layer, ozone

depletion and its consequence.

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name): Unit II: Population and Community Dynamics

Sr.

No



what

01 Population

ecology

Students will understand different concept of Population

characteristics; population dynamics, carrying capacity, various

parameters and measurements

02

Community

Ecology

Students will be able to understand Community concept;

characteristic features of communities,analysis of communities

(analytical and syntheticcharacters.

03

Community

Ecology

Students develop critical thinking on Community coefficients ,

Ecotone and edge effects and ecological niche

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III: Vegetation Development

Sr.

No



what

01 Ecological

Succession

Students will be able to understand Types and mechanism of

ecological succession..

02

Ecological

Succession

Students acquire knowledge about plant formation; Association,

Consociation and Society

03

Ecological

Succession

Students will be able to understand Evolution of Ecosystem and

oxygenic development

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV: Ecosystem Organization


357

No Knowledge/Skill achieved Or Application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what

01 Ecosystem Students will be able to understand structure and functions of

Ecosystem

02

Ecosystem Students will understand abiotic and biotic components; decomposers

role in ecosystem.

03

Ecosystem Students will acquire skill on primary productivity which includes

methods of measurements, global pattern and controlling factors.

04 Ecosystem Students will be able to understand Energy Dynamics; Energy flow in

Ecosystem, Trophic organization, ecological efficiencies;

Ecomodelling

Name of Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit- V Ecosystem Functional aspects

Sr.

No



what

01 Ecosystem Students will be able to understand Biogeochemical cycles C, N, P, S;

mineral cycles in the form of Pathways, processes and budgets

02

Ecosystem Students will acquire knowledge about Ecosystem stability concepts,

natural and anthropogenic disturbances and Major Biomes of the

world.

03

Ecosystem Student will have information and knowledge of Terrestrial

Biodiversity; Vegetation types of world and India, hot spots


Semester:IV Name of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER –XIV: ENVIRONMENTAL ECOLOGY

Course Outcome Code: C02

Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- 1 Unit I: Basic Concepts

358

Sr.

No



what

01 Basic

Concept

. Students will be able to understand Concept of Environment and its

Scope; Lithosphere, Hydrosphere, Biosphere

02

Basic

Concept

Students will be able to understand Energy resources; (i) Renewable

and non-renewable (ii) Forest types in India and Maharashtra

03

Basic

Concept

Students will gain the skill of Environmental impact assessment

04 Basic

Concept

Green House gases; their sources, trend and role

Basic

Concept

Consequences of climate change

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- II Unit II: Environmental pollution

Sr.

No



what

01 Environment

al pollution

Student will understand Definition types and sources

02

Environment

al pollution

Students will be able to understand Air pollution; Natural and man

made sources of air pollution,

primary and secondary pollutants, toxicity and its impact

on environment

03

Environment

al pollution

.Student will be able to understand Soil Pollution: sourses of soil

pollution, impacts of soil pollution on quality and soil biota.Effect of

solid waste disposal on soil.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- Unit III: Water Pollution


359


what

01 Water

pollution

Will acquire thorough knowledge of Distribution of water and water

scarcity

02

Water

pollution

Students will be able to understand Major water pollutants

03

Water

pollution

Innovative approaches for meeting the knowledge of Sources of water

pollution and Consequences of water pollution

04 Water

pollution

Students will be able to understand Water pollution indicators.

Bioaccumulation and Biomagnifications of toxic elements

in food chain.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- IV Conservation strategies

Sr.

No



what

01 Conservation To expose students to a new approach to the study of. Principles of

conservation; extinction, environmental status of plants based on

IUCN.

02

Conservation Will be able to study the Strategies for conservation, International

efforts and Indian initiation.

03

Conservation Students will explore their knowledge on Wetlands, Mangrove and

coral reefs with respect to conservation of biodiversity and

Disaster management

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- V Sustainable Management

Sr.

No



what

360

01 Sustainable

Management

Students will be able to understand Concept of sustainable

development Impact of urbanization; Wasteland development

02

Sustainable

Management

Students will gain knowledge of General account of legislative

measures for sustainable development and management

(i) Water Act, Prevention and control 1976. (ii) Environmental

Protection Act, 1985

Wildlife Protection Act, 1972; WWF.


Semester: IV Name of Subject: Botany

Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER – XV : PLANT BIOTECHNOLOGY


Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- 1 Biotechnology: Basic concepts, Principle and

scope

Sr.

No



what

01 Basic

concept

Students will be able to understand Cellular differentiation and

totipotency

02

Basic

concept

To provide thorough knowledge of Plant Cell and tissue culture, Cell

Clones, Callus culture

03

Basic

Concept

Students will gain understanding of Organogenesis and adventitive

embryogenesis: Fundamental aspects of morphogenesis, Somatic

embryogenesis and its applications

04 Principle Students will be able to understand the concept s. Androgenesis:

Mechanism, techniques and applications

361

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- II Somatic Hybridization

Sr.

No



what

01 Somatic

Hybridization

Will gain thorough knowledge of Protoplast isolation, Protoplast

fusion and protoplast

culture limitation , achievement in protoplast research

02

Somatic

Hybridization

Will gain provide thorough knowledge of Cybrids and Hybrids,

Selection of hybrids and regeneration,

Somaclones

03

Somatic

Hybridization

Will gain thorough knowledge of Clonal propagation: Techniques

and significance of artificial

seeds.

04 Somatic

Hybridization

Will gain thorough knowledge of Secondary metabolites:

Production in tissue/s, enhancing the secondary metabolites by use

of elicitors, hairy root cultures and types of elicitors (biotic and

abiotic elicitors) Students will be able to understand

Cryopreservation : Germplasm storage, methods, merits and

demerits

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- III Plant transformation technology

Sr.

No



what

01 Genetic

modification

To provide thorough knowledge Mechanism of DNA transfers, role

of virulence genes, useof Ti and Ri plasmid as binary vectors,

features of Ti

and Ri plasmid

02

Genetic

Modification

Students will gain understanding about Vector less DNA transfer -

Particle Bombardment, Electroporation, and microinjection

03

Genetic

Modification

Students would be benefited with knowledge.of Genetically

modified organisms in the Environment

362

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- IV Environmental Biotechnology

Sr.

No



what

01 Environmental

Biotechnology

Students will gain thorough knowledge Heavy metals

environmental modification, Bioleaching and Microbial leaching

02

Environmental

Biotechnology

Students will study the different aspects. Bioremediation- General

idea of Xenobiotics, Biodegradation of Xenobiotics and applications

03

Environmental

Biotechnology

Students will be able to understand the basic concept of

Phytoremediation: Needs, Metal and organic phytoremediation

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- V Applications

Sr.

No



what

01 Applications To provide thorough knowledge. Microbial genetic manipulation.

02

Applications Students will gain understanding Importance and application of

microbes in Biotechnology

03

Applications Students will be able to understand vermicomposting



Name of the Course (Paper): PAPER - XVI: GENETIC ENGINEERING


Name of Module(Unit No.&Name):Unit- I Microbial technology

Sr. Topic What the student will be able to do at the endof Module?unit

363


what

01 Microbial

technology

Students will develop a conceptual understanding on Structure of

Microbes: E.coli, Bacteriophage, Viruses

02

Microbial

technology

Students will be able to understand the Genetic Recombination in

Bacteria: Transduction Transformation and Conjugation

03

Microbial

technology

Students will be able to understand Genetic improvement of industrial

microbes and nitrogen fixers.

04 Microbial

technology

Students will gain with the knowledge Fermentation Technology

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- II Gene Cloning

Sr.

No



what

01 Gene

Cloning

. Students will be able to understand Methods of gene cloning; selection

of markers, reporter genes, expression vectors.

02

Gene

Cloning

Students will be able to understand Construction of genomic/ cDNA

libraries. Factors affecting foreign gene expression Isolation of gene

03

Gene

Cloning

Students will gain thorough knowledge of DNA Synthesis and

Automated. Sequencing; PCR

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- III Gene Cloning

Sr.

No



what

01 Gene

cloning

To develop a conceptual understanding about Aims and strategies for

transgenic development

02

Gene

cloning

To develop a conceptual understanding about . Agrobacterium mediated

gene transfer

364

03

Gene

cloning

Students will come to know about, T- transposon mediated gene

tagging.

Chloroplast transformation. Transgenic- ethical concerns and

ecological risk.

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- IV R-DNA technology

Sr.

No



what

01 r-DNA

technology

Students will come to know about. Enzymes used in Recombinant

Technology

02

r-DNA

technology

To get students acquainted with the concept Types of vectors, their

properties, choice of vectors

03

r-DNA

technology

To get students acquainted with the concept. Alien gene transfer: Whole

genomic transfer eg. Wheat, Arachis, Brassica

04 r-DNA

technology

To develop a conceptual understanding Transfer of individual

chromosome or chromosome segment

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit- Eugenics

Sr.

No



what

01 Eugenics To get students acquainted with the concept High throughput sequences

and assembly

02

Eugenics Students will develop critical thinking on Human Genome Project and

Tools used in genetic Engineering, Blotting techniques,

SSR’s, VNTR’s,STR’s.

03

Eugenics Students will be able to understand Gene Knockout Technologies.

Gene Therapy - Strategies, gene editing, silencing

365

Programme Specific Outcomes – M.Sc. Chemistry

Name of the programme : M.Sc.

Name of the Subject: Chemistry

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Programme

After successful completion of two year degree program in chemistry

a student should be able to

1 MPSO 6 Determine molecular structure by using UV, IR and NMR.

2 MPSO 7 Study of medicinal chemistry for lead compound.

3 MPSO 8 Improve the Skill of student in organic research area.

4 MPSO 9 Synthesis of Natural products and drugs by using proper mechanisms.

5 MPSO 10 Study of Asymmetric synthesis.

6 MPSO 11 Determine the aromaticity of different compounds.

7 MPSO 12 Solve the reaction mechanisms and assign the final product.

8 MPSO 13 Know the structure and bonding in molecules/ ions and predict the

Structure of molecule/ions.

9 MPSO 14 Understand the various type of aliphatic, aromatic, nucleophilic

substitution reaction.

10 MPSO 15 Understand and apply principles of Organic Chemistry for

understanding the scientific phenomenon in Reaction mechanisms.

11 MPSO 16 Learn the Familiar name reactions and their reaction mechanisms.

12 MPSO 17 Understand good laboratory practices and safety.

13 MPSO 18 Study of organometallic reactions.

14 MPSO 19 Study of free radical,bycyclic compound, conjugate addition of

Enolates and pericyclic reactions.

15 MPSO 20 Study of biological mechanisms using amino acids.

366

Course Outcomes – M.Sc. Chemistry

Semester Paper Unit CO

I I 1 to 5 MCO 81 TO MCO 85

II 1 to 5 MCO 86 TO MCO 90

III 1 to 5 MCO 91 TO MCO 95

IV 1 to 5 MCO 96 TO MCO 100

II I 1 to 5 MCO 101 TO MCO 105




III I 1 to 5 MCO 121 TO MCO 125




IV I 1 to 5 MCO 141 TO MCO 145




Name of the programme : M.Sc. Class: Part – I


Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic chemistry 1 Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 1) Stereochemistry and Bonding in Main Group

elements and molecular orbital theory

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit

1

A) Stereochemistry

and Bonding in Main

Group elements:

Distinguish between different kinds of isomers


Draw the E or Z-isomer of a given alkene

367

VSEPR theory:

Prediction of shapes

of irregular

molecules and ions

like SbF4-, SF5-,

SeF3-, ICl2-, IF4-,

IOF4-, NH2-, NH4+,

I3-, PCl2+, PCl6-

etc. Drawbacks, bent

rule, energitics of

hybridization,

dorbital participation

by non-metals,

example showing

pπ-pπ, pπ-dπ and dπ-

dπ bonds. B)

Molecular Orbital

Theory:

Molecular orbital

representation of

polyatomic

molecules with

special reference to

CH4, NH3, H2O,

PF5, SF6, B2H6 and

CO and delocalised

molecular orbital of

ozone, carbon

dioxide, nitrite,

nitrate and benzene.

Distinguish between mirror images that are

superimposable and mirror images that are not

superimposable


Locate asymmetric carbons (stereogenic centres) in a

molecule.






superimposable



molecule.






superimposable



molecule.

1)Explain the criteria for chirality and discuss axial, planar

and helical chirality

2) Discuss the methods of determination of relative and

absolute configuration

3) Discuss Racemization and Resolution techniques

4) Determine the configuration in E and Z isomers

VSEPR model to determine a molecule's electronic

geometry and molecular geometry based on its Lewis dot

368

structure.

5) Interpret line drawings of chemical compounds with

implicit hydrogens, carbons, and lone pairs.

6)Apply the VB model to determine the orbital

hybridization for any atom in a given molecule.

7)Use the VB model to describe the type of bond (sigma, pi)

and the atomic orbitals that are associated with the bond.

8)Recognize localized vs delocalized electrons within a

structure.

9)Determine if a molecule is polar based on polar bonds and

it molecular geometry.

10)Recognize that molecular orbital theory is a method used

by chemists to determine the energy of the electron in a

molecule as well as its geometry.

11)Recognize that MO theory can be used to determine the

energy of light absorbed by a compound by exciting

electrons between MOs (from the HOMO to the

LUMO).12)Should be able to interpret a given MO diagram

as well as fill in electrons into an MO diagram to predict

bond order for a compound and predict whether it is

paramagnetic or diamagnetic.

13)Recognize that based on MO theory constructive

interference of atomic orbitals yields lower energy MO

(bonding) while destructive interference leads to higher

energy MO (anti-bonding).

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 2)Metal-ligand bonding and Molecular orbital theory

of coordination compounds

Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the

369

No. end of

Module / Unit

Unit

2

A) Metal-ligand bonding:

Recapulation of CFT, splitting of d

orbitals in octahedral, square

planar, tetrahedral, square

pyramidal and trigonal bipyramidal

complexes, Jahn-Teller distortion,

spectrochemical series,

nephelauxetic series, measurement

of CFSE in weak/strong ligand

fields, structural consequences of

crystal field effects, variation of

lattice energy and heats of

hydration across 1st row transition

metal ions, stabilization of unusual

oxidation states and ionization

energies, structure of mineral

spinels. Limitations of crystal field

theory.

B) Molecular orbital theory of

coordination compounds:

Theoretical failure of ionic model

of CFT. Experimental evidences in

support of metal ligand orbital

overlaps. Adjusted crystal field

theory (ACFTor LFT),

Composition of ligand group

orbitals, (SALC principle),

molecular orbital energy diagrams

of octahedral, tetrahedral, square

planar complexes including both σ

and π bonding; angular overlap

1)After completion of the full course the

student should be able t o Describe the

structures and stereochemistry of transition

metal complexes2)Describe and explain the

bonding in d-metal complexes using crystal

field and ligand field theories and the 18

electron rule.3)Describe various metal-ligand

interactions in terms of sigma- and pi-

bonding interactions.4)Explain the stability

of d-metal complexes, their reactivity, and

the mechanisms of ligand substitution

reactions.5)Explain and give examples for

the ten fundamental organometallic

reactions6)Account for general catalysis

principles such as ligand activation

7)Account for the mechanism for some

commonly used catalytical processes in

organometallic chemistry 8)Give examples

to catalytic reactions related to homogeneous

fuel production (liquid or gaseous fuels),

chemical production from non-fossil fuel

resources, and capturing emissions.

Understand the modern theories of metal-

ligand bond related to valence bond theory.

9)Application of CFT related to different

geometry e.Square planer, tetrahedral,

Octahedral. 10) Understand the basic concept

about CFT e. Spin magnetic moment, crystal

field stabilization energy related to weak and

strong field, limitation of theory. 11)

Understand the modern theories of metal-

370

model. Comparison of CFT, LFT

and MOT.

ligand bond related to Molecular orbital

theory, and difference between B.T., C.F.T.

and M.O.T

Course Outcomes


Semester: I Name of the Subject: Inorganic

Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 3)Boron hydrides & Metal Cluster, Metal cluster

Macrocyclic Complexes,

Sr.

No.

Topic What the Student will be able to do

at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

3

Boron hydrides & Metal Cluster:

Boron hydrides: Classification,

nomenclature, structure, bonding and

topology of boranes, 4digit coding (s,t,y,x)

numbers for B2H6, B4H10, B5H9, B5H11

and B6H10 and their utilities. Chemistry

of diboranes. Acquaintance with

metalloboranes, Carboranes and

Metallocarboranes. Preparation, structure

and bonding in Non-carbonyl metal

clusters viz. Binuclear (Re2Cl8)2-,

Trinuclear ('ReCl3)3, Tetranuclear

(W4(OR)6) and Hexanuclear (Mo6Cl6)4+

1)Learn about naming of boranes

(neutral, ionic, open boron

frameworks, non-bridging substituents

and carboranes) Identify different

classes of boranes 2)Understand

unusual stoichiometries and

fascinating structures

3)Describe the fundamental

requirement for interpretation of

electronic spectra of metal compound

for prediction of their properties.

4)Describe the studies of metal

carbonyls, metal clusters , metal

371

ions. Preparation, properties and structures

of Zintl anions & cation of the metal Ge,

Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi. Metal clusters:

Occurrence of metal-metal bonds,

binuclear, trinuclear, tetranuclear, and

octahedral clusters. Synthesis, properties

and bonding, of carbides, sulphur-nitrogen

(SN) compounds, peroxo compound of

boron, carbon and sulphur, oxy acids of

nitrogen, Isopoly and Heteropoly acids.

Macrocyclic Complexes:Types of

macrocyclic ligands-design and synthesis

by coordination template effect,di & poly-

nuclear macrocyclic complexes,

application of macrocyclic complexes

nitrosyls and its preparation, structures

and properties.

5) Explain the classification of metal

clusters and compound and Chemistry

of dioxygen, dinitrogen complexes

and non-carbonyl metal clusters.

6)Demonstrate an appreciation of how

and why macrocyclic ligands can

support coordination of metal ions in

unusual oxidation states

7)How to optimise these

characteristics for particular metals

and their development towards

electrocatalysis.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): -Inorganic chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): )4) Non-aqueous solvent behavior and Metal-ligand

equilibria in solution

Sr.

No.


do at the end of

Module / Unit

A) Non-aqueous solvent behavior:

Inorganic solutes in organic solvents. Solvent

system concept. The role of solvents in

chemical reactions, effect of physical and

chemical properties. Inorganic reactions in the

following nonaqueous solvents: Dinitrogen

tetroxide, anhydrous sulphuric acid, bromine

trifluride , reaction in molten salts and Ionic

1)The students will be able to

explain the fundamental concepts

in coordination chemistry of

transition metals. 2. The Students

should be familiar with the basic

knowledge of the non-aqueous

solutions and applications of non-

aqueous solvents in analytical

372

liquids and Super critical CO2 as solvent.

B) Metal-ligand equilibria in solution:

A brief introduction to complex equilibria ,

outline of thermodynamic stability of metal

complexes and factors affecting the such as

temperature,dielectric constant and ionic

strength, nature of metal ion and ligand,

statistical, electrostatics, chelate effect .

Experimental methods for the determination

of stability constants by spectrophotometric

methods (Job’s and Mole ratio), Bjerrum’s pH

metric method, polarographic method and

Conductometric method. Relation between

thermodynamic parameters ( G, S, H) and

their importance in complex

formation.Protonation and disscociation

constant of ligand and their relationship.

Mixed ligand complex and application of

mixed ligand complexes .General tratment of

the determination of formation constant of

mixed ligand complexes.

chemistry.

3. The students will develop the

ability of effective solving

practical problem of analytical

chemistry of non-aqueous

solutions.

4)Logic of mathematical/

computational methods adopted for

the determination of stability

constants Curve fitting method,

Elimination Method

5) determine stability constant,

step wise and overall formation

constant,

6)factors affecting the stability of

metal complexes with reference to

the nature of metal ion and ligand.

7)Determination of formation

constant for binary complexes

using pH-metric technique.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Inorganic chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 5) Symmetry and group theory

Sr.

No.



of

Module / Unit

Unit

5

Symmetry and group theory: Introduction to

symmetry elements, symmetry operations, product of

After studying this

course, you should be

373

symmetry operations, equivalence symmetry elements

and equivalence atoms, point group, classifications of

point groups, Schoenflies symbols, identification of

point groups of simple molecules like HCl, BeF2, CO,

H2O, NH3, CO2, BF3, C2H4, C2H6, C2H2Cl2, C6H6,

PCl3, PCl5, [PtCl4]--, [PtCl2(NH3)2],

[CoCl2(NH3)4], [FeF6]3-substituted benzene

molecules, pyridine, ferrocene, SF4, IF5, etc.,

necessary conditions for any set of elements to form a

group, subgroups, classes in a group. Application of

point group,. Group multiplication table, matrix

representation of symmetry elements. Reducible and

irreducible representation, character of representation,

character of matrix, Conjugate matrix, Properties of

irreducible representations, Great orthogonality

theorem (without proof) and it’s importance,

construction of character table of C2v & C3v point

group. Mulliken symbolism rules for irreducible

representations & it’s applications with examples.

able to:

explain what is

meant by a

symmetry of a plane

figure

find the composite

of two symmetries

find the inverse of a

symmetry

determine whether a

given set and binary

operation form a

group by checking

group axioms

Describe the

symmetries of some

bounded three-

dimensional figures.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Organic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 1)Nature and Bonding in Organic Molecule

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

1

Nature and Bonding in Organic Molecule

Delocalized chemical bonding, conjugation, cross

conjugation, resonance, hyper-conjugation, bonding

in fullerenes. strength of acids and bases. cryptands,

inclusion compounds, cyclodextrius, catenanes and

1) Recognize and

distinguish between

aromatic and antiaromatic

compounds by their

structures.

374

rotaxanes. Aromaticity in benzenoid and non-

benzenoid compounds, alternant and non-alternat

hydrocarbons Huckel’s rule, energy level of pi-

molecules orbitals, annulenes, antiaromaticity,

homo-aromoaticity. Aromatic characters and

chemistry of cyclopentadiene anion, tropyllium

cation, tropene and tropelene. anti- and homo-

aromatic systems. NMR as a tool for aromaticity.

Conformational analysis of cycloalkanes (5 – 8

membered rings), decalines, effect of conformation

on reactivity, steric strain due to unavoidable

crowding, Conformation of glucose.

2. Know the properties of

aromatic and antiaromatic

compounds, and the

chemical consequences of

aromaticity

3)Know criteria for

aromaticity Be familiar

with the terms aromatic and

anti-aromatic

4) Classify any organic

compound into aromatic,

anti-aromatic and aliphatic

(or nonaromatic)

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): -Organic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 2) Stereochemistry

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

2

Stereochemistry - Interconversion of Sawhorse,

Newmann and Fischer projection. chirality,

examples from common objects to molecules – axis,

plane, center, alternating axis of symmetry.

Stereoisomerism – definition based on symmetry and

energy criteria – configuration and conformational

stereoisomers. Center of chirality – molecules with

C, N, S based chiral centers – absolute configuration

- enantiomers – racemic modifications - R and S

nomenclature using Cahn-IngoldPrelog rules –

molecules with a chiral center and Cn axis,

1) Know about the

Chirality. Differentiate

chiral and achiral

molecules.

2. Recognize and draw

structural isomers

(constitutional isomers),

3)Stereoisomers

including enantiomers

and diastereomers,

racemic mixture, and

375

molecules with more than one chiral center, threo

and erythro isomers, method of resolution, optical

purity, enantiotopic and distereotopic atoms, groups

and faces, Prochiral relationship, stereospecific and

steroselective (w.r.t.Substrate stereoselectivity,

product stereoselectivity, enantioselectivity and

diastereoselectivity.) synthesis.Asymmetrical

synthesis. Axial, planar and helical chirality –

examples – stereochemistry and absolute

configuration of allenes, biphenyls and binaphthyls,

ansa and cyclophanic compounds, spiranes, exo-

cyclic alkylidenecycloalkanes. Topicity and

prostereoisomerism – topicity of ligands and faces,

and their nomenclature – NMR distinction of

enantiotopic/diastereotopic ligands.

meso compounds.

4) Identify the

stereocenters in a

molecule and assign the

configuration as R or S.

5. Know the relationship

between enantiomers

and their specific

rotations.

6)know The

stereochemistry of

reactions The

stereochemistry of

enzyme-catalyzed

reactions

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Reaction mechanism: Structure and Reactivity

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

3

Reaction mechanism: Structure and Reactivity

Types of mechanism, Types of reaction,

thermodynamics and kinetics requirements,

kinetic and thermodynamic control, Potential

energy diagrams, transition states and

intermediates, activated complex, methods of

determining mechanisms, kinetic isotope

effects, Hammond’s postulate, Curtin-Hammeett

principle, Effect of Structure on reactivity:-

1.Predict the chirality of reaction

products based on enantiomeric

and diastereomeric relationships.

2.Describe reaction mechanisms

in terms of energetics, reaction

kinetics, and thermodynamics

3. Easily know the isotopic

376

Resonance and field effects, Steric effect,

quantitative treatment. The Hammett equation

and linear free energy relationship, substituent

and reaction constants. Taft equation.

effects.

4. Quick Explanation of

Hammond postulates

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution and elimination

reaction.

Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

Unit

4

A) Aliphatic nucleophilic

substitution: The SN1, SN2 ,

mixed SN1 , SN2 and SET and

SNi mechanisms. Nucleophilicty,

effect of leaving group, ambient

nucleophiles and ambient

substrates regiospeciticity. The

neighbouring group. Participation

mechanisum, substitution at allylic

and vinylic carbon atoms. B)

Elimination Reactions: The E1, E2

and E1 CB mechanisms

orientation of the double bond.

Saytzeff and Hoffman’s rule.

Effect of substrate structure,

attacking base, leaving group and

medium. Pyrolytic elimination

mechanism and orientation.

Cleavage of quaternary

1)Know how organic reactions proceed. •

Identify the different types of reaction

mechanisms. 2) Analyse the difference

between each type of mechanism. Substitution

Nucleophilic Unimolecular Mechanism (SN1)

3)Know Substitution Nucleophilic

Bimolecular Mechanism (SN2) know the

mechanism Substitution Nucleophilic Internal

Mechanism (SNi)

4)Knowing Aromatic Nucleophilic

substitution mechanism (SNAr)

5)knowing Substitution Radical Nucleophilic

Unimolecular(SRN1)

6)knowing Electrophilic Aromatic

Substitution Mechanism (EAS)

6) Knowing Unimolecular Elimination

Mechanism (E1)

7) Knowing Bimolecular Elimination

Mechanism (E2)

377

ammonium salts. Conversion of

vicinal dihalides and nitro

compounds to alkenes. C)

Summary of factors controlling

substitution and elimination by

unimolecular and bimolecular

mechanisms.

8) Knowing Conjugate Base Elimination

Mechanism (E1cb)

9) Elimination Internal Mechanism (Ei)

10)Free Radical Mechanism

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Aromatic Electrophillic And Nucleophilic

Substitution

Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

378

Unit

5

A): AROMATIC

ELECTROPHILLIC

SUBSTITUTION 12L The

arenium ion mechanism,

orientation and reactivity, energy

profile diagrams. The o/p ratio,

ipso attack,orientation in benzene

ring with more than one

substituents, orientation in other

ring system. Diazonium coupling,

Gatterman-koch reaction,

Pechman reaction,Houben –

hoesch reaction, Reimer-Tiemann

reaction, Kolbe Schmitt reaction,

Recapitulation of halogenation,

nitration, sulphonation and F.C.

reaction. B)Aromatic

Nucleophilic Substitution: A

general introduction to different

mechanisms of aromatic

nucleophilic substitution SNAr,

SN1 , Benzyne and SRN1

mechanisms, Reactivity effect of

substrate structure leaving group

and attacking nucleophile, The

Von Richter, SommletHauser and

Smiles rearrangements.

1) To understand the mechanism of electrophilic

aromatic substitution reactions and be able to

use these reactions for synthesis of new

aromatic compounds -- halogenation, nitration,

sulfonylation, hydroxylation, alkylation and

acylation 2. To understand the substituent effects

on electronphilic aromatic reactions and use

them in synthesis of new aromatic compounds -

- Chemical reactivity of substituted benzene-

containing compounds -- o, m, and p-directing

substituents 3.To understand other unique

reactions of aromatic compounds and be able to

use them in organic synthesis -- SNAr, benzyne,

oxidation, and reduction reactions

4)Identify the conditions necessary for an aryl

halide to undergo nucleophilic aromatic

substitution, and give an example of such a

reaction.

5)Write the detailed mechanism for a

nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction.

6) Compare the mechanism of a nucleophilic

aromatic substitution reaction and the SN1 and

SN2 mechanisms discussed earlier.

7)Identify the product formed when a given

nucleophile reacts with a given aryl halide in a

nucleophilic aromatic substitution reaction.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): -Physical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Quantum Chemistry

379

Sr.

No.


the end of

Module / Unit


Application of


Unit

1

Quantum Chemistry : A)

Schrodinger's equation in one

dimensional box (Recapitulation),

postulates of quantum mechanics

discussion of solution of Schrodinger's

equation to particle in a three

dimensional box, Harmonic oscillator,

Rigid Rotor. The variation theorem,

linear variation principle, perturbation

theory (First order and non

degenerate). Application of variation

method and perturbation method to

Helium atom. B) Ordinary angular

momentum, generalized angular

momentum, eigen functions for angular

momentum, eigen value of angular

momentum. Pauli exclusion principle.

Russel-Saunders terms & coupling

schemes, Slatter-Condon parameters

Numerical

1) Knows Early Quantum Theory:

historical overview; influence of physics

on Theoretical Chemistry

2) blackbody radiation; photoelectric

effect; Bohr and the H atom

3) Learned de Broglie wavelength

Heisenberg uncertainty principle.

4) Predict the wave equation: differential

equations; separation of variables

5. Easily derive The Schrödinger

equation and simple applications such as

the particle in the box

6. Basic Quantum Mechanics: state of a

system; operators and observables;

postulates and general principles of

quantum mechanics.

Course Outcomes




------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Surface Chemistry

380

Sr.

No.


at the end of

Module / Unit


Application of


Unit

2

Surface Chemistry :

A) Adsorption : Freundlich adsorption

isotherm, Langmuir adsorption isotherm,

Gibbs adsorption isotherm, estimation of

surface area (BET equation), surface

films on liquids, and catalytic activity at

surfaces. B) Micelles : micellization,

hydrophobic interaction, critical micellar

concentration (CMC), factors affecting

the CMC of surfactants, counter ion

binding to micelles, thermodynamics of

micellization-phase separation and mass

models, solubilization, micro emulsion,

reverse micelles. Numericals.

Define and explain surface- and

interfacial phenomena.

Describe and explain different

types of colloidal systems.

Describe interactions between

colloidal particles and explain

colloidal stability and

instability.

Describe structure and

properties of self-associating

systems.

Perform numeric calculations of

physical-chemical quantities.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 3)Thermodynamics

Sr.

No.


of

Module / Unit

Unit

3

Thermodynamics :

A) Classical Thermodynamics :

D 1) Describe basic concepts of Thermodynamics

2)Restate defination of system, surrounding,

381

Partial molar properties. Partial

molar free energy, Chemical

Potential, Partial molar volume

and Partial molar heat content

and their significances.

Determination of these

quantities. Concept of fugacity

and determination of fugacity.

DebyeHuckel Theory for

Activity coefficient of

electrolytic solutions, Ionic

strength,Determination of

Activity & Activity coefficient.

B) Non equilibrium

Thermodynamics :

Thermodynamic criteria for

non-equilibrium states, entropy

production and entropy flow for

different irreversible processes

(e.g. heat flow, chemical

reaction, coupled reactions and

electrochemical reactions).

Transformations of the

generalized fluxes and forces,

phenomenological equations.

Microscopic reversibility and

Onsager's reciprocity relation.

Numericals.

closed and open system, extensive and intensive

properties.

3) Calculate absolute pressure, and absolute

temperature.

4) Calculate changes in kinetic, potential,

enthalpy and internal energy.

judge the properties of pure substances

5)Judge the state of the pure sabstances such as

compressed liquid, saturated liquid-vapor

mixture and superheated vapor using property

diagrams and tables

6) Arrange the ideal and real gas equations of

state.

formulate the first law of thermodynamics for a

closed systems and arrange the change in energy

in the closed systems via heat and work transfer

7) Calculate the changes in moving boundary

work, spring work, electrical work and shaft

work in closed systems.

8) Apply first law of thermodynamics for closed

systems and construct conservation of mass and

energy equations.

9) Apply the first law of thermodynamics to the

open systems.

10)describe steady-flow open system.

11) Construct energy and mass balance for

unsteady-flow processes.

12) Assess thermodynamic applications using

second law of thermodynamics.

Course Outcomes




382

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Nuclear Chemistry

S. N. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module

/ Unit

Unit 4 Nuclear

Chemistry-

A) General

characteristics of

radioactive decay,

decay kinetics,

parent daughter

decay growth

relationship,

nuclear de-

excitation, secular

and transient

equilibrium, -

particle energy

spectrum, Geiger

Nutta Law, theory

of a band g decay

process.

B) Fission energy

natural Ur reactor,

classification of

reactor, reactor

power, critical size

of thermal reactor,

excess reactivity

and control,

Breeder reactor,

Reprocessing of

spent fuel,

1. Recognize and use the symbols for protons, neutrons,

electrons, positrons, alpha particles, beta particles, and

gamma rays.

2. Compare the penetrating power of alpha, beta, neutron,

and gamma radiation.

3. Understand the factors that determine the biological

effects of radiation: absorbed dose penetrating ability,

ionizing ability, Chemical properties.

4. Write balanced equations for nuclear reactions.

5. Qualitatively interpret a decay series.

6. Recognize a band of stability plot and be able to predict

the type of decay that a nucleus will undergo based on its

composition relative to the band of stability

7. Perform energy calculations for nuclear reactions:

understand and calculate the mass defect for a nuclear

reaction use Einstein’s relation, E = (∆m)c2, to calculate

energy changes in nuclear reactions calculate nuclear

binding energies, interpret binding energy per nucleon plots

in terms of nuclear stability and the energy

changes,associated with fission and fusion reactions

8. Use first-order kinetics to examine the rates of nuclear

decay and be able to calculate the half-life of a radioisotope,

the age of an object (radiochemical dating), the remaining

amount of a radioisotope, given the appropriate data.

9.Nuclear Reactors explain how nuclear reactions can be

used to produce energy, define critical mass and describe

the relationship between critical mass and chain reactions,

explain the functions of the major components of a nuclear

reactor: fuel elements, control rods, moderator, and cooling

liquid identify the primary and secondary loops in a boiler

383

Recovery of Ur and

Plutonium Nuclear

waste management

that is heated by a nuclear reactor

10)Explain the fundamental concepts involved in nuclear

weapons based solely on fission

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Chemical Dynamics.

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit

5

Chemical Dynamics :

A) Theories of reaction

rates : Collision theory,

collision rates in gases,

energy requirement

and steric requirement.

Dynamics of molecular

collisions. Transition

state theory :

assumptions, Statistical

Mechanics and

Chemical equilibrium,

derivations of Eyring

equation, Application

of transition state

theory to reaction

between atoms and

molecules (e.g. The

reaction H + HBr (R)

H2+Br) B)

Unimolecular reactions

: Lindemann-

1. Understand the concept of reaction rates and be able to

use the coefficients of a balanced chemical equation to

express the rate of reaction in terms of the change in

concentration of a reactant or product over time.

distinguish between instantaneous rates and average rates

from a graph.

2. Determine the rate law from initial rate data and be

able to determine the order of reaction with respect to

each reactant,the overall order of reaction., the rate

constant with units.

3. Recognize the integrated rate laws and be able to use

integrated first-order and second-order rate laws to find

the value of one variable, given values of the other

variables. explain the concept of reaction half-life and

describe the relationship between half-life and rate

constant for first-order and second-order reactions.

determine the order of the reaction from plots of

concentration versus time, ln(concentration)versus time,

and 1/(concentration) versus time.

4. Use Collision Theory to explain how reactions occur at

the molecular level, and explain the concept of activation

energy and how it relates to the variation of reaction rate

384

Christiansen

hypothesis and

Hinshelwood

treatment, Marcus's

extension of the RRK

treatment. C)

Reactions in solution,

Solvent effects on

reaction rate. Factors

determining reaction

rate, Numericals.

with temperature. be able to interpret potential energy

profiles and use them to determine the activation energy

and potential energy changes for a reaction. be able to

use the Arrhenius equation to calculate a rate constant,

activation energy, and frequency factor.

5. Define a catalyst and given a reaction mechanism,

identify the reaction intermediate(s) and catalyst(s), write

the overall reaction, and determine the molecularity of

each step. Describe the effect of a catalyst on the energy

requirements for a reaction. sketch a potential energy

profile showing the activation energies for the forward

and reverse reactions and show how they are affected by

the addition of a catalyst.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Modern Methods of Separation Course Outcome Code: CO ---

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Basic concepts of Analytical Chemistry

Sr.

No.



Unit

1

Basic concepts of Analytical Chemistry :

Role of Analytical Chemistry: The nature of

analytical chemistry, the role of analytical

chemistry , qualitative and quantitative

analytical methods, Classification of analytical

methods-classical & instrumental. Types of

instrumental analysis. Selecting an analytical

method. Analytical balances: (Semi micro and

Micro balances) and their use in analytical

chemistry, Techniques of weighing and errors

Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) :

Introduction and principles of GLP,

To 1)study about the different areas

of science

2. To learn about the periodicity in

properties of elements

3. 2)To develop skills in different

laboratory titrations and the

theory behind titrimetric analysis

4. 3) To understand various

chromatographic techniques

employed

5. 4)To develop basic knowledge

regarding the evaluation of

385

Purification Techniques :

Introduction,purification techniques for solid

organic compounds, purification techniques for

liquids, chemical method of separation and

purification and criteria of purity. Principal

and Methods of sampling: Theory of sampling,

pit falls and problems associated with

sampling. Techniques of sampling of gases,

liquids, solids and particulates. Stoichiometric

calculations based on gravimetry and titrimetry

analysis of commercial samples. Transmission

and storage of samples. Effect of sampling

uncertainties samplers’ responsibility,

sampling hazards.

analytical data

5)distinguish between qualitative

and quantitative research

6)identify different sampling

approaches

7)distinguish between primary

and secondary data sources

8)interpret the political and

ethical aspects in financial

research.

9) Know about accuracy,precision

10) Having Knowledge of

semimicro and Macro analysis.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Statistical Analysis

Sr.

No.


at the end of Module / Unit

Unit

2

Statistical Analysis: (Emphasis should be

placed on numerical problems)

Collection, Treatment and presentation of

analytical data. True, standard and

observed value. Defination of terms in

mean and median. Errors in chemical

analysis, classification of errors, nature

and origin of errors. Accuracy and

precession, errors in quantitative analysis

and their minimization. Standard

deviation, least squares and correlation

1. Describe and compare a range of

analytical chemistry methods and

explain the underlying theoretical

principles.

2. Explain the broad role of chemists in

quality control and assessment of

experimental measurements and

analytical tasks.

3. Employ a variety of analytical and

instrumental methods to prepare,

separate and quantify samples from

386

coefficients. Confidence interval and

confidence limit. Graphical method of

solution, parameter and variable,

comparison of manual mean curve and

the computer programmed best fitting

curve.Tests for rejection of data. T-test,

F-test and Q-test. Significant figures and

computation rules. Regression analysis

and Statistical analysis of Chemical

analysis.Numerical problems

various matrices.

4. Apply the scientific process,

including statistical treatment of data,

in the conduct and reporting of

chemical analysis.

5. Work safely and competently in an

analytical laboratory setting.

6. Contribute to team and group work

for scientific investigation and

reporting.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Separation Techniques

Sr.

No.



Unit

3

Separation Techniques:

Advanced level treatment of solvent

Extraction: Introduction, Liquid-liquid

extraction-continuous and counter current

extractions, synergic extraction, ion-pair

or ion association extraction, Extraction

by equilibrium shifts. Solid-liquid

extraction, discontinuous infusion type

extraction, application to the separation of

alkali and alkaline earth metals.

Numericals. Ion-Exchange Separation:

Fundamental properties of ion exchangers.

Theory of ion exchange, exchange

capacity, screening effect, penetration of

electrolytes into ion exchange resins,

1. Understand advanced

chromatographic and electrophoretic

methods, including multidimensional

systems, miniaturized systems and the

basis for use of selective detectors

2. Are able to choose the best

separation- and analytical methods for

different purposes

3. Have knowledge of important

solubility- and transport properties of

gases, liquids and fluids

4. Understand the separation

principles of optical isomers

5. Are familiar with strategies and

methods within "metabolomics" with

387

sorption of complex ions Cation and

Anion exchangers, Action of ion exchange

resins. Ion-exchange equilibria and ion

exchange capacity. Strongly and weakly

acidic cation exchangers. Strongly and

weakly basic anion exchangers. Liquid ion

exchangers, chelation ion exchangers,

techniques of ion exchange, use of non

aqueous solvents in one exchange

separation, application of ion exchange

separation in determination of total salt

concentration, removal of interfering ions,

separation of anions and metals and

application in analytical chemistry.

Seperation using solvent mixture.

mass spectrometric detection

6. Explain the basic principles for gas

chromatography, liquid

chromatography, capillary

electrophoresis and mass

spectrometry, describe the different

methods, which are used in each

technique respectively and the

instrumental variants that exist.

7. Suggest and explain how the

method development and the

optimization can be accomplished for

the different techniques.

8.Participate actively in the

demonstration laboratory exercises .

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Gas Chromatography

Sr.

No.



Unit

4

Gas Chromatography :

Theory and Instrumentation of GC,

Sample injection- Split and splitless

injection, Column types,

Solid/Liquid Stationary phases,

Column switching techniques,

Basic and specializeddetectors,

elemental detection, chiral

separations, , Gas chromatographs

and chemicalanalysis, Interfacing of

1)be able to explain the principles of the most

important liquid and gas chromatographic as

well as electro-migration techniques;

2)have acquired some technical knowledge

of, and some practical experience with,

analyses in gas and liquid chromatography,

and in capillary electrophoresis;

3)be able to evaluate strengths and

limitations of the most important

chromatographic separation and detection

388

gas chromatography with mass

spectrometry, Applications of

GLC,Use of GC-MS ,High Speed

gas chromatography, Gas- solid

chromatography and problems,

High Performance Liquid

Chromatography (HPLC): Theory

and instrumentation of HPLC,

Optimization of column

performance, Gradient elution and

related procedures, Derivatization,

Mobile phase delivery system,

sample injection, separation

column, detectors, Interfacing

HPLC with mass spectrometry,

Structure types of column packing,

adsorption chromatography,

Bonded phase chromatography,

reverse phase chromatography, ion–

pair chromatography, ion exchange

chromatography, size exclusion

chromatography, GC-MS and LC-

MS, Applications and Problems

methods in relation to the properties of the

sample and of the analysis task;

4) be able to understand principles and their

practical application in publications

describing chromatography or electro-

migration techniques;

5)be able to learn to apply relevant

techniques on his/her own in a sensible and

effective way, with minimal requirement for

theoretical, and limited need for practical,

additional teaching/learning;

6)be able to report and discuss

chromatographic analyses in a scientifically

sound, and understandable (intelligible) way;

7) (some of them) be able to choose and plan

the use of suitable chromatographic or

electrophoretic techniques for actual

analytical problems based on a reasonable

degree of knowledge of potentially relevant

methods;

8) be able to consider HSE in relation to

chromatographic experimentation.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 5) Chemical Safety and Handling of Chemicals

Sr.

No.



Unit

5

Chemical Safety and Handling of

Chemicals: 12L Safe working

1. Identify and classify a hazardous

chemical’s class and type.

389

procedure and protective environment,

protective apparel, emergency, procedure

and first aid, laboratory ventilation. Safe

storage and use of hazardous chemicals,

procedure for working with substances

that pose hazards, flammable or explosive

hazards, procedures for working with

gases at pressures above or below

atmospheric – safe storage and disposal of

waste chemicals, recovery, recycling and

reuse of laboratory chemicals, disposal of

chemicals in the sanitary sewer system,

incineration and transportation of

hazardous chemicals. Eexplosives

&Chemial weapons: Chemical

explosives: Origin of explosive properties

in organic compounds, classification,

characteristics-special explosives-

nitrocellulose- T.N.T, Picric

acid,preparation and explosive properties

of lead azide, PETN, cyclonite (RDX),

Dynamite-cordite and Gunpowder.

Introduction,Classification of chemical

weapons, Chemical warfare

agents,physical and chemical

properties,toxicity and data, Better

regulation of potential chemical weapons

2. Demonstrate ways to assess and

manage the hazards associated with

chemicals.

3. Re-label any new transfer bottles.

4. Implement the proper procedures

for responding to spills, emergencies,

or injuries.

5. Maintain an accurate chemical

inventory. 6.Introduction to

chemicals and their various physical

forms

7.Identify the classification of

hazardous substances at work

8.Identification of hazardous

activities and their elimination

9.Assess the risks associated with

hazardous substances

10.Control of exposure

11.Use of hazard identification tool

like HAZOP (hazard and operability

study) to mitigate hazards

12.Use of spill containment kit

13.Maintenance of plant facility

14.Compliance with existing rules

and regulations

15.Emergency preparedness

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part – I


Name of the Course (Paper): Coordination ChemistryCourse Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Electronic chemistry and Magenetochemistry

390

Sr.

No.


will be able to do

at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

1

A) Electronic spectra: Introduction of electronic spectra

of transition metal complexes. Derivation of term symbols

for ground and excited states of dn configurations, (L-S

coupling and j-j coupling), microstates, Types of

experimental recording of the spectra, Selection rule for

ligand-field and charge transfer transitions in metal

complexes, Relaxation in Selection rules, Nature of

electronic spectral bands, band widths, Band intensities &

factors influencing band shapes (Jahn-Teller Effect–

Spectrochemical Series–Nephelauxetic Effect),electronic

spectra of transition metal complexes of the type[

M(H2O)n]n+ spin free and spin paired ML6 complexes of

other geometries with suitable examples. Spin forbidden

transitions and effect of spin-orbit coupling. Evaluation of

Dq, B’ and β parameters (Konig method), Numericals. Orgel

diagrams (d1-d9 states) and Tanabe–Sugano diagrams of d2

and d8 configurations of an octahedral environment. Charge

transfer spectra & its mechanism, Intensity of change

transfer bands. B) Magnetochemistry:

Fundamental equations in molecular magnetism, magnetic

susceptibility and magnetic moment; diamagnetic and

paramagnetic behavior of transition metal complexes of

different geometries, factors affecting the magnetic

properties, Temperature dependence of paramagnetism(TDP)

and temperature independent paramagnetism(TIP) of

complexes, High spin-low spin crossover. Abnormal

magnetic properties, orbital contributions and quenching of

orbital angular momentum, spin-orbit coupling, magnetic

interactions, ferromagnetism and antiferromagnetism.

1) Derive term

symbols i. e L-S &

J-J coupling and

microstates.

2) Jahn-Teller and

Nephelauxetic

effect.

3) Electronic

spectra of transition

metal complexes.

4)Orgel diagrams

from d1-d9 states,

and Tanabe–Sugano

diagrams of d2 and

d8 configurations.

5)Diamagnetic and

paramagnetic

behavior of

transition metal

complexes

including factors

affecting the

magnetic properties.

6) Magnetic

properties of

polynuclear

complexes.

7) Electronic

spectra, structure

391

Anomalous magnetic moments and magnetic exchange

coupling. Magnetic properties of polynuclear complexes.

Magnetic moment, electronic spectra and structure of

tetrahalocobalt(II)complexes, tetrahedral and octahedral

Ni(II) complexes

and magnetic

momentof some

tetrahedral and

octahedral

complexes.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal complexes-I

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

2

Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal

complexes-I: Classification of Inorganic

reactions, Energy profile diagram with terminology

includes transition state or activated complex,

substrate, attacking reagents electrophilic and

nucleophilic. Reactivity of metal complexes, ligand

replacement reaction: classification of mechanism

and energy profile of reaction. Inert and labile

complexes, interpretation of liability and inertness

of transition metal complexes on the basis of VBT

and CFT. Factors affecting the lability of a

complex, transition state or activated complex,

substrate, attacking reagents electrophilic and

nucleophilic.Kinetics of octahedral substitution,

acid hydrolysis, factors affecting acid hydrolysis,

base hydrolysis, conjugate base mechanism, direct

& indirect evidences in favour of conjugate

mechanism, anation reaction, reaction without

metal ligand bond cleavage, reactions of

1) Classification of inorganic

reactions, energy profile

diagram, reactivity and

mechanism of metal

complexes.

2) Inert and labile complexes

with its interpretation and

factors affecting liability and

inertness of transition metal

complexes on the basis of

VBT and CFT.

3)Acid hydrolysis and the

factors affecting acid

hydrolysis.

4) Base hydrolysis, conjugate

base mechanism, and the

evidences which support it.

5) Molecular rearrangement

complexes which includes

392

coordinated ligands. Molecular rearrangement

complexes. Geometrical, linkage and optical

isomerization reactions. Ligand stereospecificity.

geometrical, linkage and

optical isomerization

reactions.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Coordination Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal complexes-II

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

3

Reaction Mechanism of Transition Metal

complexes-II: ` Substitution reaction in

square planer complexes: the trans effect, trans-

directing series, cis effect, steric effect, solvent

effect, effect of leaving group, effect of charge,

effect of nucleophile, effect of temperature.

Trans effect theories, uses of trans-effect,

mechanism of substitution reactions in Pt(II)

complexes. Electron transfer reactions. Types of

electron transfer reactions, conditions of

electron transfer, and mechanism of one-

electron transfer reactions, outer sphere and

inner sphere mechanisms, two electron transfer

reactions-complimentary and non-

complimentary reactions. Tunneling effect,

cross-reaction, Marcus-Hush theory, bridged

activated mechanism. Synthesis of coordination

compounds using electron transfer reactions.

Photochemical reaction of Chromium and

Ruthenium complexes.

1)Study of substitution reaction

in square planer complexes and

the various effectssuch as trans,

cis, steric, solvent, leaving

group, charge, nucleophile, and

temperature.

2) Trans effect theories, uses and

meachanism in substitution

reactions of Pt(II) complexes.

3) Types, conditions and

mechanism of one-electron

transfer reactions.

4) Tunneling effect, cross-

reaction, Marcus-Hush theory,

bridged activated mechanism.

5) Photochemical reaction of

Chromium and Ruthenium

complexes.

393

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Coordination Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Metal pi-Complexes , Metal carbonyls and Nitrosyls

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

4

Metal pi-Complexes: Metal carbonyls:

Structure and bonding, structural elucidation of metal

carbonyls (by IR, and 13C NMR spectra), important

reaction of metal carbonyls. Metal carbonyl clusters

with reference to classification, EAN rule, synthesis

and structures. Application of Wilkinson’s catalyst

and Vaska’s compound. Metal nitrosyls:

Nitrosylating agents for synthesis of metal nitrosyls,

vibrational spectra and Xray diffraction studies of

transition metal nitrosyls for bonding and structure

elucidation, important reactions of transition metal

nitrosyls, structure and bonding. Fluxional

Organometallic compounds : Fluxionality and

dynamic equilibria in compounds such as 2-olefin,

3-allyl and dienyl complexes

1)Structural elucidation

and bonding in metal

carbonyls by spectroscopic

technique.

2) Application of

Wilkinson’s catalyst and

Vaska’s compound.

3) Vibrational spectra and

Xray diffraction studies

and reactions of transition

metal nitrosyls for bonding

and structure elucidation.

4)Fluxional

Organometallic

compounds.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme : M.Sc. Class: Part – I



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Bio-inorganic chemistry

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

5

Bio-inorganic chemistry:

Bioinorganic chemistry: Overview of Bioinorganic

1)Biological role of alkali

metal ions, ligands, and ion

394

chemistry, biological role of alkali metal ions,

ligands, ion transport across the membrane,

Classification as enzymatic and non-enzymatic

metals, enzymatic redox metals such as Cu(SOD)

and enzymatic non redox metals such as

Zn(Hydrolase). Bioinorganic chemistry of

Fe: Hemoglobin and myoglobin, their structures

and functions, their coordination geometry and

electronic structure, trigger mechanism,

Introduction of Fe-S proteins, electron transfer

proteins: Rubredoxin, 2Fe-2S Ferredoxins, 4Fe-4S

and 8Fe-8S proteins Transport protein(transferrin)

and storage protein(ferritin), Oxygenation

reactions, Hill constant and Bohr Effect.

Bioinorganic chemistry of Co:Vitamin-B12, its

structure and biochemical function and

mechanisms of action.

transport across the

membrane.

2) Classification as enzymatic

and non-enzymatic metals.

3)Bioinorganic chemistry of

Fe: Hemoglobin and

myoglobin, which includes

structures, functions,

coordination geometry,

electronic structure.

4)Oxygenation reactions, Hill

constant and Bohr Effect.

5) Bioinorganic chemistry of

Co: Vitamin-B12, its

structure, biochemical

function and mechanisms of

action.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Class: Part – II


Name of the Course (Paper): -Organic Chemistry – II Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): ADDITION TO C-C &C-X MULTIPLE BOND

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

(Knowledge/Skill achieved

OR Application of


Unit

1

A) ADDITION TO C-C &C-X MULTIPLE

BOND Mechanistic and stereo chemical

aspects of addition reaction involving

electrophiles, nucleophiles and free radicals,

1) Predict the product of

reaction of alkene/alkyne

2) Orientation of reaction i.e

stereochemistryand region-

395

Orientation and stereochemistry, Addition to

cyclopropanes, hydroboration, oxy mercuration,

Michael reaction, Aldol Condensation

(Stereochemistry), Knoevenagel reaction,

Hydrolysis of esters and amide

B) MECHANISM OF MOLECULAR

REARRANGEMENT Classification and

General mechanistic treatment of electrophilic,

nucleophilic and free radical molecule

rearrangement. Mechanism of the following

rearrangement – a) Rearrangement to electron

deficient carbon: Wagner-Meerwin, Pinacol-

Pinacolone, Tiffenev – Demjnov ring expansion,

b) Rearrangement to electron rich carbon: Neber

and Steven’s rearrangement c) Rearrangement to

electron deficient nitrogen: Beckman, Hoffman,

Curtis, Lossen, Schmidt rearrangement.

chemistry in addition reaction

3) Propose mechanisms to

explain the observed products

of the reaction.

4) Various name reactions

which having many

applications in

pharmaceuticals,

agrochemicals, polymers, and

dyes industries.

5) Use of electrophile,

nucleophile and free radical in

addition of C-C and C-X

bond.

6) Various rearrangement

reaction with its mechanism.

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme : M.Sc. Class: Part – II



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): FREE RADICAL REACTION

Sr.

No.


be able to do at the

end of

Module / Unit

Unit

2

FREE RADICAL REACTION : Radical anions and

radical cations, Types of free radical reactions, free

radical substitution mechanism at an aromatic substrate,

aliphatic substrate, reactivity at a bridgehead position.

Neighbouring group assistance, reactivity for aliphatic

and aromatic substrates, reactivity in attacking radicals,

1) Different types of

free radical reactions

including its

mechanism.

2) Effect of solvent and

participation of

396

effect of solvent on reactivity at allylic carbon,

hydroxylation at an aromatic carbon by means of

Fenton’s reagent. Oxidation of aldehydes to carboxylic

acids. Chlorosulphoration(Reed Reaction) Coupling of

alkynes and arylation of aromatic compounds by

Diazonium salts. Sand Meyer reaction, Free radical

rearrangement, Hunsdiecker reaction. Singlet oxygen, it’s

generation and reactions with organic substrates, Barton

Deoxygenation, McMurry Coupling

neighbouring group on

reaction outcome.

3) Various Oxidation,

deoxygenation and

coupling reactions.

4) Generation and

reactions of Singlet

oxygen.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Photochemistry

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

3

Photochemistry : Interaction of radiation with

matter, types of excitation, rate of excited

molecules, quenching, Quantum efficiency,

quantum yield, transfer of excitation energy,

actinometry, Photoinducd energy transfer, FRET,

singlet and triplet states, experimental methods in

photochemistry of carbonyl compounds, and

transition, Norrish type I and Norrish type II

reactions Paterno –Buchi reaction, Photoreduction,

Photochemistry of enones, Hydrogen abstraction

rearrangement of unsaturated ketones and

cyclohexadienones, Photochemistry of

parabenzoquinones,(di- methane) Photochemistry

of Aromatic compounds with reference to

isomerisation addition and substitution

1)Study of photochemical

reactions, their mechanism

and application such as

Norrish type I, Norrish type

II, Paterno-Buchi etc.

2) Use quantum efficiency,

quantum yield and

experimental method

involved in photochemical

reactions.

3) Photochemistry of various

molecules such as enones,

parabenzoquinones and

Aromatic compounds.

4) Photochemical cyclization

397

Photochemical isomerization of cis and trans

alkenes, Photochemical cyclization of reaction,

Photo-Fries rearrangement, Photo theory reaction of

anilides, Fluorescence based sensor, Conversion of

solar energy to chemical and other form of energies,

Solar PhotoVotaice Cell.

reaction and Photo-Fries

rearrangement.

5) Utilization of Solar energy

into chemical and other form

of energies.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Pericyclic Reactions

Sr.

No.



of

Module / Unit

Unit

4

Pericyclic Reactions Molecular orbital

symmetry, Frontier orbitals of ethylene, 1, 3-butadiene,

1, 3, 5-hexatriene, allyl system, classification of

pericyclicreaction . FMO approach, woodward-

Hoffman correlation diagram method and Peturbation

of molecular orbital (PMO) approach of pericyclic

reaction under photochemical conditions.

Electrocyclicreactions,conrotatary and disrotatary

motion 4n and (4n+2) systems, with more emphasis on

(2+2) and (4n+2) Cycloaddition of ketones Secondary

effects in (4+2) cycloaddition. Stereochemical effects

and effect of substituents on rate of cycloaddition

reaction,1,3-dipolarcycloaddition and chelotropic

reaction. Sigmotropic rearrangement, suprafacial and

antarafacial shift involving carbon moieties ,retension

and inversion of configuration, (3,3) and(3,5) sigma

tropic rearrangements, Claisen and Cope

1)Synthetic applications

and mechanism and

stereochemical aspect of

various pericyclic

reactions.

2) Study of molecular

orbital and frotier

molecular orbital of

various molecules such as

1, 3-butadiene, 1, 3, 5-

hexatriene, allyl system

etc.

3) Different types of

pericyclic reactions such

as Electrocyclic,

Cycladdition, Sigmatropic

etc.

398

rearrangements, Ene reaction, Fluxional Tautomerism,

Sigmatropic Migration of Carbon.

4) Study of various

reactions such as Claisen,

Cope, Ene etc.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): GREEN CHEMISTRY

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

5

GREEN CHEMISTRY : Designing a green

synthesis: Choice of starting material, choice of

solvents. Basic principle of green chemistry:

Prevention of waste by products, Maximum

incorporation of the reactants (starting material

and reagents) into the final products.

Rearrangements reaction, Addition reaction,

substitution, elimination reaction, Prevention or

minimization of hazardous products. Designing

of safer chemical. Synthesis involving basic

principles of green chemistry, some examples-

Synthesis of styrene, Synthesis of urethane, Free

radical bromination ,Synthesis of paracetamol,

Synthesis of Ibuprofen. Microwave induced

green synthesis: Oxidation of Toluene, Synthesis

of Chalcones, Fries rearrangement, Diels Alder

reaction, Hydrolysis of benzyl chloride. Aqueous

phase reactions: Heck reaction, Benzoin

condensation, Michael Reaction Bio Catalyst in

organic synthesis, Ionic Liquids as Green

Solvents.

1) Basic principles of green

chemistry.

2) Designing a green and

environmentally benign routes

in organic synthesis.

3) Designing of safer chemical

reactions involving

minimization of waste,

hazardous product, Maximum

conversion of the reactants into

desired product etc.

4) Utilization of green

chemistry principles in the

synthesis of styrene, urethane,

paracetamol, ibuprofen etc.

5) Study of different reactions

under microwave irradiation

and replacing hazardous

organic solvents by Ionic

liquids.

399

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Physical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Chemical Dynamics

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit

1

Chemical

Dynamics : A)

Kinetics of

Complex

reactions: Chain

reaction (H2+Br,

® 2 HBr thermal

and photo

chemical reaction),

Homogeneous

catalysis (acid-

base and

enzymes),

oscillating

reactions

(BelousovZhabotin

sky reaction,

Lotka-Volterra

mechanism, the

brusselator and the

oregonator). B)

Fast reactions:

General features of

fast reactions,

Stopped flow

1)chemical kinetics; how reaction rates are measured and

represented in rate laws, and applications of chemical kinetics

in studying enzyme mechanism

2)Understand the concept of rate of change associated with

chemical change, recognizing that the rate of change and how

it can be measured.

3)Determine rate law of chemical change based on

experimental data.

4)Be able to identify the reaction order for a chemical change.

5)Understand the concept of pseudo-first order kinetics and

when they apply.

6)Apply integrated rate equations to solve for the

concentration of chemical species during a reaction of

different orders.

7) Understand the concept of mechanism and using rate law

data predict whether or not a proposed mechanism is viable or

not.

8)Recall and explain why certain factors such as

concentration, temperature, medium and the presence of a

catalyst will affect the speed of a chemical change.

9)Interpret a reaction coordinate diagram (aka a potential

energy diagram) and determine if such a diagram supports a

given single or multistep mechanism, including the concept

and depiction of any transition states and reaction

intermediates.

400

method, relaxation

method, Nuclear

magnetic

resonance method,

Flash Photolysis,

Numericals

10)Understand the concept of an activation energy in the

context of the transition state and be able to calculate the

activation energy given some experimental data.

11)Recall, manipulate and properly employ the Arrhenius

Law/Equation.

12)Explain the function and purpose of a catalyst.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 2)Quantum Chemistry

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

Unit

2

Quantum Chemistry : A) Construction of M.O.by

LCAO for H2+ ion, Calculation of energy levels

from wave functions, physical picture of bonding &

anti-bonding wave functions, concept of orbitals

and their characteristics.

B) Hybride orbitals sp, sp2, sp3;Calculationof

coefficient of A.O. used in hybride orbital;Huckel

theory of Conjugated systems, bond order & charge

density calculations. Applications to ethylene,

butadiene, cyclopropenyl radical, cyclo- butadiene.

Numericals.

• Have a deep understanding

of the mathematical

foundations of quantum

mechanics,

• Be able to solve the

Schr¨odinger equation using

various approximation

methods

• Have a basic understanding

of relativistic effects in

quantum mechanics

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 3)Macromolecule

Sr. Topic What the Student will be

401

No. able to do at the end of

Module / Unit

Unit

3

Macromolecules: A) Definition of

macromolecule (Polymer), types of polymers,

Random coils, configuration and conformation of

macromolecules, electrically conducting molecular

wires, fire resistant, liquid crystal polymers,

kinetics of polymerization, mechanism of

polymerization. stability of biological polymers,

Application of polymers. 6L B) Number

average & mass average molecular mass,

molecular mass determination by Osmometery,

Viscometry, Ultracentrifugation, light scattering &

size-exclusion chromatography method,

Numericals

1.List the four major classes of

macromolecules.

2. Distinguish between

monomers and polymers.

3. Draw diagrams to illustrate

condensation and hydrolysis

reactions.

4. Application of polymers

5.Easily calculate Number

average & mass average

molecular mass,

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 4) Electrochemistry

S. N. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module /

Unit

Unit

4

Electrochemistry :

A)

Electrochemistry of

solutions: Debye-

Huckel-Onsager

treatment and its

extension. Ion

solvent

interactions.. Bio-

electrochemistry,

1. Identify an oxidation – reduction (redox) reaction

based on changes in oxidation numbers across the chemical

change.

2. Identify oxidizing/reducing agents in chemical

reaction.

3. Balance a net redox reaction using the ½ reaction

method in acidic or basic solution.

4. Recognize degrees of reactivity based on an activity

series table or a standard reduction potential table.

5. Apply standard reduction potential data to determine

402

Introduction,

threshold membrane

phenomenon,

Nernst - Plank

Equation, Hodges

Huxley equation,

core conductor

models,

electrocardiography.

6L B) The rate of

charge transfer, the

Butler-Volmer

equation, the low

overpotential limit

the high

overpotential limit,

Tafel plot.

Voltammetry,

Concentration

polarization,

experimental

techniques,

corrosion, Types of

corrosion, corrosion

inhibitors ,

Corrosion

monitoring. and

prevention methods.

Numericals.

the relative strength of oxidizing/reducing agents.

6. Construct an electrochemical cell diagram, including

identifying the anode, cathode, direction of electron flow,

sign of the electrodes, direction of ion flow in salt bridge,

from a redox reaction or from short hand cell notation.

7. Describe the standard hydrogen electrode and state

it’s function.

8. Apply standard reduction potential data to calculate

the standard cell potential for an electrochemical cell and

from the sign of the potential predict if the cell is voltaic or

electrolytic.

9. Calculate the cell potential for a nonstandard cell.

10. Describe fully the relationship between the free

energy and the cell potential.

11. Describe fully the relationship between cell potential

and the equilibrium constant.

12. Explain thermodynamically the operation of a

concentration cell, and be able to predict the concentration in

the cell based on the cell potential.

13. Understand the relationship between charge delivered

or produced and the amount of reactant used or product

formed for both galvanic and electrolytic cells.

14. Describe the basic principles of battery design.

15. Identify the differences and similarities of the three

types of batteries.

16. Know the chemical reactions used in a lead-acid

battery.

Course Outcomes




403

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 5) Statistical Thermodynamics

Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

Unit

5

Statistical Thermodynamics : A)

Thermodynamic probability,

most probabale distribution.

Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution

law Fermi-Dirac statistics,

distribution law and applications

to metals. Bose-Einstein statistics

- distribution law and application

to helium. B) Partition

function- Translational,

rotational, vibrational and

electronic partition functions,

calculations of thermodynamic

properties in terms of partition

functions. Applications of

partition functions. Numericals

1)Account for the physical interpretation of

partition functions and be able to calculate

thermodynamic properties of model systems

with using Boltzmann -, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-

Einstein statistics.

2)Account for the physical interpretation of

distribution functions and discuss and show

how these can be used in calculations of basic

thermodynamic properties.

3)Calculate physical characteristics of non-

ideal gases and liquids using the most common

models for fluids.

4)account for the fundamental ideas in the

Debye-Hückel theory and use the theory for

calculations of properties of electrolytes.

Course Outcomes


Semester: II Name of the Subject: -Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Optical Methods and Environmental Chemistry

Course Outcome Code: CO --------

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 1)Optical Methods

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit1 Optical Method

Spectrophotometry and

Colorimetry: Brief

introduction of

1)Knowledge of particle and wave properties of

electromagnetic radiation

2)Knowledge of basic principles for selected

analytical methods and instruments

404

topic,Application of

spectrophotometric metods

for study of composition of

coloured complex ,Multiple

analysis, Pk value of

indicator etc. Photometric

titrations. Applications of

quantitative and qualitative

analysis, problems.

Principles, Plane polarized

and circularly polarized rays,

optical rotation, optically

active molecules, optical

rotator disper Theory,

instrumentation and

applications of fluorimetry,

Nephelometry, turbidimetry,

Polarimetry & Refractometry.

Unit

3) Know the Lambert and Beer’s law

Recognize the regions of electromagnetic spectrum

and relate it to spectroscopic methods.

4) Differentiate and understand the difference

between atomic and molecular energy levels.

5) Relate energy levels with absorption and

emission in various regions of electromagnetic

spectrum.

6) Understand various terms – absorption,

transmittance, absorbance, molar absorptivity.

7) Derive Beer’s law, know and understand its

limitations. 8) Apply Beer’s law to absorbing

mixtures.

8) Discuss and understand the following

calibration techniques: o Calibration curve o

Method of standard additions o Internal standard.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 2)Flame emission and atomic spectroscopy

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit2 Flame Emission and

atomic spectrometry:

Flame photometry:

Elementary theory of

flame photometry.

• Describe various types of atomic spectrometry.

• Understand the function of flames.

• Explain the processes occurring during atomization –

from ions in solution to atoms.

• Explain the various types of flames.

405

Instrumentation and

experimental techniques.

Interferences, analytical

techniques and

applications. Atomic

absorption spectrometry

(AAS): introduction,

principles, Advantages of

AAS over FES,

Instrumentation, Flame

atomization. Hallow

cathod lamps,

interferences and

applications. Comparison

of atomic absorption with

atomic emission methods

• Understand source of molecular emission spectra and

background emission. Understand the basic principles

of FES.

• Recognize the components of instrument for FES and

know their functions.

• Understand the applications of FES – determination of

metalsUnderstand the basic principles of AAS.

• Recognize the main components of instrument for

AAS.

• Understand the basic principles and advantages of

ETAAS, hydride generation and cold vapour mercury

technique.

• Discuss the applications of AAS.

• Understand various interferences in AAS and how to

overcome them. • Understand how to calculate

sensitivity and detection limits.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 3)Water pollution

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



Unit3 WATER POLLUTION :

Origin of wastewater,

types, water pollutants

and their effects. Sources

of water pollution,

1)Describe the chemical compositions of natural

waters, and explain how and why these compositions

vary

2)Describe the main sources of water pollution, the

main types of pollutant and how each type may be

406

domestic, industrial,

agricultural soil and

radioactive wastes as

sources of pollution.

Objective of analysis,

parameter for analysis

colour, turbidity, total

solid, conductivity,

acidity, alkalinity,

hardness, chloride,

sulphate, fluoride, silica,

phosphates and different

forms of nitrogen. Heavy

metal pollution, public

health significance of

Cadmium, Chromium,

Copper, zinc Lead,

Manganese, Mercury and

Arsenic.General survey

of instrumental technique

for the analysis of heavy

metals in aqueous

systems. Oxygen content

of water and aquatic life.

Measurments of DO,

BOD, COD and their

significance as pollution

indicators. Pesticides as

water pollutants and

analysis. A brief idea of

coagulation and

flocculation

controlled

3)Outline the extent of water pollution in the India and

in selected global locations

4)Identify the criteria for drinking water acceptability in

the EU, and outline the processes used to treat water for

a public water supply

5)Outline how sewage may be treated before discharge

to the environment.

6)Working knowledge of water quality characteristics

of water sources including: Groundwater sources,

Aquifers, Surface Water sources, Reservoir

characteristics, Watersheds, Wells, Raw Water and

Clear Well Storage.

7) Ability to describe the purpose and operational steps

of key water treatment processes used to improve water

quality including: Coagulation, Flocculation,

Sedimentation, Filtration, Disinfection, Corrosion

Control, Taste and Odor Control, Iron and Manganese

removal, Fluoridation, and BATs (Best Available

Technologies) used for specific water quality

challenges.

8) Ability to Explain Operation and Maintenance

procedures of equipment used in water treatment plants

and processes including; Chemical feeders, Pumps and

Motors, Blowers and Compressors, Water meters,

Pressure gauges, Instrumentation, and Electrical

generators

9) Working knowledge of laboratory Procedures and

sampling strategies required to ensure adequate water

quality to ensure public health and for process control

including; Sample

10) collection procedures, General Lab Practices,

Disinfectant Residuals, Alkalinity levels, pH levels,

407

Turbidity levels, Specific Conductance levels, Hardness

concentration, Fluoride levels, Color, Taste and Odor,

and Microbiological testing results. and compliance

calculations.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No. & Name):4)Air pollution

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

Unit4 AIR POLLUTION

Sources and sinks of gases

pollutants, classification of

air pollutants, effect of air

pollutants on living and

non-living things. Sources

of air pollution, air quality

standards and sampling.

Analysis of air pollutants

(CO, CO2, NOx, SOx, H2S

,NH3 and Hydrocarbons

and particulates). Green

house effect, acid rain,

ozone depletion and their

consequences on

environment. Effects of air

pollution, photochemical

smog and monitoring of air

pollution.

group and scale air pollution sources

list effects of air pollution on living and nonliving

things.

solve combustion problems and calculates

amounts of pollutants emitted.

plan measurement and monitoring of air polutants.

select sampling and monitoring sites.

select best sampling method according to

properties of sampling location and parameters.

evaluate data.

prepare emission invetories and evaluates results.

collect emission factors and calcultes if it is

needed.

decide which pollutant will be included in

emission inventory.

analyse outcomes of emission inventory.

408

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): 5)Soil pollution and pesticide Analysis.

Sr.

No.


of

Module / Unit



Unit5 Soil Pollution and Pesticide

Analysis

Chemistry of soil, soil

irrigation by effluents.

Agricultural pollution, role of

micronutrients in soil, trace

element analysis in soil

Pesticides and pollution.

Sources of pesticide residue in

the environment, classification

of pesticides, pesticide

degradation by natural forces,

effect of pesticide residue on

life. Analytical techniques for

pesticide residue analysis.

DDT problem. Radiation

pollution-Classification and

effects of radiation. Effects of

ionizing radiation on Man.

Effect of nonionizing radiation

Explain properties and characterization of soil

environment.

Define different soil groups and properties

according to demands of Environmental

Engineering.

Explain soil-volume relationship with

mathematical calculations.

Describe nitrogen, phosphorous and sulphur

cycles in the soil.

Distinguish soil pollutants and sources.

List soil pollution sources.

Explain basic principles of pollution

transport in soil.

Calculate amounts eroded soil in the light of

basic information about the erosion forming

process.

Explain erosion forming process.

Name soil quality criteria and standards.

List law, regulations and notifications

409

on life. Radioactivity and

nuclear fall out, protection and

control from radiation

according to soil quality and pollution.

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme:MScII Class: Part – II


Name of the Course (Paper): spectroscopy Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1:- Unifying principal and microwave

spectrosopy

Sr.

No.



the end of

Module / Unit

L A) Unifying principle

Electromagnetic radiation, interaction of electromagnetic

radiation with matter-absorbance emission, transmission,

reflection, refraction, dispersion ,polarization and scattering,

Diffuse Reflectance (DRIFT), reflection absorption

(RAIRS), multiple internal reflection (MIR) Uncertainty

relation and natural line width and line broadening, transition

probabilities, transition moment, selection rule, intensity of

spectral lines. rotational, vibrational and electronic energy

level. Fourier Transform spectroscopy.

B) Microwave spectroscopy: Classification of molecules,

rigid rotor model, Rotation and Vibration of Diatomic

Molecules: effect of isotopic substitution on the trasition

frequencies, intensities, non rigid rotor, ,nuclear and electron

spin interaction and effect of external field, energy

eigenvalues and Eigen states Classification of polyatomic

rotors and the non-rigid rotor, Electronic transitions, Franck-

Condon principle. Fluorescence and phosphorescence.

After completion of

course students are

able to understand

the

1) Concept of

unifying principle

and various

interaction of

electromagnetic

radiation with matter.

2) The concept o

fourer transform

spectrocopy.

3)The concept of

microwave

spectroscopy and

their application.

4 The concept of

rigid rotor and non

410

C) Reactivity and Characteristics of Nanoparticles: Increased

reactivity of nanoscale materials, reasons for high reactivity,

effect of size and shape of nanocrystals on reactivity,

comparison of nanocrystalline versus macro-crystalline

materials in terms of reactivity

rigid rotor

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): spectroscopy Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 2: Uv- visible and IR spectroscopy

Sr.

No.



of

Module / Unit

A) Ultraviolet and visible spectroscopy : Various

electronic transition (185-800nm), Beer-Lambert law,

effect of solvent on electronic trasition, UV band for

cabonyl compounds, unsaturated carbonyl

compound,diene,conjugated polyenes. Fisher-Woodward

rules for conjugated dienes and carbonyl compounds, UV

spectra of aromatic and heterocyclic compounds. ,

Fieser-Kuhn rules for polyenes, Sterric effects in

biphenyls. B) Infrared spectroscopy : Review of linear

harmonic oscillator, vibrational energies of diatomic

molecules, zero point energy, force constant and bond

strength, unhormonicity, Morse potential energy

diagram, vibration of polyatomic molecules, selection

rules, normal modes of vibration, group frequencies,

overtone band, factors effecting the band position and

intensities, far IR region, metal ligand vibrations,

Instrumentation and sample handling characteristics.

Vibrational frequencies of alkanes, alkenes, alkynes,

After completion of

course, students are able

to understand

1)The principle of Uv -

visible spectrocopy, and

their application in

various field.

2)The principle of IR

spectroscopy and their

application in various

field.

3) To detect the

functional group on the

basis of IR ranges.

4) To interpretate the IR

spectrum.

411

aromatic compounds, alcohols,amines. Detail study of

vibrational frequencies of carbonyl compounds,

(ketones, aldehydes, esters, amides, acids, acid chlorides

and anhydrides, lactones, lactums and conjugated

carbonyl compounds).Effect of hydrogen bonding and

solvent on vibrational frequencies, overtones,

combinations bands and Fermi resonance. FT-IR, IR of

gaseous solids and polyatomic materials. applications of

vibrational spectroscopy in investigating (i) symmetry

and shapes of simple AB2, AB3 and AB4 molecules on

the basis of spectral data, (ii) mode of bonding of

ambidentate ligands (thiocyanate, nitrate, sulphate and

urea). mode of bonding of ambidentate ligands, Cynides,

Ethylenediamine and Diketone complexes..

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Spectroscopy Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 3:-Mass spectrometry

Sr.

No.




412

Mass spectrometry:

Introduction, theory, measurement techniques

(EI,CI,FD,FAB) recording of mass spectrum. types of

ions, isotopic contribution, fragmentation process,

factors affecting fragmentation ,ion analysis, ion

abundance. Mass spectral fragmentation of organic

compounds of various types, common functional

groups, molecular ion, metastable ions, Mcllaferty

rearrangement. Retro-Diels Alder fragmentation,

nitrogen rule. High resolution mass spectrometry.

Examples of mass spectral fragmentation of organic

compounds with respect to their structural

determination. studies of inorganic/coordination and

organometallic representative compounds Fingerprint

applications and the interpretation of Mass spectra

Elementary study of GCMS, FTMS, high resolution

MS, ESI-MS, MALDI-MS, examples from

macromolecules and supramolecules, study of in-

organic co-ordination & organometallic compounds.

After completion of

course. Students are

able to understand

1) The principle of

mass spectrometry and

their importance of in

various field.

2) The fragmentation

of various different

compound.

3) To interprtate the

mass spectrum of

different compounds.

4) To understand mass

spectral fragmentation

and various mass

instrumental

techniques.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 4:- NMR spectroscopy.

Sr.

No.




413

A) Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy.

General introduction and definition of nuclear spin,

nuclear resonance shielding of magnetic nuclei,

chemical shift, factors influencing chemical shift,

shielding and deshielding, chemical shift values and

correlation for protons bonded to carbons (aliphatic,

olefinic, aldehydic, aromatic) and other nulei.(alcohols,

phenols, enols, acids, amides, and mercaptans), basic

idea about instrument, mechanics of measurement,

chemical exchange, effect of duteration, spin spin

coupling(n+1) rule, copmplex spin spin interaction

between two ,three, four, and five nulei(first order

spectra) factors effecting coupling constant “J”

classification of spin system like

AX,AX2,ABX,AMX,ABC,A2B2 etc. Stereochemistry,

hindered rotation Karlplus curve-variation of “J” with

dihydral angle.. B) Carbon13 NMR spectroscopy :

General consideration, chemical shift (aliphatic,

olefinic, alkyne, aromatic, heteroaromatic and

carbonyl),coupling constants, proton decoupled off

resonance.

After the completion of

course, the students are

able to understand the

1) The principle of

NMR spectroscopy and

their application in

various field.

2) To determine the

number of NMR

singnals obtained from

given compound.

3) To interprtate the

NMR spectrum of

given compound.

4) How to draw the

structure of given

compound on the basis

NMR data.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 5:-Characterization of Organic Molecule

Sr.

No.



the end of Module /

Unit

414

Characterization of Organic Molecules: General idea about

two dimensional NMR spectroscopy –COSY,NOESY,

HETCOR- DEPT techniques, INPET, APT,

INADEQUATE SM-4: simplification of complex spectra,

nuclear magnetic double resonance, contact shift reagent,

solvent effects, nuclearover hauser effect (NOE). Spin-

spin, spin-lattice relexations. Off resonance decoupling

Lanthanide shift reagents, Aromatic induced shifts,

deuterium exchange, spectra at higher fields.. NMR

Spectroscopy (Inorganic) solid state NMR. Study of

dynamic processes by VT NMR, restricted rotation (DMF,

DMA, biphenyls, annulenes), cyclohexane ring inversion,

degenerate rearrangements (bullvalene and related

systems). Multinuclear NMR of B, Al, Si, F and P nuclei;

structure and dynamics of representative inorganic

molecules, deriving activation and thermodynamic

parameters; application of NMR to magnetism and

magnetic susceptibility measurements of paramagnetic

metal complexes. Quantitative applications of NMR: Drug

Analysis Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI):

Introduction to Magnetic Resonance - Principles of Spatial

encoding in Magnetic Resonance.

After the completion

of course the students

are able to understand

1)The concept of Two

dimensional NMR

spectorscopy and their

instrumentation.

2) The application of

2D NMR

spectroscopy

techniques in various

field

3) To characterised

given organic

compound on the basis

of 2D NMR

spectrocopy.

4)The MRI

techniques, their

instrumentation, and

applications.

Biyani Science College, Amravati

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme: M.Sc. Class: Part – II

Semester: III Name of the Subject : Analytical Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry -I Course Outcome Code: CO1

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I- Thermal methods of analysis and

thermometric titrations

Sr.

No.



the end of

Module / Unit

415

1. Unit-I : Thermal methods of analysis and

thermometric titrations:

Introduction to thermal analysis: Thermogravimetric

analysis (TGA), Differential thermogravimetric analysis

(DTG), Differential thermal analysis (DTA) –

Principles and methods, presentation of thermal data.

Implication of combinational TG-DTAtechnique.

Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC): a brief outline

and a comparative discussion of DSC with DTA.

Instrumentation TG-deflection and null point balances,

recording devices, design principles of the instrument;

DTA-Schematic diagram and methodology of the

instrument; DSC – Schematic diagram and methodology

of the instrument. Factors affecting the results of

thermal analysis. Applications, Solid state reaction -

decomposition of inorganic and organic compounds.

Desolvation/deaquation of inorganic compounds,

automatic thermogravimetric analysis – single, binary,

ternary systems. Quantitative DTA, peak area and its

equations. Development of Gravimetric analytical

procedures, discovery of new chemical compounds.

Evaluation of reaction kinetics (dynamic or Non-

isothermal) parameters by thermal methods. Special

applications of DSC – glass transition of polymers,

determination of purity and crystallinity of sample.

Problems. Thermometric titrations: Principles, method,

apparatus, applications – very weak acid, mixtures of

weak and strong acid, complexometric and redox

titration.

1. Should

understand the

various

techniques of

thermal methods

of analysis such

as

thermogravimetr

ic analysis,

differential

thermogravimetr

ic analysis,

diffential

thermal analysis.

2. Students able to

understand the

principles and

instrumentation

of various

thermal methods

of analysis.

3. Students able to

interpret the

graph of these

methods.

4. Students able to

understand

thermometric

titration.

Course Outcomes




416

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II: Electroanalytical Methods

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. Unit II:

Electroanalytical Methods

High frequency titrations: Principle,

Instrumentation- Cells, oscillator circuit and

high frequency titrimeters, theory, correlation

of high frequency titration curves with low

frequency titration curves. Applications- acid

base, complexometric, measurement of dielectric

constant and analysis of mixture of organic

compounds. Advantages and disadvantages of

high frequency methods. Electrogravimery:

Theory,Principle and types of

electrogravimetry, electrode reactions, over

voltage, characteristics of deposits and

completion of deposition, separation of

metalsand applications. Coulometry :

Principal, coulometry at constant current,

coulometry at constant potential coulometric

method of analysis, instrumentation,

coulometric titrations, Advantages of

coulometric titrations, Applications of

coulometric titrations, problems.

1. Students gets idea of

different electroanalytical

methods.

2. Students able to

understand the principle

and instrumentation of

high frequency titrations.

3. Knows the applications of

high frequency titration.

4. Able to understand the

theory underlying the

electrogravimetry.

5. Knows the various

methods of

electrogravimetry.

6. Students able to

understand the principle,

advantages, disadvantages

and applications of

coulomemetry.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III- Chemical, biochemical and biosensors:

Sr. Topic What the Student will

417

No. be able to do at the end

of

Module / Unit

1. Unit III-

Chemical, biochemical and biosensors:

Chemical Sensors, Chemical Sensor Characteristics,

Electrochemical Sensor, Potentiometric Sensors,

Conductometric Sensors, Amperometric Sensors,

Chronoamperometry and Chronopotentiometry,

Acoustic Wave Devices, Electrochemical Impedance

Spectroscopy, Chemical and Biological Recognition,

Application of Chemical Sensors in the Food

Industry, Agriculture and Biotechnology, Biosensors

and Their Principles, Types of Biosensors,

Amperometric Immunosensors, Cholesterol

Biosensor, Electrochemical Glucose Biosensors,

Electrochemical biosensors, Drug Delivery Systems,

Microbial Biosensors for Environmental

Applications Ion-selective electrode, Principle of

ion-selective electrode, Types of ion-selective

electrode Advantages and limitations of ion-

selective electrode ,The glass electrode, glass

electrodes for pH measurement, Solid-state

electrode, Liquid-based electrode, Selectivity

coefficients, Biopotential Electrodes, Uses of ion-

selective electrode, Applications of ion selective

electrode in determination of some toxic metals

and some anions (F-, Cl-, Br-, I- and NO3),

Biomedical Applications.

1. Gets idea of

chemical sensors.

2. Knows the

applications

chemical sensor in

food industry,

agriculture,

biotechnology etc.

3. Gets idea of

biochemical sensors

as well.

4. Gets familiar with

different types of

biosensors.

5. Knows the

applications of

biosensors in various

sectors such as

medical, agriculture,

environmental

sectors.

6. Knows the principle

of ion selective

electrode and there

types as well.

Course Outcomes


418

Semester: III Name of the Subject : Analytical

Chemistry


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV- Electoanalytical Techniques

Sr.

No.



of

Module / Unit

1. Unit IV : Electoanalytical Techniques:

Polarography: Theory, Basics of polarography

,apparatus: Dropping mercury electrode.

Supporting electrolytes. Effect of supporting

electrolyte on the limiting current. Diffusion

coefficient and its evaluation. Ilković equation, its

derivation and applications Ilkovic equation-

diffusion current constant and capillary

characteristics determination. Half wave potential.

Polarographic maxima. Interpretation of a

polarographic curve .Role of temperature on

diffusion current. Reversible, quasi reversible and

irreversible electrode reactions and evaluation of

parameters using various reactionsderivative

polarography, modified polarographic techniques,

AC polaography, Limitations of polarography,

pulse polarography. Methods of quantitative

analysis: absolute, comparative, the PILOT ION

and kinetic methods Voltammetry: Basic

principles, Instrumentation, Cyclic voltammetry-

Principle, Instrumentation and applications,

Voltammograms, Stripping Technique: Anodic and

cathodic stripping voltammetry and their

applications in the trace determination of metal

ions and biologically importants compounds .

1. Able to understand

the theory underlying

the polarography.

2. Should able to know

the instrumentation of

polarography.

3. Should have the

knowledge

interpretation of

polarographic curve.

4. Should also have to

know its limitations.

5. Able to understand

the theory of

voltammetry.

6. Should familiar with

the design of

voltammetric

instrument.

7. Should know the

applications of

voltammetry in

various sectors.

8. Should also get

familiar with

419

Enzyme catalyzed reactions and applications of

voltammetry in monitoring such reactions. Related

Techniques : Amperometric titrations and

chronopotentometry, Principal, methodology and

their application in qualitative and quantitative

analysis.

amperometric

titrations and their

role in qualitative and

quantitative analysis.

Course Outcomes


Semester: III Name of the Subject : Analytical

Chemistry


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V - Bio-analytical chemistry

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. Unit V: Bio-analytical chemistry:

Application of spectrophotometry in the

quantitative estimation of biological

macromolecules. Application of spectroflurimetry

in detection and estimation of biomolecules

(both flurocent and nonflurocent). Assay of

very low quantity of vitamin B1 in food stuffs;

NADH, hormones, drugs, pesticides, cholesterol,

porphyrin in biological samples and preparation

of the sample for performing the above

experiments. Ultracentrifugation: principles of

sedimentation, preparative ultracentrifugation and

analytical ultracentrifugation. Application of

ultracentrifugation in separating bio-molecules

and determining their mass. Gel electrophoresis:

principles, nature of various types of gels, their

applications in separating biomacromolecules

1. Should have the

knowledge of

instrumentation and

principle of

spectrophotometry.

2. Should know the

applications of

spectrophotometry in

various sectors.

3. Should know the

spectroflurimetry

technique and it’s

applications.

4. Should have the

knowledge of

ultracentrifugation and

it’s applications.

420

and determining their mass. 2D gel

electrophoresis and its applications.Toxicology:

introduction , chemical structure-toxicity

relationships, heavy metals induced toxicity and

its remedy.

5. Should have some

primary information of

toxicology.

Brijlal Biyani Science College, Amravati

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Organic synthesis Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1 :-Oxidation-Reduction

Sr.

No.


will be able to do

at the end of

Module / Unit

Oxidation-Reduction

I) Oxidation: oxidation of Hydrocarbos, Epoxidation, Shi

Epoxidation, Jacobsen Epxidation perhydroxylation by

KMnO4 and OsO4, ozonolysis, Oxidative cleavage by

Lemieux reagent, formation of ketones by Wacker process,

Oxidation of aromatic ring by chromic oxide, Oxidation of

alcohols (PCC, PDC, Chromic acid, Swern oxidation, Silver

carbonate, Manganese dioxide , oppenauer oxidation,

CAN)Oxidation of 1,2- Diols (Lead tetra-acetate, CAN,

Periodates), Selective oxidation of alkyl side chain in

aromatic compounds, alcohols and acid using Cr (IV and VI),

II) Reduction: Selectivity in reduction, Hydrogenation of

aromatic rings, Noyori asymmetric hydrogenation, reduction

of nitro and nitroso compounds, dissolving metal reduction,

Metal based reductions using Li/Na/Ca in liquid ammonia,

Hydride transfer reagents from Group III and Group IV in

After completation

of course students

are able to

understand the

1)Concept

ofoxidation and

reduction

2) Application of

various oxidizing

and reducing agents

in FGI

3) Able to draw the

mechanism of

reaction and predict

the prouct

4)Concept of stereo

421

reductions, reduction of aldehydes, ketones to alcohols,

reduction of carbonyl group to methylene, reduction of alkene

to alkane (diimide), Non-Metalic Reduction: Wolf-Kishner &

diimide reduction, Metal Hydride reduction using LiAlH4,

NaBH4, BH3, Birch Reduction, Enzyme Catalyzed

Reduction, Stereo/enantioselectivie reductions (Chiral

Boranes, Corey-Bakshi-Shibata)

selective reagents

and reaction

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 2:- Polynuclear Hydrocarbons:

Sr.

No.



of

Module / Unit

422

A) Polynuclear Hydrocarbons:

Introduction, Comparative study of the aromatic

character of linear and nonlinear Ortho fused

Polynuclear Hydrocarbon. General synthetic routs,

reactivity’s, utilities and wherever possible spectral

analysis of fluorine, anthracene and phenanthrene.

carcionogenic polycyclic hydrocarbons B) Construction

of Ring Systems: Different approaches towards the

synthesis of three, four, five and six-membered rings

ketene cycloaddition (inter- and intramolecular), Pauson-

Khand reaction, Bergman cyclization; Nazarov

cyclization, cation-olefin cyclization and radical-olefin

cyclization, inter-conversion of ring systems (contraction

and expansion); construction of macrocyclic rings, ring

closing metathesis C) Non Aromatic Heterocycles:

Synthesis reactivity and importance of Azirines,

Oxiranes and Thiziranes.

After completation of

course, students are able

to understand the

1) class of linear and

non linear poly nuclear

hydrocarbon,Their

reaction, and

applications

2)Able to construct

4/5/6 membered rings

by various reaction

3) The concept of

aromatic and non

aromatic hereto cycles,

their synthesis, and

reaction

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 3:-Formation of C-C bond

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

423

Formation of C-C bond

Principle, disconnection’synthons, electrophilic

and nucleophilic carbon species, use of

following reaction in carbon carbon bond

formation, base catalysed condensation

including Claisen, Dieckmann reaction, Perkin,

Stobbes, Knoevengel use of malonic and

acetoacetic esters., Darzens reaction,prins

reaction, use of acetylides,acid catalysed

condensation of olefins,FC reaction,Fries

reaction and diels alder reaction.

After completion of course,

students are able to understand

the

1) Importance of C-C bond

formation reaction in organic

synthesis.

2) Various C-C bond formation

name reaction.

3) To draw the mechanism of

various name reaction and predict

their product.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 4:-Umpolung concept

Sr.

No.



A) Umpolung concept:

Dipole inversion, generation of acyl anion ,use

of 1,3-dithiane, ethyl ethylthio methylsulphoxide

bisPhenylthiomethane. metallated enol ethers,

alkylidene dithiane. ketene thioacetals,2-

propenethiobismethyl thioallyl anion. B)

Phosphours, and sulphur ylide: Preperation and

their synthetic applications with

stereochemistry, Petersons Olefination. C)

Enamines : Chemistry of enamines and their

synthetic applications, Stark-Enamine reaction.

After completion of course.,

studens are able to understand the

1) Concept of dipole inversion

and its application inorganic

synthesis.

2) Concept of ylide and

importance of their reaction in

organic synthesis.

3) Concept of Enamine and

importance of their reaction in

organic synthesis.

Course Outcomes


424



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 5:- Selective Oraganic Name Reaction

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

A) Selective Oraganic Name Reaction Favorski

reaction, Mannich reaction, Sharpless asymmetric

epoxidation , Baeyer –Villeger reaction, Barton

and Shapiro reaction Bamford-Stevens

,Hoffmann –Loffler-Freytag, B) Modern

Synthetic Methods: Suzuki, Stille, Sonogishira

cross coupling, Buchwald-Hartwig and Negishi-

Kumada coupling reactions. Nef reaction, Julia-

Lythgoe olefination, Ugi, , Biginelli,Brook

rearrangement, Pausan-Khand reaction, Bergman

cyclisation, Sharpless azides cycloadditions.

Baylis-Hilman reaction, Eschenmo Ullmann

coupling reactions,

After completion of course


the

1) Concept of selective name

reaction and their importance in

organic synthesis

2) Various coupling reaction

and their importance in organic

synthesis.

3)How to draw the mechanism

sm of various name reaction

and predict their product.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Natural product Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1:- Carbohydrates and Lipids

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

425

A) Carbohydrates :

Types of naturally occurring sugars, deoxy sugars,

amino sugars, branched chain sugars, methyl ethers

and acid derivatives of sugars, general methods of

structure and ring size determination with reference

to maltose, lactose, sucrose, starch and

cellulose] B) Lipids: Fatty acids, essential fatty

acids, structures and function of triglycerides,

glycerophspholipids, sphingolipids, cholesterol,

bile acids, prostaglandins. Lipoprote ions

composition and function, role

After completion of course,

students are able to

understand

1) The different forms of

carbohydrates, and their

structure.

2) The different types of

lipids and and their

composition.

3) The functions of

carbohydrates and lipids.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper) :- Natural Product Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 2:Amino acids, proteins and peptides.

Sr.

No.



the end of Module /

Unit

426

A) Amino acids, proteins and peptides

Amino acids ,protein and peptides. Amino acids,structural

characterstics, acid base property, stereochemistry of amino

acids, optical resolution, stecker synthesis, peptide and

proteins. structure of peptide and protein, primary,

secondary, tertiary and quaternary structure. Reaction of

polypeptide ,structure determination of polypeptide, end

group analysis, purines and nucleic acids, chemistry,

structure and functional relation to gene of DNA and RNA.

Biosynthesisof amino acids (Lysine and phenyl alanine). B)

Enzymes: and identification of active sites by the use of

inhibitors, mechanism of enzyme action, orientation and

steric effect(,ribonuclease and carboxypeptidase) Enzyme

catalysed reactions carboxylation, decarboxylation,

rearrangement and isomerization)

After completion of

course, students are

able to understand

1) The concept of

amino acids, protein,

and peptides and

their properties.

2) To determine the

structure of various

amino acids, protein,

and peptides.

3) Their function in

biological systen

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Natural Product Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 3:-Alkaloids and Terpenoids

Sr.

No.



: Alkaloids and Terpenoids

Classification, Nomenclature,

Occurence, isolation, isoprene rule

general methods of structure

determination of the followingA)

Alkaloids: Papaverine, Morphine,

Reserpine, Nicotine. B) Terpanoids:

Camphor, Geraniol, Abietic acid,

Squalene. C) Biosynthesis of Terpens,

alkaloids

After the completion of course, the


1) The concept of alkaloids and

tepenoids, their classification, structure

determination.

2) The various synthesis of alkaloids

and tepenoids.

3) Their function in various fields

427

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Natural produc Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 4:-Steroids and Hormones

Sr.

No.


at the end of

Module / Unit

A) Steroids and Hormones

Occurence, Nomenclature, Basic

skeleton, Diel’s Hydrocarbon and

stereochemistry. Biosynthesis of steroids.

Structure determination and synthesis of

Cholesterol, Testosterone, progesterone ,

Estrone and Cortison B) Prostaglandins,

pyrethoids, rotenones and pheromones

Occurrence, classification. Biogenesis,

physiological effects and synthesis of

PGE2and PGE2a. Natural and synthetic

pyrethoids, rotenones and pheromones

After the completion of course, the


1) The concept of steroids and हर ones,

their properties their occurance, their

stereochemistry.

2) How to determine their structure

3)How to carry out their bio synthesis.

4) The function of steroids and

harmones in medical field

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Natural product Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 5:-Vitamins and Natural Pigments

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

428

Vitamins and Natural Pigments Vitamins: A)

Classification, Occurrence, Chemistry of

vitamins A, C, D, E and K. biotin and vitamin

B2, synthesis of vitamin B1,

biologicalfunctions of B6, B12, folic acid and

thiamin. Structure elucidation and synthesis,

deficiency syndromes, etc. B) Natural

Pigments: Chemistry of Carotenes,

anthocyanines, general study of porphyrins,

structure and synthesis of Haemoglobin and

Chlorophyll.

After the completion of course,

the students are able to

understand

1) The concept of vitamins and

natural pigments, their

classification, their occurance.

2) Their structure elucidation,

synthesis and deficiency

syndrome

3)Their functions and application

various field.


Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Spectroscopy Course Outcome Code: CO1


Sr.

No.


will be able to do

at the end of

Module / Unit

429

1. A) Raman spectroscopy:

Classical and quantum theories of raman effects , Normal,

Resonance and Laser Raman spectroscopies, Pure rotational

and vibrational and vibrational rotational raman spectra,

selection rules, mutual exclusion Raman spectroscopy, coherent

antistokes Raman spectroscopy (CARS).Applications for the

study of active sites of metalloproteins. Structure determination

by symmetry selection rules (Normal Coordinate analysis). ,

Rotational Raman- spectra, Vibrational Raman ,Spectra,

polarization of light and Raman effect, structure elucidation

from combined Raman and IR spectroscopy, applications in

structure elucidation,Application of Raman spectroscopy to

structural chemistry. B) Photoelectron spectroscopy: Basic

principle, classification of electron microscopy

methods,photoelectric effect, ionization process, Koopemanss

theorem PES and X-PES, PES spectra of simple molecule,

ESCA, chemical information from ESCA. Auger electron

spectroscopy-basic idea. Scanning electronmicroscopy,

working of SEM instrument surface characterization by

spectroscopy and microscopy, (SEM/TEM). atomic force

microscopy(AFM), application AFM, comparison of electron

microscopy with electron Inversion photo emission, multi photo

ionization, spin resolved photoionization.

After completion

of the course,

students shall be

able to understand:

1) Able to

understand the

principles of

Raman and photo

electron

spectroscopy.

2 Able to Learn

applications o ESR

and PES

spectroscopy.

3) To understand

various

instrumental

techniques like

4) Able to predict

structure of

compaund

Course Outcomes





Sr. Topic What the Student will be

430

No. able to do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. A) X-ray diffraction :

Interaction of x-ray with matter, scattering and

diffraction. Brags method Debye-Sherrer method

of Xray structural analysis of crystals, index

reflection, identification of unit cell from

systematic absence in diffraction pattern

structure of simple lattice and x-ray intensities

structure factor , its relation to intensity of

electron density procedure for x-ray structure

analysis. B) Electron diffraction : Scattering

intensity Vs scattering angle, wierl equation,

measurement techniques, elucidation of structure

of simple gas phase molecules. Low energy

electron diffraction and structure of surface. C)

Neutron diffraction: Scattering of neutrons by

solids and liquids magnetic scattering,

measurement techniques. Elucidation of

structure of magnetically ordered unit cell.

After completion of the

course, students shall be able

to understand:

1) Able to understand the

principles of x ray diffraction

spectroscopy, electron

diffraction spectroscopy, and

neuton diffraction

spectroscopy.


instrumentation of various

techniques.

3)Able to predict the structure

of compaund


various application of dirrent

techniques.

Course Outcomes





Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

431

1. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy : Introduction

,basic principle. zero field splitting and Kramer’s

degeneracy, factors effecting the “g” values,

hyperfine splitting, hyperfine and super hyperfine

coupling constants, determination of “g” values.

Instrumentation, working of instruments, sensitivity,

concentration, choice of solvent. presentation of ESR

spectra, application of ESR to study the free radicals,

structure determination, reaction velocities,

McConnel relation, application to inorganic

compounds including biological system and to

inorganic free radicals such as PH4 -,F2 -,[BH3]-

,determination of oxidation state of metals, Eldor and

Eldor techniques The EPR of triplet states;

Structural applications to transition metal complexes.

ESR spectrum when one electron is influenced by a

single proton and one electron delocalized over two

equivalent protons, difference between ESR and

NMR



to understand:

To learn principle and

applications of ESR

spectroscopy.

2. Able to understand various

mass instrumental

techniques.

3.Able to apply these

spectroscopic techniques for

the determination of structure

of molecules.

4. To impart knowledge on

separation techniques &

optical methods of chemical

analysi

Course Outcomes





Sr.

No.



end of

Module / Unit

(Knowledge/Skill

achieved OR

Application of

432

Knowledge/Skill to do

what)

1. Mossbauer spectroscopy: Basic principle, spectral

parameters and spectrum display. Doppler shift.

recoilless emission of radiation. The Mossbauer effect,

isomer shift, quadrupole splitting, Nuclear quadrupole

moment and EFG tensors, quadrupole coupling constants

and asymmetry parameters, magnetic hyperfine splitting.

Application of the techniques to the studies of 1.

Bonding and structure of Fe+2,and Fe+3 compounds

including those of intermediate spin (2) Sn+2 and Sn+4

compounds - Nature of M-L bond, coordination number,

Structure and Detection of oxidation state and in

equivalent MB atoms. Elucidation of structure of

I2Br2Cl4, I2Cl6, Structural problems, Mossbauer

spectroscopy of Biological Systems. pure NQR and

Zeeman spectra of spin 1and spin 3/2 systems; the

Towners-Dailey theory and interpretation of NQCC in

terms of bond characteristics. NQCC’s 57Fe spectra of

complexes, other Mossbauer nuclei, applications.


course, students shall be

able to understand:

1) Able to understand

the asic principle,

spectral parameters of

massobar spectroscopy


the structure of various

compound.


the applications of

massobar spectroscopy.

4) Able to predict the

oxidation state, co-

ordination number of

metal atom.

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme:MSc II Class: Part – II




Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

433

1. Determination of Structures of

Complex Organic Molecules by

Spectroscopic Means: Problems based

on IR, Mass, UV, PMR, 1H NMR,

13C NMR data and structure

determination of organic molecules /

inorganic compounds.


shall be able to understand and

1. Able to interpret 1H-NMR, IR, MASS

and UV spectral properties for a given

compound.

2. Able to draw the structure of given

Compaund using spectroscopic data

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical chemistry Course Outcome Code: CO1

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1:-Radiochemical methods of analysis

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. Radiochemical methods of analysis

(A) Radiation detection and measurement : principle

and working of ionization chemicals, multiplicative

ion collection. reasons of multiplicative operation.

proportatinal counters and Geiger Muller (GM)

counters. principle and working of scintillation

counters. semiconductors dectors (eg. HPGe).

Gamma ray spectrometer. (B) neutron activation

analysis : principle and methodology of neutron

activation analysis, application of NAA in following

branches of science. (i) Material science,(ii)

Geochemistry(iii) Archacology(iv) Life sciences /

Biomedical science(v) Food and Nutration(vi)

Environmental science(Vii) Forensic science(viii)

Cosmochemistry advantages of NAA. Sources of

errors and limitations of NAA. (C) isotopic dilution

analysis (IDA) : principle and method of isotope



to understand:


working and principles of

NAA.


application Of NAA in

various field


concept of radiomentric

titration and their

applications.


principle and working of

GM counters.

434

dilution analysis (IDA). Lsubstoichiometric IDA.

comparision of IDA with NAA. Applications of IDA

for the measurement of trace quantatites of organic

and inorganic components in a given complex

mixture. sources of errors and limitations of IDA.

(D) Radiometric titrations : principle and method

of radiometric titrations. types of radiometric

titrations. applications of radiometric

titrations.source of errors and limitations of

radiometrictitrations. Radioactivity tracers- Principal

and applications

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical chemistry Course Outcome Code:CO2

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II :-Molecular photofluorescence and

phosphorescence spectrometer

Sr.

No.


will be able to do

at the end of

Module / Unit

1. Molecular photofluorescence and phosphorescence

spectrometr Basic theory, instruments, different photonic

and deactivation process (interval conversion,vibration,

relaxation, intersystem crossing fluorescence,

phosphorescence, external conversion etc.), their inter-relation

ships and differences; energy level diagram, Morse curve;

principal types of electronic transitions, principal types of

linkages in fluorimetric reagents, reagents, effect of

substitution (on aromatics) upon photoluminescence, structural

and environmental effects onphotoluminescence, quenching

and non-quenching extinction of fluorescence and probable

After completion

of the course,

students shall be

able to understand:

1) Able to

understand

principles of

chemoluminance

techniques.

2) Able to

understand the

435

mechanism for quenching, characteristics of - states,

spectra, mirror image file, its violation and causes of violation

delayed fluorescence, charge transfer process, structural factor

favourable for fluorogenio reagents, fluorescence,

immunoassay and its advantage over Radio-immunoassay,

cations favouring fluorescent metal chelate formations. Fields

of applications, merits and demerits of fluorometry,

assessment as an ultratrace analysis technique. Principal types

of reactions used in fluorimetric analysis. Analytical

Applications. Phosphorimetry: Low temperature

phosphorescence, Room temperature phosphorescence (RTP).

Advantages and disadvantages. Applications.

Chemiluminescence:Theory,measurement of

chemiluminescence, mechanisms in analytical applications.

various radiative

and non radiative

process during

excitation

3) Able to

understand the

application of

phosphoracence

and fluroscence.

4) Able to

understand the

application of

chemiluminascence

teqnique.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical chemistry Course Outcome Code:

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III :-Optical Methods & Flow Injection Analysis

Sr.

No.


to do at the end of

Module / Unit

1. Optical Methods & Flow Injection Analysis :

XRF: Basic principle, instruments, excitation

sources, energy dispersive and wavelength

dispersive XRF techniques – their advantages

and disadvantages, matrix effects and their

suppression, health hazards and safety.

Applications. Inductively Coupled Plasma

Atomic Emission Spectroscopy

(ICPAES): Principles, atomization and

After completion of the course,

students shall be able to

understand:


principle and instrumentation of

XRF technique.


application of XRF.


436

excitation, ICP-source, Instrumentation and

applications Flow Injection Analysis:

Introduction, principal, theoretical aspects of

FIA, techniques, pretreatment of sample in

packed reactiors, components of FIA apparatus,

Factors affecting FIA and applications.

principle, instrumentation of FIA

and ICPACES


application of FIA and

ICPACES

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 4:-Food and Cosmetic Analysis

Sr.

No.



Module / Unit

1. Food and Cosmetic Analysis:

A) The chemical analysisof food: Importance of food

analysis, Determination of approximate composition:

Moisture, fat, protein, fiber,carbohydrate, etc.

Quantitative analysis for food quality and safety -

Determination of minerals, vitamins, anti-oxidants, toxins

and preservatives. General idea of the properties of drugs

for their characterization and quantification. Quantitative

methods of analysis - Gravimetric and volumetric

analysis, potentiometry, coulometry and amperometry

titrations, colorimetry, fluorimetry and polarimetry

methods, Analysis of artificial sweeteners in food and

colouring agents. B) Analysis of Cosmetics-Composition

of creams and lotions- determination of water,propylene

glycol, non-volatile matter and ash content. Determination

of borates,carbonates, sulphates, Phosphates, chlorides,

titanium and zinc oxides.Analysis of face powder-

estimation of boric acid, Mg, Ca, Zn, Fe, Al and Ba.



able to understand:

1) The importance of food

analysis, determination of

approximate composition.

2)Able to understand the

importance of analysis of

Cosmetics-Composition

of creams and lotions-

3)Analysis of deodorants

and antiperspirants-

composition,

4)Able to understand the

applications of food and

cosmetic analysis.

437

Analysis of deodorants and antiperspirants-composition,

analysis of fats and fattyacids, boric acid, magnesium,

calcium, zinc, iron,titanium, alluminium,

phenol,hexachlorophenone, methanamine, sulphonates

and urea

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme:MSc II Class: Part – II



Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 5:-Forensic &Fuel analysis.

Sr.

No.



end of

Module / Unit

1. Forensic &Fuel analysis:

ForensicAnalysis: Special features of forensic analysis,

sampling, sample storage, sample dissolution,

classification of poisons, lethal dose, significance of

LD-50 andLC-50. general discussion of poisons with

special reference to mode of action of cyanide,

organophosphate and snake venom. Estimation of

poisonous materials such as lead, mercury and arsenic

in biological samples. Fuel analysis :Solid, Liquid and

gaseous fuels. Characteristics of ideal fuels. Ultimate

and proximate analysis of coal, heating values, grading

of coal, liquid fuels-flash point, aniline point, knocking,

antiknock compounds, octane number, cetane number

and carbon residue. Gaseous fuels, producer gas and

water gas, determination of calorific value. Analysis of

fuel Gas. Numerical problems.



able to understand:


the idea of various fuel.


the the calorific value of

various fuel


the estimation of

poisonous material


the importance of

forensic aalysis and

their application.

438

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit 1 :-Application of organometallics in organic

synthesis

Sr.

No.


the end of

Module / Unit

1. A) Organometallic Reagents Organo

Lithium, Magnesium, Mercury, zinc

and copper reagents, preparation using

transmetallation, functionalized zinc

and copper reagents, synthetic

applications And Cram rule. Organo

tin reagents, hydrostannation reaction

and synthetic utility Organo boron and

aluminium reagents, alkyl and aryl

derivatives, synthesis and examples of

applications in C-C bond forming

reactions.

B) Organo transition metal reagents:

Metal (Fe, Cr, Mo, Ni, Co, Rh)

carbonyl compounds in organic

synthesis. Metal (Cr, Fe, Ru) arene

complexes, synthesis and structure.

Activation of arene nucleus and side

chain. Nucleophilic substitution and

addition of arene.

Metal (Fe, Pd) ene, diene and dienyl

complexes, metal complexes as

protecting groups, activation towards

nucleophilic addition reaction



1. To know and understand the different

properties and structures for

organometallic compounds from different

parts of the periodic table and their trends.

2. To know principal synthetic routes to

various classes of organometallic

compounds.

3. To know and understand the reactivity

of organometallic compounds including

their application in synthesis.

4. To know methods and examples for the

study of organometallic compounds in the

gas phase, solution phase and solid state.

5. To know common ligand classes in

organometallic chemistry, their effects on

organometallic compounds, and influence

on reactivity and catalysis.

6. To know and understand key

mechanistic steps in reactions involving

organometallic compounds.

7. Students will learn about synthetically

439

synthetic utility. π-allyl palladium,

nickel and iron complexes, synthesis

and their synthetic utility.

Metal Cobalt alkyne complexes,

protection of triple bond, Metal (Rh,

Ir) catalyzed C-H activation reactions

and their synthetic utility. C)

Metallocenes: Introduction, Synthesis

and Chemical Reactivity of Ferrocene,

Cobaltocene, Nickelocene, Copper and

Rhodium Based Carbene & Nitrene

Copmlexes

useful transformations including

oxidations, reductions, enolate reactions,

percicyclic reactions, organometallic

reactions, and reactions of electron

deficient species. The emphasis will be on

developing a mechanistic understanding of

selectivity and synthetic strategy.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II:- Designing the synthesis based on

retrosynthetic analysis

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Designing the synthesis

based on retrosynthetic

analysis

A disconnection approach to

the synthesis of organic

compound. Different

consideration in designing

target molecule, concept of

synthonss, FGI,

Chemoselectivity

regioselectivity,specificity,

After completion of the course, students shall be able

to understand: The students

1) are able to identify the type of transformation

required to obtain a target organic molecule.

2) are able to define the reaction conditions for

different types of organic transformations.

3) can explain the mechanism of the organic

reactions explained during the course as well as

similar transformations not covered during the

course.

4) can apply the organic reactions covered during the

440

stereoselectivity, general

strategy choosing a

disconnection. Types of bond

disconnection, some of the

applications of these

concepts in designing the

synthesis of common

impotant class of the

compounds. Ring synthesis:

Saturated heterocycles,

synthesis of 3, 4, 5 and 6-

membered rings. b) Synthesis

of some complex molecules

by Reterosynthetic analysis

of following compounds:

Camphor, Reserpine, and

Vitamin-D2.

course in the synthesis/retrosynthesis of more

complex organic molecules.

5) are able to identify different type of organic

transformations based on the stereochemistry of the

final product.

6) are able to identify different type of organic

transformations based on the reaction conditions.

7) are able to design synthetic routes for the synthesis

of complex organic molecules.

8) are able to compare different synthetic routes.

9) are able to present research articles correctly,

clearly and in a comprehensive manner to a broad

audience.

10) show curiosity and interest to solve problems

when encountering synthetic challenges.

11) at the end of the course are confident to propose a

synthetic route.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III:-A) Protection and Deprotection

Sr.

No.


the end of

Module / Unit

441

1 A) Protection and Deprotection of

functional groups

Protection and deprotection of

functional groups like, hydroxyl,

amino, carbonyl and carboxylic acids

groups, techniques employed for these.

B) Phase Transfer Catalysis:

Quaternary ammonium and

phosphonium salts, Crown ethers.

Their methods of preparation and

application in Organic Synthesis,

Mechanism of Phase transfer reaction.

ozone phase transfer catalyst,



1) Know about protecting groups.

2)Study the characteristics of protecting

groups.

3) Understand the functional group

protection.

4) Know the protection of important

functional groups.

5)How phase-transfer catalyst or PTC

facilitates the migration of a reactant from

one phase into another phase ...

6)Know the importance of PTC in various

synthsis

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV :-Reagent in organic synthesis

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit



442

1. Reagents in Organic

Synthesis:

Use of following reagents in

Synthesis and functional

group transformations such as

complex metal hydrides,

Gillmen reagents, Lithium

dialkyl cuprate LDA, DCC,

Trimethyl silyl Iodide,

Tributyl Tin hydride,

Woodward and Prevost

Hydroxylation,

DDQ,Chloranill, Peterson

Synthesis, Becker Yeast.

Periodic Acid and periodate,

Diazomethane, Selenium

Dioxide, RuO4, IBX, DMP,

Heck Reaction, Mukaiyama

Reaction

After completion of the course, students shall be able

to understand:

1) How to describe methods for synthesis and

transformation of the most common functional

groups

2) How to describe and apply stereochemical

concepts such as chirality, stereoisomerism, and

stereoselectivity in relation to chemical

transformations

3) How to identify, analyse and evaluate synthetic

routes to target molecules using retrosynthesis

4) Apply organometallic reagents and reactions in

organic synthesis

5) Plan and design experimental setups for various

types of laboratory tests, perform transformations of

importance for organic synthesis, perform basic risk

assessment and document laboratory work in the

form of laboratory journal

Course Outcomes




Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V:-

Sr.

No.


of

Module / Unit

443

1. Heterocyclic Compounds:

Nomenclature and familiarity

with the heterocyclic ring (3- 7)

members containing up to 3

heteroatoms). Detailed

chemistry of Pyrozole,

imidazole, oxazole, thiazole,

thiazine, diazines, triazines

pyrimidines, pyrazines and

zepines, oxepines, Indoles,

Benzofurans, Quinolines

Flavones, Chromones,

Coumarines, Phenithiazines,

Azitidines


able to understand:

1) Students will understand the importance

heterocycles in biological systems and in

pharmaceuticals.

2) Student will be able to draw mechanisms for

reactions involving heterocycles as

startingmaterials, intermediates and products, and

be able to propose syntheses of heterocycles from

the major classes.

3) Students will be able to relate significant

chemical properties to structure.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): XVI Organic Chemistry Course Outcome Code: Co1

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit I:-Polymers, Dyes and Agrochemical

Sr.

No.



end of

Module / Unit

444

1. Polymers, Dyes and Agrochemicals: 12L

A)Mechanism of polymerization, study of polyesters,

polyamides, PVC, polystyrene, Polyvinyl acetate and

polyvinyl alcohol, polythenes, viscous rayon. Synthesis of

polyethylene, polypropylene.

Synthetic Rubber: Styrene-butadiene, Butyl polyisoprene,

polyurathrene Vulcanization mechanism, phenol

formaldehyde resin, stereo regulated polymers. Atactic,

Isotactic and Syndiotactic polymers. Plasticizers, Foaming

agents. Antioxidants for polymers,

B) DYES: General Introduction, . optical brighteners,

thermal sensitive dyes, dispenses dyes.

Fiber swelling in dyeing . Use of carriers in dyeing . Use

of heat energy in dyein , study of quinoline yellow,

cyamine dye, ethyl red, methylene blue, Alizarin,

cyamine-green,fluorescein, cosin, erythrosine,

Rhodomines and Indigo

C) Agrochemicals: i) Carbamate pesticides: Introduction,

Carbaryl, Bayon, Ziram. ii) Organophosphorous

pesticides: Malathion, Monocroptophos, Dimethoate. iii)

Plant growth regulators: General survey synthesis of

simple compounds.



able to understand:

1. Can visualize the

importance of chemistry

in everyday life

2. Apply

multidisciplinary

approaches of chemistry

in everyday life


the types of polymers

and various

polymerization

techniques.

4) Able to get knowlage

of various

Agrochemicals, Natural

and artificial dyes and

their application.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper) Natural Product Course Outcome Code: CO2

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit II:-General aspects of drug

Sr.

No.


the end of

Module / Unit

445

1. General aspects of drug:

Historical, Definitions used in drug

chemistry-pharmacy, pharmacology,

pharmacodynamics, pharmacodynamic

agents, metabolite and antimetabolites,

gram positive and gram negative Bacteria,

Virus, Actinomucetes, Mutation,

Chemotherapy, Nomenclature of

medicinal compounds. Classification of

drugs on basis of their Therapeutic actions.

Chemotherapeutic agents Cancer

chemotherapy, Synthesis of

mechloraethamine, cyclophosphamide,

Mephalan, uracils, mustards. Recent

development in

cancerchemotherapy. Pharmacodynamic

agents Mechanism of Chemotherapeutic

action: Biological defences . Chemical

defences, Surface active agents, Metabolic

Antagonism Assay of Drugs: Chemical

assay, Biological assay, Immunological

assay



1. Able to understand the mechanism of

drug action of different drugs acting on

cell walls, DNA, immune system and

ion channels

2. Able to know the mechanism of drug

action.

3. Gain knowledge on structure

determination by applying the

principles of combinatorial synthesis

4. Able to gain knowledge on discovery

of drugs and role, pharmacokinetics,

pharmacodynamics in drug action

5. Able to explain the structure of the

drug related to its biological activity

with various examples.

6. Acquire knowledge on influence of

the physicochemical parameters on

drug activity

7. Able to design the synthetic route of

chiral drugs and also the drug action

Course Outcomes

Name of the programme: MScII Class: Part – II


Name of the Course (Paper): Natural Product Course Outcome Code: CO3

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit III :-DRUGS DESIGN

Sr.

No.


end of

Module / Unit

1. DRUGS DESIGN:

Classification of Drugs,

After completion of the course, students shall

be able to understand:

446

procedures followed in drug

design. Concept Of lead

compound and modification

concept of Prodrugs and Softdrugs

structure activity relationship

(SAR) Factors affecting

bioactivity resonance, inductive

effect, isosterism, Biosterism,

Spatial consideration, theories of

drug activity occupancy theory,

Rate theory induced tit theory,

Quantitative structure activity

relationship. History and

development of QASAR, Concept

of drug receptor interaction,

Physico-Chemical parameter.

Lipophilicity, Partition coefficient

Electronic ionization constants,

Steric Shelton and surface activity

parameters and redox potential.

Free Wilson analysis, Hansch

analysis LD-50,ED-

50(Mathematical derivatives of

equations included)

Ligand-Based Drug Design,

Diversity-Oriented Synthesis for

Drug Design, Structure-Based

Drug

Design, Fragment-Based Drug

Design, Natural Products-Based

Drug Discovery, Diversity-

Oriented Synthesis in Drug

This class provides an introduction to the

chemical principles behind the design and

production of pharmaceutical agents. Focus

is on explaining and predicting how small

organic molecules bind to biological

receptors, inhibit enzymes and get

metabolized. This course draws on and

expands upon material covered in

introductory organic chemistry such as

proposing reasonable arrow-pushing

mechanisms for organic reactions and

predicting the reactivity of organic molecules

with particular reagents.

2. Demonstrate an understanding of the

chemical role antibiotics play in the biology

of cells

3. Demonstrate by example the fundamental

rules behind atoms that leads to the

formation of chemical bonds, organic

functional groups, and water solubility of

carbon based molecules.

4. Demonstrate an ability to design,

implement, and evaluate the results of

experimentation using standard scientific

methodologies such as hypothesis

formulation and testing.

5. Demonstrate an ability to interpret

information presented in scientific literature.

6. Demonstrate an appreciation of research

science and its role in solving a human health

issue-the antibiotic crisis.

7. Clearly communicate research results via

oral, written and visual formats.

447

Discovery, Virtual Screening

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Natural Product Course Outcome Code: CO4

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit IV:-

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1. Classification of Drugs- I

Synthesis, mode of

actions, Pharmacokinetics

, pharmacodynamic data

and secondary metabolism

of following Drugs

A) Antibiotics:

Introduction, Penicillin V

And G, Streptomycin,

Chloram phenicol,

Tetracyclins.

B) Antimalerial :

Chemotherapy of maleria,

Aminoquinolines,

pamaquine,chloroquineand

sulphones.

C) Antipyretic and

Analgesic: Aspirin, salol,

phenacetin, antipyrin:

D)Anti- inflammatory:

Ibuprofen,

Oxyphenylbutazone,

Diclophenac,

Indomethacin.


understand:

This class provides an introduction to the chemical

principles behind the design and production of

pharmaceutical agents. Focus is on explaining and

predicting how small organic molecules bind to

biological receptors, inhibit enzymes and get

metabolized. This course draws on and expands upon

material covered in introductory organic chemistry such

as proposing reasonable arrow-pushing mechanisms for

organic reactions and predicting the reactivity of organic

molecules with particular reagents.

2. Demonstrate an understanding of the chemical role

antibiotics play in the biology of cells

3. Demonstrate by example the fundamental rules

behind atoms that leads to the formation of chemical

bonds, organic functional groups, and water solubility of

carbon based molecules.

4. Demonstrate an ability to design, implement, and

evaluate the results of experimentation using standard

scientific methodologies such as hypothesis formulation

and testing.

5. Demonstrate an ability to interpret information

presented in scientific literature.

448

E) Sedatives & Hypnotics:

Barbiturates, mode of

action, diazepam, caffeine,

Mescaline, hermine

6. Demonstrate an appreciation of research science and

its role in solving a human health issue-the antibiotic

crisis.

7. Clearly communicate research results via oral, written

and visual formats.


Course Outcomes

Name of the programme: MScII Class: Part – II


Name of the Course (Paper): Natural product Course Outcome Code: CO5

Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): Unit V:-Classification of Drugs- II

Sr.

No.


the end of

Module / Unit

1. Classification of Drugs- II Synthesis,

mode of actions, Pharmacokinetics ,

pharmacodynamic data and secondary

metabolism of following Drugs A)

Antitubercular & antileprotic :

Ethambutol, Isoniazide & Dapsone B)

Anaesthetics : Lidocaine,

Thiopental. C) Antihistamines:

Phenobarbital, Diphenylhydramine. D)

Tranquilizers: Diazepam,

Trimeprazine. E) Cardiovascular:

Synthesis of dilliazem, quinidine,

methyldopa



1. Able to gain knowledge on discovery of

drugs and role, pharmacokinetics,

pharmacodynamics in drug action

2. Able to explain the structure of the drug

related to its biological activity with

various examples.

3. Acquire knowledge on influence of the

physicochemical parameters on drug

activity

4. Able to design the synthetic route of

chiral drugs and also the drug action

449

Program Specific Outcomes – M. Sc. Computer Science

Name of the program: M.Sc.

Name of the Subject: Computer Science.

Sr.

No.

Program

Specific

Outcome

Code

(PSO 1, PSO2,

PSO3, etc.)

What the Student will be able to do at the end of Program

(Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge/Skill

to do what)

1. MPSO 21 After successful completion of two year post degree in computer

science. Able to develop the necessary learning skills and

independence for further studies.

2. MPSO 22 Can initiate and lead projects within the scientific field and be

responsible for the work of individuals and groups.

3. MPSO 23 Can make decisions in an independent, professional manner and

support them.

4. MPSO 24 Acquaint with the contemporary trends in industrial research

settings and thereby innovate novel solutions to existing

problems.

Course Outcomes - M. Sc. Computer Science

Name of the program: M.Sc. Class: Part – I


Name of the Course (Paper): Digital Systems and Microprocessor

Course Outcome Code: MCO 161- MC0 166


Sr.

No.



1 CO1 Understood the concept of Digital System and the basic concept of Boolean

Algebra.

2 CO2 Understood the whole concept of Logic families: classification and

characteristics. Understood the concept of code converters.

450

3 CO3 Understood the components techniques and diagrams related to Design of

Arithmetic circuits.

4 CO4 Understood the Flip Flops construction and working. Understood the concept

of Shift registers and Counters.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of microcomputer system and 8086 microprocessor.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of Stack structure, interrupts in 8086 microprocessor.

Course Outcomes


Semester: I Name of the Subject: Computer

Science

Name of the Course (paper): .Net Technologies and C#



Sr.

No.



1 CO1 Understood the Concept of .Net Technology,.Net Framework and Common

language runtime. Understanding the concept of visual studio.net,.Net

languages and difference between C# and .Net.

2 CO2 Understood the concept namespaces, comment, Command-line arguments,

programming structure in C# .Decision making and branching, looping,

methods in C#, String manipulation, structures and enumerations.

3 CO3 Understood concept of Class and objects, Access modifiers, constructors,

destructors, Inheritance and Polymorphism, Concept of abstract class And

interface.

4 CO4 Understood the concept of Operator overloading, Delegates and events,

Console I/O operations, Error and Exceptions, exception hierarchy.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of Multithreading in C#, The concept of File

Manipulation in C#.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of Data Access with .Net:ADO.net overviews,

Database Connections, Data Reader, Dataset class, populating Dataset,

451

persisting a DataSet.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (paper): Operating System Course Outcome Code: MCO 173- MC0

178


Sr.

No.



1 CO1 Understood the concept of Services, Types, User-O.S. Interface, Operating

System Structure.

2 CO2 Understood the whole concept of Process Management, Operations on

Process, CPU Scheduling, and Scheduling Algorithms.

3 CO3 Understood the concept of Process Synchronization and Deadlocks, System

Model, Recovery from Deadlock.

4 CO4 Understood the concept of Memory Management, Virtual Memory, Page

Replacement, and Page Replacement Algorithms.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of File System, Directory, Protection, Disk

Scheduling Algorithms, and Concept of I/O Systems.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of Distributed File System, Embedded Operating

Systems.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (paper): Computer Network Course Outcome Code: MCO 179- MC0

184


Sr.

No.



452

1 CO1 Understood the Concept Digital Communication, Data Transmission,

Transmission media, Multiplexing, Switching, Network Reference model,

TCP/IP architecture and services,

2 CO2 Understood the concept and working of application layer processes, HTTP,

FTP, Electronic mail, SMTP, DNS.

3 CO3 Understood the concept and working of Transport layer and services and

principles of layer, Application of multiplexing and demultiplxing, Reliable

data transfer and unreliable data transfer protocol, Connection oriented

Transport.

4 CO4 Understood the concept and working of Network layer and services and

principles of layer, Routing principles, Internet Protocol, Routing in the

Internet

5 CO5 Understood the concept and working of Data link layer and services and

principles of layer, Error Detection and Correction, Multiple Access Protocol,

Wireless LANs protocols, ATM, X.25 and Frame Relay.

6 CO6 Understood the concept and working of Network Security and Management,

Network Management Architecture, Secured Communication, Cryptography,

Internet Network Management Framework, SMI, MIB, SNMP.

Course Outcomes


Semester: II Name of the Subject: Computer Science

Name of the Course (paper): Java Programming Course Outcome Code: MCO 185- MC0

190


Sr.

No.



1 CO1 Understand the Concept of JDK..Difference between JDK and JRE. Need of

Type Casting in java. How to use control statement and lopping statement in

java.

453

2 CO2 Understanding the concept of object oriented Programming, Abstraction,

Encapsulation, Polymorphism and Inheritance. Understanding the concept of

automatic memory management in java don by Garbage collector.

3 CO3 Understanding the use of Packages in java. Clearly understanding how to

manipulate string with the help of string class. Difference between Super

class, Sub class and concept of Interface.

4 CO4 Understanding the use of Applet in java and Use of Graphics class, color class

and font class.

5 CO5 Understanding the use of Exception Handling, Difference between try catch

and Finally statement. Concept of Multithreading in java.

6 CO6 Understand how to create User Interface with the help of Button, Lable , Text

Field, Text Area. Understand the concept of Event Handling in java.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Data Structures Course Outcome Code: MCO 191- MC0

196


Sr.

No.



what)

1 CO1 Understand Basics Of Data Structure

Able to understand the types and operation perform in data structure.

2 CO2 Understand Stack, Queue Operations.

Clearly understand the Various CPU scheduling algorithms.

3 CO3 Understand the terminology of Tree

Able to perform the various types of searching and sorting operations.

4 CO4 Able to perform the various types of searching and sorting operations

454

5 CO5 Able to perform graphs operations like Traversal of tree element etc.,

6 CO6 Understand types of Indexing and hashing.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Software Engineering



Sr.

No.



what)

1. CO1 Understand the concept of system analyst. Understand the basic concept of

software engineering.

2. CO2 Understand the whole concept of software process framework. Able to

create models.

3. CO3 Understand the components techniques and diagrams related to

requirement modeling approaches.

4. CO4 Understand the software design process and quality. To create designing

traditional components.

5. CO5 Able to implement software system.

6. CO6 Develop software system enable the students to get sufficient knowledge

on various system.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper):Compiler Construction



Sr. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

455

No. (Knowledge/Skill achieved OR Application of Knowledge/Skill to do

what)

1. CO1 Understand the concept of compilers and programming language

grammars.

2. CO2 Understand various scanning and parsing techniques.

3. CO3 Understand memory allocation and compilation of expression.

4. CO4 Understand compilation of control structures and procedure calls.

5. CO5 Understand the techniques for error detection, indications and their

recovery.

6. CO6 Understand code optimization with their types.

Course Outcomes

Name of the program: M.Sc. Class: Part – II

Semester: III Name of the Subject: Computer Science

Name of the Course (paper): Data Mining and Data Warehouseing



Sr.

No.


Module / Unit


1 CO1 Understood the concept of Data Mining Functionalities and Data

Preprocessing.

2 CO2 Understood the whole concept of Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology.

3 CO3 Understood the concept of Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, and

Correlations.

4 CO4 Understood the concept of Classification and Prediction.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of Cluster Analysis.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of Graph Mining, Social Network Analysis and

Multi-relational Data Mining.

456

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Computer Graphics



Sr.

No.



1 CO1 Understand the basic concept of line, point, plane to coordinates using

different algorithm. Learn how to generate characters through algorithms.

Understood different display devices, display file interpreter, NDC and its

structure.

2 CO2 Understanding polygon, its representation, filling polygon using tests,

analyzing of line. Understood the basic concept of transformation i.e.

translation, rotation, scaling and other display procedures.

3 CO3 Understanding the concept of segments, segment table, and segment creation,

closing a segment, image transformation and raster techniques. Learn the

concept of windowing and clipping, viewing transformation, adding clipping

to systems and multiple windowing

4 CO4 Understood the concept of interaction with system using different devices,

event handling, simulating a locator with a pick and pick with a locator,

echoing. Learn the concept of 3D geometry, its primitives, transformation,

parallel and perspective projection.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of hidden surface and lines, back face removal

algorithm. Painters algorithm and hidden surface check. Learn the concept of

overlapping edges. Comparing of triangles, sorting the triangles.

6 CO6 Understood the basic concept of shading, its illumination, secular reflection

and shadows. Obtain the knowledge of curves, how to generate a curves, its

implementation and e spline curve, b-spline curve very well.

Course Outcomes


457


Name of the Course (paper): Client Sever Computing

Course Outcome Code: MCO 221 - MC0 226


Sr.

No.


Module / Unit


1 CO1 Understood Network programming classes in Java, able to create TCP client-

server application in java. Understood socket programming in java.

2 CO2 Understood Java database connectivity concepts, JDBC API in detail, use of

statement classes to send queries to the different databases using different

driver classes. Able to transfer data between database and application develop

using Java language.

3 CO3 Understood servlet life cycle structure, Servlet API classes and interfaces

functionality, set up configuration and environment for executing servlet, use

of cookies, session in state management, JDBC implementation in servlets.

Able to create web application in Java using Servlets.

4 CO4 Obtain knowledge of Scripting using JavaScript, language fundamentals such

as variables, data types, operators, control statements, functions and objects.

Knowledge about Properties and methods of objects such as Form, Date,

Math, String, RegExp, Window.

5 CO5 Understood object serialization, Architecture of Remote Method Invocation

applications, Java RMI packages, their classes and interfaces. Able to develop

client-server application using RMI , JDBC and RMI, JDBC,RMI and

Servlets.

6 CO6 Understood Java Server Pages web application development using JSP

expression, scriptlet, conditional statement, looping statement, exception

handling using try/catch block. Learn concept of Beans, Bean instances and

serialization, bean scopes and use of Bean

Course Outcomes


458


Name of the Course (Paper): Distributed Operating System



Sr.

No.


1 CO1 Understood the basic concepts of distributed system such as goals, issues,

various communication protocol and models, etc.,

2 CO2 Understood various algorithms used for communication over distributed

systems

3 CO3 Understood the concept role of processes and processors in distributed

System.

4 CO4 Understood the detail Concept of Distributed file system and Distributed

shared memory.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of AMOEBA System.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of MACH System.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Theory of Computation



Sr.

No.


1 CO1 Understood the key notations of computation, such as algorithm,

computability, decidability, reducibility, and complex, through problem

solving.

2 CO2 Able to explain the model of computation, including formal languages,

grammars and automata, and their connections.

3 CO3 Understood the concept of context free grammar , deviation trees, Chomsky

459

normal form and push down automata in detail

4 CO4 Understood the important concepts in detail like turing machine.

5 CO5 Understood the concept of Solve computational problems regarding their

computability and complexity and prove the basic result of the theory of

computation.

6 CO6 Understood the concept of Undecidability, properties of recursive and non-

recursive enumerable languages.

Course Outcomes


Semester: IV Name of the Subject: Computer Science

Name of the Course (Paper): Artificial Intelligence Expert Systems


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I, II, III, IV, V, VI

Sr.

No.



what)

1 CO1 Understanding of Prolog programming, language basics, structure of

language, cut, fail, recursion, iterative programming, and basics about

expert system in prolog

2 CO2 Understanding of AI and its introduction, pattern recognition, problem

characteristics, problem and problem spaces.

3 CO3 Understanding about problem solving methods, knowledge representation,

problem reduction, analysis of search algorithm

4 CO4 Understanding about Game Playing, MinMax search procedure, adding

alphabeta cutoffs, additional refinements

5 CO5 Understanding of Knowledge representation using predicate logic,

knowledge structures, level of representation finding right structure as

needed

6 CO6 Obtain knowledge about Natural language, syntactic and semantic analysis,

implementation of AI systems, Pattern recognition knowledge.

460

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Design And Analysis of Algorithm


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name): I, II,III, IV,V,VI

Sr.

No.



what)

1. CO1 Understand the concept of Design analysis of algorithm. Able to

differentiate between asymptotic notation. understand the steps to devise

the algorithm.

2. CO2 Understand the concept of greedy method, divide and conquer technique.

3. CO3 Able to calculate time and space complexity of algorithm. Understand the

concept of Backtracking by using different examples.

4. CO4 Student understand the concept of knapsack problem, AND/OR graphs,

DFS and Backtracking.

5. CO5 Student understand the concept of lower bound theory .Different

comparison, trees and searching techniques

6. CO6 Concept of scheduling like NP-Hard .code generation is understood .

Basic concept of cook’s theorem is well understood.

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Network Security Course Outcome Code: MCO 251 - MC0 256


Sr.

No.



what)

1. CO1 Understand the basic concept of network security. Able to learn various

security attacks.

2. CO2 Understand the types of cryptography functions and respective

461

algorithms.

3. CO3 Understand what is authentication system with there types. Understand

the new concept i.e. security handshake pitfalls.

4. CO4 Understand Kerberos V4 and Kerberos V5. Understand the real time

communication security.

5. CO5 Able to Understand the deep knowledge about e-mail security.

6. CO6 Understand the knowledge of firewalls aware about various web issues.

462


Name of the Programme :- M.Sc. Name of the subject :- Electronics

Name of the course (Paper) : 1SEM 1( M.Sc I Semister I)

Sr.

No.


MPSO 25





1

1ELE1-Fundamentals of Semiconductor

Devices

Unit I : Conduction in semiconductor

Unit II : Junction and Interface

Unit III : Special Semiconductor Devices.

Unit IV: Bipolar and unipolar semiconductor

devices

Unit V: Semiconductor Technology &

Measurements

1ELE2- Instrumentation and

Measurement Techniques

Unit I: Display Devices and Printers

Unit II: Digital Instuments

Unit III: General Electronic Test Equipment

Unit VI: Measurement set-up

Unit V: Transducers and Signal conditioning

1ELE3- Biomedical Instrumentation

Unit I: Fundamentals of Biomedical

Instrumentation

Unit II: Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes

At the end of this Semister,


Design and Analysis of basic

semiconductor circuits.

Applications of

semiconductor devices in

microwave communication.

Components for Amplifier

and switching circuit.

Different fabrication process

and applcations.

Knowledge of different

display devices and printers

Digital instruments

knowledge.

Applications of Transducer.

Set up for microwave

frequency measurements.

Medical Instrumentation

system basic.

Knowledge of Bioelectrical

signals and electrodes.


biomedical recorders.

Basic knowledge and

applications of MRI system.

463

Unit III: Biomedical Recorders

Unit IV: Magnetic Resonance Imaging

System

Unit V: Radio-therapy Equipment

1ELE4- Optical Electronic Devices and

Applications

Unit I: Introduction

Unit II: Fundamental of Optics

Unit III: Photo Detectors

Unit IV: Optical Instruments.

Unit V: Lasers and Applications

Knowledge of radiation

sources and instruments.

Knowledge of optical system

and different parameters of

optical fibers.

Principal and applications of

different photo detectors.

Knowledge of optical

instrument for measurements.

Knowledge of different lasers

and its applications.


Name of the Programme :- M. Sc. Name of the subject :- Electronics

Name of the Semister : 1SEM2 (M.Sc I Semister II)

Sr.

No

.


MPSO 26





1

2ELE1- Analog Circuit Design And

Analysis

Unit I : Operational Amplifiers

Unit II : Op-amp with Negative Feedback

Unit III : Frequency Responce and Linear

applications of

Opamp

Unit IV : Active Filters, Comparators and

At the end of this Semister, students



OPAMP circuits and types of

amplifier circuit.


applications of OPAMP.

Filters circuits, Comparators

and converters knowledge

Multivibrator and regulators

464

convertors

Unit V : Specialized IC Applications

2ELE2- Microprocessor and

Microcontroller

Unit I : Introduction

Unit II : System Configurations: Pin Diagram

of 8086,

Minimum Mode

Unit III : 8051 Microcontrollers

Unit IV : I/O Port programming &

Addressing Modes

Unit V : JUMP, LOOP, and CALL

Instructions.

2ELE3- Digital IC’S & Design

Unit I : Combinational Logic Design

Unit II : Combinational logic design using

74/54 series

Unit III : Combinational logic design using

ROM

Unit IV : Design of counter and sequential

networks

Unit V : Analysis of asynchronous

2ELE4- Mechatronics

Unit I : Mechatronics

Unit II : Closed loop Controllers

Unit III : Programmable Logic Controller

Unit IV : Communication Systems

applications

Knowledge of microprocessor

basics and pin description of

8086 microprocessor.

8051 microcontroller family

basic knowledge and Pin

description of 8051

microcontroller and

addressing modes

Knowledge of Instruction set

of 8051 mcrocontroller.

Logical development of

student about digital circuits.

Designing of various

integrated circuits using

74XX series.

Applications of memories

with microprocessor and

microcontroller.

Development of digital

display circuits and

Asynchronous sequential

networks analysis.

Introductory knowledge of

Mechatronics system and

Control system basic

concepts.

Introductory knowledge PLC

language and Communication

system.

Fault finding concepts in

mechanical instruments.

465

Unit V : Fault Finding



Name of the Semister : 2SEM3 (M.Sc II Semister III)

Sr.

No

.


MPSO 27


end of programme (Knowledge/ Skill


/Skill to do what)

1

3ELE1- Antenna and Mobile

Communications

Unit I : Antennas

Unit II : Antenna types

Unit III : Mobile Communications

Unit IV : Mobile Radio Environment

Unit V : Multiple access Techniques

3ELE2- Power Electronics

Unit I : Power Electronic Systems

Unit II : Power Devices

Unit III : Rectifiers , AC Controllers and

Resonant

converters

Unit VI : Choppers and Inverters

Unit V : Applications Power Supplies,

Motor Drives-

3ELE3- Advanced Microcontroller and

Embedded system

At the end of this Semister, students


Design of Antenna, different

parameters and different Antenna

types.

Basic knowledge of mobile

communication.


modulation techniques.

Multiple access techniques

knowledge.

Basic knowledge of power

electronics system.

Knowledge of different devices

in power electronics, Rectifier,

controller and converter.

Knowledge of Choppers and

Inverters.

Different applications of Power

electronics system.

Design and deveopment of

embedded system for society and

Industry.

466

Unit I : PIC Microcontroller & Interfacing

Unit II : ARM & AVR Processors

Unit III : Introduction to Embedded

Systems

Unit IV : Embedded system Hardware

Unit V : Development tools for embedded

systems

3ELE4- COMPUTER HARDWARE

AND

INTERFACING

Unit I : CPUAND MEMORY

Unit II : MOTHERBOARDS

Unit III : STORAGE DEVICES

Unit IV : I/O PERIPHERALS

Unit V : BUS ARCHITECTURE

Selection of processor for

embedded system.

Applcations of embedded

system.

Skill for development of

hardware for embedded system.

Debugging of embedded system

skill.

Knowledge of CPU and Memory

peripherals.

Deep knowledge of internal

structure of Motherboards.

Knowledge of different storage

devices.

Interfacing standards and

peripherals knoledge.

Different Bus architecture

knowledge.



Name of the Semister : 2SEM4 (M.Sc II Semister IV)

Sr.

No

.


MPSO 28


do at the end of programme



/Skill to do what)

467

1

4ELE1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming


Unit II : CMOS system design And Design

Methods

Unit III: ASIC construction And CMOS Design

Unit IV: Introduction to VHDL

Unit V: Design of combinational blocks

4ELE2- Virtual Instrumentation

Unit I: Virtual Instrumentation

Unit II: Virtual Instrument Programming

Techniques

Unit III: Data Acquisition Basics

Unit IV: Virtual Instrument Chassis Requirements

Unit V: Virtual Instrument Analysis Toolsets

4ELE3- Numerical Methods and C

Programming

Unit I: Basic structure of C programme

Unit II: Arrays and Userdefind function

Unit III: Structures and Pointers

Unit IV: Roots of Nonlinear equation

Unit V: Curve fitting, Regration

4ELE4- Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks

Unit I: Introduction Classical and Fuzzy sets and

Classical

and Fuzzy relation)



Design of components

using VLSI.

Knowledge of designing

of IC chip.

Skill of design and

development tools for

fabrication of IC.

Programming skill for

VHDL and Various

combinational circuits

design and development

using VHDL.

Detailed idea about VI

programming and

environment.

Knowledge of DAQ

system interfacing and

Communication of VI

system.

Applicatin and sensor

technology knowledge.

Knowledg of C tokens

for programming.

Knowledge of Array,

Function, structures and

Pointers for

programming.

Knowledge of

numerical methods of

problem solving

Utility and introduction

468

Unit II: Properties of Membership function,

Fuzzification &

Defuzzification and logic & Fuzzy System

Unit III: Fuzzy System Simulation, Rule-Base

reduction methods

and decision making with fuzzy

Unit IV: Neural and Fuzzy machine Intelligence

and Neural

Network theory

Unit V: Unsupervised learning in Neural

Networks:

to different sets in fuzzy

logic.

Knowledge to different

classical and fuzzy sets.

Knowlede of

Programming concept

related to fuzzy system.

knowledge of Neural

network. Different laws

for Neural functioning.

Course Outcomes - M.Sc. Electronics






II I 1 to 5 MCO 277 TO MCO 281




III I 1 to 5 MCO 297 TO MCO 301




IV I 1 to 5 MCO 317 TO MCO 321


469



Name of the Programme :- M.Sc. Class : Part - I


Name of the course (Paper) : 1ELE1-Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices

Course outcomes code :- CO - 1

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Conduction in semiconductor

Sr.No. Topic

What the

student will be

able to do at the

end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit I : Conduction in semiconductor

semiconductors, brief idea about band theory of

semiconductor, conduction mechanism, carrier of ncentration

and mobility, effect of temperature on

electrical conductivity , intrinsic semiconductors, Carrier

concentration in an intrinsic semiconductor, conduction and

valance band , carrier concentration in terms of band gap

,electrical conductivity, generation and recombination of

charges, extrinsic semiconductor- P type and N type , Hall

effect.

At the end of

this unit students

will be able to

know brief idea

about different

type of

semiconductor in

detailed

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Junction and Interface

Sr.No. Topic


to do at the end of


470

Skill achieved OR


/Skill to do what)

1 Unit II : Junction and Interface

p-n junction , linearly graded and abrupt

junctions, diode equation , static I-V

characteristics, break-down mechanisms in pn-

junction , dynamic behavior of pn -junction,

effect of temperature on pn-junction diode.

At the end of this unit students

will be able to know the basic

diode and their characteristics in

detailed

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Special Semiconductor Devices



1 Unit III : Special Semiconductor Devices

Gunn effect and diode, zener effect and

zener diode, Tunnel diode, PIN diode,

varactor diode schottky diode.


will learn differnt diodes in detailed.

Applications of semiconductor

devices in microwave communication.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) Unit IV : Bipolar and unipolar semiconductor devices

S. N. Topic What the student will be


Module/Unit

471

1 Unit IV: Bipolar and unipolar semiconductor

devices

Bipolar junction transistor(BJT) , principle of

operation, fabrication methods and doping

profile , analysis of ideal and real transistor,

static I-V characteristics in active region , charge

control equation .Junction and metal

semiconductor field effect transistors, principle

of operation , I-V characteristics, MOSFET -

basic structure and operating principle,I-V

characteristics, charge coupled devices,

MESFET’s.

At the end of this unit

students will learn and

analysis different transistor

and switching device in

detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Semiconductor Technology &

Measurements

Sr.No. Topic

What the student

will be able to do

at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit V: Semiconductor Technology & Measurements

semiconductor devices & integrated circuit technology,

wafer preparation , doping , growth of dielectric layers,

masuring and lithography , pattern definition , methods of

isolation planner technology Semiconductor measurements :

conductivity, resistivity, Hall effect measurements, drift

mobility, minority carrier life time, diffusion length.

At the end of this

unit students will

understand different

fibrication methods

amplifiers in

detailed.

Course Outcomes

472



Name of the course (Paper) : 1ELE2- Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Display Devices and Printers



1 Unit I: Display Devices and Printers

Digital display system and indicators ,

classification of displays , display devicesn,

LED, LCD , touch screen displays, Printers :

Classifiction , printer character set , Drum

printer , Dot matrix printers, character at a time

Dot matrix Impact printer, Non- Impact Dot

matrix (NIDM) printer .


will be able to know all the

display device and printers in

detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Digital Instuments



1 Unit II: Digital Instuments

Digital multimeters, Digital frequency

meter, Digital

Tachometer, Digital pH meter, Automation

in Digital

Instruments , Digital phase meter, Digital

At the end of this unit students will

be able to know all the digital

measuring instruments in detailed.

473

capacitance meter , Microprocessor based

Instrumentation .

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : General Electronic Test Equipment

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III: General Electronic Test

Equipment

Cathode -Ray oscilloscope, Digital

voltmeter & multimeter, Electronic

counters, AC milivoltmeter, wave analyzers

and spectrum analyzer, signal

generators,lock in amplifiers, Frequency

response analyzer.

At the end of this unit students will

be able to learn about all the signal

analyzerin de counters and measuring

instrument in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Measurement set-up



474

1 Unit IV: Transducers and Signal

conditioning

Electrical transducers, Resistive transducers,

Strain Gauges, Thermister, LVDT, Piezo

electric transducer, Temperature transducers

, Mechanical transducers.


students will be able to learn all type

and application of transducers in

detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Transducers and Signal conditioning



1 Unit V: Measurement set-up

Measurement of microwave frequencies ,

Resonant co-axial lines, cavity wavemeters,

RF/UHF field srength meter, measurement

of sensitivity, intermodulation method,

measuring frequency response in Audio

amplifires, measuring amplitude moduation

using CRO.


will learn about detailed knowlege

about CRO, frequency measuring

instruments and audio amplifier.

They will be able to set up

microwave frequency measurement.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 1ELE3- Biomedical Instrumentation


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Fundamentals of Biomedical

Instrumentation

475

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I: Fundamentals of Biomedical

Instrumentation

Basic medical instrumentation system ,

Performance

requirements of Medical Instrumentation

System , Intelligent Medical Instrumentation

System, biometrics.


students will be able to know basic

concepts of measurement Biomedical

system in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I: Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes

Origin of Bioelectric signals , Recording

Electrodes , Silver-Silver Chloride

Electrodes , Electrodes for ECG , EEG

andEMG .


students will be able to learn all the

biomedical signal and electrodes of

their use in biomedical system in

detailed.

476

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Biomedical Recorders



1 Unit III: Biomedical Recorders

Electrocardiograph (ECG),

vectorcardiograph( VCG ),

Phonocardiograph ( PCG

),Electroencephalograph ( EEG )

,Electromyograph ( EMG ) ,cardiac

pacemakers .


students will be able to learn all

bomedical recorders used in

biomedical system in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Magnetic Resonance Imaging System

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV: Magnetic Resonance Imaging

477

System

Principles of NMR Imaging System , Image

Reconstruction Techniques , Basic NMR

Components , Biological Effect of NMR

Imaging , Advantages of NMR , Imaging

System,principle of MRI.



concept of Magnetic Resonance

Imaging System and its application in

detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Radio-therapy Equipment

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V: Radio-therapy Equipment

Use of high voltage X-ray Machines ,

Development of Betatron , Cobolt-60

Machine , Medical Linear Accelerator

Machine , X-ray tomography, short wave ,

micro-wavand surgical diathermy.


students will be able to know all the

radiation sources and equipment in

detailed.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) :

1ELE4- OPTICAL ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS

478


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Introduction



1 Unit I: Introduction

Classification of optical fiber ,Principal of

light transmission through fiber,Fabrication

of optical fibers ,Material consideration ,Loss

and band width limiting mechanism,

Mechanical and thermal characteristics ,

Light sources for fiber optics , Photo

detectors , Source coupling , Splices and

connectors.



basic concepts of optical fiber

system mechanism and its different

applications in detailed.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Fundamental of Optics

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II: Fundamental of Optics

Polarization ,diffraction , interference ,

dispersion holograms. Optical Sources:

Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs) : Structure,


students will be able to learn different

parameter of optical sources in

479

Materials, Characteristics, Efficiency.

Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

detailed.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Photo Detectors



1 Unit III: Photo Detectors

Thermal detectors ,Photo detectors, Vacuum

photo diode, Photo multiplier tube Photo

conductive detector, LDR, PIN diode.

After completion of this unit, students

will be able to know the principal and

application of all Photodector devices

in detailed.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Photo Detectors

Sr.No. Topic




480


do what)

1 Unit IV: Optical Instruments

Optical pyrometer, Infrared thermometer,

Polarimeter , Light intensity meter Spectro

photo meter , Spectru m analyzer , X-ray

fluoroscopic instruments, Periscope, Optical

filters ,Beam splitters.


students will be able to know the

principal and application of all

Optical Instruments in detailed.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Lasers

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V: Lasers

Different types of lasers : Gas laser, Liquid

lasers,

Semiconductor lasers. Use of Lasers : For

measurement of distance , For measurement

of velocity , For measurement of

acceleration, For measurement of length.

Industrial Application of Laser : Laser

heating, Laser melting, Laser welding.


students will be able to learn the type

of laser, its application and different

uses in detailed.

481

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 2ELE1- Analog Circuit Design And Analysis


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Operational Amplifiers

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Operational Amplifiers

Difference Amplifier, Op-amp- block

diagram, schematic symbol , Characteristics

of Op-amp , the

ideal Op-amp ,equivalent circuit , open-loop

Op-amp

configurations.


students will be able to learn basic

concepts and characteristic of

operational amplifier in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Op-amp with Negative Feedback

Sr.No. Topic





482

do what)

1 Unit II : Op-amp with Negative Feedback

Block digram of feedback configurations ,

voltage-series feedback ampifier

,voltageshunt feedback amplifier

,Differential amplifiers , output resistance

and bandwidth of differential amplifires

with feedback.



type of operational amplifier circuits

in detailed.

Course Outcomes






Unit III : Frequency Responce and Linear applications of Op-amp



1 Unit III : Frequency Responce and

Linear applications of Op-amp

Open loop voltage gain as a function of

frequency , closed loop frequency response

,circuit stability , slew rate ,DC and AC

amplifiers , Differential I/P and O/P

amplifier , voltage to current convertor with

floating load and grounded load , current to

voltage convertor , the Integrator ,

Diffrentiator , Adder and Subtractor .


students will be able to learn

frequency response amplifier and

different application of OPAMP in

detailed.

Course Outcomes

483





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Active Filters, Comparators and

convertors

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : Active Filters, Comparators and

convertors

Active filters , First and second order Low -

passand Highpass Butterworth filter , Band-

Pass filters, Basic comparator, Zero crossing

detector, Schmitriger, comparator

characteristics, limitations of comparator,

window detector, voltage to frequency and

frequency to voltage convertor , Clippers &

Clampers, A to D convertor and D to A

convertor.


students will be able to know filters

circuit, comparators and convertors

knowledge in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Specialized IC Applications


484




do what)

1 Unit V : Specialized IC Applications

The 555 timer as Monostable, Astable &

Bistable

multivibrator. PLL : operating principles,

monolithic PLL, 565 PLL applications.

Voltage Regulators : fixed voltage regulator

, Switching regulators, Special regulators.



multivibrators and regulators

application.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 2ELE2- Microprocessor and Microcontroller



Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Introduction

Features , Atchitecture of 8086 , Addressing

modes : Register and Immidiate Modes,

Addressing modes for Accessing data in

Memory(Memory Modes) , Addressing

Modes Accessing I/O Ports(I/O Modes )

Relative Addressing Mode, Implied

Addressing Mode,Instruction Set.


students will be able to learn brief

introduction of basic concepts of

8086 microprocessor in detailed.

485

Course Outcomes






Unit II : System Configurations: Pin Diagram of 8086 Minimum Mode

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : System Configurations: Pin

Diagram of 8086, Minimum Mode

Pin definitions in minimum mode,Minimum

Mode

Configuration, Bus Timing for Minimum

Mode, Maximum Mode: Pin Definitions in

maximum mode,Maximum mode

Configuration, Bus Timing For Maximum

mode. Input/output Interfacing: I/O mapped

I/o , memory mapped I/O.


students will be able to know the PIN

diagram of 8086, minimum mode and

system Configurations.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : 8051 Microcontrollers

486

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : 8051 Microcontrollers

Microcontrollers and embedded

processors, overview of the 8051 family,

Inside 8051, 8051 flag bits and the PSW

register, 8051 register banks and stack, the

program counter and ROM space in the

8051, Data types and Directives.



introduction of basic concepts and

family of 8051 microcontroller and

embedded.

Course Outcomes






Unit IV : I/O Port programming & Addressing Modes

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : I/O Port programming &

Addressing Modes

Pin description of the 8051,Addressing

modes: Immidiate & register addressing

mode, Accessing Memory using various


students will be able to know I/O port

programming and different

addressing modes. Also learn PIN

487

addressing modes , Bit Addresses for I/O

and RAM,Introduction to 8051 Assembly

programming, Assembling and running an

8051 program.

discription 8051.

Course Outcomes






Unit V : JUMP,LOOP, and CALL Instructions

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : JUMP,LOOP, and CALL

Instructions

Loop and jump instructions, Call

inctructions , Time delay for various 8051

chips. ARITHMATIC, LOGIC

INSTRUCTIONS: Arithmatic instructions,

signed number concepts and arithmetic

operations, Logic and compare instructions,

Rotate instruction and data serialization.


students will be able to learn all type

of instruction sets and operations of

8051 microcontroller.

Course Outcomes



488

Name of the course (Paper) : 2ELE3- Digital IC’S & Design


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Combinational Logic Design

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Combinational Logic Design

Function of binary variables, Boolean

Algebric theorems, standard form of logical

functions, K-map up to five variables, Quine

Mcclusky method, Don’t care conditions

and it’s effects, Synthesis using AND - OR

gates.


students will be able to learn develop

digital circuits and bolean algebra

theorems in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Combinational logic design using

74/54 series

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

489

1 Unit II : Combinational logic design using

74/54 series

MSI chip series concerning to multiplexers,

demultiplexers, decoders, encoders,

comparators, code converters, priority

encoders parity generator/ checker & BCD-

Seven segment decoder.


students will be able to design

various integrated circuits using

74XX series in detailed.

Course Outcomes






Unit III : Combinational logic design using ROM

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : Combinational logic design

using ROM

Combinational logic design using ROM

array, PLA, PAL, preliminary design

concepts using FPGA’s N-bit binary adder

using 7480, Look-ahead carry adder

construction.



application of memories with

microprocessor and microcontroller.

Course Outcomes


490





Unit IV : Design of counter and sequential networks

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : Design of counter and

sequential networks

Analysis of clocked sequential networks,

General models of sequential machines,

Equivalence and minimization networks,

Deviation of state graph and tables,

reduction of state assignments, S.M.Chart.



develpoment of digital display

circuits in detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Analysis of asynchronous

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

491

1 Unit V : Analysis of asynchronous

Analysis of asynchronous sequential

networks, derivation and reduction of

primitive flow tables, state assignments and

realization of flow tables, hazards,

asynchronous sequential network design.



Asynchronous sequential network

analysis.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 2ELE4- Mechatronics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Mechatronics

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Mechatronics

What is mechatronics , design process,

systems,

measurement systems, control systems,

rogrammable logic controller.



introductory concept of Mechatronics

system.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Closed loop Controllers

492

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : Closed loop Controllers

continuous and discrete control processes ,

Terminology , Two step mode , Proportional

mode , Derivative control , Integral control ,

PID controller , Digital controllers ,

Controller tuning , velocity control,

Adaptive control.


students will be able to know control

system and basic concepts.

Course Outcomes






Unit III : Programmable Logic Controller

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : Programmable Logic

Controller

Programmable logic controller , basic PLC

structure , I/P- O/ P Processing , Ladder

programming , Instruction lists ,latching and



introductory PLC knowledge in

detailed.

493

integral relays , sequencing , timers and

Counters, Shift registers, Master and jump

controls, data handling.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Communication Systems

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : Communication Systems

Digital communications , Centralised ,

Hierarchical and Distributed control,

Networks, Protocols, open systems

Interconnection communication model,

Serial Communication interfaces, Paallel

Communication Interfaces, Wireless

protocols



communication system knowledge in

detailed.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Fault Finding

494

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : Fault Finding

Fault - detection Techniques , Watchdog

timer , Parity and error coding checks,

Common hardware faults, Microprocessor

Systems, Emulation and simulation, PLC

systems.


students will be able to learn fault

finding concepts in mechatronics.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme :- M.Sc. Class : Part - II


Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE1- Antenna and Mobile Communications


Name of Module (Unit No. & Name) : Unit I : Antennas

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Antennas

Theory and design of antennas, Antenna

parameters -

radiation, current elements, radiation

resistance, antenna gain, directivity,

effective length, antenna aperture;

reciprocity theorem


students will be able to learn design

of antenna and parameters in

detailed.

495

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Antenna types

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : Antenna types

Short dipole antenna, antenna arrays: two-

element arrays, broadside and end fire

arrays, linear arrays, binomial arrays, folded

dipole, Yagi-Uda array; traveling wave

antenna, rhombic antenna, V-antenna; Horn

Antennae, parabolic reflectors, helical

antenna, lens antenna, micro-strip and

antenna; antenna measurements such as

impedance, radiation pattern, gain, antennas

for mobile communication



type of antennas and its application

with detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Mobile Communications

496

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : Mobile Communications

Cellular concepts: Introduction to cellular

mobile systems, frequency reuse, channel

assignment and land off strategy, elements

of cellular radio system design, switching

and traffic, data links and microwaves,

system evaluation



knowledge of mobile communication

in detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Mobile Radio Environment

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : Mobile Radio Environment

Causes of propagation loss, causes of

fading; modulation techniques – BPSK,

QPSK, QAM and GMSK; fundamentals of

equalization, space polarization, frequency

and time diversity techniques, channel



modulation techniques of mobile

commnucation.

497

coding

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No. & Name) : Unit V : Multiple access Techniques

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : Multiple access Techniques

Introduction to digital system, digital

cellular system, GSM & CDMA systems-

service features, GSM architecture, GSM

channel types, GSM frame structure,

intelligent cell concept and applications;

Features of handset, SMS, security;

Interfacing of mobile with computer,

application of mobile

handset as modem, data storage device,

multimedia device;Measurement of signal

strength.


students will be able to learn multiple

access Techiques and digital mobile

system in detail.

Course Outcomes


498


Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE2- Power Electronics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Power Electronic Systems

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Power Electronic Systems

Introduction-History, Applications and

Interdisciplinary Nature. Power Electronic

Systems Block Diagram , Types of

Converter Circuits, Peripheral Effects

,Thermal Management and Design

Aspects. Performance Parameter such as

Efficiency, Total Harmonic Distortion,

Power Factor and Reliability.



knowledge of Power Electronics

system and parameters concepts in

detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Power Devices

Sr.No. Topic



of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/ Skill

achieved OR

499

Application of

Knowledge /Skill to do

what)

1 Unit II : Power Devices

Ideal Requirements For Power Electonic Devices.

Construction, Principle of Operation , I-V Characteristics

,Specifications and Ratings, Selection Criteria and

Applications , Turn On and Turn Off Methods .

i) Power Diodes-PIN DIODE, SHOTTKEY DIODE,

ii) Thyristor Devices-SCR,TRIAC,GTO,

iii) Power Transistor Devices-POWER BJT,POWER

MOSFET,IGBT Camparison Of all Power Devices


unit, students will be

able to know power

electronics devices,

power diodes, Thyristor

Devices, power

transistor device in

detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Rectifiers ,AC Controllers and

Resonant Converter Rectifiers

Sr.No. Topic



end of Module/Unit

(Knowledge/ Skill

achieved OR

Application of

Knowledge /Skill to do

what)

1 Unit III : Rectifiers ,AC Controllers and Resonant

Converter Rectifiers

Performance Parameters, Single Phase Bridge

Rectifier with R and RL Load,Three Phase Bridge

After completion of

this unit, students will

be able to learn

different rectifiers,

500

Rectifier with R and RL Load, Three Phase Fully

Controlled Bridge Rectifier with R and RL

Load,Camparison of all Rectifier Circuits.

AC Controllers

Principle of on-of and Phase Control,Single

Phase Bidirectional Controller with R and RL Load,

Three Phase Bidirectional Controller ,Cycloconverter.

Resonant Converter

Need of Resonant Converters, their Advantages and

Disadvantages, Comparison between PWM and Resonant

Coverters, Zero Current Switching Converters(ZCS) ,

Zero Voltage Switching Converter

(ZVS),Camparision beween ZCS and ZVS Converters.

controllers and

converters knowledge

in detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit VI : Choppers and Inverters

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit VI : Choppers and Inverters

Principle of Operation-Step Up and Step

Down

Choppers, Performance Parameter, Step

Down Converter with RL Load , Step Up

Converter with RL Load ,Converter



choppers and inverters knowledge in

501

Classification and Operation, Chopper

Circuit Design

Inverters

Principle Of Operation, Performance

Parameter, Single Phase Inverter ,Three

Phase Inverter, Modulation Technique for

Inverters, Inverter Circuit Design

detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Applications

Sr.No. Topic



of Module/Unit

1 Unit V : Applications

Power Supplies: DC Power Supplies- i)Switching

Regulators–Buck,Boost and Buck-Boost Regulators ,

ii)SMPS-Flyback, Push-Pull, Bridge Converter. AC

Power Supplies- UPS-Online, Offline and Interactive.

II)

Motor Drives- Camparison Of Motors,Types of Motor

Drives,Equvalent Circuits,Mathematical

Equations,Principle of Operation,Torque-Speed

Characteristics,Selection Criteria,Performance

Parameter.

i) AC Motor Drives-Squirrel-Cage induction motor.

ii) Dc Motor Drives(chopper drives)- Separately

Excited Dc Motor, PMDC.

iii) Synchronous Motor (PWM Inverter)Drives –



able to learn types of

supply, motors drives,

parameters and

applications in detail.

502

BLDC,PMSM.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE3- Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded system


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : PIC Microcontroller & Interfacing

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : PIC Microcontroller &

Interfacing

Introduction, architecture (PIC 16C6X),

registers, instruction set, addressing modes,

timers, interrupt timing, i/o port expansion-

serial peripheral interface, LCD display, I2C

bus operation, serial EPROM, DAC, Temp.

Sensors, ADC, UART, oscillator

configuration, low power operation, serial

programming & parallel slave port.


students will be able to learn design

and development of embedded

system for society and industry in

detail.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE3- Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded system

503


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : ARM & AVR Processors

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : ARM & AVR Processors

RISC, ARM design philosophy, ARM

fundamentals,

instruction sets, thumb instruction sets,

exception & interrupt handling, efficient C

programming, optimizing ARM assembly

code, AVR architecture, instruction set,

hardware interfacing, communication links

& design issues.



concepts of AVR and ARM

processor, selection of process for

embedded system.

Course Outcomes




3ELE3- Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded system


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Introduction to Embedded Systems

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

504

1 Unit III : Introduction to Embedded

Systems

Introduction to Embedded system, features

of embedded system, components of

embedded system, processor selection,

device drivers,interrupt servicing

mechanism. examples of embedded system

application.




application of embedded system.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Embedded system Hardware



1 Unit IV : Embedded system Hardware

Interfacing: I/O devices (LCD, Keyboard,

ADC, DAC, Stepper motor, PWM etc),

Data converters, DMA, UART, SPI, PWM,

WDT, Memories, serial, parallel

Asynchronous and synchronous

communication. Communication standards:

– RS 232, I2C, USB, SPI, CAN, PCMCIA,

IrDA.



communication standards and

interfacing devices. They also know

skill for development of hardware in

embedded system.

Course Outcomes


505






Unit V : Development tools for embedded systems



1 Unit V : Development tools for embedded

systems

Software development tools- Editor,

Assembler, linker, simulator, compiler

Hardware development tools: programmer

(EPROM programmer, microcontroller

programmer, universal programmer), Logic

analyzer, General purpose evaluation

Boards. Hardware and Software

combination Tools- 1. In circuit emulator 2.

Debugger.


students will be able to learn software

development tool and debugging of

embedded system skill in detail.

Course Outcomes




3ELE4- COMPUTER HARDWARE AND INTERFACING


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : CPUAND MEMORY



506

1 Unit I : CPUAND MEMORY

CPU essentials – processor modes – modern

CPU concepts– Architectural performance

features – the Intel’s CPU, Essential memory

concepts – memory organizations- memory

packages – modules logical memory

organizations- memory considerations –

memory types – memory techniques – selecting

and installing memory.



knowledge of CPU essentials and

peripheral effect in detail.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE4- COMPUTER HARDWARE AND INTERFACING


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : MOTHERBOARDS



1 Unit II : MOTHERBOARDS

Pentium4 mother board – expansion slots –

form factor –upgrading a mother board –

chipsets , CMOS – CMOS optimization

tactics – configuring the standard CMOS

setup – motherboard BIOS – POST – BIOS

features – BIOS and Boot sequences – BIOS

shortcomings and compatibility issues –

power supplies and power management –

concepts of switching regulation – potential

power problems – power management.


students will be able to learn internal

structure of motherboard knowledge

and error handling in detail.

Course Outcomes

507



Name of the course (Paper) : 3ELE4- COMPUTER HARDWARE AND INTERFACING


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : STORAGE DEVICES



1 Unit III : STORAGE DEVICES

The floppy drive - magnetic storage -

magnetic recording principles - data and

disk organization - floppy drive - hard drive

- data organization and hard drive - sector

layout - IDE drive standard and features -

Hard drive electronics - CD-ROM drive -

construction - CDROM electronics -

DVDROM

- DVD media - DVD drive and decoder.



knowledge of different storage

system udes in CPU.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : I/O PERIPHERALS

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

508

1 Unit IV : I/O PERIPHERALS

Parallel port - signals and timing diagram -

IEEE1284 modes- asynchronous communication -

serial port signals - video adapters - graphic

accelerators - 3D graphics accelerator issues -

DirectX - mice - modems - keyboards - sound

boards - audio bench marks.



interfacing standard and

peripheral knowledge.

Course Outcomes






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : BUS ARCHITECTURE

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : BUS ARCHITECTURE

component Interconnect (PCI) –

Accelerated Graphics port (AGP) – plug-

and-play devices – SCSI concepts – USB

architecture.



different bus architecture knowledge.

Course Outcomes




509

4ELE1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming



Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit I : Introduction

Introduction to CMOS / VLSI Circuits, MOS

transistor switch, Realization of universal gates and

compound gates using MOS transistors, Fundamentals

of circuit characterization and performance estimation,

Basics of R, L and C estimation, CMOS circuits and

Logic design, Transistor sizing, basic physical design

of simple logic gates.



to learn introduction and

design of component using

VLSI circuit.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 4ELE1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming



Unit II : CMOS system design And Design Methods

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

(Knowledge/ Skill

achieved OR Application

of Knowledge /Skill to do

what)

510

1 Unit II : CMOS system design And Design

Methods

CMOS system design And Design Methods, CMOS

testing, CMOS subsystem design, Floorplanning,

Placement ,Physical design flow, Information

Formats, Global Routing, Detailed Routing, Special

Routing.



to learn knowledge of

design of IC chips.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : ASIC construction And CMOS

Design

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III:ASIC construction And CMOS

Design Physical design, CAD tools, System

Partitioning, Estimating ASIC size, Power

dissipation, FPGA partitioning methods,


students will be able to learn skill of

design and development tools for

fabrication of IC.

Course Outcomes




511


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Introduction to VHDL



1 Unit IV: Introduction to VHDL

Introduction to VHDL, Behavioral

Modeling, sequential Processing, data types,

attributes, configurations, synthesis and

synthesis issues, RTL simulation, place and

route. Introduction to VERILOG.



introduction and programming skill

of VHDL.

Course Outcomes






Unit V : Design of combinational blocks



1 Unit V: Design of combinational blocks

Design of combinational blocks such as

multibit address, ALU, MUX, DEMUX ,

encoders, decoders, Design of Sequential

circuits, asynchronous and synchronous

design Issues


students will be able to learn various

combinational circuits design and

development using VHDL.

Course Outcomes


512


Name of the course (Paper) : 4ELE2- Virtual Instrumentation


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Virtual Instrumentation

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I: Virtual Instrumentation

Traditional bench top instruments, general

functional

description of a digital instrument, block

diagram of a virtual instrument, user

interface, advantages of virtual instrument

over conventional instruments, architecture

of a virtual instrument & its relation to the

operating system, data flow techniques,

other virtual programming environments


students will be able to learn detailed

idea about VI programming and

enviornment.

Course Outcomes






Unit II : Virtual Instrument Programming Techniques



513

1 Unit II: Virtual Instrument Programming

Techniques

VIs and sub VIs, loops and charts, arrays,

clusters and graphs, case and sequence

structures, formula nodes, local and global

variables, string and file I/O, instrument

drivers.


students will be able to learn VI

programming techniques in detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Data Acquisition Basics



1 Unit III: Data Acquisition Basics

Introduction to data acquisition on PC,

concepts of data acquisition and

terminology, sampling fundamentals, I/O

techniques and buses, ADC, DAC, digital

I/O, counters and timers, DMA, buffered

I/O, real time data acquisition, calibration,

resolution, data acquisition interface

requirements



knowledge of DAQ system interface

in detail.

Course Outcomes




514


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Virtual Instrument Chassis

Requirements



1 Unit IV: Virtual Instrument Chassis

Requirements

Common instrument interface: Current loop,

RS232/RS485, GPIB systems basics;

interface basics: USB, PCMCIA, VXI,

SCXI, PXI, Firewire; PXI system

controllers; Ethernet control of PXI;



common interface and

communication system.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) :Unit V : Virtual Instrument Analysis Toolsets



1 Unit V: Virtual Instrument Analysis

Toolsets

Distributed I/O modules, Applications of

VI, Instrument control, simulations of

systems, Fourier Transform, power

spectrum, correlation methods, windowing

& filtering, P, PI, and PID module handling,

virtual system design in temperature,

pressure, humidity, image acquisition and



application and sensor technology

knowledge with its application in

detail.

515

processing, motion control, database

programming.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 4ELE3- Numerical Methods and C Programming


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Basic structure of C programme



1 Unit I: Basic structure of C programme

Basic structure of C programme,

programming style,

executing c prgramme, constants, variables

& data types, operators, I/P and O/P

operations, Branching & looping.



knowledge of C tokens and

programming.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : Arrays, Userdefind function

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

516

1 Unit II: Arrays

One diamentional, two diamentional ,

multidiamentional , their declaration &

initialization. Character & Strings : Declaring &

initializing string variables , reading & writing of

string variables, arithmatic operations on characters,

comparison of strings.

Userdefind function

Need, defination, return values & their types,

function calls, declaration, nesting of functions,

passing arrays & string to function .



knowledge of Array and

function of programming

using user define function.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Structures. Pointers

Sr.No. Topic


to do at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit III: Structures

Defination , declaration initialization , copying

and comparing structure variable ,arrays of

structure,sructures and functions, size of

structures. Pointers

Introduction , accessing the address of variables ,

initialization of pointer variables , chain of

pointer, pointer expression , pointers & arrays ,

pointers & character strings , pointer to function

& structure File management in C .



knowledge of structure and

pointers in detail.

517

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Roots of Nonlinear equation, Direct

solution

& Linear equation



1 Unit IV: Roots of Nonlinear equation

Need and scope, existence of solution,

solution by elimination , Basic Gauss

elimination method with pivoting, Jacobis

Iteration method, Gauss seidel

method .

Direct solution & Linear equation

Need and scope, existence of solution,

solution by elimination , Basic Gauss

elimination method with pivoting, Jacobis

Iteration method, Gauss seidel

method .



knowledge numerical system and

differnt numerical methods solution

in detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Curve fitting, Regration


518


1 Unit V: Curve fitting

Interpolation: introduction, polynomial,

forms, linear interpolation , spline

interpolation .

Regration

Introduction, fitting linear equation, fitting

transdental equation, fitting a polynomial

function.



knowledge of different numerical

mathoda and problems solving

solution in detail.

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 4ELE4- Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks



Sr.No. Topic



of Module/Unit

1 Unit I: Introduction

Utility of Fuzzy systems, uncertainty and

information, fuzzy sets and Membership, chance versus

fuzziness. Classical set and fuzzy sets: Classical set,

operation on classical set, properties of classical set,

fuzzy set, fuzzy set operation, properties of fuzzy sets,

non interactive fuzzy sets. Classical Relation and Fuzzy

relation: Cartesian product, crisp

relation, operation on crisp relation, properties of crisp

relations, operation on fuzzy relations, properties of

fuzzy relation.



able to learn utility,

classical set and fuzzy

sets and relations in

fuzzy logic in detail.

Course Outcomes

519





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II :

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit II:

Properties of membership function, Fuzzification &

Defuzzification: Features of the membership function,

fuzzification, defuzzification to crisp set.

Logic & Fuzzy Systems: Classical Logic, Fuzzy

Logic, Fuzzy(rule-based) systems, graphical

techniques of inference. Development of membership

function: Membership value assignment, membership

function generation.



to learn different

properties, logic and

fuzzy system in

membership function in

detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III :

Sr.No. Topic

What the student

will be able to do

at the end of

Module/Unit

520

1 Unit III:

Fuzzy Systems simulation: introduction, fuzzy relational

equations, non-linear simulation using fuzzy systems, Fuzzy

Associative Memories (FAMs).

Rule-Base reduction methods: Fuzzy systems theory and rule

reduction methods. Decision making with fuzzy information:

introduction, fuzzy synthetic evaluation, fuzzy ordering, non

transitive ranking,

preferences and consensus, multiobjective decision making,

fuzzy Bayesian decision making, decision making under fuzzy

states and fuzzy actions.

After completion

of this unit,

students will be

able to learn

programming

concept related to

fuzzy system and

decision making

methods in detail.

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Introduction Neural system

Sr.No. Topic



end of Module/Unit

1 Unit IV:Intoduction Neural System

Neural and Fuzzy machine Intelligence: Neural and fuzzy

systems as function estimators, neural network as

trainable dynamical system. Neural network Theory:

Neurons as functions, signal monotonicity, biological

activation & signals, Neuron fields,

neuronal dynamical system, additive neural dynamics,

additive neural feedback, additive activation model,

additive Bivalent model.



able to learn Neural and

fuzzy machine

Intelligence and

network theory in

detail.

521

Course Outcomes





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V :

Sr.No. Topic


to do at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit V:

Unsupervised learning in Neural Networks: Four

unsupervised learning laws, probability spaces

and random processes, stochastic unsupervised

learning and stochastic equilibrium, signal

Hebbian learning, competitive learning,

differential Hebbian learning.



unsupervised learning in Neural

networks in detail.

522

Programme Specific Outcomes – M.Sc. Mathematics

Name of the programme : M.Sc.

Name of the Subject: Mathematics

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code

(PSO 1, PSO2, PSO3,

etc.)


Programme



1 PSO 1

To enable the students to conduct research

independently and pursue higher studies towards the

Ph.D. in Mathematics.

2 PSO 2 Provide depth knowledge on topics in pure

mathematics and applied mathematics.

3 PSO 3

Able to recognize the importance and value of

mathematical thinking and approach to problem

solving.

4 PSO 4 Graduates will be lifelong learners who are able to

expand their mathematical expertise.

5 PSO 5

Graduate will be familiar with a variety of examples

where mathematics helps accurately explain abstract

or physical phenomena.

6 PSO 6 Think in a critical manner.

7 PSO 7 Able to independently read mathematical literature

including articles, scholarly books and online sources.

8 PSO 8 Competence to qualify NET, SET, TIFR, NBHM,

MPSC, UPSC etc.

9 PSO 9 To enable the students to study mathematics for

themselves

Course Outcomes - M.Sc. Mathematics



523




V 1 to 5 MCO 357 TO MCO 361

II VI 1 to 5 MCO 362 TO MCO 366

VII 1 to 5 MCO 367 TO MCO 371

VIII 1 to 5 MCO 372 TO MCO 376

XIV 1 to 5 MCO 377 TO MCO 381

X 1 to 5 MCO 382 TO MCO 386

III XI 1 to 5 MCO 387 TO MCO 391

XII 1 to 5 MCO 392 TO MCO 396

XIII 1 to 5 MCO 397 TO MCO 401

XIV 1 to 5 MCO 402 TO MCO 406

XV 1 to 5 MCO 407 TO MCO 411

IV XVI 1 to 5 MCO 412 TO MCO 416

XVII 1 to 5 MCO 417 TO MCO 421

XVIII 1 to 5 MCO 422 TO MCO 426

XIX 1 to 5 MCO 427 TO MCO 431

XX 1 to 5 MCO 432 TO MCO 436

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: M.Sc. Part-I

Semester: I

Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course (Paper-I): Real Analysis

Name of the Module : Unit I : Riemann Stieltjes Intgral

Sr.No. Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of

the Module/Unit

524

1. Riemann Stieltjes Intgral. To understand the fundamental concept of

Rimann Intgral definition of Rimann Intgral.

To verify the givn function is of R-S integral.

To Calculate the Intgral value point using

appropriate techniques.

To understand the fundamental thorem of

calculus

2. Properties of Integration To understand the properties of Integration, To

Understand the basic idea of Integration.

3. Integration & Differentiation To find the basic functions Integration . To

understand the difference between Integration

and differentiation. Verify the theorem

4. Fundamental Theorem To understand the fundamental Theorem of

calculus and application of theorem.

Integral of vector valued

function & Rectifiable Curve

To Understand the vector valued function and

verify the given function is vector valued

function.to Find the area of given function .

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Uniform Convergence

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Sequences and Uniform

Convergence

To understand the concept of Convergence. To

Understand the concept of Uniform Convergent.

Understand the cauchy criterion for uniform

convergence

2. Test for Uniform

Convergence

To Understand the given sequence is uniform

convergence by using Convergence test by

Weierstras M-Test, Abel Test, Dirichlet's test.

3. Uniform Convergence and

Continuity

To Understand the basic relation between the

Convergence of sequence and it’s Continuity. To

verify the given sequence is Uniform by using

525

concept of continuity.

4. Uniform convergence and

Integration

Identify the given sequence is uniform

convergenc. To find out the basic realtionship

between uniform convergence and Integration.

5. Uniform convergence and

differentiation

Identify the given sequence is uniform

convergenc. To find out the basic realtionship

between uniform convergence and differentiation.

To verify the any sequence is uniform

convergence or not

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Power series

Sr.No.

Topic the thorem


the Module/Unit



1. Rearrangement of terms of

series

Understand the concept of convergence of series.

To find the convergence of series by using

fundamental test.

Verify on series given functions.

2. Power series Develop series expansion by using Taylor’s and

Maclaurin’s series. , Verify the convergence of

Power series, it’s radius of convergence,

uniqueness thorem of Power series

3 Thorem on Convergence of

Series

To understand the convergence of series by using

Abel's limit test, and tauber's theorem

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Functions of Several Variables

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



526

1. Functions of Several

Variables

To understand the concept of Functions of several

variables

To evaluate convergence of Functions of several

variable.

To understand the concept Linear transformation.

2. Derivative in an open subset

of 𝑅𝑛

To understand the derivative of in N dimensions

space , concept of chain rule, interchange of order

of differentiation, derivative of higher order, and

Taylor’s theorem.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V :Inverse Function Theorem

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Inverse Functions theorem To understand the concept of the inverse

Functions theorem and Application.

2. Extremum Problem Evaluate the Extrimum value of a Functions.

Evaluate the Jacobin, To Evaluate the Maxima

and minima of any functionas.

3. Implicit Function threom To understand the concept of the Implicit

Function theorem and it’s Applications.

Evaluate the Lagrange's Multipliers

Name of the Course (Paper-II): Advanced Abstract Algebra

Name of the Module Unit I : Normal subgroup

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Basic Concept Students will have a working knowledge of

important mathematical concepts in abstract

algebra such as definition of a group, order of a

finite group and order of an element.

527

2. Normal subgroup, Solvable

group and Nilpotent group

Students will be knowledgeable of different types

of subgroups such as normal subgroups, cyclic

subgroups also the group such as solvable group

and nilpotent group. understand the structure and

characteristics of these groups.

3. Automorphism, class

equation and conjugacy

classes.

Students will see and understand the connection

and transition between previously studied

mathematics and more advanced mathematics.

The students will actively participate in the

transition of important concepts such

automorphism, class equation of finite group and

conjugacy classes from discrete mathematics to

advanced abstract mathematics.

Name of the Module Unit II : Structure Theorem of finitely generated group

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Structure Theorem of

finitely generate group.

Students will see and understand the proof of

Fundamental theorem of finitely generated abelian

group.

2. Abstract group Students will be introduced to and have knowledge of

many mathematical concepts studied in abstract

mathematics such as permutation groups, factor groups

and Abelian groups.

3. Sylow theorems To learn proof and relation of sylow first, second and

third theorem and its example whether the group is

simple or not

Name of the Module : Unit III : Ideal and Homomorphism

528

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Ideal To understand the concepts like ideals and quotient rings .such

as nilpotent and nil ideal.

2. Ring

homomorphism

To understand the concept of ring homomorphism.

Name of the Module : Unit IV : Unique factorization domain and Euclidean domain

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Polynomial ring To understand the concept of Polynomial ring and the

relation between ID, PID, ED and UFD and also the

example rings.

2. Polynomial ring and

unique factorization

domain.

To learn if R is ring the R[x] is polynomial ring. And

also identify the example of UFD.

Name of the Module : Unit V : Module

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Types of module To understand the concept of Simple modules, Schur's

lemma, cyclic module, Noetherian and Artinian module

and also its example

2. Hilbert basic theorem a result concerning Noetherian ring. It states that

if is a Noetherian ring, then the Ring of

polynomial is also a Noetherian

rings

529

Name of the Course (Paper-III): Complex Analysis

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Complex Intgration

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit


to do what)

1. Complex

Integration

To understand the concept Integration in Complex Space.

Evaluate the Integration of Complex Functions. Evaluate the

Integration of analytics functions.

To Calculate the value of complex Integration by using integral

formulas.

To understand the difference between analytic and entire

Functions.

2. Cauchy’s

Integral

formula

To evaluate the Integration value of any Complex Integration

Functions.

To Evaluate the Integral value of any higher order Complex

Integral functions by using cauchy's formula.

To understand the cauchy's inequality to find out integration

value of Complex Functions.

3. Liovilles

Theorem

To understand the concept of the liovilles Theorem and it’s

Applications.

To determine the zero's of analytics Functions and its

Applications to find out integration.

4. Fundamental

Theorem

To understand the fundamental Theorem of Algebra and

application of theorem.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Open Mapping Theorem

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



530

1. Taylor’s

Theorem

To understand the concept of Taylor’s theorem and

Application

To Understand the Maximum modules theorem and it’s

Applications to determine the thorem.

2. Morera's

Theorem

To Understand the concept of the Morera’s thorem.

And Evaluate example using Morera’s thorem.

Counting the zero’s of Complex Functions.

3. Schwartz

theorem

To Understand the Schwartz theorem and examples .

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Singularity

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Singularity Understand the concept of singularity of Complex Functions.

To understand stand the types of singularity.

To determine the types of singularity and Applications.

2. Isolated

Singularity

Classification of Isolated Singularity and Types od Isolated

Singularity.

3 Laurent's Series Development of Laurent’s Series , to determine the

convergence of Complex series

4 Rouchs Theorem To Understand the Rouches thorem and it’s application to find

out zero’s of Functions.

Evaluate the argument principal.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Residue

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Residue To understand the concept of Residue and it’s Applications

To evaluate residue of Complex Functions.

531

Evaluation of integration by using residue theorem.

2. Branches To understand the concept of Branches of Many Valued Functions

and Evaluate the Branch of Complex Functions.

3 Hadamard's

three circle

theorem

Understand the concept of theorem and determine the example

4 Spaces of

Analytics

Functions

To evaluateIntegration of n dimensions Complex Analytics

Functions .

To understand the Hurwitz theorem.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Analytics Continuation

Sr.No.

Topic



to do what)

1. Analytics

Continuation

To understand the concept of Analytics continuation.

Uniqueness of direct Analytics continuation along curve.

2. Method of

Continuation

To understand the power series method of Analytics continuation.

Schwartz reflection Theorem.

Name of the Course (Paper-IV): Topology I

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Cardinal and ordinal numbers

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Equipotent sets ,

Cardinal numbers

Concept of denumerable and numerable sets

2. Order types and ordinal

numbers

Concept of well ordered set and principal of transfinite

induction

3. Axiom of choice Concept of Cartesian product of nonempty family.

532

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Topological spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Topological space Definitions,examples and properties of Topological spaces.

Concept of interior points and open set .

2. Closed sets and

closure

Definitions and properties of closed sets and closure.

3. Bases and relative

topology

The concept of discrete Topology and open sets in

subfamily B of topology T

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Connectedness , compactness and

continuity

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Connectedness and

components

Concept of Hausdroff Lennes separation condition and

absolute property of Connectedness

2. Compact and countably

compact space

Concept of open covering and subcovering.

Bolzano Welerstrass's theoram and locally compact

space

3. Continuous functions

and Homeomorphism

Concept of continuity at a point and on a set.

Concept of perfect sets properties and

Homeomorphism Arc wise connectivity

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Separation and countability Axioms

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit


533


1. T0 , T1 and T2 spaces Concept of different spaces and sequences and

limit and convergence of sequences

2. First and second axiom

spaces

Concept of axiom of countability , Lindlof space

and condensation point.

3. Separability Concept of dense and separable space relation

between axiom space and hereditary separability.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : separation and countability Axioms

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Regular and normal spaces Concept of T3 and T4 spaces with T1 - space

2. Urysohn Lemma Concept of characterisation of normality with real

valued continuous function and Tietze Extension

theoram.

3. Completely regular space Concept of compactification Tichonav space

Name of the Course (Paper-V): Differential Geometry

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Local Intrinsic Properties Of Surface

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Surface of

revalution

To understand the concept of definition surface of revalution.

2. Helicoids To understand the concept of helicoid and learn type of

helicoids.

534

3. Invarient property Student was able to learn invariant property.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Geodesic

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1.

Orthogonal Trajectories

To Learn every family of curves possesses a family

of orthogonal trajectories.

2. Isometric Correspondence

To understand the concept of isometric

correspondence.

3. Geodesic To learn the concept of Geodesic.

Student was able to learn equation of Geodesic.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Curvature

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Curvature To understand the concept of curvature.

To learn the property of curvature.

2. Curvature

Tensor

To Learn the properties of curvature tensor.

3. Liouville’s

Formula

To understand the Liouville’s Formula.

4. Gauss-

Bonnet

theorem

To understand the Gauss-Bonnet theorem.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Vector Space

535

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Vector Space To understand the concept of Vector Space.

2. Cartesian product To learn the forms of Cartesian Product.

3. Transformation Formulae To understand the transformation of component of

covariant vector.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Differential Geometry

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Tangent Vector To understand the definition of tangent vector.

To learn the space of combination tangent vector is a

vector space.

2. Successive covariant

differentiation

To learn the structure of Successive covariant

differentiation.

Semester: II

Name of the Course (Paper-VI): Measure and Integration Theory

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Lebegue Measure

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit


to do what)

1. Lebegue outer

measure

To understand the concept of defination and also understand

greatest lower bound of the length form among all possible such

set.

2. Measurable set To understand the set in the system to which the extension can

be realised this extension is a said to be the measure.

536

Also we understand the Jordan measure,borel measure and

lebesgue measure.

3. Measurable

functions

To understand the cancept of two limits first limit superior and

second limit inferior

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Measurable set

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Integration of

non_negative

functions

To understand the concept of non-negative functions.

Also this function is defined on measurable set.

2. General integral To understand the two types of intervals first is open and

second is closed interval also we understand the limit point and

it denoted by square brackets.

3. Integration of

series

To understand the interval of convergence , the integral of a

power series is the sum of integrals of individual terms ,we

used to find the integral of power series.

4. Riemann

integrals

To understand the upper Riemanian integral as well as lower

Riemannian integral .

It allows one to integrat every continuos function as well as

some not to badly discontinuos function and we study many

other types of integrals.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Function of bounded variable

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. The four

derivatives

To understand extended real valued functions and we definedly

open interval.

There are we study four quantities

1. Upper right derivatives

537

2. Lower right derivatives

3. Upper left derivatives

4. Lower left derivatives

2. Functions of

bounded

variation

We study the finite value on the finite interval

(a, b).

And also included positive and negative parts of variations over (a,

b).

And also we study the finite interval theorem.

3. Lebesgue

differentiation

theorem

To understand the Lebesgue integrable function on an interval (a

,b) then f is integrable.

Also we study the Lebesgue differentiation theorem and also we

study there examples.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Measure and outer maesure

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Measure and outer measure To understand the set of function defined on a ring .

Also we discusse defination of del ring completely

measure ring and also study the some examples.

2. Extension of measure We prove the uniqueness of extension and solving the

problems.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Lp Space

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. The (L)p space To understand any two functions are equal each set of the

distinction is not important for any purpose.

We study the (L)p forms.

2. Jensen's inequality We study the Holder inequality theorem , minkowski,s

inequality theorem and there some depended examples.

3. Completeness of

(L)p convergence

We understand sequence of measurable convergence in

measure limit function is unique .

538

in measure Also we study the theorem of completeness for convergence

in measure.

Name of the Course (Paper-VII): Advanced Linear Algebra and Field Theory

Name of the Module (Unit No & Name): Unit I: Canonical Form

Sr.

No. Topic


Module/Unit


to do what)

1.

Canonical

Form

To understand the whole concept of eigen vector, eigen values of

given matrices.

Student was able to calculate the characteristic matrix & their

characteristic equation, characteristic polynomial & characteristic

root by using appropriate techniques.

2. Minimal

Polynomial

Student was able to determine the smallest degree monic

polynomial which helps to find out Jordan block.

3. Jordan Block

& Rational

Canonical

Form

Student was able to determine eigen value whose principle

diagonal contains λ and lower or upper diagonal contains 1.&

Student was able to determine rational canonical form of matrix

when the minimal polynomial of a matrix is not factorized into the

linear one.

Name of the Module (Unit No & Name): Unit II: Quadratic Form

Sr.

No. Topic

What the Students will be able to do at the end

of the Module/Unit

1. Matrix of Quadratic Form

Student was able to calculate matrix of the given

quadratic form and vice versa.

2.

Congruence of Matrices

Student was able to determine the congruence of

matrices such as reflexivity, symmetry &

transitivity.

3.

Sylvester’s law of Inertia

Student was able to determine the signature of a

real quadratic form is invariant for all normal

reduction.

539

Name of the Module (Unit No & Name): Unit III: Algebraic Extension of a Field.

Sr.

No. Topic


of the Module/Unit

1. Guass’s Lemma

Student was able to primitive polynomial is

reducible over Q & Z.

2. Einstein Criteria

Student was able to calculate the function is

irreducible over Q.

3. Algebraic & transedental

extension

Student was able to determine the how to find

algebraic extension & transedental extension

Name of the Module (Unit No & Name): Unit IV: Normal & Separable Extension

Sr.

No. Topic


Module/Unit

1.

Splitting Field

Here student was able to field splitting namely the field

generated by its roots in the given algebraic closure.

2. Finite Field & Prime

Field

Student was able to know the exact defination of Finite

& Prime Field.

3. Separable &

Inseparable extension

Student was able know how to calculate separable and

inseparable both.

Name of the Module (Unit No & Name): Unit V: Galois Theory & Application

Sr.

No. Topic


of the Module/Unit



1. Dedekind Lemma

Here student was able to find distinct embedding

of a function which is given.

2. Fundamental Theorem of

Galois Theory & Fundamental

Student was able to understand the Galois theory &

Fundamental Theorem of Algebra with some

540

Theorem of algebra examples of both.

3. Rural & Compass

Construction.

Student was able construct constructible point

with the given angles.

Name of the Course (Paper-VIII): Integral Equations

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Integral Equations

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Integral

Equations

To understand the definition of IE. To understand the types of

IE . To Understand the difference between fredholm IE and

Volterra IE. To Find types of IE.

To verify the various types of function in IE.

To Understand the different kinds of IE types.

2. Kernals To evaluate the kernals of IE.

To understand the different types of kernals and it’s

application to find the solution of IE.

To find out the difference between special kind of kernals such

as separable kernal , symmetric kernal

3. Solution Of IE To verify the solution of IE .

To evaluate the solution of IE.

4. Initial value

problem to IE

To convert the Initial Value problem into IE

And Convert the IE into Intial Value problem.

Problem solving technique., Problem convertion technique

5 Boundary value

problem to IE

To convert the Boundary Value problem into IE

And Convert the IE into Boundary Value problem.

Problem solving technique., Problem convertion technique

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Eigen Value & Eigen Function

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit


541


1. Eigen Value and

Eigen Function

To understand the concept of Eigen value and Eigen Function.

To determine the Eigen value and Eigen Function to solve

solve IE

2. Separable Kernal Solution of homogeneous Fredholm IE of II kind with separbl

kernals

To find solutions of Fredholm IE of II kind with separable

kernals

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Iterated Kernals

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Iterated kernals Understand the definition of Iterated kernals , resolvant kernals

or reciprocal kernal.

2. Successive

Substitution

To find the solution of Fredholm IE of the second kind by

successive Substitution

find the solution of voltera IE of the second kind by successive

Substitution

3 Neumann's

Series

To understand the concept of Neumann’s series and

application to solve IE

4 Solution using

Resolvent kernel

To determine the solution of Fredholm IE with the help of

Resolvent kernal.

To understand the theorems to determination of Iterated

kernals

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Solution of Volterra Equations of II

kind

542

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Volterra

Equation of II

kind

To determine the voltera IE of Second kind, Determination of

Resolvent kernals for Volterra IE

Solution of Volterra IE with the help of Resolvent kernals

Solution of Volterra IE by Successive Approximaation

2. Properties of

Eigen Value and

Eigen Function

To understand the fundamentals properties of Eigen value and

Eigen Function for symmetric kernal.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Application of Integral Equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Application of IE To understand the application of IE

2. Green's Function To understand the definition of Green’s function

Construction of Green’s Function

Solution of boundary value problem using Green’s function

To verify the case of homogeneous and conditions of

boundary value problem

Name of the Course (Paper-IX): Topology II

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Metrix spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit

1. Metric Spaces as topological

spaces.

Concept of metric Axioms

Understanding that which Topological properties

satisfies metric spaces

2. Hilbert space. Concept of Euclidean and Hilbert space and their

543

Topological properties

Hilbert cube

3. Frechet space Understanding Frechet space and it's difference

from Hilbert space and

4. Space of continuous functions Concept of uniformly continuous metric space

Banach- Mazur theoram

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Complete Metric Spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit

1. Cauchy sequences Concept of Complete metric space and

understanding whether Hilbert spaces, space of

continuous function and Frachet spaces are

complete

2. Completions Concept of completeness of cauchy sequences

and complete enclosure

3. Equivalent conditions Concept of embedded ,absolutely closed metric

space and monotone decreasing or nested sets

4. Baire Theorem. Concept of Baire's category theoram , nowhere

dense set , first category and second category set.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Product Spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Finite Products Concept of Product Topology ,projection and product of

Hilbert spaces

2. product invariant

properties

Understanding that Topological properties (Connectedness,

compactness etc.) are invariant under finite products

3. Metric Products. Concept of countable product of metric space ,perfect set, and

Cantor discontinumm

4. Tichonov

Topology

Concept of Tichonov Product Theorem , filter , ultrafilter and

Stone-Cech compactification

544

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Function and Quotient Spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Topology of pointwise

convergence

Concept of function space and properties , point-

open topology and evaluation

2. Topology of compact

convergence.

Understanding the properties of point-open

topology and topology of uniform convergence on

X and compacta

3. Quotient Topology Understanding the concept of canonical map and

quotient space and pseudometric space

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Metrization and Paracompactness

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Urysohn’s metrization

theorem

Concept of necessary and sufficient conditions for

metrizability and urysohn's metrization theorem

2. paracompact spaces Concept of refinement of B , locally finite

(discrete) Topological space and paracompact

space

Name of the Course (Paper-X): Riemannian Geometry

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Riemannian Space

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Riemannian Metric

To understand student

was able to learn

To understand the concept of definition Riemannian

Metric.

To determine the derivation of Riemannian Metric.

545

2.

Christoffel Symbol

To understand the the properties of christoffel symbol.

To learn the type of christoffel symbol.

To understand transformation law of christoffel

symbol.

3.

Derivatives

To understand the concept of absolute derivative.

Student was able to learn relation between absolute

derivative and covariant derivative.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II : Geodesic And Parallel Vector Field

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1.

Geodesic

To understand the concept of Geodesic.

To Learn the differential equation of a Geodesic.

2. Special coordinate system

To understand understand the types of coordinate

system.

3. Parallel vector field of

constant magnitude

To learn the concept of auto parallel curves and

parallel vectors.

4. Parallelism of vector field

of variable magnitude

To understand the concept of Parallelism of vector

field of variable magnitude.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III : Riemannian Tensor

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Riemannian christoffel

curvature tensor

To learn the concept Riemannian christoffel curvature

tensor.

2. Curvature Tensor To Learn the properties of curvature tensor.

3. Riemannian Tensor To learn covariant tensor from 𝑅𝑟𝑚𝑛𝑝

.

To understand the concept of curvature tensor in

Riemannian Space.

546

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV : Ricci Tensor And Einstein Tensor

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Ricci Tensor To understand the concept of Ricci Tensor.

Student was able to learn expression for the ricci tensor.

2. Bianchi identity To learn the forms of the bianchi identity.

3. Geodesic

Deviation.

To understand the concept of geodesic deviation with equation

of geodesic deviation.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V : Riemannian Curvature

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit

1. Riemannian curvature To understand the formula for the Riemannian

curvature of 𝑉𝑛 at a point p.

2. Isotropic Space To learn the isotropic point.

3. Einstein Space To understand the concept of Einstein space.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme:M.Sc.Part-II

Semester:III

Name of the subject: Mathematics

Name of the Course(Paper-XI):Functional Analysis

Name of the Module: Unit I :Normed Linear Spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Normed linear spaces, To understand what is Normed linear spaces,

547

Banach spaces and examples. Banach spaces and what are their examples.

To understand what are different properties of

Normed spaces and Banach spaces.

2. Quotient spaces of normed

spaces, and its completeness.

To understand how to construct quotient space

and what are different examples of quotient

spaces of normed spaces.

3. Equivalent norms, Riesz”s

lemma.

To understand when two norms on vector space

are equivalent and to derive equivalent norm on X

defines a same topology for X.

Name of Unit II: Basic properties of finite dimensional normed linear spaces and

compactness

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1. Basic properties of

finite dimensional

normed linear spaces

and compactness.

To understand the different properties of finite

dimensional normed spaces.

To understand the properties of finite dimensional

normed spaces that are related to compactness.

2. Weak convergence

and bounded linear

transformations.

To understand what is Weak convergence of sequence of

elements in normed spaces and how it is different from

convergence (strong convergence).

To understand what is bounded linear operator and what

are its properties.

3. Normed linear spaces

of bounded linear

transformations.

To study different examples of normed linear spaces of

bounded operators like 𝐵(𝑋, 𝑌) etc.

4. Dual spaces and their

examples.

To understand what are the dual spaces and how are they

defined with the help of bounded linear functionals on

normed space

Different theorems on dual spaces like the dual spaces of

normed space X is always the Banach space ( whether or

not X is)

548

Name of Unit III: Boundedness Theorem

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Boundedness theorem and

some of its consequences,

To understand the boundedness theorem and its

consequences. Understanding that

pointwiseboundedness implies boundedness in

some stronger sense namely uniform

boundedness.

2. Open mapping, open

mapping theorem.

One of the most important theorem of this chapter

which states the condition under which the

bounded linear operator is an open mapping.

3. Hahn Banach theorem for

real linear spaces, complex

linear spaces and normed

linear spaces

One of the most important theorem which is

extension theorem for linear functionals.

Name of Unit IV: Reflexive Spaces

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Reflexive Spaces, To understand the reflexivity of normed spaces.

2. Weak sequential

compactness,

To understand what is sequential compactness

and is there is difference in weak and strong

sequential compactness.

3. compact operators Study of compact operators on different spaces.

549

4. solvability of linear equations

in Banach spaces, the closed

graph theorem

Solving linear equations in Banach spaces and

understanding the closed graph theorem.

Name of Unit V : Inner product spaces.

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Inner product spaces, Hilbert

spaces

To Understand what is inner product space and

Hilbert space and their different

examples.Checking is there is any difference in

vector space and inner product spaces.

2. orthogonal sets, Bessel’s

inequality, complete

orthogonal sets,

To understand what are orthogonal vectors and

orthogonal sets in different spaces.

3. Parseval’sidentity , structure

of Hilbert spaces.

To understand the structure of Hilbert space.

Name of the Course(PaperXII):Advance Mechanics

Name of Unit I : Vibrational Principle & Lagrange’s Equations

Sr.

No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1 Vibrational Principle &

Lagrange’s Equations

To understand the Vibrational Principle & the types of

vrbrations.

To discuss the Dynamical System, Coordinate

transformation.

2 Hamilton’s Principle To derive Hamilton’s principle.

To find generalized coordinates of the system.

To understand the Lagrange’s equation & solving the

problems.

550

3 Derivation of Lagrange’s

equation from Hamilton’s

Principle

To Derive the Lagrange’s Equation from the

Hamilton’s principle

To Prove theorems on it & also solving the examples.

Name of Unit II :Generalized Coordinates

Name of Unit III: Legendre Transformation & Hamilton’s Equation Of Motion

Sr.

No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Legendre Transformation

& Hamilton’s Equation

To understand convex function.

To find the Legendre transformation by using

Sr. No.

Topic


Module/Unit

1 Generalized

Coordinates

To understand the concept of Generalized Coordinates.

To get the knowledge of Holonomic & non Holonomic

System and also Scleronomic & Rheonomic system.

2 Generalized

Potential

To discuss the Generalized Potential along with

Generalized velocity & generalized momentum.

To clear the concept of constraints and degrees of

freedom.

To understand generalized coordinates and virtual work.

3 Lagrange’s

Equation of First

Kind & Second

Kind

To Derive the Lagrange’s equation of first kind and to

solve examples.

To Derive Lagrange’s equation of second or the Euler’s

Lagrange’s equation

To discuss properties of Euler’s Lagrange’s Equations

and also solving the examples on it.

4 Energy Equation

For Conservation

Field

To derive energy equation for conservative field.

To understand conservation of energy, and equation of

motion.

551

Of Motion

Hamilton’s principle.

To derive Hamilton’s Equation of motion.

2 Routh’s equations To discuss the concept of cyclic coordinates.

To prove theorem for conservation.

To derive Routh’s equation of motion.

Derivation of Hamilton’s equation from vibrational

principle.

Name of Unit IV : Canonical Transformation

Sr. No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Canonical

Transformation

Derivation of equation of canonocial transformation.

Solving the examples of equation of canonical

transformation.

2. Poission’s Bracket To solve Poission’s First bracket & Poission’s Second

bracket..

To find the other canonical invariants (Lagrange’s

Bracket).

To discuss the Poissions Identity

Name of Unit V: The Hamilton’s Jacobi Equation

Sr. No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1 Hamilton’s Jacobi

Equation

Discussing the Hamilton’s Jacobi Equation for

Hamilton’s Principle Function.

To Prove the theorem and solving the harmonic

Oscillator Problem as an example of Hamilton’s Jacobi

method.

2 Hamilton’s To clear the concept of Hamilton’s Characteristic

552

characteristic

Function.

function.

To derive Hamilton’s Jacobi Equation from Hamilton’s

characteristic function.

To solve Heat Condition Equation.

3 Separation of Variable Discussing the concept of Separation of Variables.

Solving the examples on separation of Variables in

Hamilton’s Jacobi equation.

Name of the Course(PaperXIII):Operations Research

Name of the Unit I :General Linear Programming

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Operations Research and It’s

Scope

To understand the concept of Operations

Research and it’s real life applications.

Understand the Mathematical formulations of

Operations Research.

To Understand and Evaluate the Graphical

solutions of O.R

2. General Linear Programming Toevaluate the general Linear Programming

Understand the concept of simplex method and

Evaluate LP by Simplex method

3. Methods of Linear

Programming

To understand the Big-M method to evaluate

Linear Programming Problem.

4. Dual Simplex method To understand and determine the problem of LP

by using Dual simplex method.

Name of Unit II: Integer Programming

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



553

1. Integer Programming To understand the concept of Integer

Programming and to evaluate by using the Branch

and bound method.

2. Methods of Integer

Programming

To Understand thedifferent method of Integer

Programming. Such as Fractional cut plane

method. Goal Programming.

3. Advanced techniques in LP To Understand theadvanced technique in LP such

as upper bound Techniques. And Evaluate

problems in LP

Name of Unit III:Parametric Linear Programming

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Parametric Linear

Programming

Understand the concept of parametric linear

Programming. And understand the basic real life

applications of parametric linear Programming.

2. Transportation Problem Understand the technique of transportation

problem method and to solve the real world

problem by this technique

3 Assignment Problem Understand the technique of assignment problem

method and to solve the real world problem by

this technique

Name of Unit IV : Queing System

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Queing System To understand the concept of Queing System and

it’s Applications

554

2. Properties of Queing System To understand the basic concept of properties of

Queing System and Understand elements of

Queing System and determine the problem of

Queing System.

3 Types of Queing System To Understand the Different types of Queing

Systems.

To understand difference between Poisson and

Non-poisson Queing System

Name of Unit V: Game Theory

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Game and Strategies To understand the concept of Games and it’s

different types of Strategies.

And its real world applications.

2. Types of Strategies To understand the different types of Strategies in

Game theory. Such as.

Two persons game., Zero sum games, the

maximum-minimum principal game, mixed

strategy game. Graphical solutions of 2 x n game.

Name of the Course(PaperXIV):General Relativity

Name of Unit I :Einstein’s Relativity

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Simple Relativity to General

Relativity

To understand the lacunas of simple relativity.

To understand that what is the need of General

relativity

555

2. principles Studied the Principle of equivalence, Principle of

covariance, Mach’s Principles and Lest action

principle.

3. Einstein’s field equations To find Einstein’s field equations from the Lest

action principle.

4. Newtonian approximation Derived the Relation between g44 and V

5 Einstein equations compared

with Poisson equation

To understand the difference between Einstein

equations and Poisson equation.

Name of Unit II : Schwarzschild exterior

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Schwarzschild exterior

solution

Derived Schwarzschild exterior solution to

understand the concept of Schwarzschild about

exterior solution.

To derive its isotropic form

2. Birkhoff’s theorem Studied the derivation of Birkhoff’s theorem

3. Planetary orbit To find the equation of planetary orbit to learn

about it.

4. Advance of Perihelion of a

planet

To Determine the equation of Perihelion of a

planet.

5. Bending of light ray in

gravitational field

To study how light ray bends under the

gravitational field.

6. gravitational red shift in

spectral lines

Finds how red shift occurs.

Name of Unit III : Schwarzschild interior

556

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Schwarzschild interior Derived Schwarzschild interior solutions to

understand its solutions and Eddington’s form.

2. Field of charged mass point

the boundary conditions

Derived equation of field of charged mass point.

3. Conservation law To understand covariant conservation law of

Schwarzschild interior.

4. Tetroid representation of

Einstein equations

Derived tetroid representation of Einstein

equations.

Name of Unit IV : Gravitational collapse

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Gravitational collapse To understand the Gravitational collapse of

spherical body, non-spherical body, rotating body

and dust like sphere.

2. Black hole To understand the concept of Black hole and

derived the derivation,

3. Kerr metric Studied the derivation of Kerr metric

Name of Unit V: Strong and weak gravitational waves

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Gravitational waves To understand the concept of stronggravitational

waves, weak gravitational waves and curved

space time with help of theory as well as

derivation.

557

2. Radiation of gravitational

waves

Find out the outcomes of radiation of gravitational

waves

And understand whole concept of it.

Name of the Course(PaperXV):Difference Equations-I

Name of Unit Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I : Linear Difference Equations

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Linear Difference Equations To understand the meaning of Linear Difference

Equations.

2. General Results for linear

Equations

To determine first order linear Equation .

To evaluate general results of linear Equations

3. Application To Understand theapplication of Linear and non

linear Difference Equations .

To find the solutions of Equations with constant

coefficients.

To find the solutions of Equations with variable

coefficients.

Name Of Unit II :Difference Calculus

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Introduction Difference

Calculus

To understand the meaning of difference calculus

and application.

To understand the various types of operators

2. Difference Operator To understand the basic difference between the

various Difference operator.

Determine the solution of Difference Equation by

558

applying operator.

To understand the generating function and

approximative summation of Difference

Equation.

Name of Unit III:The Z-Transform

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. The Z- Transform To understand the meaning and definition of the

Z-Transform.

To understand the properties of Z- Transform and

Theorems on Z-Transform to evaluate some

results.

Such as Initial and final value theorem, partial

sum theorem.

To determine the fundamentals z transform of

some fundamentals function

2. Inverse Z-Transform To understand the definition of inverse Z-

Transform and it’s application.

Determine the inverse Z-Transform of the given

function

Evaluate solutions of difference Equations with

constant coefficients by Z-Transform.

Name of Unit IV: Stability Theory

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Stability Theory To understand the concept of Stability of linear

and non linear system.

559

2. Stability of Linear Equations To determine the initial value problem for linear

Equations.

And To Determine the stability of linear Equation

3 Stability of Non Linear

Equations

To Determine the stability of non linear

Equations.

And Evaluate the chaotic behavior

Name of Unit V : Asymptotic Methods

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Asymptotic Methods To understand the concept of Asymptotic

Methods And it’s application

2. Asymptotic Analysis To understand the difference between linear and

non linear Asymptotic Analysis

To understand the Asymptotic Analysis of sum,

Linear Equations and non linear Equations.

Name of the Course (PaperXVI): Functional analysis II

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit I

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Riesz Representation

theorem,

To understand the general form of bounded linear

functionals on Hilbert spaces.

2. adjoint of an operator on a

Hilbert space

To understand Hilbert adjoint operators of a

bounded linear operators on Hilbert space.

3. Reflexivity of Hilbert

spaces,.

To understand reflexivity of Hilbert space.

Proving every Hilbert space is reflexive.

560

4. self adjoint operators, normal

and unitary operators

Understanding the classes of bounded linear

operators of great importance.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit II

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Spectral properties of

bounded linear operators,

To understand the spectral theory of bounded

linear operators and different spectral properties

of bounded linear operators.

2. basicconcepts..further

properties ofresolvent and

spectrum.

To understand what is resovent and spectrum,

different types of spectrum and some theorem on

this topic. Different properties of resolvent and

spectrum.

3. use of complex analysis in

spectral theory

Using complex analysis(complex line integrals

and power series etc) in spectral theory.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit III

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Compact linear operators on

normed spaces,

To understand the compact linear operators of

normed spaces, their properties, its spectral

theory.

2. further properties of compact

linear operators,.

Different properties of compact linear operators.

3. spectral properties of compact

linear operators on normed

spaces

To understand Spectal properties of compact

linear operators on normed spaces.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit IV

561

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Spectral properties of

bounded self-adjoint linear

operators

To understand the spectral properties of bounded

self adjoint linear operators (on Hilbert spaces)

likes eigenvalues are real, eigenvectors

corresponding to different eigenvalues are

orthogonal etc.

2. , further spectral properties of

bounded self-adjoint linear

operators

To understand the spectral properties of bounded

self adjoint linear operators like their spectrum

and resolvent sets.

Name of the Module (Unit No.& Name): Unit V

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Positive operator , Defining positive operators on Hilbert space.

Understanding whether the sum and product of

positive operators are positive?

2. square root of positive

operator ,.

Defining square root of positive operators and

solving some problems on it.

3. projection operators, spectral

family

To understand the projection operators. Obtaining

spectral representation of bounded self adjoint

linear operator on Hilbert space by the use of

suitable family of projections(spectral family)

Name of the Course(PaperXVII):Partial Differential Equation

Name of Unit I : Curves & Surfaces

Sr.

No.

Topic


Module/Unit


562


1 Curves and Surfaces To understand the concept of geometrical objects viz.

curves & surfaces.

To understand the parametric equations.

2 Genesis of first order

P.D.E

To understand first order P.D.E.

To generate first order P.D.E and solving examples

To classify the P.D.E and prove theorem for Linear

equations of first order

3 Pfaffian differential

Equations

To understand Pfaffian Differential Equations , to prove

some theorems along with useful lemma’s.

To verify pfaffian differential equations and solve it’s

integral.

4 Compatible system of

First Order P.D.E

Find necessary and sufficient condition for

integrability.

Solving the problems by Charpits method and also by

Jaccobi Method

Name of Unit II :Quasi Linear Equations :Geometry Of Solution

Sr. No.

Topic

What the Student will be able to do at the end

of the Module/Unit



1. Semi linear equations To discuss Semi linear equations, Quasi linear

equations.

To find solution of the initial value problem for

semi linear and Quasi linear equation.

2. Classification of Second

Order P.D.E.

To classify the second order P.D.E. into

Hyperbolic type, parabolic type and Elliptic

type.

Reducing the given P.D.E. into it’s canonical

form.

563

Name of Unit III: One Dimensional Wave Equation

Sr.

No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. One Dimensional wave

equation

To find vibration of an infinite string, properties of

characterstics.

To find the vibration of semi finite string,

Discussing the vibration of string of finite length

2. Riemann’s Method Prove Green’s Theorem and solving the problems.

Vibrations of a string of Finite Length by method of

separation of variables.

Name of Unit IV: Laplace’s Equation

Sr. No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Boundary Value

Problems

First Boundary Value Problem : The Dirichlet Problrm.

Second Boundary Value Problem : The Neumann

Problem.

Third Boundary Value Problem : The Robin Problem.

Fourth Boundary Value Problem

2. Dirichlet Problem To solve the Dirichlet Problem for the Upper Half

Plane.

To solve the Dirichlet Problem for a circle.

To find the solution of Dirichlet exterior Problem for

circle.

To solve Dirichlet Problem for Rectangle

564

3. Neumann’s Problem Neumann’s Problem for upper half plane.

Discussing the Neumann’s Problem for Circle.

To prove the Hernack’s theorem

Name of Unit V : Heat Conduction Problem

Sr. No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1 Heat Conduction

Problem

Discussing the Heat Conduction For Infinite Rod Case

And Finite Rod Case.

To Prove the theorem of Uniqueness of the solution.

2 Duhamel’s Principle To demonstrate the technique for wave and Heat

condition equations for the Wave Equation.

To solve Heat Condition Equation.

Solving the families of equipotential surfaces and to find

the general form of the potential function.

3 Kelvin’s Inversion

Theorem

To State and Prove the Kelvin’s Inversion Theorem.

To classify the second order semi linear P.D.E. in case

of two independent variables

Name of the Course(PaperXVIII):Numerical Analysis

Name of Unit I:Solution of Algebraic & Transcendental Equation

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Solution of Algebraic and

Transcendental Equation

To understand the basic types of Equations..

verify the types of Equations.

565

2. Methods to Solve Algebraic

and Transcendental Equation

Toevaluate the solutions of Algebraic and

Transcendental Equation by using various

methods such as

The bisection method, false position

method,,iterative method, Newton raphson

method, secant method, Muller's method

Name of Unit II : Finite Difference

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Finite Difference To understand the concept of Finite Difference to

solve Equations

Forward and Backwards Difference

2. Interpolation Formula To determine the solution of Equations by using

various interpolation Formulea such as

Newton’s formula for interpolation, central

difference interpolation Formulea, Lagrange’s

interpolation Formulea, divided difference and

their property.

Name of Unit III : Numerical Differentiation & Integration

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Numerical Differentiation

and Integrations

Understand the numerical differentiation and error

in numerical differentiation

2. Methods Numerical

Differentiation

To find the solution of numerical differentiation

and Integrations by using method such as The

cubic spline method,

3 Numerical Integration To understand the method of numerical

566

Integration such as Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s

1/3 Rd rule, Simpson’s 3/8th rule, Romberg

Integrations.

Name of Unit IV : Solution of System of Linear Equations

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Solution of System of linear

equations

To understand System of linear equations by

various methods.

2. Methods Determine the system of linear equations by

methods such as Direct methods ,matrix inversion

method,Gauss elimination method,Jauss Joradn

Method ,LU decomposition, Iterative Method

Name of Unit V : Solutions of ODE

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Numerical Solutions of

Ordinary Differential

Equations

To understand solution of Ordinary Differential

Equations

2. Methods Determine solutions by Taylor’s series, Picard's

method,Euler's method,Runge kutta

method,cubic-spline method

Name of the Course(PaperXIX):Relativistic Cosmology

Name of Unit I:Steady state cosmology

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit


567


1. Einstein Field Equations with

Cosmological term

To derived the Einstein field equations with

cosmological term

2. static cosmological models

of Einstein and De-sitter

To studied the static cosmological models of

Einstein and de-sitter universe with their

derivations.

3. Properties and comparison

with the actual Universe

Studied the properties of static cosmological

models of Einstein and De-sitter model.

To understand the some properties by comparing

them with actual Universe.

Name of Unit II: Roberson- Walker Metric

Sr.No.

Topic


the Module/Unit



1. Principle and law To get the theoretical knowledge of the

Cosmological principle, Hubble’ s law, Weyls

Postulate.

2. Steady State Cosmological

model

Studied the derivation of Steady State

Cosmological model.

3. Derivation of Roberson-

Walker Metric

Derived the derivation Roberson- Walker Metric

and studied it’s properties of.

Name of Unit III: Motion of particles and light rays in R-W model .

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Material particles Studied the concept of Material particles in R-W model.

568

2. Radial motion of a

particle

To understand the concept that Radial motion of a particle

is depends on motion of particle along the radius .

3. General motion To understand the concept of general motion of particle.

4. light rays To understand the concept of light rays in R-W model.

5. Red shift in R-W

model

To know the concept of red shift in R-W model with help

of derivation.

6. Hubble’s and

Deceleration

parameters

To find the Hubble’s and Deceleration parameters in R-W

models.

Name of Unit IV :Fundamental equation of dynamical cosmology

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Densityand

pressure of

present

universe

To find the densityand pressure of present universe.

They studied to find the matter dominated era of the present

universe.

2. Friedman

models

To find the closed model,Flat model, Open model along with their

derivation.

Name of Unit V :Gravitational waves

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit


to do what)

1. Gravitational

waves

To understand the concept of strong gravitational waves, weak

gravitational waves and curved space time with help of theory as

well as derivation.

2. Radiation of

gravitational

Find out the outcomes of radiation of gravitational waves

And understand whole concept of it.

569

waves

3. Gravitational

lensing

To understand the concept of lensing and gravitational lensing.

Name of the Course(PaperXX):Difference Equations-II

Name of Unit I:Self adjoint second order linear Equations

Sr.No.

Topic



do what)

1. Self adjoint

second order

linear

Equations

To understand the concept of self adjoint form.

To Determine the self adjoint form of Linear Equations

To understand the methods of self adjoint form.

2. Green’s

Function,

Riccati

Equations.

To understand the GreenGreen's function to Evaluat the solutions

of self adjoint second order linear Equation.

Evaluat the discoungecy of linear Equation

To understand and determine the Riccati Equations and it’s

application to solve linear Equations.

Name of Unit II: The Strum Liouville Problem

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Introduction to

S-L Problem

To understand the S-L problem of Difference Equations.

To Determine the S-L problem of Difference Equations.

2. Finite Fourier

Analysis

To understand the concept of finite Fourier Analysis.And

application.

To Determine the solutions of non-homogeneous problem

3. Application To Understand theapplication of homogeneous linaer and non

linear Difference Equations .

570

Name of Unit III:Discrete Calculation of Variation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Introduction to the

Discrete

Calculation of

Variation

To understand the meaning and definition of disc calculation

of Variation

2. Necessary and

Sufficient

Condition

To understand the fundamental Necessary and Sufficient

Condition for discoungecy.

To Evaluate the solution of problem

Name of Unit IV :Boundary Value Problem for Non-Linear Equation

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Boundary Value

Problem for Non-

Linear Equation

To understand the cinc for BVO of Non linear difference

Equations.

Determine the BVP of Non-Linear Equation

2. Lipschitz case To understand the Lipschitz case to Evaluate solution of

BVP.

3 Existence of the

solution

To determine the solutions of BVP of Non-Linear

Equations for Differential Equations.

Name of Unit V: Partial Differential Equations

Sr.No.

Topic


Module/Unit



1. Introduction To understand the concept of partual Differential Equations

for difference Equations

571

2. Discretization of

PDE

To determine the solutions of Partial Differential Equations

for DE.

To Discretization of Partial Differential Equations.

To evaluate the general solution.

572

Programme Specific Outcomes - Master of Commerce

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Semester I

1. EPso1 Learners will gain knowledge of various disciplines of commerce,

business, accounting, economics, and finance auditing and marketing

2. EPso2 Student will learn relevant accounting and managerial skill, and

knowledge to their future careers in business.

3. EPso3 Student will able to apply economic reasoning to solve the problems of

business.

4. EPso4 Understanding the operation and working of insurance companies in

India.

5. EPso5 Develop managerial skill and Student will aware of banking business and

practices

Semester II

6. EPso6 Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge in setting up a

computerized set of accounting books

7. EPso7 Understand the Forms of business organization.

8. EPso8 Analyze the various financial and accounting concept for managerial

decision making.

9. EPso9 Acquaint a student with conventional as well as contemporary areas in

the discipline of Commerce.

Semester III

10. EPso10 Understanding of all core area specifically Advance and cost accounting,

management, service market , international finance, Research

methodology and Corporate tax planning

11. EPso11 Impart knowledge about the relevance of E-Commerce in current

competitive environment. Student will get acquainted with the

application of internet and E- Commerce

573

12. EPso12 The student will be Competent for research. And analyze the various

aspect of business research in the area of marketing, human resources

and finance.

13. EPso13 Student will enable to understand the research process and problem &

structure and component of research report.

Semester IV

14. EPso14 Enable students well versed in national and international trends

15. EPso15 Student able to forecast demand in light of changing circumstances and

formulate business plans.

16. EPso16 Student will enable for conducting business, accounting and auditing

practices , role of regulatory bodies in corporate and financial sector

nature of various financial instrument

17. EPso17 Knowledge about IMF, WORLD Bank etc. and their role in international

financial management

Course Outcomes - Master of Commerce

CO Subject Topic What the Student will be able to do at the

end of

Module / Unit

SEMESTER I

ECO 1

Service

Marketing

And Customer

Relationship

Management

Overview Of

Service

Marketing

To know the types of services and difference

between good marketing

Concept Of

Micro And

Macro

Environment

To understand the concept of internal and

external environment of service marketing and

customer acceptation

Overview Of

Service

Marketing

To know the positioning of service need of

service for customers and also promotion and

distribution of service

574

Process

Concept Of

Service

Marketing

Application

To understand the various application like

hospital, tourism, and educational service

Overview Of

Customer

Relationship

Mgmt

To know the meaning and types of relational

exchange and reason for relationships

marketing

How To

Develop And

Managing

Relationship

To understand the concept of customers

selection and implementing customer

relationship mgmt

ECO2 Banking &

Insurance

Commercial

Banks

To study functions, credit creation &

nationalization of commercial banks,

mobilization of resources, computerization of

banks, ATM & their impact & performance.

RBI, SBI &

Co-Operative

Banks

To study RBI functions, credit control policy,

Monetary policy & role of RBI in economic

development. To know the functioning &

working of SBI & Regional ruler banks &

cooperative banks & its role in ruler

development.

Nature &

Scope Of

Insurance

To study the need & importance & general

principles of insurance. To know the procedure

of formulation of insurance policy &settlement

of policy claims. Privatization of insurance &

its effects.

Kinds Of

Insurance

To study various kinds of insurance &

insurance cover under Motor, personal

accidental sickness & other liability cover.

Legislation

Of Life &

To evaluate the contribution of LIC & GIC to

economic development. To study working &

575

General

Insurance

India

functions of IRDA, IDBI,IFCI, ICICI &IBRD.

ECO3

Advanced

financial

&cost

accounting.

Introduction

To

Accounting

Understand the area of Accounting and how to

calculate value of Goodwill and shares.

Final Account

Of

Companies

Understand the how to prepare final account

statement and amalgamation & absorption.

Cost

Accounting

Understand the meaning of costing, scope of

costing and how to prepare cost sheet.

Cost

Ascertainmen

t And

Classification

Understand the how to calculate operating cost

and machine hour rate.

Process

Costing And

Cost Audit.

Understand the how to prepare process cost

statement and to know about what is cost audit

in detail.

ECO4. Managerial

Economics

Nature &

scope of

managerial

Economics

It will helpful for the students I project

management, production planning and

scheduling, marketing & finance.

Demand

Analysis

It will useful for all the students to get

knowledge about price control, consumer

surpluses, produces surpluses, forecasting sales

and to solve managerial problems.

Production

Theory

It will helpful for the study of production,

economic process of producing outputs from

the inputs.

Price

Determinatio

n & pricing

practices

It will help to understand the characteristics of

market, price determination, price

discriminations by which they can acquire a

completive analysis of suggest remedial action.

576

Business

Cycles

It will help students to understand the causes

and effects of unemployment and business

cycle. Also useful for getting the knowledge of

economic structure

SEMESTER II

ECO 5

Accounting

for Managerial

Decisions

Introduction

to Accounting

Understand the area of Accounting and how to

calculate various types of ratios

Analyzing the

Financial

Statement

Understand the What is Fund and preparation

of fund flow and Cash Flow statement

Standard

Costing

Understand the Standard Costing as a control

technique and analysis of various kinds of

variances

Marginal

Costing &

Break Even

Analysis

Understand the Marginal Costing and how to

calculate BEP

Budgeting Understand the Budget and how to prepare

Flexible & Cash Budget

ECO 6

Computer

Application in

Business

Word

Processing

To know word processing allows students to

ensure that they can have everything processed

to understand high standard word processing .It

will make sure that there are no mistakes on

word documents.

Computerized

Accounting

It has speed. Automatic document production,

accuracy up to date information. Cost saving

and have the ability to deal in multiple

currencies easily.

Computerized

Accounting

and Taxation.

To know GST/VAT return the automatic

creation of figures for the regular GST/VAT

return.

Spread Sheet Spreadsheets have replaced paper-based

system throughout the business world. It also

577

provides built-in-function for common

financial and statistical operation.

Analysis and

Decision

making tools

and

description

For decision analysis is a formalized approach

to making optimal choices under condition of

uncertainty. Decision analysis. Like cost

effectiveness analysis is depends on accuracy.

ECO 7

Management

concept &

organizational

behavior

School of

management

thoughts

Understand various schools of management

thoughts & functions of manager.

Managerial

function

Understand managerial functions & it’s

techniques.

Individual

behavior

Understand the behavioral aspect of individual

through various concepts.

Group

behavior

To know the concept of group dynamics, group

formation, style& team development.

Organizationa

l behavior

To understand organizational communication,

conflict, change &organizational diagnosis

ECO 8

Strategic

Management

Concept of

strategy

To understand the definition of strategy and

analysis of strategic decision making

Mission and

purpose

To know the company mission vision and

purpose of functional levels steategies

Environment

analysis and

diagnosis

To understand the internal and external

environment of company.

Strategy

formulation

and chouces

To know the techniques of modernisation and

diversification of product

Functional

strategy

To understand the marketing

policies ,production policies, personal policies

and financial policies

Implementati

on of

To know relation between strategy formulation

and implementation.

578

evaluation of

strategies

SEMESTER III

ECO 9

Research

Methodology

Meaning of

research and

research

problem.

Familiarization with Research and Research

Problem.

Elements of

Research

methodology

Understanding the basic elements of Research

Methodology and formation of Hypothesis.

Data

Collection

Understanding of the Quantitative and

Qualitative Methods of data collection.

Analysis &

Interpretation

of data

Ability to represent data in tabular as well as

graphical manner.

Research

report

Skill to write Research report.

ECO 10 Statistical

Analysis

Co-relation

and

regression

analysis

To understand the meaning of co-relation and

regression analysis

Sampling and

data

collection

To know large and small sampling tests

Association

of attributes

To understand difference between co-relation

and association

Index no To know the method of constructing the index

no

Probability

distribution

To understand the binomial Poisson and

normal distribution

Statistical

decision

theory

To know about the utility theory

579

Statistical

quality

control

To understand how to set up the control limits

Analysis of

time series

To know the analysis of time series and least

square method

ECO 11

E-commerce

and

Legal Security

Introduction

to e-

commerce

To know the meaning and concept of e-

commerce verses traditional commerce

Internet

concept and

technologies

To understand the global publishing concept

and benefits of hypertext like URL, HTTP,

HTTPD servers

B2consumer

e-commerce

To know the role of website in B2C e-

commerce and cataloging order planning order

generation cost estimation and pricing

B2B e-

commerce

To understand the B2B e-commerce

technologies EDI architecture VANS and FTP

based messaging

Internet

protocol

To know the OSI Layering and TCP layering

like TCP, UDP, IP DNS, SLIP, PPP

Electronic

payment

system

To understand the types of e-payment system

such as credit card, smart cards, debit cards,

and legal risk of e-pay service

Multimedia

and e-

commerce

To know about the desk top video

conferencing and marketing broadcast

networks like ISDN, ATM cell relay

Security

issues in e-

commerce

To know about types of threats sources of

threats corporate digital library

Regulatory

and legal

frame work of

e-commerce

To understand about the cyber laws in India

and their taxation issues in e-commerce.

580

ECO 12

Corporate Tax

Planning &

Management

Residence for

company,

Heads of

Income &

Deductions

Students will understand the provision of

Residence for company with its tax liability ,

computation of various heads of income and

deduction for computing total Income

Computation

of Total

Income &

Tax

management

Students will understand the computation of

Tax liability of the Company and concept of

Corporate Taxation and dividend Tax, Tax

Avoidance & Tax Evasion.

Tax Planning Students will able to do the Corporate Tax

Planning and will be able to suggest

appropriate decisions in relation to Tax

Management.

Special Tax

Provisions

Students will understand various Special Tax

Provisions base on specified areas, zone and

activities so they can select suitable zone for

industry establishment.

Tax Issues

and Tax

Payments

Students will able to do Tax planning and

appropriate decision in relation to

Amalgamation of company. Also they will able

to do computation of Advance Tax, TDS &

TCS.

SEMESTER IV

ECO 13

Sales and

Distribution

Management

Overview of

sales mgmt

and sales

organization

To understand the meaning of sales mgmt

types and classification

Sales forecast To know the method forecast and impact on

marketing strategy

Salesmanship

and sales

promotion.

To understand the success in selling line and

sales promotion programme

581

Mgmt of sales

force

To know the concept of recruitment selection

process and training

Sales audit

and cost

analysis

To understand company sales audit and cost

analysis

Sales

distribution

To know the impact of physical distribution

and total logistic system

Distribution

audit

To understand network planning and evolution

of channel

Wholeseller

and

transportation

To know the product selling in wholeseller and

product transportation

Retailing To understand the franchising strategies and

obligations of franchisers.

ECO 14 International

finance

Overview of

international

finance

To understand the concept of international

finance and domestic finance

International

flow of fund

balance of

payment

To know the difference between equilibrium

and disequilibrium balance of payment

Development

of

international

monetary

system

To understand the gold standard and

international liquidity

Global

financial

market

To know the effect of global Money market on

economics and Euromarkets

Overview of

world bank

To understand the loans and structure of

development bank.

ECO 15 Entrepreneurs

hip

Introduction To understand Entrepreneurship, business

ideas, and to get knowledge about IPR &

582

&

Skill

Development

intellectual Property.

Business plan

and

entrepreneuri

al support

To understand entrepreneurial environment. To

motivate students to make mind set of Business

& different business plans. To get knowledge

about Rural & women entrepreneur

Project

identification

& selections

To understand project identifications and

selections. To know the different sources of

finance.

Entrepreneuri

al and

Communicati

on Skill

To get knowledge of acquiring entrepreneurial

skill. To get the knowledge about personality

development.

Entrepreneuri

al Skill

Development

To learn techniques in PD, time management,

stress management & concentration. To get

knowledge of rural industrial sector & SSI. To

guide the student about skill required for rural

areas .

ECO 16 Co-operative

Management

Introduction

to Co-

operation &

Management

Familiarization with Co-operation &

Management and Understand different

management thoughts in co-operative

management.

Human

Resource

Management

Understanding the role & responsibility of

Human resource management.

Financial

Management

Understand all the financial management

process, methods and working of authorities.

Marketing

Management

Student will know all the aspects of marketing

in co-operation.

Co-Operative

Legislation

Understanding all the provisions and

amendments of various co-operative societies

Acts, banks & Audit.

583

Programme Specific Outcomes - PGDM

Name of the Programme :- PGDM Name of the subject :- Bio-Medical

Name of the course (Paper) : 1SEM 1( PGDM I Semister I)

Sr.

No

.


DMPSO 1 to DMPSO 4


end of programme (Knowledge/ Skill


/Skill to do what)

1

1MCH1- Embedded System and

Design

Unit I : Basics Of Embedded Systems

And Hardware

Requirements

Unit II : Embedded Software

Architecture & Real Time Operating

System

Unit III : Embedded Software

Development Tools And Debugging

Unit IV: Closed loop Controllers

Unit V: Programmable Logic

Controller

1MCH2- Robotics and Applications

Unit I : Introduction to Robotics

Unit II : Introduction To Transducer

At the end of this Semister, students will

be able to know

The purpose of robotics courses at HCC

is to provide a construction and design

oriented laboratory class for

nonengineering majors which fulfills the

laboratory science requirement of the

College and the Commonwealth

Transfer

Compact in Massachusetts.

The objectives of EGR/SEM Robotics I

course are as follows:

- Introduce students to the excitement

of engineering and science in a

supportive and cooperative

environment.

- Motivate the student learning of

engineering and scientific principles

through challenges in construction and

design.

584

Unit III : Robot Motion Analysis &

Control

Unit IV: -

Unit V: -

.

1MCH3- Digital Image Processing

Unit I : Digital Image Fundamentals

Unit II : Image Transforms

Unit III : Image Transforms

Unit IV: Image Restoration And

Recognition

Unit V: Image Compression

1MCH4- Process Control

Unit I :

Unit II :

Unit III :

Unit IV:

Unit V:

- Provide an entry level science based

engineering course that is open and

accessible to all students regardless of

background.

- Provide a supportive, non-threatening,

hands-on opportunity to explore the

possibilities of science, technology,

engineering and mathematics

disciplines.

- Provide a forum to explore the

potentials and limitations for science,

technology, engineering and

mathematics to solve humanitarian,

social and environmental problems.

- Learn the history of robotics, current

applications and future development.

- Learn to use a variety of control

procedures in designing robotics for

specific tasks or multitasking.

- Learn to program a microprocessor

based robot control for engineering

applications.


Name of the Programme :- PGDM. Name of the subject :- Mechatronics

Name of the Semister : 1SEM2 (PGDM I Semister II)

585

Sr.

No.


DMPSO 5 to DMPSO 8


to do at the end of programme

1

2MCH1- Finite Element Techniques

Unit I : Introduction - Variational Formulation

Unit II : Finite Element Analysis Of One

Dimensionalproblems

Unit III : Finite Element Analysis Of Two

Dimensional Problems

Unit IV: Isoparametric Elements And Formulation

Unit V: Applications To Field Problems In Two

Dimensions

2MCH2- Industrial Tribology

Unit I : Surfaces And Friction

Unit II : Wear

Unit III : Lubricants And Lubrication Types

Unit IV: Film Lubrication Theory

Unit V: Surface Engineering And Materials For

Bearings

.

2MCH3- Design for Manufacture

Unit I : Dfmn Approach And Process

Unit II : Geometric Analysis

Unit III : Form Design Of Castings And Weldments

Unit IV: Mechanical Assembly

Unit V: True Position Theory



On job Training

586

2MCH4- Real Time Operating System


Unit II : RTOS

Unit III : REAL TIME UML

Unit IV: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Unit V: CONNECTIVITY

Course Outcomes – PGDM


I I 1 to 5 DMCO 1 to DMCO 5

II 1 to 5 DMCO 6 to DMCO 10

III 1 to 5 DMCO 11 to DMCO 15

IV 1 to 5 DMCO 16 to DMCO 20

II I 1 to 5 DMCO 21 to DMCO 25

II 1 to 5 DMCO 26 to DMCO 30

III 1 to 5 DMCO 31 to DMCO 35

IV 1 to 5 DMCO 36 to DMCO 40

Name of the Programme :- PGDM Class : Part - I

Semester :- I Name of the subject :- Mechatronics

Name of the course (Paper) : 1MCH1-Embedded System and Design

587



Unit I : BASICS OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS



1 Unit I : BASICS OF EMBEDDED SYSTEMS AND

HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS

Introduction - Examples of embedded

systems: Telegraph - Cordless bar - Code

scanner – Laser printer -Underground tank

monitoring - Nuclear Reactor monitor.

Advanced hardwares: Programmable array

logic; Application Specific Integrated circuits

(ASIC) and Field Programmable Gate arrays

(FPGA) - Watch dog timers- Built - Ins on the

microprocessor - Interrupt.

Students have knowledge about

the basic functions, structure,

concepts and applications

ofembedded systems. ... Students

have knowledge about the

development

ofembedded software using

RTOS and implement small

programs to solve well-defined

problems on

an embedded platform.






Unit II : EMBEDDED SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE & REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEM


588


1 Unit II:EMBEDDED SOFTWARE

ARCHITECTURE & REAL TIME OPERATING

SYSTEM

Round robin - Round robin with interrupts -

Function Queue scheduling Architecture -

Real time operating systems Architecture -

Selecting architecture Tasks and Task

states - Tasks and Data - Semaphore and

shared data – Timer functions - Events -

Memory management - Interrupt routines

in an RTOS Environment. Design of an

embedded system.

Become aware of interrupts, hyper

threading and software optimization.

Design real time embedded systems

using the concepts of RTOS. CO5:

Analyze various examples

of embedded systems based on

ATOM processor.






Unit III : EMBEDDED SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT TOOLS AND DEBUGGING

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit III: EMBEDDED

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

TOOLS AND DEBUGGING

Linker/Locators for

tudents have knowledge about the basic functions,

structure, concepts and applications of embedded

systems.

2. Develop familiarity with 8051 Microcontrollers

589

embedded software -

embedded software in to the

target system - Testing on

host machine:Basic

techniques - more advanced

techniques - Limitations and

shortcomings - Instruction

set simulators – The assert

macro - Testing using

laboratory tools.

and their applications in an embedded

environment.

3. To learn the method of designing and program

an Embedded Systems for real time applications.

4. To understand operating system concepts, types

and choosing RTOS.

5. Students have knowledge about the

development of embedded software using RTOS

and implement small programsto solve well-

defined problems on an embedded platform.

6. Develop familiarity with tools used to develop in

an embedded environment.

.





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Closed loop Controllers

Sr.

No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: Closed loop Controllers

continuous and discrete control processes , Terminology

, Two step mode , Proportional mode ,Derivative control

, Integral control , PID controller , Digital controllers ,

Controller tuning , velocity control, Adaptive control.

590





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Programmable Logic Controller



1 Unit V: Programmable Logic Controller

Programmable logic controller , basic

PLC structure , I/P- O/ P Processing ,

Ladder programming, Instruction lists

,latching and integral relays, sequencing

, timers and Counters, Shift registers,

Master and jump controls, data

handling.”

Ability to gain knowledge on

Programmable Logic Controllers 2. Will

understand different types of Devices

to which PLC input and output

modules are connected 3. To provide

the knowledge about understand

various types of PLC registers 4. Able to

create ladder diagrams from process

control descriptions.



Name of the course (Paper) : 1MCH2- Robotics and Applications


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : Introduction to Robotics

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do at the end

591

of Module/Unit

1 Unit I: Introduction to Robotics

Basic robotic parameters-

Robot classification based on

drive technologies, work

envelope, motion control

methods & application based.

Number of axis, capacity &

speed. Reach & stroke, tools &

pplicators. Work volume,

repeatability, precision &

accuracy.

1.1 Students will demonstrate knowledge of the

relationship between mechanical

structures of industrial robots and their

operational workspace characteristics.

2.1. Students will demonstrate an ability to apply

spatial transformation to obtain forward

kinematics equation of robot manipulators.

3.1. Students will demonstrate an ability to solve

inverse kinematics of simple robot

manipulators4.1. Students will demonstrate an

ability to obtain the Jacobian matrix and use it to

identify singularities. (1,2,3) (a,e,m,n)





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : INTRODUCTION TO TRANSDUCER

Sr.No. Topic

What the student


the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit II: INTRODUCTION TO TRANSDUCER

Sensors used in Robotics - Function & use of sensors in

robotics. Tactile sensors, Micro switches, strain gauges,

Non contact sensors – capacitive, inductive and ultrasonic,

Calculate the

forward kinematics,

inverse kinematics

and Jacobian

592

laser sensors. Temperature transducer 1] Thermocouple, 2]

RTD, 3] Thermistor

4] Radiation Pyrometer. Pressure transducer –

1]Piezo-resistive, 2] Bellows. 3] Vibration transducer –

seismic transducer, piezo-electric Accelerometer.

Displacement & Obstacle sensing, LVDT, Optical diffusion &

proxy sensors.

for serial and

parallel robots





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Robot Motion Analysis & Control

Sr.No. Topic

What the student


the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit III: Robot Motion Analysis & Control

1] Position representation. 2] Forward and reverse

transformation with 2 degrees of freedom specific to Arm

rotation. 3] Composite homogeneous transformation. 4]

Screw transformation. 5] Link coordinate & arm matrix.

Robot End Effectors - Types & function of gripper. Study of

magnetic vacuum and mechanical grippers. Design and

function of different type of end effectors, Tool as end

effectors. Gripper specification & design consideration.

Identify different

types of end

effectors and sensors

required for

specific applications

593





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV :



1 Unit IV: Pneumatics & Hydraulics Valves,

Actuators, Motors. Pneumatic & Hydraulic

circuits. Pneumatic & Hydraulic motion

control.

Develop programming principles and

languages for a robot control

system








1 Unit V: Robot Applications- Material

handling, process operation and

inspection, machine loading and

unloading, spot & arc welding. Spray

Be able to use matrix algebra and Lie

algebra for computing the kinematics

of robots. Objective 2) To develop the

ability to analyze and design the motion

594

painting, marine applications, laser

cutting, future applications.

for articulated systems. ... Objective 3) To

develop an ability to use software tools

for analysis and design

of robotic systems.



Name of the course (Paper) : 1MCH3- Digital Image Processing



Unit I : DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS



1 Unit I: DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS

Elements of digital image processing

systems, Elements of Visual preception,

Image sampling and quantization, Matrix

amd Singular Value representaion of

discrete images.

understand the need

for imagetransforms different types

of imagetransforms and their

properties. CO2: develop any image

processing application. CO3:

understand the rapid advances in

Machine vision.




595


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : IMAGE TRANSFORMS



1 Unit II: IMAGE TRANSFORMS

1D DFT, 2D DFT, Cosine, Sine, Hadamard,

Haar, Slant, KL, SVD transforms and their

properties.

To treat the 2D systems as an

extension of 1D system design and

discuss techniques specific to

2D systems.





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : IMAGE TRANSFORMS

Sr.No. Topic


to do at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit III: IMAGE TRANSFORMS

Histogram Modification and specification

techniques, Image smoothing, Image sharpening,

generation of spatial masks from frequency

domain specification, Nonlinear filters,

Homomorphic filtering, false color, Pseudocolor

and color image processing.

learn different techniques

employed for

the enhancement of images.

596






Unit IV : IMAGE RESTORATION AND RECOGNITION

Sr.No. Topic


to do at the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: IMAGE RESTORATION AND

RECOGNITION

Image degradation models, Unconstrained and

Constrained restoration, inverse filtering, Least

mean square filter,Pattern Classes, optimal

statistical classifiers, Neural networks and

associated training methods and use ofneural

networks in image processing.

learn different techniques

employed for the enhancement

of images.

Course Outcomes




597


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : IMAGE COMPRESSION



1 Unit V: IMAGE COMPRESSION

Runlength, Huffman coding, Shift codes,

arithmetic coding, bit plane coding,

transform coding, JPEG Standard,wavelet

transform, predictive techniques, Block

truncation coding schemes, Facet modeling.

learn different causes

for image degradation and

overview of image restoration

techniques. CO6: understand the

need for image compression and to

learn the spatial and frequency

domain techniques of image

compression.



Name of the course (Paper) : 1MCH4- Process Control


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I :

Sr.No. Topic What the student will be able to do at the

end of Module/Unit

1 Unit I: Physical parameters involved

in Process control Level, Flow,

Temp. & Pressure. Sensors used in

sensing processparameters. Contact

& Non contact type level sensors.

Understand the terminology associated

with engineering thermodynamics and

have knowledge of contemporary issues

related to chemical engineering

thermodynamics

598

Flow sensors – Orifice, Ventury,

Optical, Electromagnetic, Turbine

type, Ultrasonic. Pressure sensors –

Piezo electric, Temp. Sensors- RTD,

Thermo-couple, Thermistor &

Radiation type. Differential Pressure

transmitters, Square root extractor

• Knowledge of phase equilibria in two-

component and multi-component systems

• Ability to estimate thermodynamic

properties of substances in gas or liquid

state of ideal and

real mixture

• Ability to predict intermolecular potential

and excess property behavior of multi-

component





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II :



1 Unit II: Monitoring & Display system -

Analog & Digital meters. Multi range &

Multi-parameter meters. Power

Analyzers, Bar graphs & graphical

displays.

A system of monitoring student learning

outcomes allows a PEI to apply the

necessary interventions to help students

meet the requirements and

expectations of the course they enrol

in.



599



Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III :


Module/Unit

1 Unit III: Non electrical

Measurement system.

Rotameter, Nozel & pitot

tubes, Manometers, Float

type & Air purge method

of level measurement.

Bimetalic thermometers,

mercury/ Alcohol in glass

thermometers

Students will be able to -

1. Analyze AC and DC circuits using different

theorems.

2. Analyze transient and steadystate responses

response of passive electrical networks.

3. Analyze network using poles and zeros and find

their parameters like Z, Y, and ABCD.

4. Synthesize the networks usStudents will be able to

-

1. Analyze AC and DC circuits

using different theorems.

2. Analyze transient and steadystate responses

response of passive electrical networks.

3. Analyze network using poles and zeros and find

their parameters like Z, Y, and ABCD.

4. Synthesize the networks us





600

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV :


Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: Open loop & Close

loop (Feed-back ) control

systems. On- OFF & Linear

control. Proportional

control, P-I Control PID

control. Process tuning (

Ziglar-Nicolus & Quarter

wave method ) Multi-loop

control systems (Ratio &

Cascade control).

Categorize different types of system and identify a

set of algebraic equations to represent

and model a complicated system into a more

simplified form.

2. Characterize any system in Laplace domain to

illustrate different specification of the system

using

transfer function concept.

3. Interpret different physical and mechanical

systems in terms of electrical system to construct

equivalent electrical models for analysis.

4. Employ time domain analysis to predict and

diagnose transient performance parameters of the

system for standard input functions.

5. Formulate different types of analysis in

frequency domain to explain the nature of stability

of the






601

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V: Process Automation. Analog &

Digital Control. Discrete Digital control, PC

interface, ADC & DAC, PLC based

automation. Distributed control system.

Different languages of PLC programming.

Human Machine Interfacing. SCADA.

Wireless Industrial communication. Process

plant , Batch

process reactor & 3 term Boiler

automation.”

At the completion of this course,

students will be able to:

• Understand the basic principles &

importance of process control in

industrial process plants;

• Specify the required

instrumentation and final elements

to ensure that well-tuned control is

achieved;

• Understand the use of block

diagrams & the mathematical basis

for the design of control systems;

• Design and tune process (PID)

controllers;

• Use appropriate software tools

for the modelling of plant dynamics

and the design of well tuned

control loop


Semester :- II Name of the subject :- Mechatronics

Name of the course (Paper) : 2MCH1- Finite Element Techniques



602

Unit I : INTRODUCTION - VARIATIONAL FORMULATION

Sr.No. Topic

What the student


the end of

Module/Unit

1 Unit I: INTRODUCTION - VARIATIONAL FORMULATION

General field problems in Engineering - Modelling -

Discrete and Continuous models - Characteristics -

Difficulties involved in solution - The relevance and place of

finite element method - Historical comments – Basic

concept of FEM. Boundary and initial value problems -

Gradient and divergence theorems - Functionals -

Variational calculus - Variational formulation of VBPS. The

method of weighted residuals - The Ritz method.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF ONE

DIMENSIONALPROBLEMS

Sr.No. Topic



end of Module/Unit

603

1 Unit II: FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF ONE

DIMENSIONALPROBLEMS

One dimensional second order equations - discretisation

of domain into elements - Generalised

coordinates approach - derivation of elements equations

- assembly of element equations -imposition of

boundary conditions - solution of equations - Cholesky

method - Post processing - Extension of the method to

fourth order

equations and their soultions - time dependant

problems and their solutions - example from heat

transfer, fluid flow and solid mechanics.

On Job Training






Unit III : FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit III: FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS OF TWO

DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS

Second order equations involving a scalar-valued

function - model equation - Variational formulation –

Finite element formulation through generalised

On Job Training

604

coordinates approach – Triangular elements and

quadrilateral elements – convergence criteria for

chosen models - Interpolation functions -

Elements matrices and vectors - Assembly of element

matrices - boundary conditions - solution techniques.






Unit IV : ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS AND FORMULATION

Sr.No. Topic



end of Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS AND

FORMULATION

Natural coordinates in 1,2 and 3 dimensions - use of

area coordinates for triangular elements in - 2

dimensional problems - Isoparametric elements in 1,2

and 3 dimensions - Largrangean and serendipity

elements - Formulation of element equations in one and

two dimensions – Numerical integration..

On Job Training



605




Unit V : APPLICATIONS TO FIELD PROBLEMS IN TWO DIMENSIONS



1 Unit V: APPLICATIONS TO FIELD PROBLEMS

IN TWO DIMENSIONS

Equations of elasticity- plane elasticity

problems - axisymmetric problems in

elasticity – Bending of elastic plates - Time

dependent problems in elasticity

- Heat - transfer in two dimensions -

incompressible fluid flow. Three

dimensional problems - Mixed formulation

- use of software packages.

On Job Training

Course Outcomes



Name of the course (Paper) : 2MCH2- Industrial Tribology


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : SURFACES AND FRICTION

606

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit I: SURFACES AND FRICTION

Topography of Engineering surfaces- Contact

between surfaces - Sources of sliding Friction –

Adhesion Ploughint- Energy dissipation

mechanisms Friction Characteristics of metals -

Friction of non metals. Friction of lamellar solids –

friction of Ceramic materials and polymers -

Rolling Friction -

Source of Rolling Friction – Stick slip motion -

Measurement of Friction.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : WEAR



1 Unit II: WEAR

Types of wear - Simple theory of Sliding

Wear

Mechanism of sliding wear of metals -

Abrasive wear Materials for Adhesive and

Abrasive wear situations -Corrosive wear -

On Job Training

607

Surface Fatigue wear situations – Brittle

Fracture wear - Wear of Ceramics and

Polymers – Wear Measurements.






Unit III : LUBRICANTS AND LUBRICATION TYPES

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit III: LUBRICANTS AND LUBRICATION TYPES

Types and properties of Lubricants - Testing methods

- Hydrodynamic Lubrication - Elasto hydrodynamic

lubrication- Boundary Lubrication - Solid Lubrication

Hydrostatic Lubrication.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : FILM LUBRICATION THEORY

608

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: FILM LUBRICATION THEORY

Fluid film in simple shear - Viscous flow between very

close parallel plates - Shear strress variation Reynolds

Equation for film Lubrication - High speed unloaded

journal bearings - Loaded journal bearings – Reaction

torque on the bearings - Virtual Co-efficient of

friction - The Somerfield diagram.

On Job Training






Unit V : SURFACE ENGINEERING AND MATERIALS FOR BEARINGS

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit V: SURFACE ENGINEERING AND MATERIALS

FOR BEARINGS

Surface modifications - Transformation Hardening,

surface fusion - Thermo chemical processes – Surface

coatings - Plating and anodizing - Fusion Processes -

On Job Training

609

Vapour Phase processes - Materials for rolling

Element bearings - Materials for fluid film bearings -

Materials for marginally lubricated and dry bearings.



Name of the course (Paper) : 2MCH3- Design for Manufacture



Unit I : DFMN APPROACH AND PROCESS

Sr.No. Topic



of Module/Unit

1 Unit I: DFMN APPROACH AND PROCESS

Methodologies and tools, design axioms, design for

assembly and evaluation, minimum part assessment

taquchi method, robustness assessment,

manufacturing process rules, designer’s tool kit,

Computer Aided group process rules, designer’s tool

kit, Computer Aided group Technology, failure mode

effective analysis, Value Analysis. Design for minimum

number of parts, development of modular

design, minimising part variations, design of parts to be

multi-functional, multi-use, ease of fabrication, Poka

Yoka principles.

On Job Training

610





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : GEOMETRIC ANALYSIS

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit II: GEOMETRIC ANALYSIS

Process capability, feature tolerance, geometric

tolerance, surface finish, review of relationship

between attainable tolerence grades and

difference machining processes. Analysis of tapers,

screw threads, applying probability to tolerences.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : FORM DESIGN OF CASTINGS AND

WELDMENTS

Sr.No. Topic What the student will

611


end of Module/Unit

1 Unit III: FORM DESIGN OF CASTINGS AND WELDMENTS

Redesign of castings based on parting line

considerations, minimising core requirements,

redesigning cast members using weldments, use of

welding symbols

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY

Sr.No. Topic



Module/Unit

1 Unit IV: MECHANICAL ASSEMBLY

Selective assembly, deciding the number of groups,

control of axial play, examples, grouped datum

systems - different types, geometric analysis and

applications-design features to facilitate automated

assembly

On Job Training




612


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : TRUE POSITION THEORY

Sr.No. Topic



end of Module/Unit

1 Unit V: TRUE POSITION THEORY

Virtual size concept, floating and fixed fasterners,

projected tolerance zone, assembly with gasket, zero

true position tolerance, functional gauges, paper layout

gauging, examples. Operation sequence for typical shaft

type of components. Prepration of process drawings for

different operations, tolerence worksheets and

centrality analysis, examples.

On Job Training



Name of the course (Paper) : 2MCH4- Real Time Operating System


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : INTRODUCTION



613

1 Unit I: INTRODUCTION

Real Time System – Embedded Systems -

Pervasive Computing - Information Access

Devices - Smart Cards - Embedded

Controllers - Hardware

Fundamentals.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : RTOS



1 Unit II: RTOS

Real Time Operating Systems – Memory

Management - Processes, Threads,

Interrupts, Events -User Interface.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : REAL TIME UML

614



1 Unit III: REAL TIME UML

Requirements Analysis – Object

identification strategies - Object Behavior -

Real Time Design Patterns.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT



1 Unit IV: SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

Concurrency - Exceptions - Tools -

Debugging Techniques -Optimization - Case

Studies.

On Job Training





615

Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : CONNECTIVITY



1 Unit V: CONNECTIVITY

Wireless Connectivity - Blue Tooth - Other

Short Range Protocols - Wireless

Application Environment – Service

Discovery - Middleware.

On Job Training

616

Programme Specific Outcomes - PGDBME

Name of the Programme :- PGDBME

Name of the subject :- Bio-Medical

Name of the course (Paper) : 1SEM 1( PGDBME I Semister I)

Sr.

No

Programme

Specific

Outcome

code


At the end of this Semister, students will be able to know

1 DBPSO 1 1BME1- Medical Phsyics

Unit I : Atomic Physics

Unit II : Interaction With Living Cells

Unit III : Somatic Effect Of Radiation

Unit IV: Genetic Effect Of Radiation

Unit V: Photo Medicine

2 BDPSO 2 1BME2- Microprocessor, Microcontrollor, Computer Application in

Medical

Unit I: 8-Bit Microprocessor And 80x86 Processors

Unit II: Microprocessor Peripherals And Interfacing

Unit III: Microcontroller

Unit VI: System Design& Computers In Patient Monitoring

Unit V: System Design& Computers In Patient Monitoring

3 DBPSO 3 1BME3- HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGICAL

MODELLING

617

Unit I: Cell , Cardiac And Nervous System

Unit II: Respiratory, Digestive And Excretory System

Unit III: Special Senses

Unit IV: Introduction & Transfer Functions

Unit V: Impedance Concept Feedback Systems Simulation Of

Biological Systems

4 DBPSO 4 1BME4- Biomedical Instrumentation

Unit I: Fundamentals of Biomedical Instrumentation

Unit II: Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes

Unit III: Biomedical Recorders

Unit IV: Magnetic Resonance Imaging System

Unit V: Radio-therapy Equipment

Name of the Programme :- PGDBME. Name of the subject :- Bio-Medical

Name of the Semister : 1SEM2 (PGDBME I Semister II)

Sr.

No

Programme

Specific

Outcome

code


At the end of this Semister, students will be able to know

1 DBPSO 5 2BME1- SIGNALS SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS

Unit I : Classification Of Signals And Systems & Analysis Of

Ct Signals

Unit II : Lti - Ct Systems & Analysis Of Dt Signals

Unit III : Basics Of Circuit Analysis & Network Theorems

618

And Resonance Circuits

Unit IV : Analysis Of Networks

Unit V : Elements Of Network Synthesis

2 DBPSO 6 2 BME 2- BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION

Unit I : Bio-Potential Electrqdes

Unit II : Recording System

Unit III : Bio-Chemical Measurement

Unit IV : Non-Electrical Parameter Measurements

Unit V : Blood Flow And Blood Cell Counting

3 DBPSO 7 2 BME3- SENSORS AND MEASURING TECHNIQUES

Unit I : Concepts Of Measurement

Unit II : Signal Generators And Signal Analysers

Unit III : Digital Instruments

Unit IV : Recording System

4 DBPSO 8 2 BME4- MULTIMEDIA AND MEDICAL INFORMATICS

Unit I : Medical Database Implementation

Unit II : Visual Basic

Unit III : Computers In System Design

Unit IV :Multimedia And Virtual Reality Applied To

Medicine

Unit V : Computers In Medical Research

Course Outcomes – PGDBME


619

I I 1 to 5 DBCO 1 to DBCO 5

II 1 to 5 DBCO 6 to DBCO 10

III 1 to 5 DBCO 11 to DBCO 15

IV 1 to 5 DBCO 16 to DBCO 20

II I 1 to 5 DBCO 21 to DBCO 25

II 1 to 5 DBCO 26 to DBCO 30

III 1 to 4 DBCO 31 to DBCO 34

IV 1 to 5 DBCO 35 to DBCO 39

Name of the Programme :- PGDBME Class : Part - I

Semester :- I Name of the subject :- Medical Physics

Name of the course (Paper) : 1BME1-Medical Phsyics


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit I : ATOMIC PHYSICS


Module/Unit

1 Unit I : ATOMIC

PHYSICS

Traditional definition of atom, periodic

system of elements, mechanical properties of atom,

emissionof light and its frequencies. Electromagnetic

spectra.Principles of Nuclear Physics - Natural

radioactivity, Decay series, type of radiation and their

applications, artificially produced isotopes and its

application, accelerator principles; Radionuclides used in

Medicine and technology.

620






Unit II : INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS



1 Unit II : INTERACTION WITH LIVING CELLS

Target theory,single hit and multi

target theory, cellular effects of

radiation,DNA damage, depression of

Macro molecular

synthesis,Chromosomal damage.






621

Unit III : SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION



1 Unit III : SOMATIC EFFECT OF RADIATION

Radio sensitivityprotocol of

different tissues in human, LD 50/30

effect ofradiation on skin, blood

forming organs, lenses of eye,

embryo and Endocrinal glands.




Course outcomes code :- CO -4


Unit IV : GENETIC EFFECT OF RADIATION


Module/Unit

1 Unit IV : GENETIC

EFFECT OF

RADIATION

Threshold of linear dose effect, relationship, factors affecting

frequency of radiation induced mutation, Gene controlled

hereditary diseases, biological effect of microwave and RF

wave. Variation in dielectric constant and specific

conductivity of tissues. Penetration and propagation of

622

signals effects in

various vital organs, Protection standards.





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : PHOTO MEDICINE


Module/Unit

1 Unit V : PHOTO

MEDICINE

Synthesis of Vitamin D in early and late cutaneous

effects, Phototherapy, Photo hemotherapy, exposure

level, hazards and maximum permissible exposures.

LASER PHYSICS - Characteristics of Laser adiation, Laser

speckle, biological effects, laser safety management.


Semester :- I Name of the subject :- Bio-Medical

Name of the course (Paper) : 1

BME2-Microprocessor, Microcontrollor, Computer Application in Medical



623

Unit I : 8-BIT MICROPROCESSOR AND 80X86 PROCESSORS



1 Unit I : 8-BIT MICROPROCESSOR AND

80X86 PROCESSORS

8085 Architecture and Memory interfacing,

interfacing I/O devices, Instruction set,

Addressing Modes, Assembly language

programming, counters and time delays,

interrupts, timing diagram, Microprocessor

applications. 8086 Architecture,

Pin Configuration, 8086 Minimum and

Maximum mode configurations, Addressing

modes, Basic Instructions, 8086 Interrupts,

Assembly levels programming. Introduction

to 80186, 80286,80386, 80486 and Pentium

processors.



introduction of basic concepts of

8086 microprocessor in detailed.




1BME2-Microprocessor, Microcontrollor, Computer Application n Medical



Unit II : MICROPROCESSOR PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING

624



1 Unit II : MICROPROCESSOR PERIPHERALS

AND INTERFACING

Serial and parallel I/O (8251 and 8255),

Programmable DMA Controller (8257),

Programmable interrupt controller (8259),

keyboard display controller (8279),

ADC/DAC interfacing. Inter integrated

circuits interfacing (I2C standard).

Interfacing to alpha numeric displays,

interfacing to liquid crystal display (LCD 16 x

2 line), high power Devices and Optical

motor shaft encoders, stepper motor

interfacing, Analog interfacing and

industrial control, microcomputer based

smart scale, industrial process control

system, Robotics and Embedded control,

DSP and Digital Filters.


students will be able to know the

PIN diagram of 8086, minimum

mode and system Configurations.




1BME2-Microprocessor, Microcontrollor, Computer Application in Medical


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : MICROCONTROLLER

625

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : MICROCONTROLLER

Intel 8031/8051 Architecture, Special

Function Registers (SFR), I/O pins, ports and

circuits,

Instruction set, Addressing Modes,

Assembly Language Programming, Timer

and Counter Programming, Serial

Communication, Connection to RS 232,

Interrupts Programming, External Memory

interfacing, Introduction to 16 bit

Microcontroller




family of 8051 microcontroller and

embedded.







Unit IV : SYSTEM DESIGN& COMPUTERS IN PATIENT MONITORING



626



do what)

1 Unit IV : SYSTEM DESIGN& COMPUTERS IN

PATIENT MONITORING

Multichannel computerised ECG, EMG and

EEG data acquisition, storage and retrieval,

transmission of signal and images.

Physiological monitoring, automated ICU,

computerized arrhythmia monitoring,

information flow in a clinical lab,

computerised concepts, interfacing to HIS.


students will be able to know I/O

port programming and different

addressing modes. Also learn PIN

discription 8051.







Unit V : COMPUTERS IN MEDICAL*SYSTEMS MODELLING &RESEARCH

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

627

1 Unit V : SYSTEM DESIGN& COMPUTERS IN

PATIENT MONITORING

Multichannel computerised ECG, EMG and

EEG data acquisition, storage and retrieval,

transmission of signal and images.

Physiological monitoring, automated ICU,

computerized arrhythmia monitoring,

information flow in a clinical lab,

computerised concepts, interfacing to HIS.


students will be able to learn all

type of instruction sets and

operations of 8051

microcontroller.




1BME3- HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY & PHYSIOLOGICAL MODELLING



Unit I : CELL , CARDIAC AND NERVOUS SYSTEM

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : CELL , CARDIAC AND NERVOUS

SYSTEM

Structure of Cell - Function of each

Components of the cell – Membrane



628

Potential - Action Potential -

Generation and Conduction - Electrical

Stimulation, Blood Cell - Composition -

Origin of RBC - Blood Groups - Estimation of

RBC, WBC and platelet. Cardiac Cycle - ECG

- Blood Pressure - Feedback Control for

Blood Pressure - Nervous control of Heart.

Cardiac output - Coronary and Peripheral

Circulation – Structure and function of

Nervous tissue - Reflex action - Velocity of

Conduction of Nerve Impulses. Electro

Encephalograph -Autonomic Nervous

System.

Explains the Physical, Chemical and

electrical Properties of cell

memberances so as to identif

abnormalities which may alter thier

functions.







Unit II : RESPIRATORY, DIGESTIVE AND EXCRETORY SYSTEM

Sr.No. Topic





629

do what)

1 Unit II : RESPIRATORY, DIGESTIVE AND

EXCRETORY SYSTEM

Physiological aspects of respiration.

Exchange of gases - Regulation of

Respiration. Disturbance of respirating

function. Pulmonary function test.

Organization of GI system, Digestion and

absorption - Movement of GI tract -

Structure of Nephron -

Mechanism of Urine formation - Urine

Reflex - Skin and Sweat Gland -

Temperature regulation.


students will be able to learn Discrie

the control of digestive secterions, to

identify ther role of the liver as a

great metabolic factory and storage

organ with numerous functions.






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : SPECIAL SENSES

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

630

1 Unit III : SPECIAL SENSES

Optics of Eye - Retina – Photochemistry of

Vision - Accommodation Neurophysiology

of Vision - EOG.

Physiology of Internal Ear - Mechanism of

Hearing – Auditory pathway, Hearing Tests.


students will be able to learn optics

of Eye to understand basic structure

function of eye retina structue and

function and vision

accaommodation neurophysiology.







Unit IV : INTRODUCTION & TRANSFER FUNCTIONS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : INTRODUCTION & TRANSFER

FUNCTIONS

S y s t e m concept, system properties,

piece-wise linear approximation, electrical

analog for compliance, thermal storage,

pulse response of first order systems,

response of resistant and compliance


students will be able to learn to

understand system concept, system

properties, piece wise linear

apprpximation, electrical anolog for

631

system. Transfer functions and its use,

engineering concept in coupled system,

example of Transformed signals.

compleance.







Unit V : IMPEDANCE CONCEPT FEEDBACK SYSTEM SIMULATION OF BIOLOGICAL

SYSTEMS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : IMPEDANCE CONCEPT FEEDBACK

SYSTEMS SIMULATION OF BIOLOGICAL

SYSTEMS

Circuits for the Transfer function with

impedance concept, prediction of

performance, periodic signals.

Characteristics of physiological feedback

systems, uses and testing of system



explain charactristics of

physoilogical feedback

systems,uses and testing of system

stability.

632

stability. Simulation of thermal regulation,

pressure and flow control in

circulation, occulo motor system,

endocrinal system, functioning of

receptors.



Name of the course (Paper) : 1BME4- Biomedical Instrumentation



Unit I : Fundamentals of Biomedical Instrumentation

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : Fundamentals of Biomedical

Instrumentation

Basic medical

instrumentationsystem ,

Performance requirements of

Medical Instrumentation System,

Intelligent Medical Instrumentation

System, biometrics.


633





Unit II : Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes Origin of Bioelectric signals ,

Recording Electrodes , Silver- Silver

Chloride Electrodes , Electrodes for

ECG , EEG and EMG.





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : Biomedical Recorders

Sr.No. Topic




634


do what)

1 Unit III : Biomedical Recorders

Electrocardiograph (ECG),

vectorcardiograph (VCG),

Phonocardiograph (PCG ),

Electroencephalograph ( EEG ) ,

Electromyograph ( EMG ), cardiac

pacemakers .





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : Magnetic Resonance Imaging System

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : Magnetic Resonance Imaging

System

Principles of NMR Imaging System, Image

Reconstruction Techniques , Basic NMR

Components, Biological Effect of NMR

Imaging , Advantages of NMR , Imaging

System ,principle of MRI.

635





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : Radio-therapy Equipment

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : Radio-therapy Equipment

Use of high voltage X-ray Machines ,

Development of Betatron , Cobolt-60

Machine, Medical Linear Accelerator

Machine , X-ray tomography, short wave ,

micro-wavand surgical diathermy. “


Semester :- II Name of the subject :- Bio-Medical

Name of the course (Paper) : 2BME1- SIGNALS SYSTEMS AND NETWORKS



Unit I : CLASSIFICATION OF SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS & ANALYSIS OF CT SIGNALS

636

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : CLASSIFICATION OF SIGNALS AND

SYSTEMS & ANALYSIS OF CT SIGNALS

Continuous time signals (CT signals),

Discrete time signals (DT signals)- Step,

Ramp, Pulse, Impulse, Exponential,

Classification of CT and DT signals- Periodic

and Aperiodic, random signals, CT systems

and DT systems, Classification of systems -

Linear Time invariant systems. Courier

series analysis, Spectrum of CT signals,

Fourier Transform and Laplace Transform in

Signal analysis.

On Job Training






Unit II : LTI - CT SYSTEMS & ANALYSIS OF DT SIGNALS

Sr.No. Topic




637


do what)

1 Unit II : LTI - CT SYSTEMS & ANALYSIS OF

DT SIGNALS

Differential equation, Block diagram

representation, Impulse response,

Convolution integral, Frequency esponse,

Fourier Methods and Laplace transforms in

analysis, State equations and Matrix.

Spectrum of DT signals, Discrete Time

Fourier Transform (DTFT), Discrete Fourier

Transform (DFT), properties of Z-transform

in signal analysis.

On Job Training






Unit III : BASICS OF CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & NETWORK THEOREMS AND RESONANCE CIRCUITS

Sr.No. Topic

What the student


the end of

Module/Unit

638

1 Unit III : BASICS OF CIRCUIT ANALYSIS & NETWORK

THEOREMS AND RESONANCE CIRCUITS

EGrchoff s Laws, DC and AC excitation, series and parallel

circuits, sinusoidal steady state analysis, Mesh current and

Node Voltage method of Analysis, Matrix method of

Analysis. Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems,

Superposition theorem, Compensation theorem,

Reciprocity theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem,

series and parallel resonance, Quality factor and

Bandwidth.

On Job Training






Unit IV : ANALYSIS OF NETWORKS

Sr.No. Topic

What the student


the end of

Module/Unit

639

1 Unit IV : ANALYSIS OF NETWORKS

Network elements, Transient response of RL, RC and RLC

Circuits to DC excitation, Natural and forced Oscillations,

Two-port Networks, Parameters and

transfer function, Interconnection of two-ports.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : ELEMENTS OF NETWORK SYNTHESIS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : ELEMENTS OF NETWORK

SYNTHESIS

Network readability, Hurwitz polynomials,

Positive real functions, Properties of RL, RC

md LC Networks, Foster and Cauer forms of

Realization, Transmission Zeroes, synthesis

rf transfer functions

On Job Training

640



Name of the course (Paper) : 2BME2- BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION



Unit I : BIO-POTENTIAL ELECTRQDES

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : BIO-POTENTIAL ELECTRQDES

Electrode electrolyte interface, half-cell

potential, polarisation and non- polarisable

electrode, calomel electrode, needle and

wire electrode, microelectrode-metal

micropipete.

On Job Training




641


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : RECORDING SYSTEM

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : RECORDING SYSTEM

Low-Noise preamplifier, main amplifier and

driver amplifier, inkjet recorder, thermal

array recorder, photographic recorder,

magnetic tape recorder, X-Y

recorder, medical oscilloscope.

On Job Training






Unit III : BIO-CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT

Sr.No. Topic





642

do what)

1 Unit III : BIO-CHEMICAL MEASUREMENT

pH, pO2, pCO2, pHCO3, Electrophoresis,

colorimeter, spectro photometer, flame

photometer, auto analyser.

On Job Training






Unit IV : NON-ELECTRICAL PARAMETER MEASUREMENTS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : NON-ELECTRICAL PARAMETER

MEASUREMENTS

Respiration, heart rate, temperature, pulse

blood pressure,cardiac output, O2, CO2

measurements.

On Job Training

643






Unit V : BLOOD FLOW AND BLOOD CELL COUNTING

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit V : BLOOD FLOW AND BLOOD CELL

COUNTING

Electromagnetic and ultrasonic blood

flowmeter, indicator dilution method,

thermodilution method, manual and

automatic counting of RBC, WBC and

platelets.

On Job Training




2BME3- SENSORS AND MEASURING TECHNIQUES



644

Unit I : CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : CONCEPTS OF MEASUREMENT

Measurements, instrumentation, errors in

measurements, calibration and standard.

On Job Training







Unit II : SIGNAL GENERATORS AND SIGNAL ANALYSERS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

645

1 Unit II : SIGNAL GENERATORS AND SIGNAL

ANALYSERS

AF generator, Pulse generator, AM/FM

signal generators, Function generator,

Sweep frequency generator, wave analyser,

spectrum analyser, logic analyser, distortion

analyser.

On Job Training






Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit III : DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS

Digital Voltmeters and Multimeters,

automation in Voltmeters, accuracy in

DVM, Guarding techniques, Frequency,

period, time interval and pulse width

measurement. C R O , Single beam, dual

trace, double beam CRO, storage CRO,

sampling oscilloscope.

On Job Training

646



Name of the course (Paper) : 2BME3- SENSORS AND MEASURING TECHNIQUES


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit IV : RECORDING SYSTEM

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit IV : RECORDING SYSTEM

Analog and digital recorders, multichannel

column display oscilloscope, magnetic

recorder.

On Job Training




2BME4- MULTIMEDIA AND MEDICAL INFORMATICS



Unit I : MEDICAL DATABASE IMPLEMENTATION

647

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit I : MEDICAL DATABASE

IMPLEMENTATION

Me di c a l data acquisition and database

systems: PC based mutlichannel data

acquisition system; storage, analysis and

retrieval techniques.

On Job Training



Name of the course (Paper) : 2BME4- MULTIMEDIA AND MEDICAL INFORMATICS


Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit II : VISUAL BASIC

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit II : VISUAL BASIC

Visual programming concepts; visual Basic

environment, tools and controls; Dynamic

On Job Training

648

data exchange; VB based Medical

information System.




2BME4- MULTIMEDIA AND MEDICAL INFORMATICS



Unit III : COMPUTERS IN SYSTEM DESIGN

Sr.No. Topic





do what)

1 Unit III : COMPUTERS IN SYSTEM DESIGN

Hospital Information System its design and

functional characteristics; Principles and

application of Artificial Intelligence, Pattern

Recognition, Neural Network and Fuzzy

Logic in Medicine.

On Job Training



649




Unit IV : MULTIMEDIA AND VIRTUAL REALITY APPLIED TO MEDICINE



1 Unit IV : MULTIMEDIA AND VIRTUAL

REALITY APPLIED TO MEDICINE

Basic concepts of Multimedia; Design of

Multimedia information systems;

Components of virtual reality; Virtual reality

applications in medicine.

On Job Training





Name of Module (Unit No.&Name) : Unit V : COMPUTERS IN MEDICAL RESEARCH



1 Unit V : COMPUTERS IN MEDICAL

RESEARCH

650

Medical Informatics and its levels; Design

and development of educational packages

on medical sciences; Integrated design

concepts; Interactive multimedia, Virtual

and digital libraries, Internet and its

applications.

On Job Training

651

Programme Specific Outcomes - Certificate Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Certificate Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the Subject: Analytical Chemistry

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code

(PSO 1, PSO2, PSO3,

etc.)


Programme



After successful completion of this programme in

Analytical chemistry a student should be able to

1 AOCPSO 1 Understand good laboratory practices and safety.

2 AOCPSO 2 Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in

developing area of Chemistry.

3 AOCPSO 3 Make aware and handle the sophisticated

instruments/equipments.

4 AOCPSO 4

The students who complete Certificate Course in

Analytical Chemistry are eligible for admission to

Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry.

5 AOCPSO 5

After completion of this course the student’s gains

applied knowledge and they have better education and

job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Certificate Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Certificate Course in Analytical Chemistry.

Class: -

Semester: - Name of the Subject: Analytical Chemistry

Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AOCCO 1


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



652

1 Analytical Chemistry Upon successful completion, students will have the

knowledge and skill to:

19. Interpret Ionic Bonding

20. Explain Lattice energy, Solvation energy

21. Explain solubility of ionic compounds

22. Explain Covalent bonding

23. Explain polarization

24. Explain Intermolecular forces, Hydrogen bonding

25. Properties of liquids – Viscosity, surface tension,

reractive index, optical activity

Course Outcomes


Class: -


Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AOCCO2


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



1 Analytical Chemistry


18. Describe Electrolytes, non electrolytes, ionic equilibria

19. Describe Ostwalds dilytion law

20. Describe Common ion effect, solubility product

653

21. Describe Acids and Bases – Arrhenius concept, hydrolysis

of salts

22. Understand pH-concept, pH of solutions, Buffers

Course Outcomes


Class: -




Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit





1. Know about Fats and oils – natural fat, edible & industrial

oils of vegetable origin, Rancidity, saponification value

and iodine number of oils, Hydrogenation of unsaturated

oils

2. Understand Cleansing agents, surfactants, soaps and

detergents, common soap additives, cleansing action of

soaps and detergents

3. Knowledge of Food adulteration – common adulterants in

food materials

Course Outcomes


Class: -




Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



654



1. Know about analytical Chemistry, laboratory note book

2. Understand selection and handling of reagent

3. Describe Data analysis, Significant figure, errors,

precision and accuracy, method of expressing accuracy

and precision

4. Explain important concentration terms, standard solution,

primary standard substance

5. Know about common laboratory apparatus – Analytical

balance, apparatus for volumetric analysis

6. Describe calibration of burette, pipette, volumetric flask

Course Outcomes


Class: -




Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit





1. Understand about Titrimetric Analysis – Acid – Base

titrations, stoichiometric

2. Describe equivalent weights of acids and Bases,

acidimetry, alkalimetry

3. Know Acid-Base indicators

4. Explain Redox titrations- Redox reactions, electrode

potential, use of KMnO4, K2CrO7, iodine in redox

titrations

655

5. Describe Equivalent weights of oxidants and reductants

6. Know about Indicators in redox titrations

656

Programme Specific Outcomes - Certificate Course in Biotechnology

Name of the programme : Certificate Course in Biotechnology

Name of the Subject: Biotechnology

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code


Programme


Biotechnology a student should be able to

1 AOCPSO 6 Understand good laboratory practices and safety.

2 AOCPSO 7 Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in

developing area of Biotechnology.

3 AOCPSO 8 Make aware and handle the sophisticated


4 AOCPSO 9


Biotechnology are eligible for admission to Diploma

Course in Biotechnology.

5 AOCPSO 10



job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Certificate Course in Biotechnology

Name of the programme: B.Sc. Class: Part – I / II/ III

Name of the Subject: Certificate Course Biotechnology

Name of the Course (Theory): Course Outcome Code: AOCCO 6 to AOCCO 10

Name of Module: Certificate Course

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1 Cell biology In first unit of cell biology students learn about the cell and its types

so basically cell is the basic unit of all living organisms, is divided

into two large groups prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell.

Structurally, plant and animal cells are very similar because they are

657

both eukaryotic cells. They contain membrane bound organelles

such as the nucleus ,mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, golgi

complex, lysosomes. This structure also includes chloroplast, the

cell wall and vacuoles.

Structure and functions of cellular organelles includes preparation of

genetic material, transportation within cells, break down the food to

release energy, plays an important role in cell division, controls the

activity of cell, detoxification of harmful substances these are some

functions which are performed by various organelles.

In the nucleus of each cell, the DNA molecule is packaged into

thread-like structure called chromosomes.

Cell division is a process by which parent cell divides into two or

more daughter cells.

Two types of cell division processes are present mitosis and meiosis

students gain knowledge of both processes theoretically and

practically.

2 Biochemistry Students understand the subject biochemistry in which first topic is

carbohydrates.

Carbohydrates are carbon compounds that contain large quantities of

hydroxyl groups. All carbohydrates can be classified as

monosaccharides, oligosacvharides and polysaccharides.

Proteins are a primary constituent of living things.

Proteins provide most of the molecular machinery of cells, many are

enzymes or subunits of enzymes.

Lipids are fatty, waxy or oily compounds that are truly hydrophobic

and insoluble in polar solvents such as water but soluble in organic

solvents.

An enzyme is macromolecule that catalyzes a biochemical reaction.

Students gain deep knowledge about nucleic acid because it plays an

important role in making of genetic material.

3 Microbiology Many individuals have made significant contributions to the

development of microbiology. Antonie van Leeuwenhoek

considered the father of microbiology.

658

A microscope is an instrument used to see objects that are too small

to be seen by naked eye.

In microbiology students used this instrument for the detail study of

microbes.

In case of microorganisms it includes bacteria, fungi, achaea and

viruses.

This microbiology also includes microbial metabolism,

fermentation, elementary knowledge of major pathogenic

microorganisms and disease caused by then for example cholera,

tuberculosis, plague etc.

4 Biotechnology Scope of biotechnology and its importance, biotechnology develops

breakthrough products and technologies to fight with disease, reduce

our environmental harm, have safer, cleaner and more efficient

industrial manufacturing processes.

Hence students showing interest in this field.

Recombinant DNA technology is the joining of DNA molecules

from different organism to produce new genetic combinations which

are important in medicine, agriculture and industry.

And this recombinant DNA technology includes some terminologies

such as cloning vectors, restriction enzymes, gene cloning, markers,

electrophoresis technique and PCR technique.

5 Plant and

animal tissue

culture

For students it is necessary to understand the basic terms of tissue

culture hence students understand some basic terminologies such as

totipotency means ability to single cell to divide and produce all the

differentiated cells in an organism.

Cell culture refers to the process by which cells are grown in a

controlled artificial environment.

For the tissue culture lab there are some requirements such as

culture vessels and their washing, sterilization method, preparation

of media, callus culture and subcultures.

Above processes was performed by the students hence they get both

practical and theoretical knowledge of subject.

659


Certificate Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the programme: Certificate Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the Subject: Information & Computer Technology

Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code

(PSO 1, PSO2, PSO3,

etc.)


Programme


Information & Computer Technology a student will

have proficiency in theoretical & practical aspects and

should be able to

1 AOCPSO 11 Understand Fundamentals of Computers, Operating

system Hardware & Software requirement of computer.

2 AOCPSO 12

Understand & can work on Office Suit MS-Office

components like MS-Word, MS-Excel, MS-Access &

Internet.

3 AOCPSO 13

Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in

developing area of Information & Computer

Technology.

4 AOCPSO 14


Information & Computer Technology are eligible for

admission to Diploma Course in Information &

Computer Technology.

5 AOCPSO 15



job opportunity.

660

Course Outcomes

Certificate Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the programme :Certificate course in Information & Computer technology (Data

Care Management) I Class: Part – I

Semester: I

Name of the Subject: Data Care Management I

Name of the Course (Paper): Data Care Management I



Sr.


1 AOCCO

11

Students will aware Computer Organization IPO Input Process Output ,

Peripherals Storage devices , Printers and Interactive Multimedia

features of Operating system Windows XP /2000/ME and web

browsing

2 AOCCO

12

Students will be more techno savvy after learning the features of Word

processor by using MS-Word & Presentation tool PowerPoint with the

help of which students will be able to create presentation for their

seminars

3 AOCCO

13

Students will get the knowledge of MS-Excel they can create & format

spreadsheet or electronic sheet with which the can create tabular reports

like mark sheet , balance sheet for this they can use powerful feature

functions of MS-Excel.

4 AOCCO

14

Students will get the knowledge of Relational Database Management

System software Ms-Access they will be able to create tables, reports

using query & macro feature. .

5 AOCCO

15

After completion of this unit students will be able to understand Internet

& using resources of internet like E-mail, Search engine which will be

helpful to them for their studying and at job finding and surviving the

jobs..

661

Programme Specific Outcomes - Tally

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Programme

1. AOCPSO

16

Provide a practical and theoretical knowledge about the best

accounting software Tally ERP 9.

2. AOCPSO

17

Equip the students to understand various usages of the Tally software

and its application in business processes for accounting purposes.

3. AOCPSO

18

Students do possess required skill and can also be employed as Tally

data entry operator or Accountant

4. AOCPSO

19

Student will learn to create company, enter accounting voucher entries

including advance voucher entries, do reconcile bank statement, do

accrual adjustments, and also print financial statements, etc. in Tally

ERP.9 software

5. AOCPSO

20

Students will get practical exposure of this software while solving

examples with the help of trainer.

Course Outcomes – Tally

Sr.

No. Topic

Course

Code


Programme

1. Computerized

Accounting

AOCCO

16

Concept of Computerized Accounting, Advantages and

Disadvantages of Computerizes Accounting.

2.

Accounting

Software

Tally

AOCCO

17

Introduction of tally, starting with tally and features of

tally.

3. Working with

tally

AOCCO

18 Creating company, Ledger creation, and Group creation.

662

4. Vouchers AOCCO

19 Concept of vouchers, Creation, Pass the voucher entry.

5.

Inventory and

Report

Generate

AOCCO

20

Stock group creation, stock item, Units of measures.

Generation Report Printing, Balance sheet, Trial

balance, Profit and Loss Account, Ratio Analysis, Stock

Summary

663

Programme Specific Outcomes - Goods & Service Tax

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Programme

Semester I

1. AOCPSO

21

Students will provide a basic knowledge about GST, its features and

procedure involved in the filing of tax return under GST.

2. AOCPSO

22

The brief comparison between previous indirect taxation system and

current GST will enable the smooth transition.

3. AOCPSO

23

Explain the structure of GST. Analyze the benefits of GST. Describe

the functions, powers and structure of GST Council and GSTN

4. AOCPSO

24

The case study based approach with calculation helps to understand

the transaction under GST easily.

5. AOCPSO

25

Explain the provisions of levy and collection of GST

6. AOCPSO

26

Describe the provisions of Reverse Charge Mechanism and

composition scheme of levy

Semester II

7. AOCPSO

27

Student will able to develop skills of accounting, finance and taxation

professionals and students in GST or Goods and Services Tax.

8. AOCPSO

28

Students will able to describe the provisions, types and procedures of

Registration

9. AOCPSO

29

Students will know the provisions concerned with payment of Tax,

interest, IDS, TCS, Refund and returns and understand various types

of Assessment under CGST Act

10. AOCPSO

30

Students will know various Appellate Authorities under GST regime

and its powers

http://learning.naukri.com/gst-courses-certification-training-st297-tg1123

http://learning.naukri.com/accounting-courses-certification-training-st297

664

Course Outcomes - Goods & Service Tax

S.

N.

Subject Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of

Module / Unit

SEMESTER I

1

GST-I

AOCCO

21-23

Introduction to

GST

To know the concept of GST .To know the

traditional tax complication

Concept of time

& place of Supply

& Import and

export

To know the concept of time & supply of the

goods & service Tax. To know the concept of the

Import &export .

Practical

Problems

To know the G.S.T with the practical examples.

SEMESTER II

1.

GST-II

AOCCO

24-26

Introduction to

GST

(Amended)

To know about the latest amendment made in the

GST under the budget declare by the Govt. of

India. To know about the GST in the brief sense

with various practical example

Levy, Tax

collection &

Reverse Charge

Mechanism

To know how the Taxes has been collected from

the person register under the GSTN number. To

know the concept of the reverse charge

mechanism.

Registration,

Returns &

Accounts &

Assessments

To know the process of the registration under the

GST. To know how the returns of the GST file. To

know how the assessment & accounts of the GST

has been maintained.

665

Programme Specific Outcomes - Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry


Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code


Programme



1 AODPSO 1 Understand good laboratory practices and safety.

2 AODPSO 2 Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in


3 AODPSO 3 Make aware and handle the sophisticated


4 AODPSO 4

The students who complete Diploma Course in

Analytical Chemistry are eligible for admission to

Advanced Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry.

5 AODPSO 5



job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry.


Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AODCO 1


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



1. Exlain Precipitation titrations – Precipitation equilibria,

Indicators in precipitation titrations

666

2. Explain Complexometric titrations – Complexes, Chelate,

Chelating agents, Complexometric titrations involving

EDTA, mrtallocromic indicators





Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



1. Describe Gravimetric analysis – apparatus, principles and

steps involved in gravimetric analysis

2. Know Use of organic reagents in gravimetric analysis

3. Explain Co-precipitation and post precipitation



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AODCO

3


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



Understand Conductometry – Principle, technique &

applications

Understand Coulometry – Principle, technique & applications

Explain Electrogravimetry – Principle, technique &

applications

667





Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



Understand Potentiometry – Principle, technique &

applications

Understand pH-metry – Principle, technique & applications

Explain Polarography – Principle, technique & applications





Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit



Understand Chemical analysis and assay of Carbohydrates

Understand Chemical analysis and assay of Amino acids

and Proteins

Understand Chemical analysis and assay of Lipids

Describe Aerobic and Anaerobic fermentation

668

Explain Production of alcohol and citric acid

Explain Production of Antibiotics such as penicillin,

chlomycetin and streptomycin

Explain Production of Lysine, glutamic acid, vitamin B2

and B12

669

Programme Specific Outcomes - Diploma Course in Biotechnology

Name of the programme : Diploma Course in Biotechnology


Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome Code


Programme




2 AODPSO 7 Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in developing

area of Biotechnology.



4 AODPSO 9

The students who complete Diploma Course in Biotechnology

are eligible for admission to Advanced Diploma Course in

Biotechnology.

5 AODPSO 10

After completion of this course the student’s gains applied

knowledge and they have better education and job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Diploma Course in Biotechnology


Name of the Subject: Diploma Course in Biotechnology

Name of the Course (Theory): Theory Diploma Course

Course Outcome Code: AODCO 6 to AODCO 10

Name of Module:

Unit I: Microbiology

Unit II: Fermentation Technology

Unit III: Environmental Biotechnology

Unit IV: Plant tissue culture- I

Unit V: Plant tissue culture- II

670

Sr.


1 Microbiology Understand the structure, function, shape, & physiology of

Microorganism.

Microorganism cannot visible by eyes so need to see under

microscope and also need the various staining techniques used on

tissue section. By learning staining technique students able to

differentiate into microorganisms.

Understand in detail about ultra structure of cell wall of Gram

positive and negative .Bacteria, different flagella arrangement of

bacteria.

Understand the principle of different microscope.

Understand the outline, the principle of optics that apply to light.

2 Fermentation

Technology

Understands the basics of fermentation and the enzymes which are

required for fermentation process. Also know about the calibration &

maintenance of process for fermentation.

Get detailed knowledge about the Production of Microbial production

of food like Cheese, Yogurt, Bread, Baker’s yeast.

Get detailed knowledge about the Production of Microbial production

of Alcoholic Beverages like Alcohol, Beer, Wine.

Get detailed knowledge about the Production of Antibiotics like

Penicillin, Cephalosporin, Acetic Acid, Citric Acid

Knows about the characteristics of cell growth, Productivity and

yield. Also know about the recovery and purification of fermented

products.

671

3 Environmental

Biotechnology

Explain the importance of microbial diversity and molecular

approaches in environment.

Understand the existing and emerging technologies that are important

in the area of environmental biotechnology.

Get knowledge about how to apply biotechnological solutions to

address environmental issues including pollution, mineral resource,

Water recycling, Green house effect.

4 Plant Tissue

culture -I

Students learn about history a Haberlandt German botanist in 1902

invented the term invitro culture of plants. Various media and

techniques for growth of plant in laboratory. Learn about the

arrangement of tissue culture laboratory and various instruments used

in invitro plant growth.

Learn about the various growth regulators used for growth of plants,

also about vitamins.

Understand the different culture in plant tissue culture like callus

culture, Ovary culture, Meristem Culture, Pollen Culture, cell culture,

Anther culture.

By Learning all those culture techniques students were able to set the

protocol for the different explants.

Focuses on work that prepares the student for immediate employment

in the plant tissue culture industry.

Understand the various applications related to the field of

biotechnology.

5 Plant tissue

culture- II

Students Familiarize with the basic concepts in genetic engineering,

and also acquaint the students to versatile tools and techniques

employed in genetic engineering and appraise the application of

genetic engineering.

672

Students learn about the gene transfer methods used in plant

biotechnology.

By learning these students able to differentiate about the vector

Mediated Gene Transfer, Virus mediated Gene Transfer, Direct or

Vector Less Mediated Gene Transfer.

By learning all in detail students get deep knowledge about the plant

tissue culture and its application.

673


Diploma Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the programme: Diploma Course in Information & Computer Technology


Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome Code


Programme

After successful completion of this programme in Information

& Computer Technology a student should be able to

1 AODPSO 11 Students will be able to understand Multiuser Platforms like

Linux, Understand Linux based WAN & Internet.

2 AODPSO 12 Students will be able to develop GUI based Interactive

RDBMS based applications.

3 AODPSO 13 Students get Knowledge of E-Commerce helps students to

establish their own business also.

4 AODPSO 14

The students who complete Diploma Course in Information &

Computer Technology are eligible for admission to Advance

Diploma Course in Information & Computer Technology.

5 AODPSO 15 After completion of this course the student’s gains applied

knowledge and they have better education and job opportunity.

Course Outcomes

Diploma Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the programme :Diploma course in Information & Computer technology (Data

Care Management) Class: Part – II

Semester:III

Name of the Subject: Data Care Management II

Name of the Course (Paper): Data Care Management II



674

Sr.

No. CO What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

1 AODCO

11

Students will aware Linux environment its Preliminary commands,

Linux based Local Area Network, using Internet on Linux and use of

Wide Area Network over Linux

2 AODCO

12

Students will learn Programming in Visual Basic they can develop

interactive Graphical User Interface based applications, with help of

ActiveX control of Visual basic Web browser based application can

be created.

3 AODCO

13

Students will get the knowledge of Relational Database Management

System software Oracle- SQL they will be able to create tables, they

will be able to create reports by firing queries of SQL The Structure

Query Language. .

4 AODCO

14

After completion of this unit student get Front Page they can easily

linking the tables of Access , Visual FOXPRO or Oracle. Using ASP

for web page creation, using database, using queries with Web data.

5 AODCO

15

After completion of this unit students will be able to understand E-

commerce and Web Page Design and able to setting up shop on E-

commerce future vision. Students will also be able for web authoring

poles, websites registration .

675

Programme Specific Outcomes - Advanced Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Advance Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry


Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code


Programme








4 AODPSO 19

The students who complete Advanced Diploma Course

in Analytical Chemistry are eligible for good job

opportunity in Chemical Industry.

5 AODPSO 20



job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Advanced Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry

Name of the programme : Advanced Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry.


Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AODCO16


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit


1

Colorimetric and

Spectrophotometry

3. Know Laws of light absorption, Lamberts – Beers law

676

4. Explain Photometric titrations

5. Describe Simultaneous spectrophotometric

determinations

6. Know Ringbom plot and sandells sensitivity

2 UV - Spectroscopy 7. Describe Principle and applications of UV Spectroscopy

Name of the programme : Advanced Diploma Course in Analytical Chemistry.




Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit


1 Flame Photometry 4. Describe Principle, Instrumentation, technique and

applications

2 Atomic absorption

spectroscopy

5. Describe Principle, instrumentation, technique and

applications

Course Outcomes



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AODCO18


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit


677

1 Chromatography Know Principle, technique and applications of Column

Chromatography

Know Principle, technique and applications of Paper

Chromatography

Know Principle, technique and applications of Thin Layer

Chromatography

Know Principle, technique and applications of Gas

Chromatography

Know Principle, technique and applications of High Performance

Liquid Chromatography

2 Solvent

Extraction Explain Principle of extraction of metal ions

Explain Principle of extraction of Natural products

3 Ion Exchange

method

Describe Principle, method and applications of Ion Exchange

method

Course Outcomes





Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit


1 IR Spectroscopy Understand Principle and applications of IR Spectroscopy

analysis

2 NMR

Spectroscopy

Understand Principle and applications of NMR Spectroscopy

analysis

3 Mass spectrometry Understand Principle and applications of Mass Spectrometry

analysis

Course Outcomes

678



Name of the Course (Paper): Analytical Chemistry Course Outcome Code: AODCO

20


Sr.

No. Topic


Module / Unit


1 Water Analysis Know Water Sample collection

Understand Physical Examination of Water

Understand Chemical Examination of Water

Describe Dissolved Oxygen

Describe Chemical Oxygen Demand

2 Soil Analysis Know Soil Sample collection

Understand Chemical analysis to find pH, soluble salts, salinity,

Ca, Mg content, Nitrogen, Potassium, Phosphorus and

micronutrient contents of soil

3 Drug Analysis Know Narcotic and dangerous drugs

Explain Classification of drugs

Describe Screening of Drug by Gas Chromatography

Describe Screening of Drug by Thin Layer Chromatography

Describe Screening of Drug by Spectrophotometric

measurements

679

Programme Specific Outcomes - Advance Diploma Course in Biotechnology

Name of the programme : Advance Diploma Course in Biotechnology


Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code


Programme





developing area of Biotechnology.



4

AODPSO 24 The students who complete Advanced Diploma Course

in Biotechnology are eligible for good job opportunity

in Bio Chemical Industry.

5

AODPSO 25 After completion of this course the student’s gains


job opportunity.

Course Outcomes - Advance Diploma Course in Biotechnology


Name of the Subject: Advance Diploma Course in Biotechnology

Name of the Course (Theory): Theory Advance Diploma Course

Course Outcome Code: AODCO 21 to AODCO25

Name of Module:

Unit I: Biomolecules

Unit II: Immunology

Unit III: Molecular Biology

Unit IV: Genetic Engineering

Unit V: Techniques Used in Genetic Engineering

680

Sr.

No.


Module / Unit

1 Biomolecules

Understand the detail about the Amino Acids and its type and also

about the Genetic Code.

Get detail knowledge about the proteins which is basic need of all the

processes. Also learn about the protein biosynthesis.

Also get acquainted about the enzymes by which all the processes

take place. It plays the key role in the biosynthesis of all the process.

Get detailed knowledge about the urea cycle which is the main

pathway for detoxification of nitrogenous waste products to urea.

Also knows the processes like deamination and transamination.

2 Immunology Demonstrate the basic knowledge of immunological processes at a

cellular and molecular level.

Compare and contras the key mechanism and cellular players of

Innate, Adaptive Immunity & how they relate with each other.

The student will able to describe the role of immune system in both

maintaining health and contributing to disease.

The students will be able to describe immunological response & how

it is triggered and regulated.

Students also know about the different immunoglobulin’s and its

type.

3 Molecular

Biology

Students will learn DNA Replication, Transcription & Translation

and Repair.

students will be aware of the modern tools and techniques of

681

genomics and isolation and identification of genes. Get detail

knowledge about the various processes in the cell.

Students will learn the structure and function of DNA and RNA in

the Cell.

Students understand how the DNA gets damage and effect and

diseases caused by the damaged DNA.

Students also know how the DNA get repair by the different enzymes

and also understand the enzymes in detail which used in DNA

Repair.

4 Genetic

Engineering

Students learn about the enzymes or important molecular tools of


Learning tools & techniques in rDNA technology and about DNA

manipulating enzymes.

Acquire skills on techniques of construction of recombinant DNA-

cloning vectors and isolation of gene of interest.

Students also learn about the gene transfer using vectors. Also learn

about the methods for selection of Recombinants and analysis of

cloned genes. Expression of recombinant protein.

Study about the gene cloning and also learn about the protocol of

gene cloning. By learning gene cloning also learn about how to create

the gene library using gene cloning.

5 Techniques

used in

Genetic

Engineering

Students Familiarize with the basic concepts in genetic engineering,

and also acquaint the students to versatile tools and techniques

employed in genetic engineering and appraise the application of


682

By learning all the basics about molecular biology and genetic

engineering students By these students now able to separate the DNA

& RNA by Gel Electrophoresis.

By learning gel electrophoresis students determine about the size of

different DNA & RNA.

By learning the Blotting techniques students understand the

differentiated about the Nucleic Acid and Proteins. Also get

knowledge about the DNA, RNA & Proteins.

By all this students learn about the DNA Sequencing and detail

knowledge of PCR and its application.

683


Advance Diploma Course in Information & Computer Technology

Name of the programme:



Sr.

No.

Programme Specific

Outcome Code


Programme


Information & Computer Technology a student

should be able to

1 AODPSO 26 Understand Windows 2000 Server features &

applications of networking.

2 AODPSO 27

Introduce advanced techniques and ideas required in

developing area of Information & Computer

Technology.

3 AODPSO 28 Make aware and handle & develop the sophisticated

client server applications.

4 AODPSO 29

The students who complete Advanced Diploma

Course in Information & Computer Technology are

eligible for good job opportunities in Information &

Computer Technology Industry.

5 AODPSO 30


applied knowledge and they have better education

and job opportunity.

Course Outcomes


Name of the programme :Advanced Diploma course in Information & Computer

technology

Class: Part – III

Semester: V

684

Name of the Subject: Data Care Management III

Name of the Course (Paper): Data Care Management I



Sr. No Topic What the Student will be able to do at the end of Module / Unit

1 AODCO 26 Students will aware Windows 2000 Server Administration web

browsing.

2

AODCO 27 Students will get the knowledge of Client Server using COM –

DCOM, server DBMS Server side & client side programming.

3

AODCO 28 After completion of this unit Students will get the knowledge of

Visual FOXPRO they will be able to develop Relational database

programming based applications.

4

AODCO 29 Students will get the knowledge of advanced features of Oracle

Web DB user interface, using dynamic HTML students can build

web based applications.

5

AODCO 30 Students get the knowledge of HTM4L Tags for linking Image

,Text , Audio, Video ,Animation , database and Using XML –

Extensible Markup Language Cascading Style sheet student will

be able to design develop & maintain Webs which need frequent

updating..

685

Programme Specific Outcomes - Event Management

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome

Code


Programme

Semester I

1. AODPSO

31

Analyze the theoretical knowledge with the practical aspects of event

management, event marketing and event designing

2. AODPSO

32

Students will able to develop a range of leadership skills and abilities

such as motivating others, leading changes, and resolving conflict.

3. AODPSO

33

Interpret the fundamental principles of essential hospitality and event

management Business functions

4. AODPSO

34

Students will able to demonstrate professional behavior and

competencies in customer service

5. AODPSO

35

Students will learn the skill like effective communication, decision

making, problem solving ,

Semester II

6. AODPSO

36

Students will obtain a sense of responsibility for the multi-disciplinary

nature of event management

7. AODPSO

37

Exhibit comprehension and understanding of the programmes and

apply them in a multidisciplinary environment.

8. AODPSO

38

students enable to get knowledge of legal and ethical issues involved

in event management

9. AODPSO

39

Students will be able to identify the key elements of a conference and

the processes involved in venue selection, registration, catering,

accommodation, transport, theme, security and entertainment

10. AODPSO

40

Pertain ethical principles and entrust to professional ethics and

responsibilities.

686

Course Outcomes - Event Management

Course Outcome Code : AODCO31 to AODCO 38

No. Subject Topic What the Student will be able to do at the


SEMESTER I

1

Introduction

to

Management

& HRM

Principle & Function

of Management

To understand principle Of management and

functions of management.

Organizations To understand concept and various form of

organization.

Strategic Planning

& control

To enable strategic planning process and

control measurements

HR in event To know the concept & importance of human

recourse management in event management.

Leadership & Goal

setting

To understand the role of leadership, team

building & motivation.

2 Introduction

to Marketing

Principles of

marketing

To understand basic principle of marketing

Marketing process To learn marketing process & integrated

marketing.

Communication To learn effective communication method

Brand

management

To know the importance of Brand Building &

Brand Management.

Marketing

Research

To understand principles & methodology of

Marketing Research.

3 Personality

Development

Effective Speaking To acquaint with effective speaking

Team Work To lean the need of team work development

Body Language To understand the concept of body language

Presentation Skill To learn presentation skill

Interview techniques To learn various important techniques of

687

& Grooming interview & grooming

4.

Event Planning,

Management &

Co-ordination &

creative

Thinking

Introduction to

event

To understand the meaning and concept of

event

Types of Event To get familiar with different types of event

Planning process To learn concept of development Event

planning process

Scheduling of

Event

To understand with help or case studies

scheduling and planning of various type of

event & co-ordination.

Development of

theme

To understand development of projects and

themes.

SEMESTER II

1.

Event finance

&

Entrepreneur-

ship

management

Principle of

Accounting

To get knowledge about preparing Books of

Accounts

Project

Accounting &

Project Finance

To understand project accounting &project

finance.

Budgeting To understand budgeting & budgetary control

Cost Accounting To know about cost & cost control

BEP To understand Break even Analysis.

2.

Event

Marketing &

Event

Promotions

Marketing

Strategy

To understand market strategies.

Client Servicing To know about client servicing

Sponsorships To learn the technique of sponsorship

Advertising To learn advertising technique

Sales Promotions To understand sales promotion,

3 Law Relating

to Events

Permissions &

Various Authorities

To know about permission for event from

various authorities.

Indian Contract

Act

To learn basics of Indian Contract Act

Bombay shop &

Establishment Act

To know Bombay shop & Establishment Act

labour laws To learn applicability of labor law

688

Income tax &

service Tax Act.

To understand income tax & service Tax Act.

4

Event

production &

Stage

Management

Venue Selection &

management

To learn the process of venue selections and

management

Show Production

& Stage

Management

To understand various aspect of show

production and stage management

Back Stage

management

To know all the arrangements and

requirements of back stage management

Security & risk

Management

To learn security management and understand

various tools of risk management,

Pre-Post

management &

MIS

To understand all the managements require for

performing successful event. Also learn

project control and working of MIS in Event

Management.

689

Program Specific Outcomes - Ph.D. Course Work

Name of the Program –Ph.D. Course Work

Faculty-Science and Technology

Sr.

No.

Program

Specific

Outcomes


1

CWPSO 1 Have a thorough knowledge of literature of the problem he or she

has undertaken for doctoral degree.

2. CWPSO 2 Student will have comprehensive understanding of Scientific

methods and techniques applicable to their own research.

3. CWPSO 3

Developed ability to critically analyzed own results of experiments

and interpret in the form of discussion by comparing with relevant

existing research on related topic

4. CWPSO 4

Have self –direction and originality in research work performed

for doctoral degree.

5. CWPSO 5

Will developed writing skills so that thesis or dissertation or

research article will be produced after completion of experimental

work.

6.

CWPSO 6 Will be able to act autonomously in the planning and

implementation of research and have gained oral presentation skill

for open viva and research presentation in scientific gatherings.

Course Outcomes of Ph.D. Course Work - Ph.D. Course Work

Name of the Programme: Ph.D. Course Work

Faculty : SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

Course Outcome Code : CWCO 1

690

Name of the Course (Paper):

Name of Module: Module-I: Research Methodology

Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the end of Module/unit

01 Introduction to

research

Will be able to understand the role of research methodology in

science and technology. Students will be able to understand

definition, characteristics and types of research. Students shall

develops critical thinking on problem solving, basic research

terminology such as proof, hypothesis, lemma etc., and they will

be able to understand Role of Information and Communication

Technology (ICT) in research.

02

Research

Problem

Formulation

and Methods

Students will be able to understand how to perform Literature

review . Students will be able understand problem formulation,

identifying variables to be studied, determining the scope,

objectives, limitations and or assumptions of the identified

research problem. Students will also acquire knowledge on

important steps in research methods like : Observation and Facts,

Laws and Theories, Development of Models, Developing a

research plan, Exploration, Description, Diagnosis and

Experimentation

03

Data collection At the end of this module students will be able to understand

different aspects of data collection which is very important part of

research. Students will acquire different skills of sampling ,

methods of data collection and will gain the knowledge on Basic

Concepts concerning testing of hypotheses, procedures of

hypothesis testing, generalization and interpretation At the end of

this module students will be able to understand role of statistics in

research and different statistical methods.

04 Research

reports and

Thesis writing

At the end of this topic students will be able to understand

different aspects of writing of thesis and research articles.

Students will acquire the knowledge on structure and components

of scientific reports, types of report and developing research

691

proposal. In thesis writing students will be able to understand

different steps and software tools in the design and preparation of

thesis, layout, structure and language of typical reports,

Illustrations and tables, bibliography, referencing and footnotes,

Students will also acquire skills on oral presentation: planning,

software tools, creating and making effective presentation and

use of visual aids, importance of effective communication.

05 Research

Ethics, IPR and

Publishing

Students will be able to understand Ethical issues related to

research. Students will be able acquire knowledge on intellectual

property rights and patent law, which includes techniques of

writing a Patent, filing procedure, technology transfer, copy right,

royalty, and trade related aspects of intellectual property rights.

Students will be to understand how to design of research paper,

citation and acknowledgement, Students will be also able to

understand plagiarism tools, reproducibility and accountability.

Course Outcomes

Name of the Programme: Ph.D. Course work

Name of Faculty : Science and Technology


Name of Module: II ICT (Information and Communication Technology ) Skills


Sr.

No



do what

01 Introduction The main objectives of this unit is to learn and acquire the skills

using ICT tools and to learn the basics of Information Technology.

Students will be able to understand characteristics of a Computer,

Limitations of a Computer Different Types of Computers, Different

Types of Personal Computers (PCs) . Students will gain knowledge

692

on main parts of a Computer system : Processing Devices, Memory

Devices, Input Devices, Output Devices, Storage Devices. Students

will be able to understand different Categories of Software,

Application Software. Computer Network: Basic hardware and

terminology in networks, Classifications of Computer Networks,

The Internet, The Intranet and Extranet

02

Introduction

to operating

system &

word

processing

software

Students will be able to understand the basic skill of Installing

Windows, Basic Operations in Windows and Interface . Students

acquire knowledge on introduction to Windows File System, Storing

and Managing Data, Windows User Accounts, The System Settings

and Adjusting the Computers Settings. Students will gain basic

knowledge about MS Office, Word Processing with MS-Word

,basic operations- Editing, Proofing, and Formatting text, paragraphs

and pages. Students shall learn skill on Printing the documents

,Working with tables, images. Mail merge and Working with Charts,

Equations and Symbols

03

Introduction

to

spreadsheet

software

Students will learn the skill of spreadsheet software in which they

will gain knowledge on MS Excel and its User Interface. Students

wiil be Working with workbooks, work sheets. Students will learn

Data Entry techniques. Students will be able Defining data set as a

Table. Setting, Previewing, and Printing under MS-Excel.

Performing Calculations on Data. Working with Excel Formulas,

Functions and Charts. Sorting/ Filtering data.

04 Introduction

to

presentation

software

Students will learn about Working with MS PowerPoint.

Presentation Basics. Adding more components to the slides,

Students will gain skills on Formatting Presentations, backgrounds

and layout. Applying Themes. Students will be able to learn ssing

Slide Master. Working with Graphics, Images and Clips. Working

with Multimedia. Inserting Sound and Narration. Delivering

Presentations. Animating Objects. Adding Action effects. Live

Presentation. Students will gain skill of Using Custom Shows.

Saving/Protecting the Presentation. Printing the slide

05 Introduction Students will be skilled to use internet, Students will be able to make

693

to the

internet

Differences between Internet and World Wide Web. Students will

gain skills for Browser Customization. They acquire knowledge on

Search Engines and E-mail: Basic Concepts and terminologies

students will be able to understand Security and risk in Internet. E-

commerce. E-learning. E-Government. E-entertainment. Top Ten

Future Trends- The Internet by 2020.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module: III Module-3 : Recent Trends in the Subject

Sr.

No

Topic What the student will be able to do at the endof

Module?unit



01 Recent trends in the

subject

Students will be able to understand

Historical Development in Subject/Research Area,

Growth and Development in Subject/Research Area,

Contributors in Subject/Research Area,

Institutions in Subject/Research Area.

Trends in Subject/Research Area, Changing Perspective

in Subject/Research Area,

International Trends in Subject/Research Area , Current

State in Subject/Research Area.

World Literature in Subject/Research Area, Print

Information Resources, Electronic Information

Resources , Selection of Information Sources.

694

Scope and Objectives of Subject/Research Area, Scope of

Subject/Research Area,

Objectives of Subject/Research Area ,

Assumptions and Prepositions in Subject/Research Area.

Course Outcomes




Name of Module: IV Module-4 : Review of Literature

Sr.

No


Module?unit



01 Recent trends in the

subject

Research scholars shall submit the literature review. Students

will gain the skill of writing of review of literature. It will

be beneficial while writing the thesis and search of relevant

literature.

695

Programme Specific Outcomes – Ph. D.

Name of the programme : Ph.D.

Name of the Subject: Botany, Chemistry, Electronics, Zoology

Sr.

No.

Programme

Specific

Outcome Code


Programme

1 PHDPSO 1

Productive and Ethical Contributors -

Graduates of this program will demonstrate the necessary skills to

become productive, ethical, and independent scientists. They will

be prepared to further their educations through postdoctoral

training, enter industry, and/or begin an academic career.

2 PHDPSO 2

Critical Evaluation of Current Research -

Program graduates will understand and critically evaluate current

research in their chosen subdiscipline in subject like Botany,

Chemistry, Electronics and Zoology. Coursework that builds

upon the student's undergraduate education will provide the initial

steps to achieve this outcome. Continued critical reading of

current literature is essential for reaching this outcome.

3 PHDPSO 3

Proficiency in Laboratory Techniques -

Program graduates will demonstrate proficiency in laboratory

techniques necessary to contribute to knowledge in their chosen

subdiscipline of chemistry.

4 PHDPSO 4

Effective Writing, Communication, and Presentation -

Program graduates will learn to effectively write scientific

manuscripts describing their research and to make oral

presentations of their research at scientific meetings.

5 PHDPSO 5

Research Skills -

Program graduates will demonstrate the ability to identify new

research opportunities, plan effective strategies for pursuing these

opportunities, and conduct research that contributes in a

meaningful way to current knowledge in their chosen

subdiscipline of chemistry or related areas.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES AND COURSE ...

Documents

Transcript of PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES AND COURSE ...